Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Energy Performance Agreement
• ENERGY PERFORMANCE CONTRACT ' ,, This Energy Performance Contract(the"Contract") is made and entered into as of this day of 1Z o//3 2013 between Johnson Controls, Inc. 9850 Leger Rd, Lenexa, KS 66219("ESCO"), and the City of Saaufina, 300 W.Ash Street, Salina, KS 67401 ("Customer"), for the purpose of installing certain energy, water or other operating cost saving equipment, described in Schedule A, and providing other services designed to save energy, water or other operating costs for the Customer's property and buildings (the "Premises"). RECITALS • WHEREAS, Customer owns and operates the Premises, and is in need of energy saving equipment and service designed to save costs at said Premises; WHEREAS, ESCO has made an assessment of the energy consumption characteristics of the Premises and existing Equipment described in Schedule B, which Customer has approved; ' WHEREAS, Customer desires to retain ESCO to purchase, install and service certain equipment of the type or class described in Schedule A, attached hereto and made part hereof and to provide other services for the ' purpose of achieving cost reductions within Premises, as more fully set forth herein; and WHEREAS, Customer is authorized under the Constitution and the laws of the State of Kansas to enter into this Contract for the purposes set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Customer and ESCO hereto covenant and agree as follows: SECTION 1. ENERGY MANAGEMENT PLAN Section 1.1. Plan Details. ESCO has completed an Investment Grade Audit of Customer' Premises. ' Section 1.2. Attachments, Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices. The Contract Terms and Conditions to the Investment Grade Audit Agreement dated 4-16-12 between ESCO and the City of Salina is incorporated herein by reference as Schedule N of this Contract. ESCO has prepared and Customer has approved and accepted the Schedules as set forth below, copies of which are attached hereto and made parts of this Contract by reference. Attachments: Supplemental Terms and Conditions and Mobilization Language Schedules Schedule A Equipment to be Installed by ESCO Schedule B Description of Premises; Pre-Existing Equipment Inventory Schedule C Energy Savings Guarantee ' Schedule D Compensation to ESCO Schedule E Historical Energy Consumption Schedule F Savings Measurement& Calculation Formulae; Methodology to Adjust Baseline Schedule G Construction and Installation Schedule ' Schedule H System Start-Up and Commissioning; Operating Parameters of Installed Equipment Schedule I Standards of Comfort Schedule J ESCO's Maintenance Responsibilities Schedule K Customer's Maintenance Responsibilities Schedule L Facility Maintenance Checklist Schedule M ESCO's Training Responsibilities • Schedule N General Conditions Schedule 0 Annual Installment Payment Schedule to Financing Party Schedule P Detailed ECM Savings Calculations Schedule Q Detailed Pollution Credit Calculations Johnson Oki Controls t I • • Exhibits ' Exhibit I Exhibit II Performance Bond Labor and Material Payment Exhibit III (i) Certificate of Acceptance– Investment Grade Audit ' Exhibit III (ii) Certificate of Acceptance - Installed Equipment Exhibit III (iii) Certificate of Project Completion Exhibit IV Equipment Warranties Exhibit V Equal Opportunity I Appendices • ' Appendix A RFP for ESCO Solicitation Appendix B ESCO Proposal Appendix C Investment Grade Audit Agreement Appendix D Investment Grade Audit I Section 1.3. Other Documents. This Contract incorporates herein and makes a part hereof the General Conditions set forth in Schedule N, and Special Provisions as set forth in Section 36, as well as the entire RFP and ESCO Proposal for this Project labeled Appendix A(RFP for ESCO Solicitation)and Appendix B (ESCO Proposal) respectively. Acceptance by the Customer of the Investment Grade Audit is reflected in Exhibit III (i) (Certificate of Acceptance—Investment Grade Audit). All architectural and engineering work shall comply with the Manual of Policies and Procedures of the Kansas Department of ' Administration, Division of Facilities Management. The manual being used as of the date of this Contract is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. The provisions of this Contract and the attached Schedules shall govern in the event of any inconsistencies between the Investment Grade Audit and the provisions of this Contract. SECTION 2. ENERGY USAGE RECORDS AND DATA • Customer has furnished or shall furnish (or cause its energy suppliers to furnish) to ESCO, upon its • request, all of its records and complete data concerning energy usage and energy-related maintenance for the Premises described in Schedule B(Description of Premises; Pre-Existing Equipment Inventory), including the following data for the most current thirty-six(36) month period; utility records; occupancy information; descriptions of any changes in the building structure or its heating, cooling, lighting or other systems or energy requirements; descriptions of all energy consuming or saving equipment used in the Premises; bills and records relating to maintenance of energy-related equipment, and a description of energy management procedures presently utilized. If requested, Customer shall also provide any prior energy audits of the Premises, and copies of Customer's financial statements and records related to energy usage and operations for said thirty-six (36) month period at said Premises, and shall make agents and employees familiar with such records available for consultations and discussions with ESCO. ESCO agrees to input 13 months of utility data (water, electricity, gas, etc.) into the Energy star Portfolio Manager ' and share this data with Customer and the Energy Division of the Kansas Corporation Commission electronically. SECTION 3. COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERMS; INTERIM PERIOD See Schedule G. ' SECTION 4. PAYMENTS TO ESCO Section 4.1. Energy Savings Guarantee. ESCO has formulated the estimated annual level of energy ' and operations savings to be achieved as a result of the installation and operation of the Equipment and provision of services provided for in this Contract as specified in Schedule I . 2 • Johnson Controls C and Further described the methodology of savings verification in Section 7 of the ' Investment Grade Audit. Customer accepts the estimate of savings calculated by ESCO. Section 4.2. Annual Review. As per negotiated agreement between customer and ESCO, annual ' savings may or may not be verified at a specific time each year to determine if the ESCO guarantee was satisfied. Section 4.3. ESCO Compensation and Fees.: ESCO's fees and compensation are set forth in ' Schedule D. Section 4.4. Billing Information Procedure. Payments due to ESCO shall be calculated each month and ' paid in accordance with Schedule D. • Section 4.5. Payment. Customer shall pay ESCO within thirty days of receipt of ESCO's invoice. Section 4.6. Effective Date of Payment Obligation. See Schedule D. SECTION 5. FISCAL FUNDING Section 5.1. . Non-appropriation of Funds. In the event no Customer or other funds or insufficient Customer or other funds are appropriated and budgeted, and funds are otherwise unavailable by any means whatsoever in any fiscal period for which payments are due ' ESCO under this Contract, then the Customer will, not less than thirty days prior to end to such applicable fiscal period, in writing, notify the ESCO of such occurrence and this Contract shall terminate on the last day of the fiscal period for which appropriations were made without penalty or expense to the Customer of any kind whatsoever, except as to the portions of payments herein agreed upon for which Customer and/or other funds shall have been appropriated and budgeted or are otherwise available. SECTION 6. CONSTRUCTION,SCHEDULE AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION: APPROVAL ' Section 6.1. Construction and equipment installation shall proceed in accordance with the construction schedule approved by Customer and attached hereto as Schedule G (Construction and Installation Schedule). ' Section 6.2. Systems Startup and Equipment Commissioning: The ESCO shall conduct a thorough and systematic performance test of each element and total system of the installed Equipment in accordance with the procedures specified in Schedule H (Systems Start-Up and Commissioning; Operating Parameters of Installed Equipment) and prior to acceptance of the project by Customer. The ESCO shall provide notice to the Customer of the scheduled test(s) and the Customer and/or its designees shall have the right to be present at any or all such tests conducted by ESCO and/or manufacturers of the Equipment. The ESCO shall be responsible for correcting and/or adjusting all deficiencies in systems and Equipment operations that may be observed during system commissioning procedures. SECTION 7. EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES . ESCO covenants and agrees that all equipment installed as part of this Contract is new, in good and proper t working condition and protected by appropriate written warranties covering all parts and equipment performance. ESCO further agrees to deliver to the Customer for inspection and approval, all such written warranties and which shall be attached and set forth as Exhibit IV(Equipment Warranties); to pursue rights and remedies against manufacturer and supplier of the equipment under the warranties in the event ' of equipment malfunction or improper or defective function, and defects in parts, workmanship and performance, to notify the Customer whenever defects in equipment parts or performance occur which give rise to such rights and.remedies and those rights and remedies are exercised by ESCO. The cost of any 3 Johnson , ct ' Controls • risk of damage or damage to the equipment and its performance, including damage to property and equipment of the Customer or the Premises, due to ESCO's failure to exercise its warranty rights shall be borne solely by ESCO. 1 All warranties shall be transferable and extend to the Customer. The warranties shall specify that only new, and not reconditioned parts, may be used and installed when repair is necessitated by malfunction. All warranties required hereunder shall be in force for a minimum of one year from the commencement ' date as defined in Section 3.1 hereof. Notwithstanding the above, nothing in this Section shall be construed to alleviate/relieve the ESCO from complying with its obligations to perform under all terms and conditions of this Contract and as set forth in all attached Schedules. SECTION 8. TRAINING BY ESCO ' The ESCO shall conduct the training program described in Schedule M (ESCO's Training Responsibilities) hereto. The training specified in Schedule M must be completed prior to acceptance of ' the Equipment installation. The ESCO shall provide ongoing training whenever requested by Customer with respect to updated or altered Equipment, including upgraded software. The fee for such training shall be provided at no charge to the Customer. ' SECTION 9. PERMITS AND APPROVALS; COORDINATION • Section 9.1. Permits and Approvals. Customer shall use its best efforts to assist ESCO in obtaining all necessary permits and approvals for installation of the Equipment. In no event shall Customer, however, be responsible for payment of any permit fees. The equipment and the operation of the equipment by ESCO shall at all times conform to all federal, state and local code requirements. ESCO shall furnish copies of each permit or license which is required to perform the work to the Customer before the ESCO commences the portion of the work requiring such permit or license. Section 9.2. Coordination During Installation. The Customer and ESCO shall coordinate the activities of ESCO's equipment installers with those of the Customer, its employees, and agents. ESCO shall not commit or permit any act which will interfere with the performance of business activities conducted by the Customer or its employees without prior written approval of the Customer. ' SECTION 10: PERFORMANCE BY ESCO ESCO shall perform all tasks/phases under the Contract, including construction, and install the Equipment I in such a manner so as not to harm the structural integrity of the buildings or their operating systems and so as to conform to the standards set forth in Schedule I (Standards of Comfort) and the construction schedule specified in Schedule G (Construction and Installation Schedule). ESCO shall repair and restore to its original condition any area of damage caused by ESCO's performance under this Contract. t The Customer reserves the right to review the work performed by ESCO and to direct ESCO to take certain corrective action if, in the opinion of the Customer, the structural integrity of the Premises or its operating system is or will be harmed. All costs associated with such corrective action to damage caused by ESCO's performance of the work shall be borne by ESCO. ESCO shall remain responsible for the professional and technical accuracy of all services performed, whether by the ESCO or its subcontractors or others on its behalf, throughout the term of this Contract. ' SECTION 11. OWNERSHIP I . 4 Johnson Controls i • Section 11.1. Ownership of Certain Proprietary Property Rights. Customer shall not, by virtue of this ' Contract, acquire any interest in any formulas, patterns, devices, secret inventions or processes, copyrights, patents, other intellectual or proprietary rights, or similar items of property which are or may be used in connection with the Equipment. The ESCO shall grant to the Customer a perpetual, irrevocable royalty-free license for any and all software or other intellectual property rights necessary for the Customer to continue to operate, maintain, and repair the Equipment in a manner that will yield maximal energy consumption reductions. Section 11.2. Ownership of Existing Equipment. Ownership of the equipment and materials presently existing at the Premises at the time of execution of this Contract shall remain the property of the Customer even if it is replaced or its operation made unnecessary by work performed by ESCO pursuant to this Contract. If applicable, ESCO shall advise the Customer in writing of all equipment and materials to be replaced at the Premises and the Customer shall within thirty days designate in writing to the ESCO which equipment and ' materials that should not be disposed of off-site by the ESCO. It is understood and agreed to by both Parties that the Customer shall be responsible for and designate the location and storage for any equipment and materials that should not be disposed of off-site. The ' ESCO shall be responsible for the disposal of all equipment and materials designated by the Customer as disposable off-site in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations regarding such disposal. ' Section 11.3. New Equipment. All new equipment or materials supplied to the Customer shall become the property of the Customer. • i 1 I t I ' /' 5 Johnson '/10 Controls • 1 SECTION 12. LOCATION AND ACCESS ' Customer shall provide sufficient space on the Premises for the installation and operation of the Equipment and shall take reasonable steps to protect such Equipment from harm, theft and misuse. Customer shall ' provide access to the Premises for ESCO to perform any function related to this Contract during regular business hours, or such other reasonable hours as may be requested by ESCO and acceptable to the Customer. The ESCO's access to Premises to make emergency repairs or corrections as it may determine are needed shall not be unreasonably restricted by the Customer. SECTION 13. EQUIPMENT SERVICE ' Section 13.1. Actions by ESCO. ESCO shall provide all service, repairs, and adjustments to the Equipment Installed under terms of this Contract pursuant to Schedule J (ESCO's Maintenance Responsibilities). Customer shall incur no cost for Equipment service, repairs, and adjustments, except as set forth in Schedule D (Compensation to ESCO), I provided, however, that when the need for maintenance or repairs principally arises due to the negligence or willful misconduct of the Customer or any employee or other agent of Customer, and ESCO can so demonstrate such causal connection, ESCO may charge Customer for the actual cost of the maintenance or repair insofar as such cost is not covered by any warranty or insurance proceeds. Section 13.2. Malfunctions and Emergencies. Customer shall use its best efforts to notify the ESCO or ' its designee(s)within twenty-four(24) hours after the Customer's actual knowledge and occurrence of: (i) any malfunction in the operation of the Equipment or any preexisting energy related equipment that might materially impact upon the guaranteed energy ' savings, (ii) any interruption or alteration to the energy supply to the Premises, or(iii) any alteration or modification in any energy-related equipment or its operation. Where Customer exercises due diligence in attempting to assess the existence of a malfunction, interruption, or alteration it shall be deemed not at fault in failing to correctly identify a such conditions as having a material impact upon the guaranteed energy savings. Customer shall notify ESCO within twenty-four(24) hours upon its having actual ' knowledge of any emergency condition affecting the Equipment. ESCO shall respond or cause its designee(s) shall respond within twenty-four(24) hours and shall promptly proceed with corrective measures. Any telephonic notice of such conditions by Customer shall be followed within three business days by written notice to ESCO from Customer. If ' Customer unreasonably delays in so notifying ESCO of a malfunction or emergency, and the malfunction or emergency is not otherwise corrected or remedied, such conditions will be treated as a Material Change and the applicable provisions of Section 16 (Material Changes) shall be applied. Section 13.3. Actions by Customer. Customer shall not move, remove, modify, alter, or change in any way the Equipment or any part thereof without the prior written approval of ESCO except as set forth in Schedule K(Customer's Maintenance Responsibilities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer may take reasonable steps to protect the Equipment if, due to an emergency, it is not possible or reasonable to notify ESCO before taking any such actions. In the event of such an emergency, Customer shall take reasonable steps to protect the Equipment from damage or injury and shall follow instructions for emergency action provided in advance by ESCO. Customer agrees to maintain the Premises in good repair and to protect and preserve all portions thereof which may in any way affect the operation ' or maintenance of the Equipment. SECTION 14. UPGRADING OR ALTERING THE EQUIPMENT ESCO shall at all times have the right, subject to Customer's prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, to change the Equipment, revise any procedures for the operation of the equipment or implement other energy saving actions in the Premises, provided that: 6 ' Johnson '/JJ, �t Controls 1 I(i) the ESCO complies with the standards of comfort and services set forth in Schedule I (Standards of • Comfort) herein; (H) such modifications or additions to, or replacement of the Equipment, and any operational changes, or new procedures are necessary to enable the ESCO to achieve the energy savings at the Premises and; ' (Hi) any cost incurred relative to such modifications, additions or replacement of the Equipment, or operational changes or new procedures shall be the responsibility of the ESCO. All modifications, additions or replacements of the Equipment or revisions to operating or other procedures shall be described in a supplemental Schedule(s) to be provided to the Customer for approval, which shall not be unreasonable withheld, provided that any replacement of the Equipment shall be new and have equal or better potential to reduce energy consumption at the Premises than the Equipment being replaced. The ESCO shall update any and all software to be used in connection with the Equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.1 (Ownership of Certain Proprietary Rights). All replacements of and alterations or additions to the Equipment shall become part the Equipment described in Schedule A(Equipment to be Installed by ESCO) and shall be covered by the provisions and terms of 1 Section 6 (Construction Schedule and Equipment Installation; Approval). SECTION 15. STANDARDS OF COMFORT rESCO will maintain and operate the Equipment in a manner which will provide the standards of heating, cooling, hot water, and lighting as described in Schedule I (Standards of Comfort). ' SECTION 16. MATERIAL CHANGES ' Section 16.1 Material Changes Defined: A Material Change shall include any change in or to the Premises, whether structural, operational or otherwise in nature which reasonably could be expected, in the judgment of the customer, to increase or decrease annual energy consumption in accordance with the provisions and procedures set forth in schedule E (Historical Energy Consumption) and Schedule F (Savings measurement and Calculation Formulae: Methodology to Adjust baseline) by at least 1.0%after adjustments for climatic variations. Actions by the Customer which may result in Material Change include but are not limited to the following: (i) manner of use of Premises by the Customer; or (ii) hours of operation for the Premises or for any equipment or energy using systems operating at the Premises; or (iii) permanent changes in the comfort and service parameters set forth in Schedule I (Standard of Comfort); or (iv) occupancy of the Premises; or (v) structure of the Premises; or (vi) types and quantity of equipment used at the Premises; or (vii) modification, renovation or construction at the Premises; or (viii) the Customer's failure to provide maintenance of or repairs to the Equipment in accordance with Schedule K (Customer's maintenance Responsibilities): or (ix) any other conditions other than climate affecting energy use at the Premises. Section 16.2 Reported Material Changes: Notice by Customer: The Customer shall use its best efforts to deliver to the ESCO a written notice describing all actual or proposed Material Changes in the Premises or in the operation of the Premises at least thirty (30) days before any actual or proposed material Changes is implemented or as soon as is practicable after any emergency or unplanned event. Notice to the ESCO of Material Changes which results because of a ' 7 Johnson J� �i Controls • Bona Fide emergency or other situation which precludes advanced notification shall be ' deemed sufficient if given by the Customer within thirty (30) hours after having actual knowledge that he event constituting the Material Change occurred or was discovered by the Customer to have occurred. Section 16.3 Unreported Material Change: In the absence of any Material Changes in the Premises or in their operations, the historical energy consumption as set forth in Schedule E (Historical Energy Consumption) should not change more than 1.0%during any month from the ' projected energy use for that month, after adjustments for changes in climate conditions. Therefore, if energy consumption for any month as set forth in Schedule E (Historical Energy Consumption)deviates by more than 1.0% from the energy consumption of the same month of the preceding contract year after adjustments for changes to climatic conditions, then such deviation shall be timely reviewed by the ESCO to ascertain the cause of deviation. The ESCO shall report its findings to the customer in a timely manner and the ESCO shall determine what, if any adjustments to the baseline will be made in accordance ' with the provisions see add. SECTION 17. PROPERTY/CASUALTY/INSURANCE;INDEMNIFICATION ' Section 17.1. At all times during the term of this Contract, ESCO shall maintain in full force and effect, at its expense: (1)Workmen's Compensation Insurance sufficient to cover all of the employees of(ESCO)working to fulfill this Contract, and (2) Casualty and Liability ' Insurance on the Equipment and Liability Insurance for its employees and the possession, operation, and service of the Equipment. The limits of such insurance shall be not less than $500,000 for injury to or death of one person in a single occurrence and $1 million for ' injury to or death of more than one person in a single occurrence and $500,000 for a single occurrence of property damage. Such policies shall name the Customer as an additional insured. ' Prior to commencement of work under this Contract, ESCO will be required to provide Customer with current certificates of insurance specified above. These certificates shall contain a provision that coverage afforded under the policies will not be canceled or changed until at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice has been given to Customer. Section 17.2. ESCO shall be responsible for(i) any damage to the Equipment or other property on the • Premises and (ii) any personal injury where such damage or injury occurs as a result of ESCO's performance under this Contract. Section 17.3. ESCO shall save and hold harmless Customer and its officers, agents and employees or any of them from any and all claims, demands, actions or liability of any nature based upon or arising out of any services performed by ESCO, its agents or employees under this Contract. SECTION 18. CONDITIONS BEYOND CONTROL OF THE PARTIES If a party("performing party") shall be unable to reasonably perform any of its obligations under this Contract due to acts of Nature, insurrections or riots, or similar events, this Contract shall at the other party's option (i) remain in effect but said performing party's ' obligations shall be suspended until the said eventsshall have ended; or, (ii) be terminated upon ten (10) days notice to the performing party, in which event neither party shall have any further liability to the other. SECTION 19. EVENTS OF DEFAULT •' 8 Johnson 010 Controls • Section 19.1. Events of Default by Customer. Each of the following events or conditions shall constitute ' an "Event of Default" by Customer: (i) any failure by Customer to pay ESCO any sum due for a service and maintenance period of more ' than thirty days after written notification by ESCO that Customer is delinquent in making payment and provided that ESCO is not in default in its performance under the terms of this Contract; or • (ii) any other material failure by Customer to perform or comply with the terms and conditions of this ' Contract, including breach of any covenant contained herein, provided that such failure continues for thirty days after notice to Customer demanding that such failures to perform be cured or if such cure cannot be effected in thirty days, Customer shall be deemed to have cured default upon the commencement of a cure within thirty days and diligent subsequent completion thereof; • (iii) any representation or warranty furnished by Customer in this Contract which was false or misleading in any material respect when made. ' Section 19.2. Events of Default by ESCO. Each of the following events or conditions shall constitute an "Event of Default' by ESCO: (i) the standards of comfort and service set forth in Schedule I (Standards of Comfort) are not provided due to failure of ESCO to properly design, install, maintain, repair or adjust the Equipment except that such failure, if corrected or cured within thirty days after written notice by Customer to ' ESCO demanding that such failure be cured, shall be deemed cured for purposed of this Contract. (ii) any representation or warranty furnished by ESCO in this Contract is false or misleading in any • material respect when made; • (iii) failure to furnish and install the Equipment and make it ready for use within the time specified by this ' Contract as forth in Schedules A(Equipment to be Installed by ESCO)and G (Construction ' and Installation Schedule); (iv) provided that the operation of the facility is not adversely affected and provided that the standards of comfort in Schedule I (Standards of Comfort) are maintained, any failure by ESCO to perform or comply with the terms and conditions of this Contract, including breach of any covenant contained herein except that such failure, if corrected or cured within thirty days after written notice by the Customer to ESCO demanding that such failure to perform be cured, shall be deemed cured for purposes of this Contract; (v) any lien or encumbrance upon the equipment by any subcontractor, laborer or material man of ESCO; ' (vi) the filing of a bankruptcy petition whether by ESCO or its creditors against ESCO which proceeding shall not have been dismissed within thirty days of its filing, or an involuntary assignment for the benefit of all creditors or the liquidation of ESCO; (vii) Any change in ownership or control of the ESCO without the prior approval of the Customer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; t (viii) failure by the ESCO to pay any amount due the Customer or perform any obligation under the terms of this Contract or the Energy Savings Guarantee as set forth in Schedule C (Energy Savings ' Guarantee). SECTION 20. REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT ' Section 20.1. Remedies upon Default by Customer. All disputes shall be submitted to the Customer's department head for resolution. If resolution is not obtained, ESCO may appeal to the • • 9 Johnson Oki • • Controls 1 Energy Division of the Kansas Corporation Commission to assist with resolution or to ' arrange mediation or arbitration. Section 20.2. Remedies Upon Default by ESCO. In the Event of Default by ESCO, Customer shall exercise any and all remedies at law or equity, or institute other proceedings, including, without limitation, bringing an action or actions from time to time for specific performance, and/or for the recovery of amounts due and unpaid and/or for damages, which shall include all costs and expenses reasonably incurred. ' SECTION 21. ASSIGNMENT The ESCO acknowledges that the Customer is induced to enter into this Contract by, among other things, the professional qualifications of the ESCO. The ESCO agrees that neither this Contract nor any right or obligations hereunder may be assigned in whole or in part to another firm, without the prior written approval of the Customer. ' Section 21.1. Assignment by ESCO. The ESCO may, with prior written approval of the Customer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delegate its duties and performance under this Contract, and/or utilize contractors, provided that any assignee(s), delegate(s), or contractor(s) shall fully comply with the terms of this Contract. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the ESCO shall remain jointly and severally liable with its assignees(s), or transferee(s) to the Customer for all of its obligations under this Contract. Section 21.2. Assignment by Customer. Customer may transfer or assign this Contract and its rights and obligations herein to a successor or purchaser of the Buildings or an interest therein. SECTION 22. DISPUTES Disputes that cannot be resolved by negotiation between customer and the ESCO may be submitted to the ' Energy Division of the Kansas Corporation Commission to establish processes for mediation or arbitration. SECTION 23. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Each party warrants and represents to the other that: (i) it has all requisite power, authority, licenses, permits, and franchises, corporate or otherwise, to execute and deliver this Contract and perform its obligations hereunder; (ii) its execution, delivery, and performance of this Contract have been duly authorized by, or are in accordance with, its organic instruments, and this Contract has been duly executed and delivered for it by the signatories so authorized, and it constitutes its legal, valid, and binding obligation; (iii) its execution, delivery, and performance of this Contract will not breach or violate, or constitute a default under any Contract, lease or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected; or (iv) it has not received any notice, nor to the best of its knowledge is there pending or threatened any ' notice, of any violation of any applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, rules, decrees, awards, permits or orders which would materially and adversely affect its ability to perform hereunder. SECTION 24. ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PARTIES. Customer hereby warrants, represents and promises that it has provided or shall provide timely to ESCO, all records relating to energy usage and energy-related maintenance of Premises requested by ESCO and ' the information set forth therein is, and all information in other records to be subsequently provided pursuant to this Contract will be true and accurate in all material respects. ' 10 Johnson itct Controls • ESCO hereby warrants, represents and promises that: • (i) before commencing performance of this Contract: ' (a) it shall have become licensed or otherwise permitted to do business in the State of Kansas; (b) it shall have provided proof and documentation of required insurance pursuant to Section 17 (Insurance Requirements); (ii) it shall make available, upon reasonable request, all documents relating to its performance under this Contract, including all contracts and subcontracts entered into; (iii) it shall use qualified subcontractors and delegates, licensed and bonded in this state to perform the work so subcontracted or delegated pursuant to the terms hereof; ' (iv) that it is financially solvent, able to pay its debts as they mature and possessed of sufficient working capital to complete the Work and perform its obligations under this Contract. SECTION 25. WAIVER OF LIENS All property of the State (Customer) is exempt from attachment and levy, K.S.A. 60-723(d). A public works bond pursuant to K.S.A. 60-1111 shall be required. ' SECTION 26. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND STANDARD PRACTICES ESCO shall perform its obligations hereunder in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations, in accordance with sound engineering and safety practices, and in compliance with any and all reasonable rules of Customer relative to the Premises. ESCO shall be responsible for obtaining all governmental permits, consents, and authorizations as may be required to perform its obligations hereunder. SECTION 27. INDEPENDENT CAPACITY OF THE CONTRACTOR The parties hereto agree that ESCO, and any agents and employees of ESCO, in the performance of this Contract, shall act in an independent capacity and not as officers, employees, or agents of the Customer. SECTION 28. NO WAIVER • The failure of ESCO or Customer to insist upon the strict performance of the terms and conditions hereof shall not constitute or be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of either party's right to thereafter enforce the same in accordance with this Contract in the event of a continuing or subsequent default on the part of ESCO or Customer. ' SECTION 29. SEVERABILITY In the event that any clause or provision of this Contract or any part thereof shall be declared invalid, void, or unenforceable by any court having jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining portions of this Contract unless the result would be manifestly inequitable or unconscionable. ' SECTION 30. COMPLETE CONTRACT This Contract, when executed, together with all Schedules attached hereto or to be attached hereto, as provided for by this Contract shall constitute the entire Contract between both parties and this Contract may • not be amended, modified, or terminated except by a written Contract signed by the parties hereto. SECTION 31. FURTHER DOCUMENTS 11 Johnson '',��t Controls The parties shall execute and deliver all documents and perform all further acts that may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the provisions of this Contract. 1 SECTION 32. APPLICABLE LAW This Contract and the construction and enforceability thereof shall be interpreted under the laws of the State of Kansas. SECTION 33. NOTICE Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be deemed sufficient if given in writing and delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail or telefax (Fax), return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or delivered to a nationally recognized express mail service, charges prepaid, receipt obtained, to the address shown below or to such other persons or addresses as are specified by similar notice. 1 TO ESCO: Johnson Controls, Inc., Cris Christenson, 9850 Legler Rd, Lenexa KS, 66219 TO CUSTOMER: City of Salina, 300 W. Ash Street, Salina, KS 67401 1 SECTION 34. CUSTOMER'S COMPLIANCE WITH FACILITIES MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST I Section 34.1 The parties acknowledge and agree that ESCO has entered into this Contract in reliance upon the prospect of earning compensation based on guaranteed energy savings in energy used at Premises, as set forth on Schedules C (Energy Saving Guarantee) and D (Compensation to ESCO), attached hereto and made a part hereof. Section 34.2. The parties further acknowledge and agree that the said guaranteed energy savings would not likely be obtained unless certain procedures and methods of operation designed for energy conservation shall be implemented, and followed by Customer on a regular and continuous basis. Section 34.3. • Customer agrees that it shall adhere to, follow and implement the energy conservation procedures and methods of operation to be set forth on Schedule K (Customer's Maintenance Responsibilities), to be attached hereto and made a part hereof after Customer's approval. 1 Section 34.4. Customer agrees that ESCO shall have the right once a month, with prior notice, to inspect Premises to determine if Customer is complying, and shall have complied with its obligations as set forth above in Section 34.3 For the purpose of determining Customer's said compliance, the checklist to be set forth at Schedule L(Facility Maintenance Checklist) as completed and recorded by ESCO during its monthly inspections, shall be used to measure and record Customer's said compliance. Customer shall make the Premises available to ESCO for and during each monthly inspection, and shall have the right to witness each inspection and the recordation's on the checklist. SECTION 35. HEADINGS ' Headings and subtitles used throughout this Contract are for the purpose of convenience only, and no heading or subtitle shall modify or be used to interpret the text of any section. ' SECTION 36. SPECIAL PROVISIONS The signatures of the parties follow the attached Special Provisions, which Special Provisions are included as part of this Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto subscribe their names to this Contract by their duly authorized officers on the date first above written. ' 1' 12 Johnson 10 Controls 1 ' ESCO: a are ' CUSTOMER: Norman M . Jenninis. 4a Dr : 7anuary 2`1;2013 1 Date Approved by Kansas Corporation Commission: IrivretPekcerrn Z(cc r By: l am • ' &eon.h it `(X vcck rr a-I• 13 Date I 1 I I ' 13 Johnson Controls I • ATTACHMENT TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS IThe following terms and conditI�ns sled herein shall amend and be incorporated by reference into the Energy Performance Contract dated ///_z_a /3 ("Contract") between City of Salina, 300 W. Ash Street, Salina, KS 67401 ("Customer") and Johnso Co trols, Inc., ("ESCO"). If any conflict or ambiguity exists between the I terms stated in these Supplemental Terms and Conditions and the Contract or any document incorporated into the Contract, the Parties shall defer to the controlling language contained in this Supplement. The Contract shall be amended as follows: I1. Section 7 "Warranties" shall be amended by adding the following language as its last paragraph: The warranties provided pursuant to the Contract shall not extend to any work or services that have been ' abused, altered, misused, or negligently repaired by the Customer or third parties without the 1 supervision of and prior written approval of the ESCO. Replace Section 17.1 in it's entirety with . l INSURANCE. ESCO shall obtain, pay for, and maintain—and shall require each of its authorized subcontractors to obtain and maintain—for the duration of the Agreement, policies of insurance meeting the following requirements: . 1 1. General Requirements. A. Additional Insured. With the exception of the workers' compensation policy to be I obtained by ESCO hereunder, all policies shall name as an additional insured the Customer, its agents, representatives, officers, officials, and employees as additional insured(s) with respect to liability arising out of operations performed for them by or on behalf of ESCO, but only to the extent of damages caused by the negligence of ESCO I or its agents. Insurance for the additional insured shall extend to Products/Completed Operations, and shall apply as primary and non-contributory insurance before any other insurance or self-insurance, including any deductible, maintained by, or provided to, the additional insured(s). B. Waiver of Subrogation. Where allowed by law, all policies will include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Customer, its agents, representatives, officers, officials, and Iemployees. C. Claims Made Policies. If coverage is written on a claims-made basis for any of the policies required by this Agreement, the Contractor must maintain the coverage for a I minimum of two (2) years from the date of final completion of all work under the Agreement. 1 2. Specific Coverage Requirements. A. Commercial General Liability ("CGL"). ESCO shall maintain CGL coverage written on ISO Occurrence form CG00 01 or an industry equivalent and shall cover liability arising from Personal Injury, Bodily Injury, Property Damage, Premises and Operations, Products and Completed Operations, Contractual Liability, Independent Contractors and Advertising Injury. The policy limits shall not be less than the following: ' • Each occurrence $1,000,000 • General aggregate $2,000,000 • • Personal and Advertising Liability $1,000,000 ' The policy shall contain an endorsement that modifies the general aggregate to apply I14 Johnson '/JJ i IControls separately to each project. JCI shall maintain the Products and Completed Operations ' liability coverage for a period of at least two (2) years after completion of all work under the Agreement. • B. Business Automobile Liability ("BAL"I. JCI shall maintain BAL coverage written on ISO • form CA 00 01 or an industry equivalent. Coverage shall be applicable to all autos and other vehicles subject to compulsory auto liability laws that are owned, hired, rented or used by JCI and include automobiles not owned by but used on behalf of JCI. The IBAL policy limits shall not be less than the following: • Combined single limit $1,000,000 I C. Workers' Compensation/Emplover's Liability. JCI shall maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability coverage with policy limits not less than the following: • Workers' Compensation (Coverage Part A) o Statutory • Employer's Liability (Coverage Part B) ' o $100,000 each accident o $500,000 disease—policy limit o $100,000 disease—each employee ' JCI shall be responsible for all premiums and retention or deductible expense for any and all policies shown above. ' 2. Add a new Section 17.4 that reads as follows: "LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. NEITHER ESCO NOR CUSTOMER WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, REMOTE, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, OR SIMILAR DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF HOW CHARACTERIZED AND REGARDLESS OF A PARTY HAVING BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH POTENTIAL LOSSES OR RELIEF, ARISING IN ANY MANNER FROM THIS CONTRACT, THE WORK, THE PREMISES, OR OTHERWISE. The foregoing waivers and limitations are fundamental elements of the basis for this contract between ESCO and Customer, and each party acknowledges that ESCO would not be able to provide the work and services contemplated by this Contract on an economic basis in the absence of such waivers and limitations, and would not have entered into this Contract without such waivers and limitations." 3. Section 18 shall be amended as follows: After the following words be terminated upon ten (10) days" add the word "written". 4. Section 19.2(v) shall be amended as follows: Add the following words to the end of the subsection., "if not removed by ESCO within twenty (20) days after written notice by the Customer to ESCO;" ' 5. A new Section 37 shall be added titled "Delays" as follows: SECTION 37 DELAYS. If ESCO is unreasonably delayed in the commencement, performance, or completion of its work or services by causes beyond its control and without its fault or negligence, including but not limited to inability to access property, forces of nature, failure by Customer to perform its obligations under this Contract, or failure by Customer to reasonably cooperate with ESCO in the timely completion of the Work, then ESCO shall provide written notice to Customer of the existence, extent of, and reason for such delays. If Customer does not cure the reasons for the delay within three (3) calendar days from receipt of notification, or fails to provide satisfactory evidence that correction of such delay has commenced and will be corrected within a reasonable time, an equitable adjustment in substantial completion/construction schedules, price and payment terms, and the Energy Savings Guarantee shall be made. 15 Johnson Controls 6. A new Section 39 shall be added titled "ESCO Release" as follows: SECTION 39 ESCO RELEASE: Customer acknowledges and agrees that if, for any reason, it (i) cancels, or terminates receipt of M&V Services (M&V is a one time fee as described in main contract), (ii) fails to pay for Measurement and Calculation Services, or (iii) fails to fulfill its responsibilities necessary to enable ESCO to complete the work and provide the Measurement and Verification Services by allowing access to facilities within 60 business days of first request for access, the Energy Savings Guarantee shall automatically terminate and ESCO shall have no liability hereunder. • 7. All other terms and conditions of the Contract remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto subscribe their names to these SUPPLEMENTAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS on the date first written below. ESC�� S CU T 4., Its: 2C'p —4 Its: Mama( Date: / 2/ // Date: J y V I 241 Approved by Kansas Corporation Commission: • By: Date • • • I 1 I 1 ' 16 Johnson "I ' Controls I • Schedule A EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY ESCO IGA FIM 1: LED Exterior Lighting in Core Area 1 1. For 356 existing pedestrian decorative fixtures: i. 189 pedestrian poles will be replaced with new poles and 35W LED fixtures. • ii. 103 pedestrian poles will be replaced with new poles and 55W LED fixtures. iii. 64 of the existing pedestrian poles/fixtures in the parking lots will be eliminated because they are redundant with new parking lot fixtures. 2. Replace fixtures on 38 existing parking lot light poles with 110W LED lamp fixtures. The existing poles will contain one, two, three or four fixtures. Six new parking lot poles and fixtures will be installed. 3. Replace one 400W metal halide type parking lot fixture and pole with one 110W LED fixture and • ' pole at Philips Plaza. 4. All Westar-Owned Poles/Fixtures will be removed by Westar. The Core area consists of fixtures and poles within Mulberry Street and Ash Street in the north/south direction, and 5th and 7th Street in the east/west direction. 1 Based upon a structural review of the existing pedestrian pole bases, all poured bases and screw-in bases which are not encased in concrete, such as in lawns and planters, were deemed to be inadequate and will be replaced as part of this scope. All other bases will be reused. IGA Alternate Core: Additional LED Lighting 1 1) Replace four existing 100W metal halide canopy fixtures at the gazebos in Spillman Plaza with 90W LED fixtures. 2) Replace three existing 50W to 70W high pressure sodium type exterior restroom fixtures with 12W • LED retrofit lamps. 3) At intersection of Walnut& Santa Fe, replace four existing City-owned 150W high pressure sodium fixtures mounted on traffic signal poles with four 135W LED fixtures. 4) At intersection of Walnut& 7th, replace three existing Westar-owned 250W mercury vapor fixtures and poles with four 80W LED fixtures and poles. 5) At intersection of Mulberry& 7th, replace two existing Westar-owned 175W mercury vapor fixtures and poles with four 80W LED fixtures and poles. 6) At intersection of Mulberry&5th, replace one existing Westar-owned 400W mercury vapor fixture and pole with four 80W LED fixtures and poles. 7) At intersection of Walnut& 5th, replace one existing Westar-owned 150W high pressure sodium fixture and pole and three existing Westar-owned 250W mercury vapor fixtures and poles with four 80W LED fixtures and poles. 8) At intersection of Iron & 5th, replace four existing City-owned 150W high pressure sodium fixtures mounted on traffic signal poles with four 110W LED fixtures. 9) At intersection of Ash & Santa Fe, replace three existing Westar-owned 400W mercury vapor fixtures and poles with four 135W LED fixtures and poles. I17 Johnson 010 Controls 1 I 10) At intersection of Ash & 5`h, replace two existing Westar-owned 250W mercury vapor fixtures and poles and two existing Westar-owned 400W mercury vapor fixtures and poles with four 80W LED fixtures and poles. 11) At intersection of Ash & 7h, replace three existing Westar-owned 400W mercury vapor fixtures and poles with four 110W LED fixtures and poles. 12) At intersection of 8th & Iron, replace three existing Westar-owned 400W mercury vapor fixtures and poles and one existing Westar-owned 175W mercury vapor fixtures and poles with four 110W LED fixtures and poles. 13) At intersection of Iron & 7th, replace four existing City-owned 150W high pressure sodium fixtures mounted on traffic signal poles with four 135W LED fixtures. 14) At intersection of Iron & Santa Fe, replace four existing City-owned 150W high pressure sodium fixtures mounted on traffic signal poles with four 135W LED fixtures. 15) At intersection of Mulberry & Santa Fe, replace four existing Westar-owned 400W mercury vapor fixtures and poles and one existing Westar-owned with 250W high pressure sodium fixtures and poles with four 135W LED fixtures and poles. 16) Install ten new 35W pedestrian poles and fixtures. a) One along 7 between Iron/Ash, replace one Westar-owned 250 W high pressure sodium fixture and pole b) Five along 51h Street between Iron/Ash, replace two Westar-owned 250 W high pressure ' sodium fixtures and poles and two Westar-owned 250 W mercury vapor fixtures and poles c) One along 7th Street between Iron/Walnut d) One along 5th Street between Iron/Walnut e) Two in Parking Lot 5-6 17) Install four new 55W pedestrian poles and fixtures. a) One along Iron between Santa Fe/5'h Street b) One along Iron between Santa Fe/7th Street, replace one Westar-owned 250 W high pressure sodium fixture and pole c) Two along Walnut between Santa Fe& 5th Street 18) Replace one hundred thirty-four existing T8-25W fluorescent fixtures at three crosswalks with twenty new 90W LED fixtures. • 19) Replace four 100W metal halide gazebo fixtures with four 90 LED fixtures at Spillman Plaza. This scenario calls for additional items in the core area. This includes: replacement of gazebo lighting at Spillman Plaza, replacement of exterior fixtures on the restrooms, replacement of crosswalk fixtures, addition of pedestrian poles/fixtures where there are no existing poles/fixtures, and replacement and addition of intersection lighting. Items 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 15 listed above are new installations and require new • bases, poles and electrical feeds. New electrical service will be pulled from the closest available source. ' IGA Alternate 5: LED Street Lighting North of Core Area 1. Install twenty-two new 55W pedestrian poles and fixtures. 2. Install four new 135W LED fixtures and poles for intersection lighting at Santa Fe& Elm. 3. Eliminate twelve Westar-owned fixtures and poles • • I 1' 18 Johnson ')�, (I Controls • 1 This scenario calls for the installation of additional pedestrian and intersection lighting north of Ash and south of Elm Street along Santa Fe Ave. All items in this scenario are new installations and require new bases, poles, and electrical feeds. New electrical service will be pulled from the closest available source. • 1. 1 I . • • • • I I I I I I I I 19 Johnson Controls i IGA Alternate 6: LED Pedestrian Lighting on Community Theatre Bridge 1. Replace eight existing five lamp incandescent pedestrian poles and fixtures with 35W LED ' pedestrian poles and fixtures. This scenario calls for the replacement of the existing pedestrian poles and fixtures on the community theater bridge. The existing base and poles has been deemed structurally unsound for the proposed pole and fixture ' type. ' IGA Alternate 10: LED Lighting for Tunnels 1. Replace twenty-eight T8 fluorescent fixtures with twelve 90W LED fixtures This scenario calls for the replacement of the stage lighting at Campbell Plaza. Existing wiring and stage structure will be reused for both power and mounting. Clarifications and Qualifications of Scope of Work • Specific Pole and Fixture types and models are as identified in the Investment Grade Audit. Concrete removal and replacement to be notch and patch to neat, straight lines of one foot or two foot widths. Complete sidewalk, drive, and approach replacement is not included. City shall provide traffic control and street closures/ barricades where work is required in streets or intersections. The majority of the work occurs on areas other than streets, and Johnson Controls will provide temporary portable barricades and snow fence for pedestrian protection in these areas. Where pedestrian light fixtures require a new concrete base inside of a city planter, Johnson Controls will restore the soil in the planter. As it is assumed that the City would desire a specific plant arrangement, City shall be responsible for replacing vegetation in the planter(14 or less locations). We have presumed the project to be tax-exempt. Should this not be the case, tax would need to be added as applicable. Where lighting fixtures are being removed, and where new fixtures are being installed in new locations, we have estimated costs based on the as-built electrical plans provided by the City. Should actual existing wiring routes differ from that shown on the plans in a manner that requires additional work for the proposed improvements, City will provide an equitable adjustment to Johnson Controls contract. I d I i 20 Johnson �), ct ' Controls • 1 • Schedule B DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES; PRE-EXISTING EQUIPMENT INVENTORY IGA FIM 1: LED Exterior Lighting in Core Area Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures—Streets and Sidewalks In the core area the streets and sidewalks are illuminated by 175 Watt metal halide pedestrian decorative fixtures which were installed in 1987.They have exceeded their rated life and have required significant maintenance over recent years as the ballast and lamps have begun to fail.The fixtures have dirtied lenses, reduced light output, and have a dated appearance. If these fixtures were to remain in service the lamps and ballasts would need to be replaced over time. Replacement of the ballasts requires that the weatherproof receptacle cover be removed and the base slid up and out of the way.This has caused scratching on some poles where ballasts have been replaced. Westar-Owned Poles/Fixtures In some cases Westar-owned fixtures are located in the same areas as the pedestrian decorative fixtures resulting in redundant lighting systems for streets and sidewalks.These fixtures are a mixture of mercury vapor and high pressure sodium and range from 150W to 400W.The City pays a monthly rental fee for these fixtures rather than paying directly for energy consumption. High pressure sodium fixtures emit an orange hue that is not consistent with the whiter hues from the pedestrian lighting. (Note: Westar Poles/Fixtures at intersections will be removed as part of Core Alternate). Parking Lot Lighting The primary parking lot lighting consists of square steel poles with up to four 400 W metal halide fixtures. Some parking lots have no primary lighting and only receive secondary lighting from adjacent pedestrian decorative fixtures,Westar street lights, building mounted lights or adjacent parking lot lights. (Note: Parking Lots 8-1,8-2, and 8-3 are part of Alternate 8 and Community Theatre Parking Lot is part of Alternate 1). Plazas The plazas are illuminated by the metal halide decorative pedestrian fixtures.At Spillman Plaza,the original poles have been retrofitted with metal halide flood fixtures and the gazebos have 100W metal halide canopy fixtures. At Campbell Plaza,the stage area has additional 65W halogen flood fixtures. At Philips Plaza,the east side of the plaza has an additional parking lot type fixture. (Note: The gazebos at Spillman Plaza and the parking lot type fixture at Philips Plaza are part of Core Alternate. The stage lighting at Campbell Plaza is part of Alternate 9 and not included in the scope of this contract.) IGA Alternate Core: Additional LED Lighting ' Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures—Streets and Sidewalks In the Core area, the streets and sidewalks are illuminated by metal halide pedestrian decorative fixtures which were installed in 1987. They have exceeded their rated life and have required significant maintenance over recent years as the ballast and lamps have begun to fail. The fixtures have dirtied ' lenses, reduced light output, and have a dated appearance. If these fixtures were to remain in service, the lamps and ballasts would need to be replaced over time. Replacement of the ballasts requires that the weatherproof receptacle cover be removed and the base slid up and out of the way. This has caused scratching on some poles where ballasts have been replaced. (Note: The fixtures that are a part of this Alternate include additional poles/fixtures that need to be added (not currently existing) to meet IES recommendations. This includes poles/fixtures on 7th Street between Iron and Ash, on 5th Street between Iron and Ash, on Iron between Santa Fe and 5th Street, on Iron between Santa Fe and 7th Street, on 7th Street between Iron and Walnut, on 5th Street between Iron and Walnut, and on Walnut between Santa Fe and 5th Street) Intersections The intersections are illuminated by a mixture of high pressure sodium cobra head fixtures and mercury vapor cobra head fixtures. High pressure sodium fixtures emit an orange hue that is not consistent with the 21 Johnson '/JJk Controls i whiter hues from the pedestrian lighting. Some fixtures are Westar-owned and some fixtures are City owned. The City pays a monthly rental fee for the Westar-owned fixtures rather than paying directly for energy consumption. High pressure sodium fixtures emit an orange hue that is not consistent with the whiter hues from the pedestrian lighting. Parking Lot Lighting The primary parking lot lighting consists of square steel poles with up to four 400W metal halide fixtures. Some parking lots have no primary lighting and only receive secondary lighting from adjacent pedestrian decorative fixtures, Westar street lights, building mounted lights or adjacent parking lot lights. (Note: The fixtures that are a part of this Alternate include two additional pedestrian decorative poles/fixtures at Parking Lot 5-6. These fixtures were added in order to meet the IES recommendations. Plazas The plazas are illuminated by the metal halide decorative pedestrian fixtures. At Spillman Plaza the original ' poles have been retrofitted with a metal halide flood fixtures and the gazebos have 100W metal halide canopy fixtures. At Campbell Plaza, the stage area has additional 65W halogen flood fixtures. At Philips Plaza, the east side of the plaza has an additional parking lot type fixture. (Note: The fixtures that are a • part of this alternate are the canopy fixtures at the gazebos at Spillman Plaza and the parking lot type fixture at Philips Plaza.) Cross Walks The crosswalks are illuminated with T8 fluorescent fixtures mounted a steel frame structure over the crosswalk. Restrooms ' The exterior restroom fixtures are either wall pack or canopy mounted high pressure sodium fixtures. High pressure sodium fixtures emit an orange hue that is not consistent with the whiter hues from the pedestrian lighting. The restroom building at Parking Lot 5-1 is not considered in this Scope of Work. The City has indicated that this restroom is closed and there are no plans of reopening it. IGA Alternate 5: LED Street Lighting North of Core Area ' Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures—Streets and Sidewalks• In the Core area the streets and sidewalks are illuminated by metal halide pedestrian decorative fixtures which were installed in 1987. They have exceeded their rated life and have required significant maintenance over recent years as the ballast and lamps have begun to fail. The fixtures have dirtied lenses, reduced light output, and have a dated appearance. If these fixtures were to remain in service the lamps and ballasts would need to be replaced over time. Replacement of the ballasts requires that the weatherproof receptacle cover be removed and the base slid up and out of the way. This has caused scratching on some poles where ballasts have been replaced. Intersections ' The intersections are illuminated by mercury vapor Westar-owned cobra head fixtures. The City pays a monthly rental fee for the Westar-owned fixtures rather than paying directly for energy consumption. IGA Alternate 6: LED Pedestrian Lighting on Community Theatre Bridge Community Theatre Bridge • The community theatre bridge lighting consists of pole mounted incandescent fixtures. These fixtures primarily illuminate the pedestrian areas with little illumination of the street. IGA Alternate 10: LED Lighting for Tunnels The tunnels are illuminated by T8 fluorescent fixtures. 22 • ' Johnson J) �I Controls • 1 • ' Schedule C Energy Savings and Performance Guarantee I. PROJECT SAVINGS A. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below: Annual Project Savings are the portion of the projected Total Project Savings to be achieved in any one year of ' the Guarantee Term. Annual Project Savings Realized are the Project Savings actually realized for any one year of the Guarantee Term. Annual Project Savings Shortfall is the amount by which the Annual Project Savings exceed the Annual Project Savings Realized in any one year of the Guarantee Term. Annual Project Savings Surplus is the amount by which the Annual Project Savings Realized exceeds the Annual Project Savings in any one year of the Guarantee Term. Baseline is the mutually agreed upon data and/or usage amounts that reflect conditions prior to the installation of the Improvement Measures as set forth in Schedule A. Guarantee Term will commence on the first day of the month next following the Substantial Completion date and will continue through the duration of the M&V Services,subject to earlier termination as provided in this Agreement. Installation Period is the period beginning on JCI's receipt of Customer's Notice to Proceed and ending on the commencement of the Guarantee Term. Measured Project Savings are the utility savings and cost avoidance calculated in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Schedule F. Non-Measured Project Savings are identified in Section II below. The Non-Measured Project Savings have been agreed to by Customer and will be deemed achieved in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Total Project Savings table below. Customer and JCI agree that: (i) the Non-Measured Project Savings may include, but are not limited to, operational costs avoided as a result of the Work and implementation of the Improvement Measures, (ii) achievement of the Non-Measured Project Savings is outside of JCI's control, and (iii) Customer has evaluated sufficient information to conclude that the Non-Measured Project Savings will occur and bears sole responsibility for ensuring that the Non-Measured Project Savings will be realized. Accordingly, the Non-Measured Project Savings shall not be measured or monitored by JCI at any time during the Guarantee Term, but rather shall be deemed achieved in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Total Project Savings table below. Project Savings are the Measured Project Savings plus the Non-Measured Project Savings to be achieved for a particular period during the term of this Agreement. Total Project Savings are the projected Project Savings to be achieved during the entire term of this Agreement. B. Project Savings Summary. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, ESCO and Customer agree that Customer will be deemed to achieve a total of$960,612 in Measured Utility Savings, $292,146 in Non-Measured Utility Savings, $436,087 in Operational Savings during Years 0 through 15 as set forth on the following table. 1 I ', 23 Johnson '�1(i Controls _ • 1 • ITotal Project Savings Over 15 Years IMeasured Non-Measured Savings Total Year Utility Utility Operational Total Savings Savings Savings Savings 0 $3,829 $1,164 $0 $1,164 $4,993 1 $47,783 $14,532 $21,779 $36,311 $84,094 I 2 $49,694 $15,113 $22,650 $37,763 $87,457 3 $51,682 $15,718 $23,556 $39,274 $90,955 4 $53,749 $16,346 $24,498 $40,844 $94,594 1 5 $55,899 $17,000 $25,478 $42,478 $98,377 6 $58,135 $17,680 $26,497 $44,177 $102,312 7 $60,460 $18,388 $27,557 $45,944 $106,405 I8 $62,879 $19,123 $28,659 $47,782 $110,661 9 $65,394 $19,888 $29,806 $49,694 $115,088 I 10 $68,010 $20,683 $30,998 $51,681 $119,691 11 $70,730 $21,511 $32,238 $53,748 $124,479 12 $73,559 $22,371 $33,527 $55,898 $129,458 I 13 $76,502 $23,266 $34,868 $58,134 $134,636 14 $79,562 $24,197 $36,263 $60,460 $140,022 15 $82,744 $25,165 $37,714 $62,878 $145,622 ITotal $960,612 $292,146 $436,087 $728,232 $1,688,844 ITotal Project Cost(ESCO Portion): $2,476,876 Estimated FCIP Fee: $40,769 (To be verified by the FCIP and contracted directly between the FCIP and the Customer) Total Project Cost: $2,517,645 . Year 1 Savings: $84,094 • IProject Simple Payback(years): 29.9 • I • Measured Utility Savings, Non-Measured Utility Savings and Non-Measured Operational Savings are all escalated by a mutually agreed upon annual escalation rate of 4%. • Operation Savings: The Year 0 operation Savings were calculated by City staff and provided in an e-mail dated 12/18/2012. IWithin sixty (60) days of the commencement of the Guarantee Term, JCI will calculate the Measured Project Savings achieved during the Installation Period plus any Non-Measured Project Savings applicable to such period and advise 1 Customer of same. Customer acknowledges and agrees that if, for any reason, it(i) cancels or terminates receipt of M&V Services, (ii) fails to pay for M&V Services in accordance with Schedule D, (iii)fails to fulfill any of its responsibilities Inecessary to enable JCI to complete the Work and provide the M&V Services, or(iv) otherwise cancels, //' 24 I Johnson X10 Controls terminates or materially breaches this Agreement, the Assured Performance Guarantee shall automatically ' terminate and JCI shall have no liability hereunder. C. Project Savings Shortfalls or Surpluses. I (i) Project Savings Shortfalls. If an Annual Project Savings Shortfall occurs for any one year of the Guarantee Term, JCI shall, at its discretion and in any combination, (a) set off the amount of such shortfall against any unpaid balance Customer then owes to JCI, (b) pay to Customer the amount I of such shortfall, or • • (ii) Additional Improvements. Where an Annual Project Savings Shortfall has occurred, JCI may, subject to Customer's approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, I or delayed), implement additional Improvement Measures, at no cost to Customer, which may generate additional Project Savings in future years of the Guarantee Term. I *In the event JCI is providing an Assured Performance Guarantee under Schedule C, Annual Project Savings Shortfalls and Annual Project Savings Surpluses under each such Schedule shall be reconciled against one another. II. NON-MEASURED PROJECT SAVINGS I Non measured project savings are calculated in Schedule P and identified in Schedule F. I I . I . I I I I . 25 I ,' Johnson 10 • Controls I • • • ' Schedule D ICompensation to ESCO Total payment to Johnson Controls, Inc. is $2,476,876 subject to reduction of Construction Costs, as defined in the I Investment Grade Audit Agreement dated 4-16-12 between ESCO and the City of Salina, pursuant to Customer's audit of ESCO's actual Construction Costs in accordance with Schedule N -General Conditions and application of Standard FCIP Construction Markups. A development and mobilization payment of 25% of the contract amount will be due upon signing, and monthly progress invoices will be submitted for payment during project implementation. The anticipated draw ' schedule is shown below. Draw Schedule IJCI Contract Amount $2,476,876 Feb-13 Mar-13 Apr-13 May-13 Jun-13 Jul-13 Aug-13 Sep-13 Oct-13 Nov-13 Total $619,219 $0 $866,907 $123,842 $123,844 $123,844 $123,844 $123,844 $123,844 $247,688 $2,476,876 Any overage in the $2,476,876 cost of the project shall be the responsibility of ESCO unless the cost is due to a material I change requested and approved by the customer. Customer will make monthly progress payments to ESCO for the value, proportional to the amount of the allowable costs of all work completed or materials delivered during the preceding calendar month. I I • I I • I I • I • I 26 IJohnson /'i�,�(� Controls I Schedule E I Historical Energy Consumption IHistorical Electric Consumption A summary of metered energy consumption for the past two years is listed below. Note that this does not include rented ' Westar fixtures. Previous Year: August 2010-July2011 Most Recent Year: August 2011-July 2012 I Meter kWh Total$ Meter kWh Total$ 02391807 21,424 $1,959 02391807 21,192 $2,032 06722704 11,419 $1,190 06722704 13,615 $1,441 I 06976550 59,576 $5,094. 06976550 58,731 $5,272 03633448 24,558 $2,176 03633448 20,527 $1,971 06723126 48,500 $3,882 06723126 49,509 $4,431 02798520 22,517 $1,992 02798520 20,914 $1,973 I 05571057 38,652 $3,489 05571057 38,039 $3,586 06723114 18,655 $1,760 06723114 20,491 $1,965 06722808 42,571 $3,854 06722808 47,676 $4,445 I 76796718 22,322 6,988 $1,981 76796718 26,965 8,601 $2,406 71685715 $809 71665715 $997 32951372 22,936 $2,022 32951372 21,633 $2,032 94737987 101,820 $9,878 94737987 102,240 $10,284 I 88011194 14,530 $1,441 88011194 13,554 $1,428 02383450 19,351 $1,787 02383450 16,347 $1,631 N. 95676011 11,606 $1,134 95676011 12,212 $1,221 I 27094308 5,359 $521 27094308 5,182 $504 95675956 5,236 $512 95675956 5,272 $527 Totals 498,030 $45,480 Totals - 502,710 $48,148 I2Year Average: August 2010-July 2012 Meter kWh Total$ 02391807 21,308 $1,996 I 06722704 12,517 $1,315 06976550 59,154 $5,183 03633448 22,548 $2,074 I 06723126 49,005 $4,156 02798520 21,716 $1,983 05571057 38,346 $3,538 06723114 19,573 $1,862 I 06722808 45,124 $4,149 76796718 24,644 $2,194 • 71685715 7,795 $903 . 32951372 22,285 $2,027 I 94737987 102,030 $10,081 88011194 14,047 $1,434 02383450 17,849 $1,709 I 95676011 11,909 $1,178 27094308 5,271 $512 95675956 5,254 $519 Totals 500,370 $46,814 • 27 I //'� Johnson 'I Controls . I r Electric Rate Determination I The most recent electric rate increase went into effect April 27, 2012. Therefore, the majority of the historical electric cost data does not include the most recent cost increase. For the purpose of determining the applicable rate for savings calculations, only the last two months of historical data were used, which is May and June of 2012. The average costs for I these two months are $0.1069/kWh which is the rate that was used to determine cost savings. Refer to the table below for documentation. The applicable electric rated utilized for calculating savings is escalated by a mutually agreed upon annual escalation rate of 4%. May,June 2012 -Most Recent Rate Structure Meter kWh Total $ $/KWH 02391807 2,755 $ 305 $0.1107 06722704 2,392 $ 269 $0.1126 I 06976550 7,566 $ 794 $0.1049 03633448 2,359 $ 266 $0.1129 06723126 6,591 $ 676 $0.1026 02798520 2,693 $ 293 $0.1088 05571057 5,162 $ 543 $0.1053 ' 06723114 2,663 $ 291 $0.1091 06722808 6,643 $ 681 $0.1025 76796718 4,281 $ 414 $0.0967 ' 71685715 1,753 $ 208 $0.1189 32951372 3,236 $ 334 $0.1033 94737987 19,840 $ 2,162 $0.1090 88011194 1,740 $ 207 $01189 02383450 1,900 $ 223 $0.1172 95676011 1,758 $ 180 $0.1024 ' 27094308 727 $ 74 $0.1025 95675956 754 $ 77 $0.1024 Totals 74,813 $7,998 $0.1069 r I 1 /,' 28 1 Johnson '/ 0 Controls t I Adjustment of Historical Electric Consumption and Costs ' The City-owned downtown pedestrian street lighting is currently controlled by photocells and time clocks which override the lighting off at 5:00 a.m. The City owned parking lot lighting is currently controlled by photocells only. ESCO recommends simply removing the time clocks from the circuits to allow the existing photocells to operate the lighting from Idusk to dawn. This will result in increased energy consumption as calculated on the table to the right, As previously discussed, the most recent electric rate increase went into effect April 27, 2012 and the rate based on the time frame since then is $0.1069/kWh. The table below illustrates the adjusted historical consumption and costs based on I the most recent electric rates and the adjusted consumption associated with extending the operating hours for the downtown pedestrian street lights. I Existing Fixture Watts: 65,331 • Exiting Fixture KW: 65.3 ICurrent Annual Hours: 3,545 Recommended Hours: 4,304 Recommended Hour Increase: 759 I Associated KWH Increase: 49,586 1 2 Year Average: Adjusted for New Rates and Extended Lighting Hours IMeter kWh Total $ 02391807 21,308 $2,278 I 06722704 12,517 $1,338 06976550 59,154 $6,324 03633448 22,548 $2,411 , I 06723126 , $5,239 02798520 49 21,005 716 $2,322 05571057 38,346 $4,100 I 06723114 19,573 $2,093 06722808 45,124 $4,824 • 76796718 24,644 $2,635 1 71685715 7,795 $833 32951372 22,285 $2,383 94737987 102,030 $10,908 ' . 88011194 14,047 $1,502 02383450 17,849 $1,908 I 95676011 11,909 $1,273 27094308 5,271 $563 95675956 5,254 $562 ' Subtotal 500,370 $53,496 Usage Adj. 49,586 $5,301 Total 549,956 $58,798 I '' 29 I Johnson J (t Controls I • I I Schedule F Savings Calculation Formulae, Methodology to Adjust Baseline The preliminary M&V plan is presented in this section. The following table summarizes the Year 1 savings associated with Ithe exterior lighting retrofit. The savings are escalated by a mutually agreed upon annual escalation rate of 4%. Exterior Lighting Retrofit Annual Summary: Core,Alternate Core, Alternate 5, 6, 10 Measured Utility Savings (Option A) $47,783 INon-Measured Energy Savings (Wester Rentals to be Removed) $14,532 Non-Measured O&M Savings $21,779 ITotal Year 1 Summary $84,094 IMeasurement and Verification Methodologies . The following is a brief overview of the measurement and verification methodologies applicable to the improvement measures set forth below. Johnson Controls shall apply these methodologies, as more fully detailed in the guidelines and I standards of the International Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP) and/or the Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP), in connection with the provision of M&V Services hereunder. I Measured Project Savings are determined by partial field measurement of the energy use of the system(s) to which an improvement measure was applied separate from the energy use of the rest of the facility. Measurements will be short- term with only one-time measurements before and after the Installation Period. I Partial measurement means that some but not all parameters will be measured. Careful review of the design and installation of improvement measures is intended to demonstrate that the stipulated values fairly represent the probable actual values. Agreed-upon values will be shown in the measurement and verification plan, along with analysis of the I significance of the error they may introduce. Engineering calculations using short-term pre and post-retrofit measurements and stipulations are used to calculate measured project savings for the duration of the guarantee term. I I • • I . • I • 30 IJohnson ,'i4 Controls I • I • • FIM Lighting Retrofit (Exterior) Measurement and Verification Plan: IPMVP Option A I Lighting retrofit savings will be determined by measuring the power draw(kW) on a statistical sample of individual pre- retrofit and post-retrofit light fixtures. Agreed to operational hours and electrical rate will be applied to the pre-retrofit and post-retrofit kW values to determine the lighting savings. The savings will be recalculated based on the readings taken Iapplied to the following calculations. Existing kW = Q1 *Wi * 12 1000 ' IQ2 * W2 * 12 Proposed kW = 1000 I • kW Savings = Existing kW —Proposed kW IkW Cost Savings = kW Savings * kW •Existing kWh = Existing kW * Hl, IProposed kWh = Proposed kW * H2 kWh Savings = Existing kWh— Proposed kWh I kWh Cost Savings = kWh Savings * kWh ITotal Cost Savings = kW Cost Savings+ kWh Cost Savings Where: IQi = Existing Fixture Quantity Q2= Proposed Fixture Quantity I Wi = Existing Fixture Wattage W2= Proposed Fixture Wattage H1 = Existing Fixture Runtime (hours/year) IH2= Proposed Fixture Runtime (hours/year) Measured Parameters ILighting Fixture Wattage(kW) The savings for this FIM will be verified using IPMVP Option A, Retrofit Isolation with Key Parameter Measurement. The I savings for this FIM are generated through a reduction in energy used by the lighting system; therefore the measurement boundary is the lighting system itself. I The existing power draw will be measured with a true RMS meter on a statistical sample of pre-retrofit and post-retrofit light fixtures grouped together by fixture type. Measured wattages are used to verify savings when possible. Where measured wattages are not obtained for a fixture type, typical wattages as published by ANSI (American National Standards Institute) are used in the savings calculations. I 31 IJohnson #40 Controls I . The M&V Protocol for the Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP) requires that at least 75% of the Connected kW I Load be sampled. The proposed sampling,plan exceeds this requirement. The sampling plan has been created to achieve an 80% Confidence/20% Precision statistical accuracy. The Coefficient of Variation (Cv)was predicted to be 0.4 pre- retrofit and 0.3 post-retrofit. Measurements will be obtained with a power meter that has been calibrated within a year as certified by a certificate of calibration. IExisting Fixtures I Existing audited fixture types for the Core, Alt Core,Alt 5,Alt 6, and Alt 10 scenarios are listed in the table below, along with the wattage contribution of each fixture type to the total audited wattage. A sampling plan has been designed to represent 86% of the total audited wattage, exceeding the 75% required by FEMP. ' Wattage Contribution to Total Audited Wattage by Fixture Type c - g R °" Contribution • •I : r ' ,;5'x^5: to Total '.r::: .. Qty 'Connected 'Total% Category. �r,;'. Lamp Type Installed Total Watts/ Wattage`' Contributed I Type ST,A-City 175W MH Probe 356 76,540 55% • 54% Type ST, I-City 4-400W MH Pulse 10 18,440 13% 68% Type ST, G-City 2-400W MH Pulse 19 17,518 `'43% ' 82% IType R-City 25W FL 134 6,432 • 5% . 86% Type ST,N-City 5-135W INCAND 8 5,400 4% 90% ' Type L2-City 4-32W FL 28 1 3,192 2% 92% Type ST, F-City .150W HPS 16 2,976 2% 94% Type ST, E-City 3-400W MH Pulse 2 2,766 2% 96% I Type ST,Z-City 400W MH Pulse 5 2,305 2% 98% Type ST,T-City 100W MH Probe 5 610 0% 99% Type S-City 100W MH Probe 4 488 0% 99% Type ST, U-City 400W MH Probe 1 461 0% 99% Type Y2-City 70W HPS 5 430 0% 100% ' Type Y1 -City 50W HPS 5 330 0% 100% Type P-City 70W HPS 1 86 0% 100% I The pre-retrofit lighting sampling plan is presented in the following table. The proposed sampling plan measures 86% of the total audited wattage of the existing fixtures. Westar rental lamps were not included. ' Pre-Retrofit Fixture Measurement Sampling Plan . % Contribution to Total Predicted Qty Connected #Measure- Category Lamp.Type . Wattage Installed _ Wattage ments Locations I Type ST,A-City 175W MH Probe 215 356 55% 9 All Type ST, I-City 4-400W MH Pulse 1844 13 13% 5 Parking Lots Type ST, G-City 2-400W MH Pulse 922 19 13% 5 Parking Lots Type R-City 25W FL 48 134 5% 6 Crosswalks • • 32 I �'J, Johnson Olt Controls 1 Totals 519 86% 25 I As part of the development of the project, some fixture types have already been measured. Sufficient measurements have been taken on the 175W MH-Probe and 2-400W MH Pulse to meet the pre-retrofit confidence/precision requirements. There was only one 4-400W MH Pulse fixture with all lamps working, therefore only one utilizable Imeasurement was obtained. The following table lists all pre-contract measurements. Existing Fixture Measurements Already Obtained d d d Via' m ' t m o ' E 3 u ' • 3 a m > w a LL Date g . ' n # Fixture Type Location Measured Comments 1 175W MH Probe 205 212 121 2.36 0.92 United Building C-14 10/12/2012 OK 2 175W MH Probe 205 216 122 2.34 0.92 United Building C-16 10/12/2012 OK 3 175W MH Probe 205 260 119 2.38 0.92 Pkg Lot Walnut&Mulberry#76,N30 10/11/2012 4 175W MH Probe 205 170 240 1.59 0.45 Pkg Lot Walnut&Mulberry#76,N29 10/11/2012 greenish light 1 5 175W MH Probe 205 310 232 1.94 0.68 Pkg Lot Walnut&Mulberry#76,N38 10/11/2012 6 175W MH Probe 205 155 231 1.53 0.44 Pkg Lot Walnut&Mulberry#76,N40 10/11/2012 greenish light 7 175W MH Probe 205 190 240 1.38 0.59 Pkg Lot 5th St.#3,D29 10/11/2012 I. 8 175W MR Probe 205 270 221 1.44 0.84 Pkg Lot 5th St.#3,C14 10/11/2012 9 175W MH Probe 205 291 224 1.46 0.58 Pkg Lot 7th St.#2,(Cozy) 10/12/2012 Fixture ID A-12 10 175W MH Probe 205 181 241 1.91 0.71 317 S Santa Fe Ave 10/12/2012 Entry to simmons first bank 1 1 2-400W MH Pulse 922 760 111.3 7.33 0.92 Pkg Lot 7th#2 - 10/11/2012 2 2-400W MH Pulse 922 830 115.8 7.78 0.92 Pkg Lot 7th#2 10/11/2012 3 2-400W MH Pulse 922 700 239 3.92 0.46 Pkg Lot Walnut&Mulberry#76,4A3 10/11/2012 1 greenish light, Power Factor very low 4 2-400W MH Pulse 922 812 112.8 7.64 0.91 Pkg Lot 7th#1 10/12/2012 5 2-400W MH Pulse 922 761 111.6 7.41 0.9 Pkg Lot 7th#1 10/12/2012 ' 1 4-400W MH Pulse 1,844 820 121.8 7.3 0.92 Pkg Lot 5th St.#3,2B2 10/11/2012 4 lamps on 2 circuits,total 800 119.1 7.34 0.92 1620 I Measurement#3 of the 2-400W MH Pulse was thrown out due to a very low power factor, indicating that components in the lighting circuit had failed. A statistical summary of the lighting measurements is shown in the following table. Additional pre-retrofit measurements of the 25W FL crosswalk lights will be performed at installation. Existing Fixture Measurement Statistics. 1 INumber Relative• %of of Sample Precision Population • Qty Savings Measure- Mean Standard at 80% Mean Predicted Fixture Type Installed Represented. ments Watts Deviation Confidence Watts ' Watts ' I175W MH 356 55% 10 225.5 53.9 10.5% 226+/-24 215 2-400W MH Pulse 10 13% 4 790.8 35.7 3.7% 791 +/-29 922 • 4-400W MH Pulse 19 13% 1 _ 1620 1844 ITotals 385 81% 15 33 Igab Johnson � Controls I I IReplacement/Retrofit Fixtures Proposed fixture types for the Core,Alt Core,Alt 5, Alt 6, and Alt 10 scenarios are listed in the table below, along with the wattage contribution of each fixture type to the total audited wattage. A sampling plan has been designed to represent 1 83% of the total connected load, exceeding the 75% required by FEMP. • Wattage Contribution to Total Proposed Wattage by Fixture Type I .. % k , ny 7 Contnbutwn ,,,,,,0 I PF to Total �:=,u c 1(Lamp Qty Connected Total A Category :. 1,j Type:: '2':: Installed _ Total Watts. Wattage Contribution 1 Type A35 35W 189 ' 8,505 • 23% ' 23% Type A55 55W _ 103 7,210 19% 42% . Type G45-110 • 4-110W 10 ., , 4,080 ' 11% 53% : ' 1 Type R90 90W 36 ' 3,103 8% • 61% .Type G23-110 . 2-110W :14 3,066 .: . 8% '.69% ' Type A55n 35W 26 1,820 5% 74% Type F3-135 135W 12 1,800 5% 79% Type F3-135n ' 135W 12 1,800. , 5% 83% 1 Type F3-80n 80W 20 1,760 5% 88% Type G3-110 110W 10 1,095 3% 91% Type F3-110n 110W 8 960 3% 93% IType G35-110 3-110W 2 612 2% 95% Type G3-110n 110W 5 548 1% 97% I Type F3-110 135W 4 480 1% 98% TypeA35t 35W 8 360 1% 99% Type G34-110 3-110W 1 323 1% 100% 1 Type G3-110n2 110W 1 110 0% 100% Type Y12 12W 3 42 0% 100% 1 The proposed post-retrofit lighting sampling plan is presented in the following table. Measurements will be obtained at installation with a Fluke power meter. All measuring instrumentation will hold a current NIST calibration certificate. 1 I I I �� 34 I Johnson �// {I Controls I I IPre-Retrofit Fixture Measurement Sampling Plan ' . % .. Contribution to Total # e Lamp Predicted ' Qty Connected Measure= , ICategory Type ', Wattage. ,, Installed Wattage ments .' "Locations Type A35 35W 45 189 23% 5 All Type A55 55W 70 103 19% 5 Streets and Intersections Type G45-110 4-110W 408 10 11% 4 Parking Lots Type F3-135, 135n 135W 150 24 10% 4 Streets and Intersections I Type R90 90W 86.2 '36 8% 4 Plazas,Tunnels, Crosswalks Type G23-110 2-110W 219 14 8% 4 Parking Lots Type A55n 35W 70 26 5% 4 Streets and Intersections ITotals 402 83% IAgreed Upon Parameters . Annual Lighting Runtime (Hours): Existing annual hours of operation, as controlled by photocells overridden by time clocks, are calculated to be 3,545 hours. We recommend simply removing the time clocks from the circuits to allow the ' existing photocells to operate the lighting from dusk to dawn. The Adjusted Hours are then 4,304 hours, as calculated in the table below. Savings calculations are based on these Adjusted Hours. Hours of Lighting Operation With Photocells Only IAverage Average Sunrise-Lights Sunset-Lights Daily Monthly Date Off On Hours Hours January 15 7:48 AM CST 5:31 PM CST 14.3 443 February 15 7:23 AM CST 6:06 PM CST 13.3 372 March 15 7:42 AM CDT 7:47 PM CDT 11.9 369 April 15 6:54 AM CDT 8:07 PM CDT . 10.8 324 I May 15 6:18 AM CDT 8:35 PM CDT 9.7 301 June 15 6:05 AM CDT 8:57 PM CDT 9.1 274 July 15 6:17 AM CDT 8:55 PM CDT 9.4 290 August 15 6:44 AM CDT 8:26 PM CDT 10.3 319 September 15 7:12 AM CDT 7:39 PM CDT 11.6 347 October 15 7:40 AM CDT 6:53 PM CDT 12.8 396 November 15 7:13 AM CST 5:17 PM CST 13.9 418 ' I December 15 7:41 AM CST 5:09 PM CST 14.5 451 Total 4,304 Assumptions: I1)The 15th day of each month is an average day I I 35 I �1 Johnson �f Controls I I • Non-Measured Exterior Lighting Savings IWestar Lamp Removal For Westar lamps that are to be removed, the following rates apply to the calculation of savings for Year 0. Year 1 Isavings, and future years, are escalated by a mutually agreed upon annual escalation rate of 4%. These rental rates are verified directly from utility bills, and are agreed upon. Monthly Annual Rent/ 1 Fixture Type Street Light Savings Rental When • Eliminated I ST,B-250W HPS $13.69 $164.28 ST,B-400W MV $11.42 $137.04 ST,M-250W MV $8.22 • $98.64 I ST,M-400W MVI $11.42 $137.04 ST-150W HPS $10.06 $120.72 ST-2SOWHPS I Wood Pole $13.69 $164.28 ST-2S0W HPS Steel Pole $17.05 $204.60 ST-2S0W MV $8.22 $98.64 IST-400W MV $11.42 $137.04 WD-100W HPS $8.19 598.28 WD-175W MV $6.11 $73.32 1 . WD-250W HPS $13.69 $164.28 WD-250W MV $8.22 $98.64 1 WD-400W MV $11.42 $137.04. I 1 • I • I, 1 I 36 IJohnson to . Controls I I IO&M Savings The Year 0 O&M Savings were calculated by City staff and provided to Johnson Controls in an e-mail dated I 12/18/2012 and are escalated by a mutually agreed upon annual escalation rate of 4%. The O&M Savings are presented on the following tables. • Lamp and Ballast O&M Savings I City Downtown Lighting Expenses 12/18/2012 Raw Data Provided by City of Salina Lanterns I Foreman 30.78 4 123.12 Tech 23.17 1 - 23.17 74.6 30 $127.77 ballast 23.17 0.5' 11.59 17.12 15 $43.71 bulb 23.17 2 46.34 37.5 60 $143.84 wiring • I ballast bulb wiring total 2012 19 90 $7,838.97 2071 23 127 $10,255.00 • 2010 26 123 $10,751.15 2009 3 18 $2,647.53 2008 11 124 $8,302.95 2007 27 108 $9,647.91 2006 15 87 $7,196.76 2005 22 81 $7,828.89 atera e= $8,831.66 'w/out 2009 .I Hi Bays Tech 23.17 1 23.17 91.35 30 $144.52 ballast • 23.17 0.5 11.59 17.36 15 $43.95 bulb I ballast bulb wiring total $1 2012 3 27 $1,620.21 2011 0 27 $1,186.65 . 2010 0 1 $43.95 2009 0 31 $1,362.45 2008 1 15 $803.77 aterage= $1,003.41 Iannual total= $9,835.07 Year 1 Savings Adjusted For Inflation $10,228 -_J I, Plazas,Tunnels and Crosswalks Date Provided by City of Salina . I Parks and Recreation Department Annual Cost= $727 Year 1 Savings Adjusted For Inflation $756 1 . Pole Painting O&M Savings Date Provided by City of Salina Description BWR Estimated. Estimated Estimated Anualized I Report Life Cost Cost Estimate Paint in Place $51,900 5 years $51,900 $10,380 IYear 1 Savings Adjusted For Inflation $10,795 Total 37 IJohnson Opt Total Year 1 O&M Savings $21,779 Controls I I Schedule G . Construction and Installation Schedule IThis anticipated project implementation schedule below is based upon receipt of a signed contract no later than February 11, 2013. Actual sequencing and scheduling of tasks will be done in close coordination with the customer during the detailed project planning task below. IS City of Salina 206d Mon 2/11/13 Mon 11/25/13 O 1 Project Initiation 5d Mon 2/11/13 Fri 215113 I O 1.1 Mobilization 5d Mon 2/11/13 Fri 7115113 1.1.1 Signed Contract/Notice to Proceed and Funding Available Od Man 2/41/13 Mon 2/11/13 1.1.2 Permits-Bonds-Insurance 5d Man 2/11113 Fri2/15/13 I 1.1.3 Mobilize Core Project Team Sit Mon 2111113 Fri 2/15/13 1.1.4 Set up Files and Project Controls Sd Mon 2111/13 Fri 2/15/13 1.1.5 Customer Kickoff Meeting 1d Mon 2/11/13 Mon 2/11/13 I. O 2lnstallation 190d Tue 2112113 • Mon 11/4113 O 2.1 Submittal submission and approval 55d Tue 2/12/13 Mon 4/29/13 2.1.1 Material order and delivery 11w Tue 2112/13 Mon 4129/13 I 2.2 Installations 26w Tue 4/30/13 Man 10/28/13 2.3 Acceptance Sd Tue 10/29/13 Mon 11/4/13 El 3 Project Closeout , 15d Tue 11/5113 Mon 11/25113 I8 3.1 Complete As-Builts&O&M Manuals 15d Tue 1115/13 Mon 11/25/13 3.1.1 Prepare Manuals 2w Tue 11/5/13 Mon 11/18/13 I 3.1.2 Prepare As-Bults 2w Tue 11/5/13 Mon 11/18/13 3.1.3 Construction Period M&V Report 2w Tue 11/5/13 Mon 11/18/13 3.1.4 Submit Documentation to Customer ad Mon 11/25/13 Mon 11/25/13 • I 03.2 Administrative Closeout 15d , Tue 11/5/13 Mon 11/25/13 3.2.1 Final Payment Appl&Lien Waivers 3w Tue 11/5/13 Mon 11/25/13 3.2.2 Complete Subcontracts Closeout . ' Od Mon 11125/13 Mon 11/25/13 I . • I I I 38' I Johnson 010 • Controls I I Schedule H System Start-Up and Commissioning; Operating Parameters of Installed I Equipment • Preliminary Commissioning Plan: Commissioning includes a review of product submittals and shop I drawings for compliance with system design specifications prior to installation, inspection of materials delivered to the jobsite for physical integrity and agreement with submittals, and periodic inspections of construction practices during the installation of systems. Once the systems are installed, punch-list inspections with the customer and tracking as issues are corrected will ensure that systems are complete and satisfactory. o Lighting—Foot-candle readings will be taken in a sampling of areas of various usage types to verify lighting system performance. Additionally, power readings taken as part of M&V activities will be reviewed to identify any abnormal lamp or ballast performance. • • • • • I I I L I T I 39 i Johnson o Controls I Schedule I Standards of Comfort (from ESCO) The IES recommendations for roadway lighting and parking lots (basic level) is the basis of the Project design. • I I I I' I I I It I I I I I 40 I ��1 Johnson 6 Controls I 1. • Schedule J 1 ESCO Maintenance Responsibilities There are no applicable ESCO maintenance responsibilities related to the Facility Improvement Measures (FIMs) for this project beyond the one year material and labor warranty. Material'warranty beyond one year is per the manufacturer. 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 • I I 1 41 �J,1 Johnson '/ �� Controls t ! Schedule K Customer's Maintenance Responsibilities ICustomer is responsible for all maintenance necessary for proper operation of installed equipment. Manufacturer's recommended maintenance items will be provided in the Operation & Maintenance manuals provided at project completion. • • • • • • • ! . I ! ! ! 42 Orb�Johnson Orb • ' Schedule L Facility Maintenance Checklist 1 Customer is responsible for all necessary maintenance and operational tasks on the newly installed systems. A complete list of manufacturer-recommended maintenance tasks will be provided at the completion of installation as part of the Operations & Maintenance documentation for each system. A general description of the expected tasks is provided in Schedule K—Customer's Maintenance Responsibilities. • • • I I 1 1 1 1 t 1 43 i • Johnson /41 tt Controls 1 Schedule M • 1 ESCO Training Responsibilities 'Johnson Controls will provide training on all newly installed equipment to ensure Customer staff are capable , of utilizing the systems as designed. Training will be scheduled with the customer to occur as when the 1 system nears completion, and may be comprised of a combination of classroom and field training as appropriate. Training will be conducted by ESCO employees, installers and/or manufacturer representatives who are knowledgeable in the equipment. • • I i I I 1 I I 1 I I I 44 ' Johnson el Controls ' Schedule N General Conditions I . 1. Following are provisions that are to be used in the Investment Grade Audit Agreement and the final Energy Performance Contract. I2. Investment Grade Audit Phase 2.1. Investment Grade Audit. The ESCO'S proposed contract terms must include the presentation of results from a detailed technical energy audit of acceptable quality to Customer. If Customer decides not to enter into an energy performance contract after the audit has been accepted, Customer agrees to pay the cost of the audit as stated in the submitted proposal in accordance with the contract terms and conditions. The audit must include estimates of savings for each measure. Also, the cost estimate for each measure must include an estimate of all costs including design, engineering, installation, maintenance, repairs and debt services. 2.2. Allowable savings. 2.2.1. Customer allows savings to include: a. Energy and water savings b. Customer material/commodity savings, including scheduled replacement of parts c. Outside labor cost savings, including maintenance contracts d. Customer in house labor costs ' e. Customer deferred maintenance costs f. Offset of future customer capital cost 2.2.2. The following items may be negotiated: • a. Escalation rates b. Interest rates c. Customer equity cash outlay (Customer's option) Operating and Maintenance Savings. Any cost savings related to maintenance and operation of the facilities will be rigorously reviewed and, if agreed to, will be limited to those that can be thoroughly documented and approved by Customer. ' 2.2.4. Use of Stated Cost Markups. The pricing methodology and individual cost markups disclosed during preliminary contract negotiations will be expected to be applied in costs presented in any subsequent technical audit or performance contract, providing the scope and size of the project remain the same as assumed when markups were disclosed. 2.2.5. Professional Architect/Engineer Involvement. A registered architect or professional engineer must review and approve design work done under this contract and be involved throughout the process of auditing, design, construction, and installation. The engineer may be an employee of the ESCO and . must be registered in Kansas. I3. Construction/Implementation Phase 3.1. Open Book Pricing. Open book pricing will be required, such that the ESCO will fully disclose all costs. ESCO will maintain cost accounting records on authorized work performed under actual costs for labor and material, or other basis requiring accounting records. ESCO will afford Customer reasonable access to these records and preserve them for a period of three(3)years after final payment. Costs will be evaluated through price analysis to compare costs with reasonable criteria such as established catalog and market prices or ' historical prices. 45 Johnson 04 . Controls • 3.2 Meeting Proiect Schedule. ESCO must provide a final schedule of project milestones including equipment- servicing and preventive maintenance provisions that will become part of any final contract. ESCO is responsible for meeting scheduled deadlines or notifying customer of any schedule changes. In the event any milestone or service provision is not met as scheduled without prior approval from Customer, Customer ' reserves the right to consider it a default and withdraw from all contractual obligations without penalty. 3.3. Customer Inspection. Customer must have the right to inspect, test and approve the work conducted in the facilities during construction and operation. Customer shall have the right and access to the account books, ' records, and other compilations of data that pertain to the performance of the provisions and requirements of this agreement. Records shall be kept on a generally recognized accounting basis, and calculations will be kept on file in legible form and retained for three years after close-out. Customer retains the right to have its ' representative visit the site during the audit and implementation phases of the project, and to attend relevant on-site or off-site meetings of the ESCO and/or its subcontractors. 3.4. Final Approval by Customer. Customer retains final approval over the scope of work and all end-use ' conditions. Customer may delay the initiation of payments until approved. 3.5. Property of Drawings, Reports and Materials. All drawings, reports and materials prepared by the ESCO ' specifically in performance.of this contract shall become the property of Customer and will be delivered to Customer no later than 45 days after completion of construction. 3.6. Compliance. All work completed under this contract must be in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations such as building codes and appropriate accreditation, certification and licensing standards. Work must be in accordance with sound engineering and safety practices and in compliance with all Customer regulations relative to the premises. ESCO and its subcontractors will be responsible for obtaining any and all required governmental permits, consents and authorizations, and for payment of any and all state and city required taxes and fees which result from this contract. Where laws, rules or regulations require Customer to secure approvals for the work of this contract, ESCO shall assist Customer obtain such approvals and drawing review and on-site inspections, and incorporate such costs into this contract. 3.7. Handling of Hazardous Materials. All work completed under this contract must be in compliance with all applicable federal, state and,local laws, rules and regulations regarding waste disposal and ' treatment/disposal of any hazardous materials that could result from this project. Work must also be in accordance with sound engineering and safety practices, and in compliance with all reasonable Customer rules relative to the premises. In the event the ESCO encounters any such materials, the ESCO shall immediately notify the project manager and stop work pending further direction from the project manager. Customer may, in its sole discretion, suspend work on the project pending removal of such materials or terminate this Agreement. ' 3.8. Hiring and Wage Requirements. The ESCO will comply with all requirements for the payment of prevailing wages and minority and women-owned business enterprises, if applicable. 1 3.9. Subcontractor Approval. Customer retains the right to approve any ESCO selected subcontractor prior to its commencement of work on this project. Names and qualifications must be submitted at least two weeks in advance. ' 3.10. Bonding Requirements.The ESCO will provide to Customer at contract signing separate performance and labor and material payment(public works)bonds, each in the sum of 100 percent of the cost of the construction work. 3.11. Standards of Comfort. Specific standards of comfort, safety and functionality will not be degraded from the existing condition and meet minimum established industry standards. The ESCO will be responsible for maintaining the levels of comfort for each building as specified in this RFP or in any final agreement. Persistent failure to maintain the defined climate and lighting conditions will constitute a default. • 46 Johnson Of Controls • • 1 3.12. Construction Management. The ESCO will be required to work•with current building management and ' maintenance personnel in order to coordinate construction and provide appropriate training in operations and maintenance of all installed improvements. 3.13. Equipment Compatibility or Standardization. All equipment installed that is comparable to similar equipment at other sites operated by Customer shall be of the same manufacturer for standardization of equipment agency-wide and/or for compatibility with existing systems, unless excepted by Customer. t 3.14. As-Built Drawings. Where applicable, ESCO must provide durable, reproducible record drawings (or such electronic equivalents as may be agreed to with Customer)from the"as-built drawings"of all existing and modified conditions associated with the project, conforming to typical engineering standards. These should include architectural, mechanical, electrical, structural, and control drawings and operating manuals and will be delivered prior to acceptance. 3.15. Professional Architect/Engineer Involvement. A registered architect or professional engineer must review ' and approve design work done under this contract and be involved throughout the process of auditing, design, construction, and installation. The engineer may be an employee of the ESCO and must be registered in the State of Kansas. I4. Commissioning/Monitoring Phase 4.1. Contract Term. No contract shall exceed twenty years in duration and is subject to annual appropriations. t4.2. Guaranteed Cost Savings. Improvements and services must result in guaranteed minimum cost savings to be achieved each year.Allowable savings are defined below. The guarantee is required to equal the calculated savings attributable to all energy saving measures for each year during the contract period. The ' combined annual savings must be sufficient to cover all project costs, less Customer's initial purchase equity, including debt service and contractor fees, and maintenance, monitoring and other services, for the duration of the contract term. Annual cost savings beyond the guaranteed minimum savings will be held by Customer, ' and will not be allocated to shortfalls in other years. 4.3. Customer Payments. Payments must be based on actual measurements comparing post-retrofit improvements to building performance before the installation of any energy systems and service improvements. 4.4. Annual Reconciliation. As per negotiated agreement between Customer and ESCO annual savings may or ' may not be verified at specific time each year to determine if the ESCO guarantee was satisfied. 4.5. Methodology to Adjust for Changes. The contract must contain a mutually acceptable clause whereby unanticipated changes in facility use, occupancy, schedule and/or utility rates can be accommodated in a fair ' manner agreeable to both parties. The ESCO'S proposed method for adjusting the energy use baseline should be identified in the RFP response and listed in a schedule to the contract. 4.6. Pre-Payment Non-Penalty. The contract must permit Customer to prepay the debt, in part or in whole, without penalty. 4.7. Contract Re-negotiation. Customer reserves the right to renegotiate the terms of the contract due to changes ' in the regulatory or utility climates or Customer's non-discretionary use of energy, or if Customer desires to add sites as defined in this RFP. ' 4.8. Preventive Maintenance Schedule. Upon completion of the contract, ESCO shall provide to Customer a single comprehensive schedule of necessary preventive maintenance for all installations for the five (5)years following contract expiration or termination. 4.9. Contract Cancellation. Customer reserves the right to cancel, for cause or convenience, any contract resulting from this RFP by providing timely written notice to the contractor. 47 i� rJohnson Controls I ' 4.10. Availability of•Funds. Financial obligations of Customer payable after the current fiscal year are contingent upon funds for that purpose being appropriated, budgeted and otherwise made available. In the event funds are not appropriated, any resulting contract will become null and void, without penalty to Customer. 1 4.11. Maintenance Responsibilities. No equipment or other improvements will be installed that would require Customer to hire additional personnel unless contract negotiations produce an explicit exemption for a specific installation. Maintenance responsibilities shall be proposed in detail in the contract. ' 4.12. Follow-up Monitoring and Maintenance Services. Following the installation and implementation of improvements the ESCO will be responsible for maintaining and monitoring the measures to ensure optimal ' performance, however, Customer has the option to decline these services or negotiate for a reduced term of services. All maintenance and monitoring fees will be paid through guaranteed savings. • • 4.13. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. At least three(3) maintenance manuals for each site will be provided for all equipment replacements and/or upgrades at each location. Manuals are subject to approval of Customer. ' 4.14. Training. ESCO shall provide training for Customer personnel on all equipment and software provided by ESCO and necessary books, manuals and related educational and technical information. 4.15. Customer Activities. Customer reserves the right to make energy and water improvements to the work sites and to monitor the performance of the installations independently of the ESCO. Additionally, Customer may wish to integrate other identified capital needs with ESCO projects, which may or may not contain energy and water saving opportunities I 5. General Issues 5.1. Standard Contract. The customer will incorporate standard state contract provisions(Special Provisions) into any contract resulting from this RFP. 5.2. Assignment and Delegation. Except for assignment of antitrust claims, neither party to any resulting contract may assign or delegate any portion of the agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. 5.3. Insurance. Prior to the commencement of work, the ESCO must provide evidence of insurance for both the ' construction and operations phases of the project in the amounts specified in this Contract. 5.3.1. The contractor shall procure, at its own expense, and maintain for the duration of the work, the following insurance coverage's; the Customer shall be issued certificates as an additional ' insured. a. Standard Workers'Compensation and Employer Liability as required by state statute, ' including occupational disease, covering all employees on or off the work site, acting within the course and scope of their employment. b. General and/or Personal Injury and/or Professional and/or Automobile Liability- I (including bodily injury, personal injury and property damage)with the following minimum coverage, depending on the policy format: ' (1) Occurrence basis policy-combined single limit of$5,000,000.. (2) Annual Aggregate limit policy- not less than $5 million plus agreement that vendor will purchase additional insurance to replenish the limit to$5,000,000 if claims reduce the annual aggregate below $500,000. • 48 Johnson /40 Controls 1 I (3) Claims-Made policy-Combined single limit of$5,000,000, plus an endorsement ' that extends coverage two years beyond the policy expiration date. • c. Vendor shall provide such other insurance as may be required by law, or in a specific solicitation. • d. The Customer shall be named as an additional insured on all liability policies. e. The insurance shall include a provision preventing cancellation without 60-calendar days prior written notice to the Customer by certified mail. f. Vendor shall provide the following documentation to the Customer within 7 working days of ' a request therefore, unless otherwise provided: (1) Certificates of adequate insurance coverage, each with a reference to the ' Customer being named as an additional insured, or (2) Certificates of adequate insurance coverage and endorsement/s of additional insured coverage. ' 5.4. Indemnification. To the extent authorized by law, the contractor shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the Customer, its employees and agents, against any and all claims, damages, liability and court awards ' including costs, expenses, and attorney fees incurred as a result of any act or omission by the contractor or its employees, agents, subcontractors, or assignees pursuant to the terms of the contract resulting from this RFP. 5.5. Venue. The laws of the State of Kansas, U.S.A. shall govern in connection with the formation, performance and the legal enforcement of any resulting contract. 1 5.6. Contractual Provisions Attachment. The Customer will incorporate its standard contract provisions when they exit into any contract resulting from this RFP. 5.7. Ownership of Contract Products/Services. Proposals, upon established opening time, become the property . of Customer. All products/services produced in response to the contract resulting from this RFP will be the sole property of Customer, unless otherwise noted in the RFP. The contents of the successful ESCO'S proposal will become contractual obligations. ' 5.8. Non-Discrimination. The ESCO shall comply with all applicable state and federal laws, rules and regulations involving non-discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, age or sex. r5.9. Incurring Costs. Customer is not liable for any cost incurred by ESCO'S prior to issuance of a legally executed contract, purchase order, or other authorized acquisition document. No property interest, of any nature shall occur until a contract is awarded and signed by all concerned parties. • • 1 /' 49 Johnson J),��� • Controls I Schedule 0 IAnnual Installment Payment Schedule Customer will acquire financing independently from this contract. Debt service payment schedule between customer and lender shall be provided by the lender according to the terms of that agreement. • • i I I I I I I I I I I I I 50 ��Johnson 0 Controls • I . Schedule P IDetailed FIM Savings Calculations • • I CORE AREA Eliminated Year 1 Year 1 Non- Utility Use Westar Rental Measured Measured Utility Existing Proposed Savings I Existing Saved Existing Saved Utility Use Utility Utility Rate Operating Proposed Proposed Utility Use Ui Use (Measured fIKWH Hours kW kW kW kWh kWh kWh Cost Cost Utility Measured Savings Savings Savings) Utility Adj.For Adj.For Savings) Inflation Inflation CORE I Streets and Intersections 50.1069 4,304 57.835 14.680 43.155 248,912 63,180 185,732 $26,612 $6,755 $19,857 $7,492 $20,651 $7,792 Parking Lots $0.1069 4,304 56.294 9.903 46.391 242,280 42,621 199,659 $25,903 $4,557 $21,346 $34]7 522,200 5361 Plaza's $0.1069 4,304 4.511 0.965 3.597 19,415 4,151 15,264 $2,076 5944 $1,632 $1,697 CORE ARE TOTALS 118.640 25.548 93.093 510,607 109,952 400,655 $54,591 $11,755 _ $92,835 $7,839 544,548 $8,153 I ALTERNATE CORE AREA Streets and Intersections $0.1069 9,304 2.976 6.840 (3.864) 12,808 29,438 (16,630) $1,369 $3,147 -$1,778 ' $4,435 -$1,850 $4,612 Parking Lots $0.1069 4,304 - 0.090 (0.090) - 387 (387) $41 -$41 -$43 Plaza's $0.1069 4,304 0.488_ 0.345 0.143 2,100 1,484 616 $225 $159 $66 $69 I Crosswalks 50.1069 4,304 6.432 1.724 4.708 27,682 7,420 20,262 $2,960 $793 $2,166 $2,253 Restrooms $0.1069 4,304 0.845 0.042 0.804 3,641 181 3,460 $389 $19 $370 $385 ALTERNATE CORE TOTALS _ 10.742 9.041 1.701 46,232 38,910 7,322 $4,943 $4,160 r $783 $4,435 $814 $4,612 ALTERNATE S Streets and Intersections!$0.1069 I 4,304 - I 2.140 I (2.140)[ - I 9,210 I (9,210) I $985 -$985 $1,699 -$1,024 $1,767 ALTERNATE 6 Streets and intersections $0.30691 4,304 5.400 0.350 I 5.040 I 23,241 1,549 21,691 $2,465 $166 I $2,319 I 1 $2,412 I ALTERNATE 10 ITunnels I$0.1069 I 4,304 I 3.192 I 1.034 I 2.158 I 13,738! 4,452 I 9,286 I $1,469 I $476 1 $993 I I $1,033 I PERFORMANCE CONTRACTTOTALSI$47,783 ($14,532 I I I I I I . 51 IJohnson �)�J10 Controls I . f 1 Schedule Q ' Detailed Pollution Credit Calculations ' The projected electricity consumption reduction results in the following emission reductions. I ! -. •, /�r `."5!'ri�� 1'J,A' Ah it/ J, , 7 Johnson Oi Controls , rIL r a [ i i 11 f"";‘?:'111"1^..14.44 ' tax ;wtr am+v�•�xa. -�r wry -` t 1 ., ' .r T!W Project s reduced emissions .wouid;be equivalent to s CO2 sequestered,by; 225,553 I ,-tree seedlings grown for 10 year , ro in urban scenario. r. - ,c- 4499 i 14 4 ,wa., ^^^" , ICO2 sequestered by 1,876 acres of pine or fir forest ,., ' CO2 emissions from: 1,682 er, passseng vehicles. CO2 emissions from[ 20,4511 barrels of oil consumed. $ t I CO2 emissions from the energy of 749 homes for one year. "a 1; CO2 emissions from burning 46 I coal railcars. H , '1 T , ,gyp. y xu "leli ees I 0c arbor e4�nalenaes emaaed&actly hoin Meek welsre"12r"'' ja a 1, rh i ' y `K- e ^M t R n g , �/. 'Gnaenirurse Gas 6gwalenmes Calaiator Clean Erieagy�UPSErmrornertal Prooecrion Agency. �� r"7" cwwwr epa gs+ldeeiim gy/t gyn�oancesJcalaiamrhmia(iW2,2009) r ,� I 52 Johnson �J�JPE • Controls I Exhibit I Performance Bond I Upon receipt of signed contract, Johnson Controls will provide a Performance& Payment Bond for the entire amount of this contract within 10 working days. A sample bonding certificate is included below. l.]bort,' • Liberty IAA.el surety TARS �'i U 1.1..ta I 1001 NO Avenue,sun.1700 Ssette.WA981`N Bond No. PERFORMANCE BOND Conforms with The American Institute of Architects ' A.I.A.document No.Aa tt ' KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:that able insert hull nano end.dm.v or boat Vile of CurYeaco as Principal,hereinaftercalled Contractor,and,Safeco Insurance Company of America merit ImM NO name and etlbeae on legal Me a surely) ' 1001 4th Avenue,Suite 1700,Seattle,WA 98154 as Surety,hereinafter called Surety,are held and finally bound unto Piers inert run nn'and address or legal ale a°Ant) • as Obligee,hereinafter celled Owner,in the amount of Dollars(S ). for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind thetnselvcs,their hears,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and sci'crally.firmly by these pmscnts. WHEREAS.ContnCtor has by written agreement$ AJ\/\ ' LE ,altered Into a contract with Owner for (Fare Anal Na ean..Schema and dominion of p,olecn in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by (Hare Avert Ali non..and.wrene nr 1.0.111t4 of AreNloae ' which contract Is by refomncc made n part hereof,and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. S4219mA 10/99 page n of 2 ' %GP 53 1 fJ Johnson '/ 6 Controls 1 PERFORMANCE BOND I NOW, THEREFORE. THE CONDITION OP THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully pedonn said Connect,then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) I extension of time made by the Owner, sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the contract price;but not.exceeding.including other costs and damages Whenever Contractor shall be,and declared by Owner to be for which the Surety may be liable hereunder,the amount set forth in default under the Contract, the Owner having 'performed in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the contract Owrefs obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy price," as used in this paragraph shall mean the total amount I the default,or shall promptly payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to I) Complete the Contract in accordance with its temis and Contractor. conditions,or I 2)Obtain a bid or bids for.completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions,and upon determination Any suit under This bond must be instituted before determination by Surety of expiration of two(2) years from the date on which final payment the lowest responsible bidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon under the Contract falls duc. determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest I responsible bidder.arrange for a contract between such bidder and No right of action shall accrue on this bard to or Cur We use of Owner,and make available as Work progresses(even Ihoughtlu;ro any person or corporation other than on b Owner named herein or the should be a default or a succession of defaults under the heirs,executors,administrators or successors of tlr Owner.- I . Signed and scaled this day of , , I (Seal) I N (Witness) _ (Piinuipel) ._,___, S f--- m Safeco Insurance Company of America (Seal) (Witness), ( (Surety) (title) I �. , (E4i. 1 IP.5-12191St 1099 Page 2 or 2 I 54 1 �'' Johnson '/ 0 Controls • 1 I ‘`,6", t.!he-rts ta:.MM,duel Emory 1 rA s ! ii"tll:Z i> 1001 an manna,sulfa 1700 Searle.WA Bette 1 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND Bond No. Conforms with The American Institute of Architects A.I.A.Document No.A411 TEES BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WATT PERFORMANCE BOND IN FAUOR OF THE OWTER CONOITIONEO ON THE FULL AND FAITiUL PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT I KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:that [Hera Insert lull nano end addressor lapel Ole of Ca,iranlor) I as Principal,hereinafter called Principal,and, Safeco Insurance Company of America ' (Hem:nn d ful Mama and addressorleael 611.of Bu.1y) 1 1001 4th Avenue,Suite 1700,Seattle,WA 981,54 •I as Surety,hereinafter called Surety.are held and firmly bound unto (Hera area NI name and addressor legal ale Of 0"119r) ■ ' as Obligee,hereinafter called Owner,for Ore use and benefit of claimants is lertiubelnw defined,in the aununt of Dollars(S ). 1 for the payment whereof Principal and Smutty bind themselves.their heirs.executors.administrators,successors and assigns.jointly and severally,dimly by these presents. WHEREAS, IPrincipal has by written agreement dated ,entered into a contract• with Owner for L (Here inaerl a/name address td dexMlan d poyxo 1 s ,A, M '11 I in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by prom Lon Wf nano end Mdeaen or by I idle of Amndaoe 1 wltchcontract is by reference made a part hereof,and is hereinafter referred to as the Comma. - 1 S-i22O/SA 10/99 Pade1012 %DP I I . I 55 Johnson '/ �1 Controls I ILABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND I NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OP THIS OBLIGATION is such that,If Principal shall promptly make,payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined,for all labor and material used or reasonably required for tree in the performance of the Contract,than this obligation shall be void;otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect-subject,however,to the following conditions: I.A claimant is defined an one having a direct contract with the were Nrntshod,or for whom the work or labor was done or performed.Such I Principal or with a Subcontractor of the I'nneipd for labor.material:or notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail or certified both used or mammal)]y temtired for use in Mc Porformanue cif'the until pistage prepaid,in an envelope addrmiscd in the Principal,Owner or Contract,labor and material being construed to include that part of water, •Surety, at any place where an office is rcgulady maintained for the gas, power, light, heat, oil, gnwlino, telephone service or rental of trmtmmion of business,or served in any manner in which legal process may egai pmcnt directly applicable to the Contract. be served in the state in which the aforesaid project is located,save that sch I swiss tared nut be mile by a public omen. 2. The above canted Principal and Surety hereby jointly into severally spec with the Owror that ovary claimant as herein defined,who b)Atter the expiration clone(I)year following the date on which Principal Ins mot hues paid in Full before the eymetinn of n period of ninety(90) ocased Work on said Contract. it being understood,however, that if any days rifler the date on which the last of such claimant's work or Labor was limitation embodied in this finfid is pu+hihiuil by any law controlling the ' done or performed,or materials were furnished by such claimant.may sue eunsirectian hereof such limitation shall be darted to be amended so as w on this bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the stilt to final be equal so the minimum period of limitation ion permitted by such law. judgment for milt mint or sums as any Lv justly dime claimant,ad lime execution thereon.The O?nerak+ll not be liable for the payment of any eats or expenses of and such suit. c)Other than in as state cant of competent jarintiction In aid lb+the comity on other political subdivision of the state in which the Project,or any part thereof is situated,or in the United States District Court for the district in J.No suit inaction shall be mimncnccl hercur dci by any drain ant: which Nc Pnnccq or any part thereof,is situated,and not elsewhere. a) Unless ctaitnant, other than into having a direct contract with the ' Principal,shall have given written notice to any two of the following:the 4.The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of Principal,the claimant or the Surety above iwmeel,within ninety(90)days any ps4.The or payments ofts made in good faith hereunder,by itot ei a of the Orr such claimant did or peifonned the list of the work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials for which said claim is made.staling payment by Surety of mechanics' m die which may be filed of record against with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name ofthc party to said Improvement.whether or not• for the amount of arch lien be whom the materials presented ardor and against this bond. Sigurd and scaled this day of (Seal) llTes) (Principal)......, , ......,_.. . .• . . ., . '(Title) 1 Safeco Insurance Company of America (Seal) . (Witness) { - (Surely) I Sl rmq, (Title) s I I SEAL 1 w ry . 0 S'122015A1W39 Paget oft I I 56 I ,, 0 Johnson ', Controls I c I Exhibit II 1 . Labor and Material Payment IBelow is a sample of the AIA format labor and material invoice that will be submitted monthly during project implementation: IORIGINAL iJ� `� INVOICE Johnson micas mama.To:Nuithw sl PC En I Controls Nm0h tauter oadncb Fore a KS Road Le 035 10 G8219 Federal IG1:a4 v2co210 0111 To:Customer Phone:(913)307.4242 Add esc Fag 1810149?-110d I 111411 COsalt TO:Jul MCP CSSWres PO Mat 730000 Dallas,TX 75313 I I Project Name/Project Site/Tax Loc • Purchase QOM.Data/Aulhodzed By JCI Project/CD JCI Project Manager I Project Name signed agreement Prof Number FRENCH,GREGORY E Location Date 000 lip Code Authorised fly . i Period Covered Application 5/I Invoice Number I-...Invoice Date I . . Terms ■ 0]101,08-03/31/08 II 1 18720228 03/31/08 Due On Recmpl I °mglnal Contract Amount: Li .15w(rr' The Project Manager named above submits Inns appl®ton Approved Change Orders: $0.19 with krovaedaa,informeton,and belief that the work covered New Contract Amount: j, ;158.0' by the application for payment has been competed in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been poid I Work Completed To Date. $$56.84'ney' Our Work fur whid,previous eppl'nli'a fu'payment new Less Retention Issued and for which payments were reamed Worn the Owner Total Less Retention: 1213299$0.0007 end that current payment sheen herein is now due. Loos Invoiced To Onto $56.342 00 Total Amount Due This Invoice: $168,45].0] Wars' ' Scheduled Previous In Sorod Total Complete Balance 0% ' Item Descnptian Value Application lace M al and Stared Percent To Finish Retention I ( A B' C D E G(D E + F1 H(G/C). IiC G) J 1 Project Development&MObif¢n S55,842 DO 156,84200 00 I L S 6,84200 100% s000 1103 2 Engineering 8 Materials $994800 5000 $00945lJ 94000 100% $000 $309 ' 3 Install,ProgramaGlen Up 568.211 1111 dr}I '55SO01 B6% $2,10193 $JUJ 4 nt&V $17,157.00 $000 700 ':0 $0.00 0% $11157.00 $20> Totals $411,15300 $50,842.00 $15845101 _0] 91% $19956.93 $900 • I I I I Please reference our invoICe number and amount with your payment. Sand any to the address on this Invdeo. Page 1 of 1 57 I /� Johnson /� t Controls ' Exhibit III (i) Section 1.01 Certificate of Acceptance-Investment Grade Audit CUSTOMER ' ADDRESS • ESCO fThis is to certify that the ESCO has prepared the complete investment grade audit of the premises including all energy conservation measures agreed upon by the parties and pursuant to the signed Investment Grade Audit • ' Agreement. Signature below indicates that the investment grade audit has been approved and accepted by Customer in accordance with the terms and conditions outlined within the investment grade audit agreement. 1 By Date CUSTOMER • IESCO By Date 1 1 1 I 59 Johnson J,00 • Controls I Exhibit III (ii) Certificate ofAcceptance - Installed Improvements WARRANTY FACILITY ECM DESCRIPTION START ESCO CUSTOMER DATES INITIALS INITIALS • I I I I I I' I I I I I I 60 ��J I Johnson �, Controls • • I I I I • Exhibit III (iii) Certificate of Project Completion I I The undersigned Customer.having ent=_recd into anenergy performamecontractwth the E SCO.does here_bycertifythat the scope ofwork listed above has been completed asdefned in this Agreement on the date shown below. Please n ote that the commencement of the improvement waneTS swill adhere to the d ai°sin itis led in the_table above_. The Customer also acknowledges thetthe energy conserveton measures have been designed to perform according to the operating schedules s nd set points agreed upon and d.efned in the a nergyperformsnceco tract I Improvements ere of a size,design,cs path,/and ma nufecture_r es subnttted to Customer by the E SCO and its authorse_d agents end re presentswwea aree in good condtion and have been sstisfsdoriy delivered and instsued: SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ACCEPTANCE CUSTOMER ESCO Signed: Signed: IName: Name: Title: Title: IDate: Date: KANSAS ENERGY OFFICE ISigned: Name: ITitle: • Date: • • • • 1 I I I I 61 IJohnson 'l (f Controls I I 1 Exhibit IV • 1 Warranties . Owner will receive standard manufacturer's warranties on all products used within this project unless otherwise stated. Warranty certificates will be included in the operations and maintenance documentation provided during project closeout. Specific manufacturer warranty information is listed below. • 1 Manufacturer/Item Philips Lumec Pedestrian Fixtures Surface Finish Warranty LED System Components Warranty 5 year 5 year standard(upgraded to 10 year) Philips Lumec Pedestrian Poles 5 year n/a Philips Lumec(PRL)Intersection Fixtures 5 year 5 year ' Philips Lumec(USS)Intersection Poles 5 year n/a Philips Emco(Gardco)Fixtures 1 year 5 year Philips Gardco Poles 1 year n/a • • f I I L 1 i 1 62 ''' Johnson Controls 1 I Exhibit V • I Equal Opportunity (a) In conformity with the Kansas act against discrimination and Chapter 13 of the Salina I Code, ESCO and its subcontractors, if any, agree that: • (1) ESCO shall observe the provisions of the Kansas act against discrimination and I shall not discriminate against any person in the performance of work under this Contract because of race, sex, religion, age, color, national origin, ancestry or disability; I (2) ESCO shall observe the provisions of Chapter 13 of the Salina Code and shall not discriminate against any person in the performance of work under this Contract Ibecause of race, sex, religion, age, color, national origin, ancestry or disability; (3) ESCO shall include in all solicitations, or advertisements for employees, the phrase I "equal opportunity employer," or a similar phrase to be approved by the city's human relations director; (4) If ESCO fails to comply with the manner in which ESCO reports to the Kansas human I rights commission in accordance with the provisions of K.S.A. 44-1031 and amendments thereto, the Contactor shall be deemed to have breached this Contract and it may be canceled, terminated or suspended, in whole or in part, by the City; I (5) If ESCO is found guilty of a violation of Chapter 13 of the Salina Code or the Kansas act against discrimination under a decision or order of the Salina human relations commission or the Kansas human rights commission which has become final, the I Contactor shall be deemed to have breached this Contract and it may be canceled, terminated or suspended, in whole or in part, by the City; I (6) ESCO shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in the performance of this Contract because of race, sex, religion, age, color, national origin, ancestry or disability; and I (7) ESCO shall include similar provisions in any subcontract under this Contract. (b) The provisions of this section shall not apply to this Contract if ESCO: I • (1) Employs fewer than four employees during the term of this Contract; or (2) Contracts with the City for cumulatively $5,000 or less during the City's calendar 1' fiscal year. . I . I • 63 IJohnson 16. Controls I , Appendix A Investment Grade Audit Agreement ' See Attachment 1 I I 1 1 1 64 ,I ' Johnson '/� O Controls 1 •A� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 01/30/2013 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Marsh USA Inc. NAME:PHONE FAX 411 E.Wisconsin Avenue (NC No FM): (NC,No): Suite 1600 E-MAIL Milwaukee,WI 53202 ADDRESS: Attn:JCI.Certrequest imarsh.com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC a 011077-CAS-PROJ-12-13 2PZ1-0 12-13 INSURER A:Old Republic Insurance Co 24147 INSURED INSURER a:Sentry Insurance A Mutual Co 24988 Johnson Controls,Inc. York International Corporation INSURER c: Indemnity Insurance Company Of Noah America 43575 Attn:Corp.Risk Mgmt.X-92 INSURER o: ACE American Insurance Company 22667 P.O.Box 591 Milwaukee,WI 53201 INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: CHI-004630558-01 REVISION NUMBER:2 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LM TYPE WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DO/YYYY) A GENERAL UABILITY MWZY59837 10/01/2012 10/01/2013 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000.000 TO rr 5,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES(ER TunenGe) $ CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) $ 50,000 X Contractual Liability PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 5.000,000 X XCU Included GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ INC IN GEN AGG 7 POLICY M RO 17 LOC $ B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 9004606-01 10/01/2012 10/01/2013 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT lEe accideno $ 5.000,000 B X ANY AUTO 9004606-02(MA) 10/01/2012 10/01/2013 BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED • BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS X x NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ HIRED AUTOS _ AUTOS (Per accident _ $ UMBRELLA UAB OCCUR . EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED I RETENTION$ $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION WLRC47124335(AOS-See page 2) 10/0112012 10/01/2013 X WC STATU- OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY TORY LIMIIS FR D ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNEFVEXECURVE Y/N WLRC47124347(CA,AZ,MA) 10101/2012 10/01/2013 EL.EACH ACCIDENT $ 5.000,000 D (Mandatory in ER EXCLUDED? N NIA SCFC47124360(WI 10/01/2012 10101/2013 5,000,000 (Mandatory in NH) ) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ D 1!)Z ee RIPTION under WCUC47124372(Excess WC-OH,WA) 10/01/2012 10/01/2013 5.000.000 SCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below EL.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT S DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,if more space is required) Re: JCI Contract No.:2PZ1-0033 JCI Project Name:City of Salina FCIP and JCI Additional Scope(Rev 15) Customer,its agents,representatives,officers,officials,and employees as additional insured(s) are included as additional insured per the attached. • CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Salim SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE 300 W Ash Street THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Salina,KS 67401 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POUCY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE of Marsh USA Inc. Manashi Mukherjee _ 4,avrao'5 --..14-.4s4I.A,-.-u-, 01988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. • ACORD 25(2010/05) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: 011077 LOC it: Milwaukee Ac O® ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 2 of 2 AGENCY NAMED INSURED Marsh USA Inc. Johnson Controls,Inc. York International Corporation POLICY NUMBER Ann:Corp.Risk Mgmt.X-92 P.O.Box 591 Milwaukee,WI 53201 CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance WORKERS COMPENSATION Workers Canpersation'AOS"Policy includes coverage for the fotlowirg states:AK,AL,AR.CO,CT,DC,DE,FL.GA,HI,IA ID,IL,IN,KS,KY,LA,MD,ME,MI,MN,MO,MS,MT,NC,NE,NH,NJ,NM,NV,NY,OK, OR,PA,RI,SC,SD,TN,TX,UT,VA,VT,VA/ PRIMARY COVERAGE The General Lability and Automobile Liability policies are primary and not excess of a[attributing with other insurance a self-insurance.where required by written lease or written contract.For General Liability,thy" applies to bah ongoing and completed operations. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The General Liability,Automobile Liability,Workers Compensation and Employers Liability policies include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the certificate folder and additional insureds to the extent required by written contract. ADDITIONAL INSURED.AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY • The Automobile Liability policy,if required by written contract includes coverage for Adddianal Insureds as required by such written contract. ADDITIONAL INSURED-GENERAL LIABILITY For General Liability,if required by written contract,the following are included as additional insureds,as required pursuant to a written contract with a named insured,per anached.Policy Endorsements A2 and A2A:THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER LISTED ON THIS CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE,AND EACH OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION REQUIRED TO BE INCLUDED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED PURSUANT TO A WRITTEN CONTRACT WITH THE NAMED INSURED. PER PROJECT GENERAL AGGREGATE-GENERAL LIABILITY The General Aggregate Limit that applies Per Project is the amount indicated on the face of olds Cenificate of Liability Insurance,a the minimum Per Project General Aggregate that is Iequired by the written contract, whichever is less. ACORD 101 (2008/01) ®2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD IL 10 (12106) OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY • ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS -SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION -ENDORSEMENT A2 Named Insured Endorsement Number Johnson Controls,Inc. Policy Prefix Policy Number Policy Period Effective Date of Endorsement MWZY 59837 10/01/2012 to 10/01/2013 Issued By Old Republic Insurance Company THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies Insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s)Or Organization(s): If required by contract,the person or organization listed on the certificate of Insurance as additional Insured,and each other person or organization required to be Included as an additional Insured pursuant to a contract with a named Insured. Location(s)Of Covered Operations: As required by contract. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II -Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage° or 'personal and advertising injury"caused sorely by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s)at the location(s)designated above. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional Insureds,the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to"bodily injury"or°property damage"occurring after: 1. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs)to be performed by or on behalf of the additional Insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed;or 2. That portion of"your work"out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its Intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. GL 269 001 1012 MWZY 59837 Johnson Controls,Inc. 10/01/2012-10/01/2013 • IL 10 (12/06) OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS -COMPLETED • OPERATIONS -ENDORSEMENT A2A Named Insured Endorsement Number • Johnson Controls,Inc. Policy Prefix Policy Number Policy Period Effective Date of Endorsement MWZY 59837 10/01/2012 to 10/01/2013 Issued By Old Republic Insurance Company THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s)Or Organizatlon(s): II required by contract,the person or organization 5sted on the certificate of insurance as additional Insured,end each other person or organization required to be included as an additional Insured pursuant to a contract with a named Insured. .l Location And Description Of Completed Operations: • As required by contract Information required to complete this Schedule,if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. Section 11 - Who Is An Insured Is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily Injury" or "property • damage" caused solely by "your work"at the location designated and described in the Schedule of this • endorsement performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". • GL 289 0021012 • b1WZY59837 Johnson Controls,Inc. 10/01/2012-10/01/3013 . . . . ..• .,. . City of Salina 5 Kansas . . Investment Grade Audit. Report • Final Contract for Downtown Street Lighting Renovation . Final Contract Version . ..... , . . -. .. ..4" .• ... . . „,. . • , 4 , . $ • . • . . :.: . . ..x.. -, ,-. - • .44. , ,,,, . , .. ., ..$. . .„4<. -.......4 :L."1,411111 - . •'...,:... . .: . . .. ..:.- . .,,, . .,.: .1 • C . , . .. . At'', I r•"''vl • . ' • ' • , . . . . . . . . . . .: .. 1 . . . , . A.. 1 .4.•Nomitp,.. —— I/!ill .•,:r••••• ■ i •- •,..:' ... . ' . . . , . , . . ...• 1 ....• • — .; • • . t • '', • ,... 't . ....,, . , , . • i',' . A . , • -°,04.'" . . . ..!• ... . , . . • • 0 e • January 25, 2013 • . ,)) Johnson ©2012 Johnson Controls,Inc. Do not copy(physically,electronically,or in any • other media)without the express written permission of Johnson Controls, Inc. Controls • • • • Sa�rw ciyor • City of Salina IGA • • • • • • 4\yJ• . . eet u mil/ • • ) v itdiiwON :11:; • • The engineer of record attests solely to the accuracy • and soundness of the engineering calculations included in this report.All results are based upon • data provided by the Customer as well as field survey information.No guarantee of energy savings • or the survey data is made or implied. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "(pi . • City of Salina IGA • Salina 0 • Table of Contents • City of Salina, Kansas • Investment Grade Audit Report For Downtown Lighting Renovation • • 1. Overview Section 1 • 1.1 Contact Information 1 • 1.2 Project Status and Go Forward Plan 1 • 2. Facilities Audit and Overview 3 • 2.1 Existing Lighting Conditions 4 • 2.2 Historical Electric Consumption 6 • 2.3 Electric Rate Determination 7 • 2.4 Adjustment of Historical Electric Consumption and Costs 9 • 3. Facilities Improvement Measures 11 • 3.1 FIM Summary Table 11 • 3.2 FIM Summary Descriptions 12 • 3.2.1 FIM 1: LED Exterior Lighting in Core Area 14 • 3.2.2 Alternate Core: Additional LED Lighting 17 • 3.2.3 Alternate 1: LED Parking Lot Lighting at Community Theater 20 • 3.2.4 Alternate 2: LED Street Lighting South of Core Area 22 • 3.2.5 Alternate 3: LED Street Lighting East and West of Core Area 22 • 3.2.6 Alternate 4: LED Street Lighting East and West of Core Area 23 • 3.2.7 Alternate 5: LED Street Lighting North of Core Area 24 • 3.2.8 Alternate 6: LED Pedestrian Lighting on Community Theatre Bridge 24 • 3.2.9 Alternate 7: LED Private Street Lighting on Public Property 25 • 3.2.10 Alternate 8: LED Parking Lot Lighting Outside of Core Area 26 • 3.2.11 Alternate 9: LED Stage Lighting at Campbell Plaza 26 • 3.2.12 Alternate 10: LED Lighting for Tunnels 27 • 3.2.13 Alternate 11: Banner Arms 28 • 3.2.14 Clarifications and Qualifications of Scope of Work 28 • 3.3 Savings Calculation Methodology 29 • 4. Project Financial Summary 32 • 5. Measurement and Verification Plan 40 • 6. Appendices 42 • Appendix A: Savings Calculations 42 • Appendix B: Pricing Structure 52 • Appendix C: Product Information 54 • f • • a te, • City of Salina IGA_r_ • • • 1 . Overview Section • • 1 .1 Contact Information • JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC. • Name: Cris Christenson Title: Local Government, Account Executive • Address: 9850 Legler Road • Lenexa, KS 66219 • Phone: 913.217.0482 Email: cris.allen.christenson @jci.com • • CITY OF SALINA, KANSAS Name: Jason Gage • Title: City Manager • Address: 300 West Ash Street, Room 202 • Salina, KS 67402 Phone 785.309:5700 • Email: _ jason.gage @salina.org • • 1 .2 Project Status and Go Forward Plan • Johnson Controls is presenting this report to fulfill the requirements of the Investment Grade Audit (IGA) Agreement (the "Agreement") which was entered into • between Johnson Controls, Inc. (ESCO), having its principal offices at 9850 • Legler Rd, Lenexa, KS and the City of Salina, Kansas, 300 West Ash Street, • Salina, KS 67402 on April 16, 2012 and April 10, 2012 respectively. • This completes the portion of the Agreement under Section 3 Investment Grade • Energy Audit and Exhibit A Scope of Work. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 , Reoc:'M: _•Hnal Cop ''°tr ;'v,- sign 1x25113 1 Johnson 14* • Controls • • • a.°` • City of Salina IGA • ' • • 2. Facilities Audit and Overview • Johnson Controls was originally tasked with a specific scope of work that was focused on • replacing the antiquated decorative street lighting fixtures in downtown Salina in the Core Area bounded by Ash Street on the North, 5th Street on the East, Mulberry Street on the South and • 7th Street on the West. The scope of work to be analyzed evolved during the preliminary • analysis and investment grade audit to eventually include optional areas extending North to Elm • Street and South to Prescott Street along Santa Fe Street. Additionally, options were added to include privately owned fixtures in three areas, replacing Westar-owned fixtures with new City- • owned fixtures, as well as several options for installing LED lighting at cross walks, parking lots, • tunnels and a stage among others. • The facility improvement measures (FIMs) to be addressed are listed below. 10 • FIM 1: LED Exterior Lighting in Core Area • • Alternate Core: Additional LED Lighting • • Alternate 1: LED Parking Lot Lighting at Community Theatre • • Alternate 2: LED Street Lighting South of Core Area I - • • Alternate 3: LED Street Lighting East and West of Core Area • • Alternate 4: LED Street Lighting Bordering Core Area on North and South • • Alternate 5: LED Street Lighting North of Core Area • • Alternate 6: LED Pedestrian Lighting on Community Theatre Bridge • • Alternate 7: LED Private Street Lighting on Public Property • • Alternate 8: LED Parking Lot Lighting Outside of Core Area • • Alternate 9: LED Stage Lighting at Campbell Plaza • • Alternate 10: LED Lighting for Tunnels • Alternate 11: Banner Arms A successful performance contract will need to meet both the City's own financial criteria as well • as the State of Kansas Facility Improvement Conservation Program criteria. The City and • Johnson Controls agreed to these specific financial criteria as listed in the IGA Agreement. • The financial criteria for the IGA are to identify a project for the installation of replacement • decorative street lighting fixtures.and parking lot lighting fixtures within the Core Study Area that will generate a negative Net City-at Large Cost over a 23-year period. Net City-at-Large Cost is • defined as total financing payments less total annual energy and operational and maintenance • (O&M) savings. • The FCIP criteria require energy and operational savings to exceed project costs over a • maximum of 30 years. This is defined by the FCIP as the simple payback of the total project • cost divided by year one savings. Of the two sets of criteria, the 30 year simple payback is the more stringent. • • • • IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1125113 3 Johnson 0 tO • Controls • • Ctyof • �:./► City of Salina iGA • Salina • • The intent of this report is to summarize the comprehensive analysis work that Johnson • Controls and our subcontractors have performed into one cohesive document that the City can use to make informed decisions about moving forward with the turnkey design and • implementation of downtown LED lighting. Analysis work completed under this IGA agreement • includes: • • Inventory of existing exterior lighting system • • Preliminary design • • Lighting calculations based on IES recommendations • • Fixture and pole selections • • Preliminary lighting layout • • Structural review of existing bases • • Determination of bases that can be reused, and those that must be replaced • • Design of custom base plate to adapt existing bases to new poles • • Calculation of energy savings based on electric savings and eliminated Westar-owned poles/fixtures • • Calculation of operations and maintenance savings • Pricing solicitation from three qualified installation contractors • • Preparation of this comprehensive Investment Grade Audit • • The sections on the following pages outline the current conditions of the electric and water metering • systems. • 2.1 Existing Lighting Conditions • • Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures Streets and Sidewalks • In the core area the streets and sidewalks are illuminated by metal halide pedestrian decorative fixtures which were installed in 1987. They have exceeded their rated life and have required significant maintenance over recent years as the ballast and lamps have begun to fail. The • fixtures have dirtied lenses, reduced light output, and have a dated appearance. If these fixtures were to remain in service the lamps and ballasts would need to be replaced over time. • Replacement of the ballasts requires that the weatherproof receptacle cover be removed and • the base slid up and out of the way. This has caused scratching on some poles where ballasts have been replaced. • Westar-Owned Poles/Fixtures • • In some cases, Westar-owned fixtures are located in the same areas as the pedestrian decorative • fixtures resulting in redundant lighting systems for streets and sidewalks. These fixtures are a mixture of mercury vapor and high pressure sodium. The City pays a monthly rental fee for these • fixtures rather than paying directly for energy consumption. High pressure sodium fixtures emit an • orange hue that is not consistent with the whiter hues from the pedestrian lighting. • Intersections • The intersections are illuminated by a mixture of high pressure sodium cobra head fixtures and • mercury vapor cobra head fixtures. High pressure sodium fixtures emit an orange hue that is- not consistent with the whiter hues from the pedestrian lighting. • IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1125113 4 Johnson • Controls • • prof • Se City of Salina IGA • Parking Lot Lighting • The primary parking lot lighting consists of square steel poles with up to four 400 W metal halide • fixtures. Some parking lots have no primary lighting and only receive secondary lighting from • adjacent pedestrian decorative fixtures, Westar street lights, building mounted lights or adjacent parking lot lights. • • Plazas • The plazas are illuminated by the metal halide decorative pedestrian fixtures. At Spillman Plaza, the original poles have been retrofitted with metal halide flood fixtures and the gazebos have • 100W metal halide canopy fixtures. At Campbell Plaza, the stage area has additional 65W • halogen flood fixtures. At Philips Plaza, the east side of the plaza has an additional parking lot • type fixture. Cross Walks • The crosswalks are illuminated with T8 fluorescent fixtures mounted on a steel frame structure • over the crosswalk. • Community Theatre Bridge • The community theatre bridge lighting consists of pole mounted incandescent fixtures. These • fixtures primarily illuminate the pedestrian areas with little illumination of the street. • Campbell Plaza Stage Lighting • The Campbell Plaza stage lighting consists of halogen floodlight fixtures mounted on the • structure above the stage. • Tunnels • The tunnels are illuminated by T8 fluorescent fixtures. • • Restrooms • The exterior restroom fixtures are either wall pack or canopy mounted high pressure sodium fixtures. High pressure sodium fixtures emit an orange hue that is not consistent with the whiter • hues from the pedestrian lighting. The restroom building at Parking Lot 5-1 is not considered in • this Scope of Work. The City has indicated that this restroom is closed and there are no plans • of reopening it. S S S • I • S • • • • • :GA Report-Final Contract!Version 1I25i1 5 Johnson 00 COIltrOiS • cnYm S • City of Salina!GA • Salina • 2.2 Historical Electric Consumption • A summary of metered energy consumption for the past two years is listed below. Note that this • does not include rented Westar fixtures. • Previous Year: August 2010-July 2011 Most Recent Year: August 2011-July 2012 • Meter kWh Total$ Meter kWh Total$ • 02391807 21,424 $1,959 02391807 21,192 $2,032 . 06722704 11,419 $1,190 06722704 13,615 $1,441 • 06976550 59,576 $5,094 06976550 58,731 $5,272 03633448 568 24 , $2,176 03633448 20,527 $1,971 • 06723126 48,,500 $3,882 06723126 49,509 $4,431 ID 02798520 22,517 $1,992 02798520 20,914 $1,973 05571057 38,652 $3,489 05571057 38,039 $3,586 • 06723114 18,655 $1,760 06723114 20,491 $1,965 • 06722808 42,571 $3,854 06722808 47,676 $4,445 • 76796718 22,322 $1,981 76796718 26,965 $2,406 • 71685715 6,988 $809 71685715 8,601 $997 32951372 22,936 $2,022 32951372 21,633 $2,032 • 94737987 101,820 $9,878 94737987 102,240 $10,284 • 88011194 14,530 $1,441 88011194 13,564 $1,428 III 02383450 19,351 $1,787 02383450 16,347 $1,631 95676011 11,606 $1,134 95676011 12,212 $1,221 • 27094308 5,359 $521 27094308 5,182 $504 • 95675956 5,236 $512 95675956 5,272 $527 i Totals 498,030 $45,480 Totals 502,710 $48,148 • • 2 Year Average: August 2010-July 2012 • Meter kWh Total$ • 02391807 21,308 $1,996 • 06722704 12,517 $1,315 • 06976550 59,154 $5,183 03633448 22,548 $2,074 • 06723126 49,005 $4,156 • 02798520 21,716 $1,983 • 05571057 38,346 $3,538 06723114 19,573 $1,862 • 06722808 45,124 $4,149 • 76796718 24,644 $2,194 • 71685715 7,795 $903 32951372 22,285 $2,027 • 94737987 102,030 $10,081 • 83011194 14,047 $1,434 • 02383450 17,849 $1,709 • 95676011 11,909 $1,178 27094308 5,271 $512 • 95675956 5,254 $519 4111 Totals 500,370 $46,814 IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1/25/13 6 Johnson 010 • Controls • • • • atyd • City of Salina IGA Salina • • 2.3 Electric Rate Determination • The most recent electric rate increase went into effect April 27, 2012. Therefore, the majority of the historical electric cost data does not include the most recent cost increase. For the purpose • of determining the applicable rate for savings calculations, only the last two months of historical • data were used, which is May and June of 2012. The average costs for these two months are $0.1069/kWh which is the rate that was used to determine cost savings. Refer to the table • below for documentation. • • • • May,June 2012 -Most Recent Rate • Structure • Meter kWh Total$ $/KWH • 02391807 2,755 $ 305 $0.1107 • 06722704 2,392 $ 269 $0.1126 06976550 7,566 $ 794 $0.1049 • 03633448 2,359 $ 266 $0.1129 • 06723126 6,591 $ 676 $0.1026 • 02798520 2,693 $ 293 $0.1088 • 05571057 5,162 $ 543 $0.1053 • 06723114 2,663 $ 291 $0.1091 • 06722808 6,643 $ 681 $0.1025 • 76796718 4,281 $ 414 $0.0967 • 71685715 1,753 $ 208 $0.1189 32951372 3,236 $ 334 $0.1033 • 94737987 19,840 $ 2,162 $0.1090 • 88011194 1,740 $ 207 $0.1189 • 02383450 1,900 $ 223 $0.1172 • 95676011 1,758 $ 180 $0.1024 • 27094308 727 $ 74 $0.1025 95675956 754 $ 77 $0.1024 • • Totals 74,813 $7,998 $0.1069 • • • • • • • • • IGA Report— Final Contract Versrbn 1125/13 7 Johnson Controls • • atens,f • City of Salina IGA .- Salbia '•.. • • The savings associated with removing existing Wester poles and eliminating rental fees on a • per unit basis is listed on the following table. • , Monthly Annual Rent/ • Savings • Fixture Type Street Light When • Rental Eliminated • ST,0-250W HPS $13.69 $164.28 • ST,8-400W MV $11.42 $137.04 • • ,ST,M-250W MV $8.22 $98.64 • ST,M-400W MV $11.42 $137.04 • ST-150W HPS $10.06 $120.72 • ST-250W HPS • Wood Pole $13.69 $164.28 • ST-2.50W HP,° • Steel Pole $17.05 $204.60 ST-250W MV $8.22 $98.64 r ST-400W MV $11.42 $137.04 •• WD- 100W HPS $8.19 $98.28 WD-175W MV $6.11 $73.32 • WD-250W HPS $13.69 $164.28 • WD-250W MV $8.22 $98.64 • WD-400W MV $11.42 $137.04 0 e • 0 IIII • • • • • • • • • Ill • Johnson IGA Report— Final Contract Version 1/25/13 �:._8tract Vo;F =on . . °.•:.1 ',,r ti°; CCr3ti'O�� �.� • • . f • cxya • City of Salina 1GA • &Ana • • • 2.4 Adjustment of Historical Electric Consumption and Costs • The City-owned downtown pedestrian street ' Projected Usage Adjustment For Extended lighting is currently controlled by photocells and Lighting Hours • time clocks which override the lighting off at 5:00 • a.m. The City owned parking lot lighting is Existing Fixture Watts: 65,331 • currently controlled by photocells only. We Exiting Fixture KW: 65.3 recommend simply removing the time clocks • from the circuits to allow the existing photocells Current Annual Hours: 3,545 • to operate the lighting from dusk to dawn. This Recommended Hours: 4,304 will result in increased energy consumption as • calculated on the table to the right. Recommended Hour Increase: 759 • As previously discussed, the most recent electric Associated KWH lnofease• 49,586 • rate increase went into effect April 27, 2012 and the rate based on the time frame since then is 2 Year KWH Average with Adj. 549,956 • $0.1069/kWh. The table below illustrates the adjusted historical consumption and costs based • on the most recent electric rates and the adjusted consumption associated with extending the • operating hours for the downtown pedestrian street lights. • 2 Year Average: Adjusted for New Rates . and Extended Lighting Hours • Meter kWh Total$ • 02391807 21,308 $2,278 • 06722704 12,517 $1,338 • 06976550 59,154 $6,324 • 03633448 22,548 $2,411 • 06723126 49,005 $5,239 • 02798520 21,716 $2,322 05571057 38,346 $4,100 • 06723114 19,573 $2,093 • 06722808 45,124 $4,824 • 76796718 24,644 $2,635 • 71685715 7,795 $833 • 32951372 22,285 $2,383 • 94737987 102,030 $10,908 88011194 14,047 $1,502 • 02383450 17,849 $1,908 • 95676011 11,909 $1,273 • 27094308 5,271 $563 1 • 95675956 5,254 $562 • Subtotal 500,370 $53,496 • Usage Adj. 49,586 $5,301 • Total 549,956 $58,798 IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1125113 9 Johnson 04#1. • Controls • 0 • G"'°` • City of Salina/GA 0 • 3. Facilities Improvement Measures • • 3.1a FIM Summary Table • A summary of all the analyzed facility improvement measures is listed below. • Year 1 Savings • Measured Non-measured Total Year • Facility improvement Cost Utility Utility Operational Total Non- 1 Savings .• Measure Savings Savings measured • Core Area $1,707,418 $44,548, $8,153 $21,779 $29,931 $74,480 Core Area Alternate $478,232 $814 $4,512 SO $4,612 $5,427 • Alternate 1 $84,039 -$301 $989 SO $989 $688 • Alternate 2 $526,987 -$2,838 $3,410 $0 $3,410 $572 • Alternate 3 $166,545 -$431 $245 SO $245 -$185 • Alternate 4 $181,493 -$407 $558 SO $558 $152 • Alternate 5 $220,955 -$1,024 $1,767 SO $1,767 $743 Alternate 6 $51,853 $1412 SO' SO .SG $2,412 0 Alternate 7 $165,986 $450 'SO . • $0' $0 $450 • Alternate 8 $63,901 -$397 SO $0 $0 -$397 • Alternate 9 $9,107 $245 $O SO $O $245 • Alternate 10 $18,418 $1,033 SO SO SO $1,033 Total FIM Items $3,654,934 $44,105 $19,735 $21,779 $41,514 $85,619 • 0 • 3.1b Selected FIM Table • • Below is the List of FIMs that have been selected for implementation by the City of Salina. III • Year 1 Savings • Measured I Non-measured Total Year • Facility Improvement Cost Utility Utility Operational Total Non- 1 Savings Measure Savings Savings measured • Core Area $1,707,418 $44,548 $8,153 $21,779 $29,931 $74,480 • Core Area Alternate • $478,232 $814 $4,612 $O $4,612 $5,427 • Alternate 5 5220,955 -51,024 $1,767 $0 $1,767 $743 • Alternate 6 551,853 $2,412 $0 $0 $0 $2,412 Alternate 10 $18,418 $1,033 $0 SO $0 $1,033 • Selected FIMSubtotal $2,476,876 $47,783 $14,532 _ $21,779 $36,311 $84,093 • FCIP Fee $40,769 • Total Cost $2,517,645 • IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1!25/13 11 Johnson r • Controls • • cnra ri • City of Salina IGA • Saiitia • 3.2 FIM Summary Descriptions • General Technology Summary • • The original focus of this project was the replacement of the aging decorative pedestrian light , fixtures in downtown Salina with new LED fixtures. During discussions with the City the scope expanded to include additional areas as well as replacing lighting in parking lots, an outdoor • stage, cross walks, a pedestrian bridge, tunnels and exterior restroom fixtures among others. • The specific areas and scope are discussed later in this section of the report. II We are proposing a comprehensive lighting package that utilizes the latest in LED exterior • lighting technology to obtain three primary objectives. 1) Provide enhanced visual lighting environment, 2) Provide sustainable and long life products to reduce maintenance costs and 3) • Provide energy savings. • • An enhanced visual environment is important so that pedestrians and commuters are able to see 0 clearly along their path to their destination. Often times, exterior lighting is taken for granted. • However, as existing systems age, the light output diminishes and maintenance issues increase. • One specific limitation of the current metal halide (MH) and high pressure sodium (HPS)systems is that if there is a power failure, even for a moment, the re-strike time is 10 to 20 minutes to fully • recover and illuminate. LED has instant re-strike ability to eliminate this problem. • Along with an enhanced visual environment, the LED lighting provides a sustainable solution as • well. • Enhanced Visual Environment • • Color Rendering • The Color Rendering Index (CRI) in simple terms provides the end product or illuminated • surfaces with a more "true to life" color outcome. As an example, a red Corvette will appear much more vibrant red under a higher CRI light source than for example a low to mid CRI. • On a scale of 0-100 (100 being the best) the same Corvette will appear much better under Ill direct sunlight than if you were to have it under a "yellow" street light (high pressure sodium) that shows more of the brown, yellow tones. • The chart below indicates the superior color rendering of LED as compared to MH and HPS • fixtures. Note that HID is an acronym for high intensity discharge and is an overall • classification that includes high pressure sodium (HPS) and metal halide (MH) light sources. • Side by Side Color Rendering Comparison • Existing Lamp New Lamp • Fixture Type Type Existing CRI Type New CRI • Exterior HID Metal Halide 65-70 LED 70-90 • • Exterior HID HPS 22 LED 70-90 • • • • II gies IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1125/13 '12 . -,.`.` JOhnS Cont r r ols , • • • • °telt" • City of Salina IGA Sate Even Illumination and Uniformity ! • LED has a smaller light source than HID which allows for individual optics to deliver the light more • efficiently to the source. .. ■ A metal halide source has severe lumen depreciation over time and can drop off as much as 40%. The higher wattage HID lamps in these instances are over designed to meet these • depreciated levels or maintain what engineers call design lumens to achieve the desired light . levels. LED light sources are designed to meet light levels with the smaller point source and mimic the overall design environment by simply using the advanced optics to efficiently illuminate • the area. • • HID sources also require a larger reflector to distribute the light to where it needs to be delivered. This in turn can provide a"hot spot under the fixture". With LED's, the lighting is more evenly • distributed. • Sustainability and Product Life ! Lamp Life • HID products have shorter life spans which equate to more frequent maintenance calls. • Having one fixture with a burned out lamp creates a large dark spot that is more noticeable and requires an urgent service call. LED products can range from 7 to 9 times greater life. • The LED lamp life ratings indicate the number of hours before the fixture will be at 70% of • its original lumen output. With colder temperatures, the lamp life will be increased. O Lamp Life Comparison • Existing Lamp • Fixture Type Lamp Life New Lamp Type Lamp Life • Exterior HID M5O 10,000 LED 50,000 to • Ml00 10,000 over M175 6,000 100,000** • M25O 6,000 • M4OO 15,000 HPS 24,000 • Ceramic Metal 30,000 • Halide 24,000 45W, 9OW, 14OW • 21OW • • Note (**) LED life is rated on lumen depreciation @ +1- 30% drop in lumen output. This • varies depending on product. • Energy Savings • As you will see in the side by side comparison below, the savings on HID replacements are by far some of the greater energy savers. With these opportunities, different technologies • have been implemented due to size, fit and application. • • •411 IGA Repn --Final Caiitract ,Version 1025113 13 �OhrSO Ok Controls • 0 Ckyd • City of Salina IGA • Salina • Side by Side % of Energy Savings • Fixture Existing Lamp Type New Lamp Type % Savings • Exterior HID wallpack 50W MH Bollard New LED Bollard 64% • Exterior HID 400W MH Floods New LED Flood 55% • Exterior HID Pole 400W MH Floods New LED Area Light 55% • Exterior Pedestrian lighting 175W MH New LED Acorn Kit 64% 0 • The specific scope of the many proposed alternates for exterior LED lighting are discussed • on the following pages. • 3.2.1 FIM 1 : LED Exterior Lighting in Core Area • • Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures — Streets and Sidewalks • In the core area the streets and sidewalks are illuminated by 175 Watt metal halide pedestrian • decorative fixtures which were installed in 1987. They have exceeded their rated life and have required significant maintenance over recent years as the ballast and lamps have begun to fail. • The fixtures have dirtied lenses, reduced light output, and have a dated appearance. If these fixtures were to remain in service the lamps and ballasts would need to be replaced over time. Replacement of the ballasts requires that the weatherproof receptacle cover be removed and • the base slid up and out of the way. This has caused scratching on some poles where ballasts • have been replaced. • Westar-Owned Poles/Fixtures • In some cases Westar-owned fixtures are located in the same areas as the pedestrian S decorative fixtures resulting in redundant lighting systems for streets and sidewalks. These fixtures are a mixture of mercury vapor and high pressure sodium and range from 150W to • 400W. The City pays a monthly rental fee for these fixtures rather than paying directly for energy consumption. High pressure sodium fixtures emit an orange hue that is not consistent r with the whiter hues from the pedestrian lighting. (Note: Westar Poles/Fixtures at intersections • will be removed as part of Core Alternate). • Parking Lot Lighting • The primary parking lot lighting consists of square steel poles with up to four 400 W metal halide fixtures. Some parking lots have no primary lighting and only receive secondary lighting from • adjacent pedestrian decorative fixtures, Westar street lights, building mounted lights or adjacent • parking lot lights. (Note: Parking Lots 8-1, 8-2, and 8-3 are part of Alternate 8 and Community • Theatre Parking Lot is part of Alternate 1). . Plazas • The plazas are illuminated by the metal halide decorative pedestrian fixtures. At Spillman Plaza, • the original poles have been retrofitted with metal halide flood fixtures and the gazebos have • 100W metal halide canopy fixtures. At Campbell Plaza, the stage area has additional 65W halogen flood fixtures. At Philips Plaza, the east side of the plaza has an additional parking lot • type fixture. (Note: The gazebos at Spillman Plaza and the parking lot type fixture at Philips • Plaza are part of Core Alternate. The stage lighting at Campbell Plaza is part of Alternate 9.) • � , • Jt IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1125/13 14 Johns r �j� • Controls • 1110 City at • City of Salina IGA Sa�r� Proposed Solution • Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements in the core area: 1. For 356 existing pedestrian decorative fixtures: • i. 189 pedestrian poles will be replaced with new poles and 35W LED fixtures. • ii. 103 pedestrian poles will be replaced with new poles and 55W LED fixtures. • iii. 64 of the existing pedestrian poles/fixtures in the parking lots will be eliminated • because they are redundant with new parking lot fixtures. • 2. Replace fixtures on 38 existing parking lot light poles with 110W LED lamp fixtures. The existing poles will contain one, two, three or four fixtures. Six new parking lot poles and • fixtures will be installed. • 3. Replace one 400W metal halide type parking lot fixture and pole with one 110W LED • fixture and pole at Philips Plaza. 4. All Westar-Owned Poles/Fixtures will be removed by Westar. • • The Core area consists of fixtures and poles within Mulberry Street and Ash Street in the north/south direction, and 5th and 7th Street in the east/west direction. Figure 1 is a graphical • representation of this area. The Core area scope most closely resembles the preliminary • proposal to replace decorative fixtures on a one for one basis and eliminate decorative fixtures in parking lot areas that can be served by replacing the existing parking lot fixtures with new • LED parking lot light fixtures. • A structural review of the existing pole bases was carried out to determine the feasibility of base • reuse. It was found that the existing pedestrian poles which make use of a screw in base can be • reused given that the base plate is encased in concrete; this is representative of poles/fixtures in • a sidewalk. Existing pedestrian bases which use a screw in base but do not have base plates encased in concrete, such as in lawn and planters, will have to be replaced. In addition, it was IP discovered upon excavation of an existing pedestrian pole with a poured concrete base that the • bases were not constructed to specification and will need to be replaced. Approximately 25% of the existing pedestrian bases will need to be replaced, while the remaining 75% will be reused. All existing parking lot poles/bases can be reused. Details for both proposed bases and fixtures • can be found in Appendix C. Benefits • The primary benefit for this scenario will be reduced energy consumption and associated carbon • emissions in addition to reduced operations and maintenance expenses. The new fixtures will • also provide visibly improved aesthetics and light levels. An explanation of proposed improvements in energy, light level and light color rendering index can be found in the General • Technology Summary section. While not specially quantified, the downtown area will likely • benefit from an improved image, increased foot traffic, and ultimately increased business activity and tax revenues. • • • • • Olt IGA Report—Final Contrast Version 1/25/13 (= ` E1;5 John�e� • Cof'dtroi • • • 4,00 . • • . • • • • • • • • ••• • •• i. . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .City of Salina!GA ' e 'Fig u re 1 - Core Area Map a■ ■■ { , , 111111 E 11111 I• 1 v) Ilk , 1 MEI EMI Chamber Parking Lot �1 Not in Sco , Building Authority r ire Parking Lot ill J m la� � Ash St ii "r v- F;e ■ °oposed Downtown ■■■ ��1 Ughting Improvement ■ �� �. ,� �, ■Project Areas 11-26-12 ■ 111M111111 �' �■ . '''''7' 0 7 . City Of I 111111.1111111 =I r _ ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,61,,...... N. .4 I ■■ • _mow le nirmeas di, - i ....,,s Iron Ave III Salina 1 p G. :`.A i ■W a ■ e ■ V i eope Area I 3 � .�[ k Lantern Areas 7-4' ■II■ ■ 111 ■!i■' ■ r/ ' y ■ _NM INII :� Parking Lots ■ no ■ am am l/ • II■ • ■ ■■ • aim II Alternate Core !I i 1 W M ■ �� Walnut St all AIntersection Lighting Iii i • 1 l� 111111111 'Attl T'7:611 riellYail 111.1 Additional Pedestrian Lighting . ■■ 1 MI ■ III MIMI 6-4 i Crosswalk Lighting ■ ++ s ■ ri' �' '� s ■ I�1 i as m � � , 4-, Mme, 5-6 _■ ■` et ■ '_ A Exterior Restroom Lighting ■; cn ■M Mil SIM MINIM ■ ■ ■■■ Gazebo Lighting at Spillman Plaza miii zz, ...... -? ®i ■ iii Pill ill ■ Eital Eirii M 7■1 !■!, Pedestrian Lighting at Parking Lot 5-6 Mulberry St 1 i 1 ., N wiliiie ii ici AEI ) Philips Plaza Parking Lot Light 111111111111.1 ■■3§ mu ■■ lip ■ 1 ■ s s 1 milimmiil i C ■ � t W � � E South St 1 IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1/25/13 16 Johnson .7 'J Controls r • Cof • City of Salina IGA .. . GYP • Salina • 3.2.2 Alternate Core: Additional LED Lighting • Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures — Streets and Sidewalks In the Core area, the streets and sidewalks are illuminated by metal halide pedestrian decorative fixtures which were installed in 1987. They have exceeded their rated life and have • required significant maintenance over recent years as the ballast and lamps have begun to fail. The fixtures have dirtied lenses, reduced light output, and have a dated appearance. If these • fixtures were to remain in service, the lamps and ballasts would need to be replaced over time. Replacement of the ballasts requires that the weatherproof receptacle cover be removed and • the base slid up and out of the way. This has caused scratching on some poles where ballasts • have been replaced. (Note: The fixtures that area part of this Alternate include additional poles/fixtures that need to be added (not currently existing) to meet IES recommendations. This • includes poles/fixtures on 7th Street between Iron and Ash, on 5th Street between Iron and Ash, • on Iron between Santa Fe and 5th Street, on Iron between Santa Fe and 7th Street, on 7th Street between Iron and Walnut, on 5th Street between Iron and Walnut, and on Walnut between Santa • Fe and 5th Street) • • Intersections • The intersections are illuminated by a mixture of high pressure sodium cobra head fixtures and mercury vapor cobra head fixtures. High pressure sodium fixtures emit an orange hue that is • not consistent with the whiter hues from the pedestrian lighting. Some fixtures are Wester- owned and some fixtures are City owned. The City pays a monthly rental fee for the Westar- owned fixtures rather than paying directly for energy consumption. High pressure sodium • fixtures emit an orange hue that is not consistent with the whiter hues from the pedestrian • lighting. • Parking Lot Lighting • The primary parking lot lighting consists of square steel poles with up to four 400W metal halide • fixtures. Some parking lots have no primary lighting and only receive secondary lighting from • adjacent pedestrian decorative fixtures, Westar street lights, building mounted lights or adjacent • parking lot lights. (Note: The fixtures that are a part of this Alternate include two additional pedestrian decorative poles/fixtures at Parking Lot 5-6. These fixtures were added in order to • meet the IES recommendations. • Plazas • The plazas are illuminated by the metal halide decorative pedestrian fixtures. At Spillman Plaza • the original poles have been retrofitted with a metal halide flood fixtures and the gazebos have • 100W metal halide canopy fixtures. At Campbell Plaza, the stage area has additional 65W halogen flood fixtures. At Philips Plaza, the east side of the plaza has an additional parking lot • type fixture. (Note: The fixtures that are a part of this alternate are the canopy fixtures at the gazebos at Spillman Plaza and the parking lot type fixture at Philips Plaza.) • Cross Walks • The crosswalks are illuminated with T8 fluorescent fixtures mounted a steel frame structure over • the crosswalk. • • • l) _•. . M _ __ Johnson ''ay iGA Report-Final Contract Version 1/25113 17 „: Controls • Carte • S. City of Salina IGA Salina ,, • . Restrooms i S The exterior restroom fixtures are either wall pack or canopy mounted high pressure sodium • fixtures. High pressure sodium fixtures emit an orange hue that is not consistent with the whiter 0 hues from the pedestrian lighting. The restroom building at Parking Lot 5-1 is not considered in this Scope of Work. The City has indicated that.this restroom is closed and there are no plans • of reopening it. • A Proposed Solution S Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements to the existing street lighting in the Core 0 area. This scope of work is referred to as Alternate Core: > ' IP 1) Replace four existing 100W metal halide canopy fixtures at the gazebos in Spillman • Plaza with 90W LED fixtures. • 2) Replace three existing 50W to 70W high pressure sodium type exterior restroom fixtures 0 with 12W LED retrofit lamps. • 3) At intersection of Walnut & Santa Fe, replace four existing City-owned 150W high pressure sodium fixtures mounted on traffic signal poles with four 135W LED fixtures. 4) At intersection of Walnut & 7th, replace three existing Westar-owned 250W mercury vapor fixtures and poles with four 80W LED fixtures and poles. s' • 5) At intersection of Mulberry & 7th, replace two existing Westar-owned 175W mercury vapor fixtures and poles with four 80W LED fixtures and poles. t 0 6) At intersection of Mulberry & 5th, replace one existing Westar-owned 400W mercury • vapor fixture and pole with four 80W LED fixtures and poles. 7) At intersection of Walnut& 5th, replace one existing Westar-owned 150W high pressure 0 sodium fixture and pole and three existing Westar-owned 250W mercury vapor fixtures • and poles with four 80W LED fixtures and poles. • 8) At intersection of Iron & 5th, replace four existing City-owned 150W high pressure sodium fixtures mounted on traffic signal poles with four 110W LED fixtures. • 9) At intersection of Ash & Santa Fe, replace three existing Westar-owned 400W mercury • vapor fixtures and poles with four 135W LED fixtures and poles. • 10)At intersection of Ash & 5th, replace two existing Westar-owned 250W mercury vapor • fixtures and poles and two existing Westar-owned 400W mercury vapor fixtures and poles with four 80W LED fixtures and poles. 11)At intersection of Ash & 7th, replace three existing Westar-owned 400W mercury vapor • fixtures and poles with four 110W LED fixtures and poles. • 12)At intersection of 8th & Iron, replace three existing Westar-owned 400W mercury vapor • fixtures and poles and one existing Westar-owned 175W mercury vapor fixtures and • poles with four 110W LED fixtures and poles. 13)At intersection of Iron & 7th, replace four existing City-owned 150W high pressure sodium • fixtures mounted on traffic signal poles with four 135W LED fixtures. " • 14)At intersection of Iron & Santa Fe, replace four existing City-owned 150W high pressure • sodium fixtures mounted on traffic signal poles with four 135W LED fixtures. • 15)At intersection of Mulberry & Santa Fe, replace four existing Westar-owned 400W mercury vapor fixtures and poles and one existing Westar-owned with 250W high et pressure sodium fixtures and poles with four 135W LED fixtures and poles. : # JOht3SOr1 o • IGA Report—Final,Contract Version 1/25/13 18 `k controls • • City of • City of Salina IGA Salina • 16) Install ten new 35W pedestrian poles and fixtures. • a) One along 7th Street between Iron/Ash, replace one Westar-owned 250 W high • pressure sodium fixture and pole b) Five along 5th Street between Iron/Ash, replace two Westar-owned 250 W high • pressure sodium fixtures and poles and two Westar-owned 250 W mercury vapor fixtures and poles c) One along 7th Street between Iron/Walnut d) One along 5th Street between Iron/Walnut e) Two in Parking Lot 5-6 • • 17)Install four new 55W pedestrian poles and fixtures. a) One along Iron between Santa Fe/5th Street • b) One along Iron between Santa Fe/7th Street, replace one Westar-owned 250 W high pressure sodium fixture and pole • c) Two along Walnut between Santa Fe & 5th Street • • 18)Replace four 100W metal halide gazebo fixtures with four 90 LED fixtures at Spillman • Plaza. • 19)Replace one hundred thirty-four existing T8 - 25W fluorescent fixtures at three crosswalks with twenty new 90W LED fixtures. • This scenario calls for additional items in the core area which are beyond the original intent and • scope of the preliminary proposal. Refer to Section 3.2.1 for the boundaries of the Core area. This includes: replacement of gazebo lighting at Spillman Plaza, replacement of exterior fixtures • on the restrooms, replacement of crosswalk fixtures, addition of pedestrian poles/fixtures where • there are no existing poles/fixtures, and replacement and addition of intersection lighting. Items 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 15 listed above are new installations and require new bases, poles • and electrical feeds. Details for both proposed bases and fixtures can be found in Appendix C. •• Benefits • The primary benefit of this scenario is to provide a uniform lighting type throughout the Core area. Some items, such as the replacement of restroom exterior lamps, will improve the color • rendering index and efficiency of the fixture. An explanation of improved color rendering is • covered in the General Technology Summary section. • • i lb S • Ilh • • It Jo nxon.IGA Report- Coot, Version 1/25/13 19 Controls • • City of City cf Salina!GA • Sara • • • 3.2.3 Alternate 1 : LED Parking Lot Lighting at Community • Theater • Existing Condition • Parking Lot Lighting • • The parking lot lighting at the Community Theater consists of six Westar-owned poles and • fixtures. Three of the poles have one 150W high pressure sodium fixture/pole, two poles • have one 250W high pressure sodium fixture/pole, and one pole has one 250W high pressure sodium fixture and one 150W high pressure sodium fixture. • Proposed Solution Johnson Controls proposes the to the existing • following improvements p p g rovements p g parking lot lighting at the • Community Theater: • 1. Install two new poles with two 110W LED fixtures per pole. • 2. Install two new poles with one 110W LED fixture per pole. • This scenario calls for the addition of parking lot lighting outside of the Core area at the Community Theater. This area is graphically represented in Figure 2. All items in this • scenario are new installations and require new bases, poles and electrical feeds. Details • for both proposed bases and fixtures can be found in Appendix C. • Benefits • The primary benefit of this scenario is increasing the lighting level at the community theater • parking lot. • • • • • • • • • • • • • /01, • V. 1110 lGA Report_rinal Contract Version 1/25/13 . 2g Johnson Controls' • • • • • • • • • i! • • • • • • • • • • ••• • •••• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• rii City of Salina 1GA Saila it:igure 2 -^Alternate Areas Map 1111■ , IN Elm_St 111 1 an MIN I Park St III vi =I—; 4a, 111111 1:71 ME — I-. NW Mil MI M m ii' t0 mll Mil N Inn Sai MN W s Ash St �a ir Loi IIII[Proposed Downtown li a®„ Salina Lighting Improvement Project Areas 11-26-12 h , .. .. ZIA IIvi „ 111•11111111111 MUM ili itiouniiiii yiv,,, A./A .C.6., =2 Iron,Ave c m City of I rero 1 ii ma*•:,i.. IL_ aim es' 1111 MN MN SO I a Re 0= a its j .ri - II MI I milli _.._, l Tunnel 2: Privately Owned Sa11na III (North of Dollar General)II 4 = N. Not in Scope II inoian� 11111in — � III I N.'- -' 2 1�1 peal t.St _ RR i ii Community Theater 1 aa' k - 1 J Alternate 1 :� � am +, NM NM goo Alternate 2 Additional Lighting (South) M � �; yam` g g ( ) i Additional Lighting .Err �; SUN ¢ 1a +, N Alternate 3 5th St 7th St al lltn�.l ��a a `n MN lirr MI w Additional Lighting � s � �� El MIN Alternate 4 g g w 3 —I s ll E : en r mom No (Mulberry St ,Ash St) Mulberry St ,r Alternate 5 Additional Lighting (North) i .' ,min— Community Theater — t� 0 11.11.11.1. 111 Alternate 6 Bridge Lighting I \ex a , 0 Alternate 7 Private Lights I / I ate . U OIL South St ®Alternate 8 Parking Lots 8-1, 8-2, 8-3 ■E . OM a; MINN Stage Lighting at 4 a Alternate 9 Campbell Plaza E _NM nal Alternate 10 Lighting at Tunnels m," moo Banner Arms, every Q. as Alternate 11 other pole, staggered 1 i _ _J 11111• gla Nam U I lid -s --° a mamma bill mil Center-St mar l•— -- 1111 11.1111 3r 4 Ibilmaums Ili . ri lil Prescott-Ave s 4 ; `r I al t v? m 1 Johnson 0)k IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1/25/13 21 Controls w 410 Cityof 8S City of Salina 1GA O • 3.2.4 Alternate 2: LED Street Lighting South of Core Area • • Existing Condition • Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures - Streets and Sidewalks • In the Core area the streets and sidewalks are illuminated by 175 Watt metal halide • pedestrian decorative fixtures which were installed in 1987. They have exceeded their rated life and have required significant maintenance over recent years as the ballast and lamps have begun to fail. The fixtures have dirtied lenses, reduced light output, and have a dated appearance. if these fixtures were to remain in service the lamps and ballasts would need to be replaced over time. Replacement of the ballasts requires that the weatherproof receptacle cover be removed and the base slid up and out of the way. This has caused scratching on some poles where ballasts have been replaced. • Intersections The intersections are illuminated by Westar-owned mercury vapor cobra head fixtures mounted on the traffic signal poles. The City pays a monthly rental fee for the Westar- owned fixtures rather than paying directly for energy consumption. • Proposed Solution • Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements to the existing street lighting in this • scenario: • 1. Install fifty-five new 70W LED pedestrian poles and fixtures. The new pole spacing ranges from approximately 55-feet to 85-feet, depending on existing obstacles. Eliminate thirteen Westar-owned fixtures and poles. • 2. Replace eight existing Westar-owned fixtures mounted on traffic signal poles with 135W LED fixtures for intersection lighting at South & Santa Fe and Prescott & Santa Fe. This scenario calls for the addition of pedestrian lighting starting at Mulberry Street and ending at Prescott. A graphical representation for this is shown in Figure 2. In addition, existing intersection lighting owned by Westar will be replaced with new LED fixtures. The pedestrian • fixtures to be installed in this scenario are new installations and will require new bases, poles and electrical feeds. Details for both proposed bases and fixtures can be found in Appendix C. • Benefits The primary benefit of this scenario is to increase the lighting level in the area represented in Figure 2 as well as to provide street lighting in this area that is consistent with the Core downtown area. • f 3.2.5 Alternate 3: LED Street Lighting East and West of Core Area Running North and South • r Existing Condition • Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures - Streets and Sidewalks • /to IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1125/13 22 Johnson Controls • • I S "DO • City of Salina IGA Salina In the Core area the streets and sidewalks are illuminated by 175 Watt metal halide • pedestrian decorative fixtures which were installed in 1987. They have exceeded their rated life and have required significant maintenance over recent years as the ballast and lamps have begun to fail. The fixtures have dirtied lenses, reduced light output, and have a dated • appearance. If these fixtures were to remain in service the lamps and ballasts would need to be replaced over time. Replacement of the ballasts requires that the weatherproof receptacle cover be removed and the base slid up and out of the way. This has caused • scratching on some poles where ballasts have been replaced. • Proposed Solution Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements to the existing lighting in this scenario: I/ • 1. Install twenty new 35W LED pedestrian poles and fixtures. The new pole spacing • ranges from approximately 50-feet to 65-feet, depending on existing obstacles. 2. Eliminate two Westar-owned fixtures and poles. • • This scenario calls for the installation of additional pedestrian lighting along the east side of 5th Street and along the west side of 7th Street between Walnut and Mulberry Street. All items in this scenario are new installations and require new bases, poles and electrical • feeds. Details for both proposed bases and fixtures can be found in Appendix C. Benefits • The primary benefit of this scenario is to increase the lighting level in the area represented in • Figure 2 as well as to provide street lighting in this area that is consistent with the Core • downtown area. • 3.2.6 Alternate 4: LED Street Lighting East and West of Core • Area Running East and West • Existing Condition i• Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures - Streets and Sidewalks S In the Core area the streets and sidewalks are illuminated by metal halide pedestrian • decorative fixtures which were installed in 1987. They have exceeded their rated life and 5 have required significant maintenance over recent years as the ballast and lamps have begun to fail. The fixtures have dirtied lenses, reduced light output, and have a dated • appearance. If these fixtures were to remain in service the lamps and ballasts would need to be replaced over time. Replacement of the ballasts requires that the weatherproof receptacle cover be removed and the base slid up and out of the way. This has caused • scratching on some poles where ballasts have been replaced. • Proposed Solution • Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements to the existing lighting in this scenario: • 1. Install fifteen new 35W pedestrian poles and fixtures. • 2. Eliminate four Westar-owned fixtures and poles. • IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1/25/13 23 Johnson Ok •• Controls • • Gtyd • City of Salina IGA Sagna • This scenario calls for installation of additional pedestrian lighting along the south side of Mulberry Street and along the north side of Ash Street between 5th and 7th Streets. A graphical representation for this is shown in Figure 2. All items in this scenario are new installations and • require new bases, poles and electrical feeds. Details for both proposed bases and fixtures can • be found in Appendix C. • Benefits • The primary benefit of this scenario is to increase the lighting level in the area represented in Figure 2 as well as to provide street lighting in this area that is consistent with the Core • downtown area. 3.2.7 Alternate 5: LED Street Lighting North of Core Area • Existing Condition • Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures — Streets and Sidewalks • In the Core area the streets and sidewalks are illuminated by metal halide pedestrian • decorative fixtures which were installed in 1987. They have exceeded their rated life and have required significant maintenance over recent years as the ballast and lamps have begun to fail. The fixtures have dirtied lenses, reduced light output, and have a dated • appearance. If these fixtures were to remain in service the lamps and ballasts would need to • be replaced over time. Replacement of the ballasts requires that the weatherproof receptacle cover be removed and the base slid up and out of the way. This has caused scratching on some poles where ballasts have been replaced. • Intersections The intersections are illuminated by mercury vapor Westar-owned cobra head fixtures. The • City pays a monthly rental fee for the Westar-owned fixtures rather than paying directly for • energy consumption. Proposed Solution Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements to the existing lighting in this scenario: i 1. Install twenty-two new 55W pedestrian poles and fixtures. 2. Install four new 135W LED fixtures and poles for intersection lighting at Santa Fe & Elm. • 3. Eliminate twelve Westar-owned fixtures and poles • This scenario calls for the installation of additional pedestrian and intersection lighting north of Ash and south of Elm Street along Santa Fe Ave. A graphical representation for this is shown in • Figure 2. All items in this scenario are new installations and require new bases, poles, and • electrical feeds. Details for both proposed bases and fixtures can be found in Appendix C. • Benefits • The primary benefit of this scenario is to increase the lighting level in the area represented in • Figure 2 as well as to provide street lighting in this area that is consistent with the Core downtown area. • IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1/25/13 24 Johnson )), �e • Controls • S I S atyof riCity of Salina IGA • Salina • 3.2.8 Alternate 6: LED Pedestrian Lighting on Community • Theatre Bridge • Existing Condition • Community Theatre Bridge • The community theatre bridge lighting consists of pole mounted incandescent fixtures. These fixtures primarily illuminate the pedestrian areas with little illumination of the street. • Proposed Solution • Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements to the existing lighting in this scenario: • • 1. Replace eight existing five lamp incandescent pedestrian poles and fixtures with 35W • LED pedestrian poles and fixtures. This scenario calls for the replacement of the existing pedestrian poles and fixtures on the • community theater bridge as shown in Figure 2. The existing base and poles has been deemed structurally unsound for the proposed pole and fixture type. Details for both proposed bases • and fixtures can be found in Appendix C. • Benefits • The primary benefit of this scenario is the improvement of the color rendering index and • efficiency of the fixture. Explanations of these improvements are covered in the General • Technology Summary section. 3.2.9 Alternate 7: LED Private Street Lighting on Public i Property • Existing Condition Pedestrian Decorative Fixtures — Streets and Sidewalks • The following areas have privately owned decorative lighting on public property: Iron • between 7th and Santa Fe (UMB Bank), 5th between Walnut and Mulberry, Walnut between • 5th and 4th, Ash between 8th and 7th and 7th between Iron and Ash. These fixtures do not match the rest of the downtown pedestrian decorative lighting. Proposed Solution • Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements to the existing lighting in this scenario: 1. Replace ten existing privately owned pedestrian lighting with ten 35W LED poles and • • fixtures. 2. Replace six existing privately owned pedestrian poles and fixtures with six 55W LED poles and fixtures at UMB Bank. • • This scenario calls for the replacement of privately owned poles and bases as shown in Figure 2. While these fixtures are currently electrified, the electric bills are not paid by the City and they are • not on a City circuit. In addition, the existing bases for this scenario have been deemed structurally • unsound for the proposed pole and fixture. Details for both proposed bases and fixtures can be • found in Appendix C. • IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1/25113 25 Johnson ��b Controls 411 • • • • Cidyof City of Salina IGA Samna w • Benefits • The primary benefit from this scenario is the standardization of aesthetics and light levels in the • down town area. • 3.2.10 Alternate 8: LED Parking Lot Lighting Outside of Core • Area Existing Condition • Parking Lot Lighting • The primary parking lot lighting consists of square steel poles with up to four 400 W metal halide fixtures. Some parking lots have no primary lighting and only receive • secondary lighting from adjacent pedestrian decorative fixtures, Westar street lights, • building mounted lights or adjacent parking lot lights. (Note: The parking lots that are a part of this Alternate are Parking Lots 8-1, 8-2, and 8-3. These parking lots currently do not have any lighting.) • Proposed Solution • Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements to the existing lighting in this scenario: • • 1. Install four new poles with 110W LED fixtures on each pole. • This scenario calls for the installation of new parking lot poles and fixtures. This includes parking • lots 8-1, 8-2, and 8-3 which are graphically represented in Figure 1. All items in this scenario are new installations and require new bases, poles and electrical feeds. Details for both proposed bases and fixtures can be found in Appendix C. S • Benefits • The primary benefit of this alternate is increasing the lighting level in parking lots 8-1, 8-2, and 8-3. • • 3.2.11 Alternate 9: LED Stage Lighting at Campbell Plaza Existing Condition 4 • Campbell Plaza Stage Lighting The Campbell Plaza stage lighting consists of halogen floodlight fixtures mounted on the structure above the stage. • Proposed Solution • Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements to the existing lighting in this scenario: • Johnson �) �r IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1/25/13 26 Controls • • • • Cityof SCity of Salina IGA • Salina • 1. Replace ten existing 65W halogen fixtures with ten 12W LED fixtures. • • This scenario calls for the replacement of the stage lighting at Campbell Plaza as shown on Figure 2. Existing wiring and stage structure will be reused for both power and mounting. • • Benefits The primary benefit of this scenario is the improvement of the color rendering index and • efficiency of the fixture. Explanations of these improvements are covered in the General • Technology Summary section. • 3.2.12 Alternate 10: LED Lighting for Tunnels • • Existing Condition • Tunnels • The tunnels are illuminated by T8 fluorescent fixtures. • • Proposed Solution • Johnson Controls proposes the following improvements to the existing lighting in this scenario: • 1. Replace twenty-eight T8 fluorescent fixtures with twelve 90W LED fixtures. S This scenario calls for the replacement of the existing fluorescent fixtures in the two City-owned • downtown tunnels as shown ion Figure 2. Existing power wiring will be reused and new LED canopy fixtures will be installed. • • Benefits The primary benefit of this scenario is the improvement of the color rendering index and • e • fficiency of the fixture. Explanations of improvements are covered in the General Technology Summary section. • • • • • • • • • • • • 010 • IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1/25/13 27 Johnson • Controls • • • • Cityof • City of Salina IGA sagm w 3.2.13 Alternate 11 : Banner Arms • It is anticipated the City will purchase after market banner arms outside of the scope of this project at a cost of approximately $175 per pole. Per the 10/19/2012 meeting, it was • determined that banner arms shall be placed on every other pole on each side of Santa Fe • (staggered), from Mulberry to Ash as shown in Figure 2. This would be approximately 40 poles. Other banner options are presented below. • Banner Arm Options • Description Banner Arms Notes Cost(ea.} Add for single side banner arm,24",fixed top only $154 Add for two side banner arm,24",fixed top only $209 • Add for single side banner arm,24",fixed top and bottom(requires heavier pole $337 Cost of Heavier Pole is Included. Add for two side banner arm,24",fixed top and bottom(requires heavier pole,ii $431 Cost of Heavier Pole is Included. • Add for single side banner arm,24",breakaway $370 Add for two side banner arm,24",breakaway $487 • Add for single side banner arm,24",fixed top and eyelet bottom $185 • Add for two side banner arm,24",fixed top and eyelet bottom $263 Add for pole modifications if 3rd party manufacturer banner arm used $157 • 3.2.14 Clarifications and Qualifications of Scope of Work Concrete removal and replacement to be notch and patch to neat, straight lines of one foot or two foot widths. Complete sidewalk, drive, and approach replacement is not included. • City shall provide traffic control and street closures/ barricades where work is required in streets • or intersections. The majority of the work occurs on areas other than streets, and Johnson • Controls will provide temporary portable barricades and snow fence for pedestrian protection in. these areas. • • Where pedestrian light fixtures require a new concrete base inside of a city planter, Johnson • Controls will restore the soil in the planter. As it is assumed that the City would desire a specific plant arrangement, City shall be responsible for replacing vegetation in the planter(14 or less locations). We have presumed the project to be tax-exempt. Should this not be the case, tax would need to • be added as applicable. Where lighting fixtures are being removed, and where new fixtures are being installed in new • locations, we have estimated costs based on the as-built electrical plans provided by the City. Should actual existing wiring routes differ from that shown on the plans in a manner that • requires additional work for the proposed improvements, City will provide an equitable adjustment to Johnson Controls contract. • • • • t, • Johnson /Oro • IGA Report- Final Contract Version 1125/13 28 Controls • • S 0 mot SCity of Salina IGA •• Salina 0 3.3 Savings Calculation Methodology 0 • Hours of Operation • The hours of operation for the downtown lighting fixtures are governed by a combination • of time clocks and photocells. The time clocks allow the decorative pedestrian fixtures to operate a maximum of 5:00 p.m. to 5:00 a.m. daily. The photocells will override the • fixtures off during daylight hours between 5:00 p.m. and 5:00 a.m. A calculation of these • annual hours is shown on the following table. Hours of Lighting Operation With Photocells and Time Clocks • i Average Average 0 Time Clock Daily Monthly • Date Setting Off Sunset Hours Hours January 15 5:00 AM CST 5:31 PM CST 11.5 356 • February 15 5:00 AM CST 6:06 PM CST 10.9 ' 305 1 March 15 5:00 AM CDT 7:47 PM CDT 9.2 286 • April 15 5:00 AM CDT 8:07 PM CDT 8.9 F 267 • May 15 5:00 AM CDT 8:35 PM CDT 8.4 261 • June 15 5:00 AM CDT 8:57 PM CDT 8.1 F 242 July 15 5:00 AM CDT 8:55 PM CDT 8.1 251 • August 15 5:00 AM CDT 8:26 PM CDT 8.6 266 • September 15 5:00 AM CDT 7:39 PM CDT 9.4 r 281 • October 15 5:00 AM CDT 6:53 PM CDT 10.1 314 November 15 5:00 AM CST 5:17 PM CST 11.7 ` 352 • December 15 5:00 AM CST 5:09 PM CST 11.9 367 • Total 3,545 • Assumptions: • 1) The 15th day of each month is an average day • We recommend removing the time clocks from the circuits to allow the existing • photocells to operate the lighting from dusk to dawn. The following table shows the annual operation hours associated with this change. The corrected hours were used for the purpose of calculating energy savings. • • 0 0 • • /' • Johnson �)0 • IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1125113 29 Controls 0 r 0 • • the, City of Salina IGA • Saihta • Hours of Lighting Operation With Photocells Only • I Average Average • Sunrise- Sunset- Lights Daily Monthly . Date Lights Off On Hours Hours January 15 7:48 AM CST 5:31 PM CST 14.3 443 • i February 1'5 7:23 AM CST 6:06 PM CST 133 ' 372 `March 15 7:42 AM CDT 7:47 PM CDT 11_9 369 April 15 5:54 AM CDT 8:07 PM CDT 10.8 ' 324 • May 15 6:18 AM CDT 8:35 PM CDT 9.7 301 • i June 15 6:05 AM CDT 8:57 PM CDT 9.1' ' 274 July 15 6:17 AM CDT 8:55 PM CDT 9.4 290 • August 15 6:44 AM CDT 8:26 PM CDT 103 319 • September 15 7:12 AM CDT 7:39 PM CDT 11_+6 ' 347 • October 15 7:40 AM CDT 6:53 PM CDT 12.8 396 November 15 7:13 AM CST 5:17 PM CST 13.9 ' 418 • December 15 7:41 AM CST 5:09 PM CST 14.5 451 Total 4,304 • Assumptions: • • 1)The 15th day of each month is an average day • Savings Calculations — City Owned Fixtures Savings calculations are based on multiplying the existing wattage by annual hours of • operation (corrected for photocell control), less proposed wattage by annual hours of • operation, and applying the applicable utility rate. Refer to the following formulas. Existing kWh = (existing quantity of fixtures * existing wattage/fixtures)/1000watts/kW* Existing • corrected annual hours of operation • Proposed kWh = (proposed quantity of fixtures * proposed wattage/fixtures)/1000watts/kW* • Proposed annual hours of operation • kWh Savings = Existing kWh- Proposed kWh $ Savings = kWh Savings * Usage Rate in $/kWh • Savings Calculations — Westar-Owned Fixtures • Savings for Westar fixtures that will be eliminated are simply based on the avoided costs • of the current rental fees as listed in the following table. • • • 00 S IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1/25/13 30 Johnson Controls 0 • • cue City of Salina/GA Salina • • Avoided Costs of Eliminating Westar Fixtures Monthly Annual Rent/ Fixture Type Street Savings • Light When Rental Eliminated • ST, B - 250W HPS $13.69 $164.28 ST, B -400W MV $11.42 $137.04 • S • T, M - 250W MV $8.22 $98.64 • ST, M -400W MV $11.42 $137.04 ST - 150W HPS $10.06 $120.72 • • ST - 250W HPS $13.69 $164.28 Wood Pole ST - 250W HPS • $17.05 $204.60 Steel Pole • ST -250W MV $8.22 $98.64 ST -400W MV $11.42 $137.04 • WD - 100W HPS $8.19 $98.28 • WD - 175W MV $6.11 $73.32 • WD - 250W HPS $13.69 $164.28 WD - 250W MV $8.22 $98.64 WD -400W MV $11.42 $137.04 • i • • • • 40 • • • • • IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1/25/13 31 Johnson �J {I Controls • • • • • 0 `"Yof • City of Salina IGA Salina • • • 4. Project Financial Summary The following financial summary represents the Core Downtown area plus Alternates Core, 5, 6 • and 10. This is the maximum amount of City-desired scope that would meet the 30 year simple • payback criteria for Performance Contracts. The City has also expressed interest in • implementing the scope of work included in Options 2 and 8, but there is not sufficient savings to include that scope in a performance contract. The package also meets the City's financial • criteria to generate a negative Net City-at Large Cost over a 23-year period. • • Financial Summary • LED Lighting in Downtown Area - Core, Alternates Core, 5, 6 and 10 • Pro'ect Costs $2,476,876 Financing Term-Years 15 • FCIP Fee $40,769 Interest Rate 1.90% • Total Cost $2 517 645 Coast Term-Months Lease • C...'- Bny=down SO Note: • Net Financed Amount $2,517,645 Cash flows presented in this report are to be used for modeling purposes only. Final interest rates and actual cash flows will be determined at the time of • project closing when the final terms and conditions are execute& • • Year Measured Non-Measured Savings Total Cumulative Loan Net City-At- • L74 'Sal' :s MOM 0.erational Total Savin:s Savin•s Payment Lar_e Cost 0 $3,829 $1,164 $0 $1,164 $4,993 $4,993 SO ($4,993) • 1 S47,783 $14,532 $21,779 $36,311 $84,093 $89,087 $193,279 $109,185 2 549,694 $15,113 $22,650 $37,763 $87,457 $176,544 $193,279 $105,822 3 $51,682 $15,718 $23,556 $39,274 $90,955 $267,499 $193,279 $102,323 4 $53,749 $16,346 $24,498 $40,844 $94,594 $362,093 $193,279 $98,685 • 5 S55,899 $17,000 $25,478 $42,478 $98,377 $460,470 $193,279 $94:401 6 558,135 $17,680 $26,497 $14,177 $102,312 $562,782 $193,279 $90,966 • 7 560,460 $18,388 $27,557 $45,944 $106,405 $669,187 $193,279 $86,874 • 8 562,879 $19,123 $28,659 $4 7,782 $110,661 $779,848 $193,279 $82,618 9 $65.394 $19,888 $29,806 $49,694 $115,088 $894,936 $193,279 $78,191 • 10 S68,010 $20,683 $30,998 $51,681 $119,691 $1,014,627 $193,279 $73,588 • 11 $70,730 $21,511 $32,238 $53,748 $124,479 $1,139,106 $193,279 $68,800 12 $73,559 $22,371 $33,527 $55,898 $129,458 $1,268,564 $193,279 $63,821 • 13 $76,502 $23,266 $34,868 $58,134 $134,636 $1,403,200 $193,279 $58,643 • 14 $79,562 $24,197 $36,263 $60,460 $140,022 $1,543,221 $193,279 $53,257 15 $82,744 $25,165 $37,714 $62,878 $145,622 $1,688,844 $193,279 $47,656 0 • 16 $86,054 $26,171 $39,222 $65,393 $151,447 $1,840,291 SO ($151,447) • 17 $89,496 $27,218 $40,791 $68,009 $157,505 $1,997,797 $4 ($157,505) 18 $93,076 $28,307 $42,423 $70,729 $163,805 $2,161,602 SO ($163,805) • 19 $96.799 $29,439 $44,120 $73,559 $170,358 $2,331,960 SO ($170,358) 20 $100,671 $30,617 $45,884 $76,501 $177,172 $2,509,132 $0 ($177,172) • 21 $104,698 $31,841 $47,720 $79,561 $184.259 $2,693,391 SO ($184,259) • 22 $108,886 $33,115 $49,628 $82,743 $191,629 $2,885,020 SO ($191,629) 23 $113.241 $34.439 $51.614 $86 053 $199.294 $3 084 314 SO $199 294 • Total $1 753 534 $533 293 $797 488 $1330 780 '3 084 314 $3 084.314 $2.899.182 $185 132 • • 14 , � • IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1125113 32 Johnson Controls • • • S Cityof • 4111 Salina City of Salina IGA • • • • 5. Measurement and Verification Plan The preliminary M&V plan is presented in this section. The following table summarizes the • annual benefit associated with the exterior lighting retrofit. • • Exterior Lighting Retrofit Annual Summary, Core Project • Calculated Year 1 Savings • Savings Adjusted for Inflation • Measured Energy Savings(Option A) $45,945 $47,783 Non-Measured Energy Savings $13,973 $14,532 • (Westar Rentals to be Removed) • O&M Savings $20,941 $21,799 • Total Annual Summary $80,859 $84,094 • • it Measurement and Verification Methodologies The following is a brief overview of the measurement and verification methodologies applicable • to the improvement measures set forth below. Johnson Controls shall apply these methodologies, as more fully detailed in the guidelines and standards of the International • Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP) and/or the Federal Energy Management • Program (FEMP), in connection with the provision of M&V Services hereunder. • Measured Project Benefits are determined by partial field measurement of the energy use of the system(s) to which an improvement measure was applied separate from the energy use of the . rest of the facility. Measurements will be short-term with only one-time measurements before and after the Installation Period. • Partial measurement means that some but not all parameters will be measured. Careful review • of the design and installation of improvement measures is intended to demonstrate that the • stipulated values fairly represent the probable actual values. Agreed-upon values will be shown • in the measurement and verification plan, along with analysis of the significance of the error they may introduce. Engineering calculations using short-term pre and post-retrofit • measurements and stipulations are used to calculate measured project benefits for the duration • of the guarantee term. • • • • • • • IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1/25/13 34 Johnson • Controls • • • S SCity of Salina IGA • sagna FIM Lighting Retrofit (Exterior) • • Measurement and Verification Plan: IPMVP Option A • Lighting retrofit savings will be determined by measuring the power draw (kW) on a statistical sample of individual pre-retrofit and post-retrofit light fixtures. Agreed to S operational hours and electrical rate will be applied to the pre-retrofit and post-retrofit kW values to determine the lighting savings. The savings will be recalculated based on the readings taken applied to the following calculations. • Qi*ANi* 12 • .Existing kW = 1000 • • Q2*w2 *12 Proposed kW= lODU kW Savings = Existing kW —Proposed kW • • kW Cost Savings = kW Savings *kW • Existing kWh = Existing kW* 113 • Proposed kWh =Proposed kW*H2 • kWh Savings =Existing kWh —Proposed kWh • • kWh Cost Savings = kWh Savings *ktNh • • Total Cost Savings = kW Cost Savings+kWh Cost Savings • Where: • Q1 = Existing Fixture Quantity 40 Q2 = Proposed Fixture Quantity • W1 = Existing Fixture Wattage W2= Proposed Fixture Wattage H1 = Existing Fixture Runtime (hours/year) H2= Proposed Fixture Runtime (hours/year) • • • • • • • • 11 • Johnson / �� • IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1/25113 35 Controls • • • • A • i s � City of Salina IGA Salina • • Measured Parameters • Lighting Fixture Wattage (kW) • The savings for this FIM will be verified using IPMVP Option A, Retrofit Isolation with Key 0 Parameter Measurement. The savings for this FIM are generated through a reduction in • energy used by the lighting system; therefore the measurement boundary is the lighting • system itself. • The existing power draw will be measured with a true RMS meter on a statistical sample of • pre-retrofit and post-retrofit light fixtures grouped together by fixture type. Measured wattages are used to verify savings when possible. Where measured wattages are not • obtained for a fixture type, typical wattages as published by ANSI (American National Standards Institute) are used in the savings calculations. • The M&V Protocol for the Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP) requires that at • least 75% of the connected kW Load be sampled. The proposed sampling plan exceeds this IIII requirement. The sampling plan has been created to achieve an 80% Confidence/20% Precision statistical accuracy. The Coefficient of Variation (Cv) was predicted to be 0.4 pre- • retrofit and 0.3 post-retrofit. Measurements will be obtained with a power meter that has • been calibrated within a year as certified by a certificate of calibration. • Existing Fixtures • Existing audited fixture types for the Core, Alt Core, Alt 5, Alt 6, and Alt 10 scenarios are 0 shown below. The sampling plan will measure fixtures contributing to the top 86% of the total audited wattage. • • Contribution • to Total • Qty Connected Total% Category Lamp Type Installed Total Watts Wattage Contributed • Type ST,A-City 175W MH Probe 356 76,540 55% 54% • Type ST, I-City 4-400W MH Pulse 10 18,440 13% 68% • Type ST,G-City 2-400W MH Pulse 19 17,518 13% 82% • Type R-City 25W FL 134 6,432 5% 86% • Type ST,N-City 5-135W INCAND 8 5,400 4% 90% Type L2-City 4-32W FL 28 3,192 2% 92% • Type ST, F-City 150W HPS 16 2,976 2% 95% • Type ST,E-City 3-400W MH Pulse 2 2,766 2% 97% • Type ST,Z-City 400W MH Pulse 5 2,305 2% 98% • Type ST,T-City 100W MH Probe 5 610 0% 99% a Type S-City 100W MH Probe 4 488 0% 99% Type ST,U-City 400W MH Probe 1 461 0% 99% • Type Y2-City 70W HPS 5 430 0% 100% 0 Type Y1 -City 50W HPS 5 330 0% 100% • Type P-City 70W HPS 1 86 0% 100% ,,,, • • IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1/25/13 36 Johnson Of Controls • • • • �«a • City of Salina IGA • Salta • • The proposed pre-retrofit sample size and types are presented in the following table. • Pre-Retrofit Fixture Measurement Sample Table • • % • Contribution to Total # • Predicted Qty Connected Measure- • Category Lamp Type Wattage Installed Wattage ments Locations Type ST,A-City 175W MH Probe 215 356 55% 9 All • Type ST, I-City 4-400W MH Pulse 1844 13 13% 5 Parking Lots • Type ST, G-City 2-400W MH Pulse 922 19 13% 5 Parking Lots • Type R-City 25W FL 48 134 5% 6 Crosswalks • Totals 519 86% 25 • Replacement/Retrofit Fixtures • Replacement fixture types for the Core, Alt Core, Alt 5, Alt 6, and Alt 10 scenarios are shown • below. The sampling plan will measure fixtures contributing to the top 83% of the total • audited wattage, exceeding the 75% required by FEMP. • Contribution • Category Lamp Qty Total Watts to Total Total% • Type Installed Connected Contribution Wattage • Type A35 35W 189 8,505 23% 23% • Type A55 55W 103 7,210 19% 42% • Type G45-110 4-110W 10 4,080 11% 53% • Type R90 90W 36 3,103 8% 61% • Type G23-110 2-110W 14 3,066 8% 69% Type A55n 35W 26 1,820 5% 74% •• Type F3-135 135W 12 1,800 5% 79% Type F3-135n 135W 12 1,800 5% 83% • Type F3-80n 80W 20 1,760 5% 88% • Type G3-110 110W 10 1,095 3% 91% • Type F3-110n 110W 8 960 3% 93% • Type G35-110 3-110W 2 612 2% 95% Type G3-110n 110W 5 548 1% 97% II F3-110 135W 4 480 1% 98% Type A35t 35W 8 360 1% 99% • Type G34-110 3-110W 1 323 1% 100% • Type G3-110n2 110W 1 110 0% 100% • Type Y12 12W 3 42 0% 100% • IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1/25/13 37 Johnson 04b • Controls • • • • o • i:::i • City of Salina lGA Salina • • • The proposed post-retrofit sample size and types are presented in the following table. Contribution • to Total # Predicted Qty Connected Measure- • Category Lamp Type Wattage Installed Wattage ments Locations • Type A35 35W 45 189 23% 5 All • Type A55 55W 70 103 19% 5 Streets and Intersections • Type G45-110 4-110W 408 10 11% 4 Parking Lots Type F3-135, 135n 135W 150 24 10% 4 Streets and Intersections Type R90 90W 86.2 36 8% 4 Plazas,Tunnels, Crosswalks • Type G23-110 2-110W 219 14 8% 4 Parking Lots • Type A55n 35W 70 26 5% 4 Streets and Intersections • Totals 402 83% • • Agreed Upon Parameters • Annual Lighting Runtime (Hours): Existing annual hours of operation, as controlled by photocells overridden by time clocks, are calculated to be 3,545 hours. We recommend • simply removing the time clocks from the circuits to allow the existing photocells to operate • the lighting from dusk to dawn. The Adjusted Hours are then 4,304 hours, as calculated in the table below. Savings calculations are based on these Adjusted Hours. • • Hours of Lighting Operation With Photocells Only • Average Average • Date Sunrise-Lights Sunset-Lights Daily Monthly Off On Hours Hours • January 15 7:48 AM CST 5:31 PM CST 14.3 443 February 15 7:23 AM CST 6:06 PM CST 13.3 372 March 15 7:42 AM CDT 7:47 PM CDT 11.9 369 April 15 6:54 AM CDT 8:07 PM CDT 10.8 324 May 15 6:18 AM CDT 8:35 PM CDT 9.7 301 • June 15 6:05 AM CDT 8:57 PM CDT 9.1 274 July 15 6:17 AM CDT 8:55 PM CDT 9.4 290 0 August 15 6:44 AM CDT 8:26 PM CDT 10.3 319 September 15 7:12 AM CDT 7:39 PM CDT 11.6 347 •` October 15 7:40 AM CDT 6:53 PM CDT 12.8 396 • November 15 7:13 AM CST 5:17 PM CST 13.9 418 December 15 7:41 AM CST 5:09 PM CST 14.5 451 • Total 4,304 • Assumptions: • 1)The 15th day of each month is an average day • • • S �• IGA Report—Final Contract Version 1125113 38 Johnson ok . Controls • S • • Cilya • City of Salina IGA • Sarnia • S. Non-Measured Exterior Lighting Savings Westar Lamp Removal • For Westar lamps that are to be removed, the following rates apply to the calculation of • savings for each type of fixture. The following rental rates were verified directly from utility • bills and are agreed upon for Year 0 savings calculations. • • Monthly Annual Rent/ • Savings Fixture Type Streetlight When Rental Eliminated • ST,B-250W HPS $13.69 $164.28 ST,B-400W MV $11.42 $137.04 • ST,M-250W MV $8.22 $98.64 • ST,M-400W MV $11.42 $137.04 • ST-150W HPS $10.06 $120.72 ST-250W HPS • Wood Pole $13.69 $164.28 ST-2$0W HPS • Steel Pole $17.05 $204.60 • ST-2SOWMV $8.22 $98.64 • ST-400W MV $11.42 $137.04 WD-100W HPS $8.19 $98.28 WD-175WMV $6.11 $73.32 • WD-250W HPS $13.69 $164.28 • WD-250WMV $8.22 $98.64 WD-400W MV $11.42 $137.04 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • IJ • IGA Report- Final Contract Version 1/25/13 39 Johnson ', �� Controls • • • • • �rw ill• 2 City of Salina IGA Salina I • • O&M Savings Year 0 operations and maintenance savings were calculated by City staff and provided by • the City of Salina in an e-mail dated 12/18/2002 and are presented on the following tables. Lamp and Ballast O&M Savings • • City Downtown Lighting Expenses 12/18/2012 Raw Data Provided by City of Salina • Lanterns • Foreman 30.78 4 123.12 Tech 23.17 1 23.17 74.6 30 $127.77 ballast • 23.17 0.5' 11.59 23.17 2 46.34 17.12 15 $43.71 bulb 37.5 60 $143.84 wiring • ballast bulb wiring total 2012 19 90 0 $7,838.97 2011 23 127 2 $10,255.00 2010 26 123 4 $10,751.15 • 2009 3 18 0 $2,647.53 2008 11 124 0 $8,302.95 • 2007 27 108 0 $9,647.91 2006 15 87 0 $7,196.76 • 2005 22 81 0 $7,828.89 aeerage= $8,831.66 *w/out 2009 Hi Bays 6 Tech 23.17 1 23.17 91.35 30 $144.52 ballast 23.17 0.5 11.59 17.36 15 $43.95 bulb • ballast bulb wiring total 2012 3 27 $1,620.21 2011 0 27 $1,186.65 • 2010 0 1 $43.95 2009 0 31 $1,362.45 2008 1 15 $803.77 • aoerage= $1,003.41 • annual total= $9,835.07 • 5 Year 1 Savings Adjusted For Inflation $10,228 • Plazas,Tunnels and Crosswalks • Date Provided by City of Salina • Parks and Recreation Department Annual Cost= $727 • Year 1 Savings Adjusted For Inflation $756 • Pole Painting O&M Savings 0 Date Provided by City of Salina • Description BWR Estimated Estimated Estimated Anualized • Report Life Cost Cost Estimate • Paint in Place $51,900 5 years $51,900 $10,380 • Year 1 Savings Adjusted For Inflation $10,795 • Total • • Total Year 1 O&M Savings $21,779 - ,)b • IGA Report— Final Contract Version 1/25/13 40 , Controls S • • • Salina City of Salina IGA • • 6. Appendices • • Appendix A: Savings Calculations • • Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Savings: O&M Savings were provided by the City of Salina staff and are included in Section 5 Measurement and Verification Plan. • Utility Savings: Utility Savings are summarized on the following page. • • • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • f• • • • •� • • • • • • IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1/25/13 42 Johnson % �, • Controls • • • • Cityof • CIO City of Salina IGA Sauna • • Utility Savings: • • • • CORE AREA Eliminated Year 1 Year 1 Non. • Utility Use Westar Rental Measured Measured Utility Existing Saved Existing Saved Existing Proposed Savings Costs(Non Utility Utility Rate Operating kW Proposed kW kWh Proposed kWh Utility Use Utility Use (Measured Measured Savings Savings 5/KWH Hours kW kWh Cost Cost Utility Utility Adj.for Adj.for • Savings) Savings) Inflation Inflation CORE AREA • Streets and Intersections $0.1069 4,304 57.835 14.680 43.155 248,912 63,180 185,732 $26,612 $6,755 519,557 $7,492 520,651 $7,792 • Parking Lots $0.1069 4,304 56.294 9.903 46.391 242,280 42,621 199,659 $25,903 $4,557 $21,345 $347 $22,200 $361 Plaza's $0.1069 4,304 4.511 0.965 3.547 19,415 4,151 15,264 $2,076 $444 $1,632 $1,697 • CORE ARE TOTALS 118.640 25.548 93.093 510,607 109,952 400,655 $54,591 $11,755 $42,835 $7,839 544,548 _ $8,153 ALTERNATE CORE AREA • Streets and Intersections $0.1069 4,304 2.976 6.840 (3.864) 12,808 29,438 (16,630) $1,369 $3,147 -$1,778 $4,435 -$1,850 $4,612 Parking Lots $0.1069 4,304 - 0.090 (0.090) - 387 (387) $41 -$41 -$43 • Plaza's $0.1069 4,304 0.488 0.345 0.143 2,100 1,484 616 $225 $159 $66 $69 Crosswalks $0.1069 4,304 6.432 1.724 4.703 27,682 7,420 20,262 $2,960 $793 $2,166 $2,253 • Restrooms 50.1069 4,304 0.846 0.042 0.804 3,641 181 3,460 $389 $19 $370 5385 ALTERNATE CORE TOTALS 10.742 9.041 1.701 46,232 38,910 7,322 54,943 $4,160 $783 $4,435 $814 $4,612 • ALTERNATE 1 Parking Lots 1$0.10691 4,304 1 - 1 0.6271 (0.627)1 - 1 2,699 1 (2,699)1 1 $289 I -$289 1 $951 I -$301 1 $989 • ALTERNATE 2 Streets and Intersections'$0.1069 1 4,304 1 - I 5-930 1 (5.9i1 - I 25,522 1 (25,522)1 1 $2,729 I -$2,729 1 $3,279 I -$2,838 I $3,410 • ALTERNATE 3 Streets and Intersections'$0.1069 1 4,304 1 - 1 0.900 1 (0.9)1 - I 3,873 1 (3,873)1 I 5414 1 -$414 I $236 I -$431 I $245 ALTERNATE 4 • Streets and Intersections'$0.1069 1 4,304 1 - 1 0.850 I (0.850)1 - 1 3,658 1 43,658)I 1 $391 1 -$391 1 $537 1 -$407 1 $558 ALTERNATE 5 • Streets and Intersections'$0.1069 I 4,304 I - I 2.140 I (2.140)1 - I 9,210 I (9,210)I I $935 I -5985 I $1,699 1 -$1,024 1 $1,767 ALTERNATE 6 • Streets and Intersections'$0.10691 4,3071 5.4001 0.3601 5.0401 23,2411 1,5491 21,6911 $2,485 I $166 1 $2,319 1 I 52,412 I • ALTERNATE 7 Streets and Intersections'50.1069 1 4,304 1 1.810 1 0.8701 0.940 1 7,790 1 3,744 1 4,046 1 5333 I $400 I $433 I I $450 1 ALTERNATE B • Parking Lots 1$0.10691 4,3041 - 1 0.8311 (0.831)1 - 1 3,5761 (1,576)1 I $382 1 -$382 1 I -$397 1 ALTERNATE 9 • Plaza's I$0.10691 4,3041 0.6501 0.1371 0.513 I 2,7971 5901 2,2081 $299 I 563 I $236 1 I $245 1 ALTERNATE 10 • Tunnels I$0.10691 4,304 I 3.192 I 1.034 I 2.158 I 13,738 1 4,4521 9,286 1 51,469 I $476 1 $993 1 I $1,033 1 • • • ID • • • • • • • • • Johnson ))40' • IGA Report- Final Contract Version 1/25/13 43 Controls • • • • • • �of • City of Salina 1GA Salina • • • • Appendix B: Pricing Structure • • Per the Investment Grade Audit (IGA) Agreement (the "Agreement") which was entered into • between Johnson Controls, Inc. (ESCO), having its principal offices at 9850 Legler Rd, • Lenexa, KS and the City of Salina, Kansas, 300 West Ash Street, Salina, KS 67402 on April 16, 2012 and April 10, 2012 respectively, the following pricing structure was used for • the Core Area and all Alternates presented herein. • The cost percentages in the table below shall be applied to Construction Costs and shall be • used as the applicable rates for projects to be performed under any Energy Performance • Contract with Customer. • • • Standard FCIP Less than $300,000- $600,000- $1.5M to More • Construction Markups $300,000 $600,000 $1.5M $3M than $3M Design 8% 7.5% 6.5% 6.5% 6% • Construction Management 8% 6.5% 5.5% 5% 5% Construction Period Interest 3% 3% 3% 2.5% 2.5% • Commissioning 5% 5% 4% 4% 3% • Measurement& Verification 4% 4% 4% 4% 3% • Overhead&Profit 18% 17% 17% 17% 17% • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • If •• —Final Contract Version 1/25/13 44 Johnson v IGA Report Controls • • • • • a • S City of Salina IGA • • Appendix C: Product Information • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • IGA Report-Final Contract Version 1/25/13 46 Johnson qb • Controls • • • • • • • o, City of Salina 1GA • • Appendix C: Product Information • • • • • • • • • • •. • •.. • • • • • • •` • • • • • • • • • • • (GA Report 1213192 54 Johnson J� �� • Controls • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •� • • •, Decorative Street/Sidewalk Fixtures • •� • •, • • • •` •. • • • • • • ' • • • • r • • g a •a$r a 3 x :� l 9 '-eta '�r .+yi 1 4. '� . L Y • . F. ;tiff • _� li�. i A .. -$1''.,� J( .1/7''� 111 +� visa. •• f:, ' ' " •_ t � + f 4 • O. fill 1 1 u M i; I r=, J1 yy ; ' U ; f�I1� Jt>X bk M y„ I —»x:11 1I+1, P 9 . a. [� 1 •` +'�Y. n• • • •I • Metr'oScape f •, •; The fusion of historical charm and modern • finesse meets leading edge technology • • • • • • PHILIPS • • LU 11x1 EC • • • • • • • • • wa rms 9, ,!!g ,...,_ _. 4 "?4 e ,,tf , • I '''",--- -kk ..., ._ \—'1,-, '''''''":'''',"r.:.' .1.-:\„' ' ..-:' '. 'jii,f:::.--''':::., , „,,,,,,,i,...".— . • .......,„ lik];:: I . *4 , � Je:}nby t , • �4 � - gy i s ^� rt, • �� t 7 p � � i i1��H `r i]° '4bF 'dry;` .ii'`,ti' $' ,,f 2a. Y tt 4".*��'�m'{. • Y r , r4 I b.1` _ � ° ' • ,..,....,..,„:. ; , .- ' 1 (i,,- -,-; L i , , :, ,,,,,,,,. . 1.,— Itarbbt,ial. i I Metro Sc ape ( When an Iconic beauty inspired luminaire is built with superior technical qualities./ ,; • The charm of choosing MetroScape for your outdoor lighting solution is you win on aesthetics,durability i • and sustainability.Philips Lumec proudly introduces MetroScape,our historically inspired luminaire with , • a modern twist built for superior performance with the incomparable Philips LEDgine platform. ( • t • i • • 1 • I • MetroScape is approved by. • i • facts • i_ 1 • • i • 2 MetroScape • • • • • • • • • • • !` �"ii'; yys r a,,ci{vly '"� `�iffit°'^�^. dirk" ,v'x e '"✓- Ua sa �' .� � • ns2 • • r • g • • ,w • - • • ` : ' r'ytti`f• • • • •: • Retro design Outstanding durability •1 • MetroScape designed for the future,inspired by the past. Known for their sustainable design,Philips Lumec has created 1 This stylish retro luminaire is designed for municipal projects MetroScape with iconic beauty and efficiency In mind. •( that range from simple utilitarian installations to grand MetroScape allows you to create a beautiful,durable project • architectural ones.The shape of the luminaire is reminiscent while providing energy savings and safety.VJrth MetroScape i of another era but the lines are totally modern.Crowned with powered by LEDgine your projects will benefit from an ornemental hood,MetroScape is equipped with a flat lens to an estimated savings of 40%to 60%in power consumption •j I highlight the thinness of the LEDs.The result is a lighting solution (compared to HID Ancestra ATIO from Philips Lumec). that offers a captivating presence at night which will contribute •I to the beautification of its surroundings. MetroScape demonstrates many sustainable characteristics. MetroScape is 30%lighter compared to its closer HID • The height of style and performance. predecessor(Philips Lumec's Ancestra luminaire).It also This innovative design has the distinctive characteristic incorporates several high-grade recycled aluminum parts. •, of locating the electronic components in the fitter:By doing 'Itie effect of this durable construction is robustness,long life • so.the driver and the optional Dynadimmer or controls are and reduced ecological footpr int.This advanced LED platform situated away from the heat generated by the LEDs therefore is also eco-designed,modular and dimmable. •( offering a higher performance in terms of thermal dissipation and better longevity of a 100,000 hours for the driver: •i � • • • • • • • MetroScape 3 • • 411 • , • • • • • ' � ; ° • • • N i rti aGtS a '� � i h�� ",. , � n t Il 3y � y� f�d "O ea „,}`« Q0er ej , • ■ • 1 • • • • • • L • ' rts11M.�,. r1 i 1-if I • ((y 6 7g } }MI a \li 'dt Bill '' - • •N. . 1 S ,. s°- 9 {Y.I f _ ' l�V Yl.,f, }�_" 4� �` i LIEL t I ..�..a4i ri , w r. •. I 9 t ......._.. ! 11 • T • ft ��*. am +'+er k °, .,. i • 3 ,ftk, 4 F.'-'4-1-, •* i t @ t 'sR i 4� LA } � ti.+ �_.k.�__�_.s.�.-mss _ � • _ I 0 • • • • • ilk. •: _.....-- •, ---- . •' • ' , • . , ' • • . • : $ I y A ¢ ..• - ; { • 4 x r f" ? ! Ask I a doh r - , \\.„, . , ‘ it • • • • Recommended • • applications•. Ill Or MetroScape is more than just a pretty luminaire.It is an added•value high-end lighting solution. / For the landscape •i , architects,this translates as better light rendering and improved ambience lighting.For the municipalities,we are talking exceptional ROI •i because of the long lasting life of the LEDs and its components.Invest in the future with proven performance.design quafty 1•; y and considerable energy sayings. • •. • ' •• • Parks and City City Pedestrian Campuses Public Green • Recreation Streets Centers Areas Areas Projects and • Bicycle Paths • • • • MetroScape 5 • • • • • • • Features 8( • • • • Benefits • • • • • • µF1 1 m a I ti.k.i.sLer • 1 Features Benefits • LEO heat sink made of die cast ,> Optimizes the LEDs'efficiency and life • aluminum • Placement of the electronic Lower degradation of light output over the lifespan • components in the fitter > • Operating lifespan of components up to 100,000 hours • • ( • Optimal thermal design ---,' Suitable for operation in an ambient temperature up to 40'C/ I04`F • . -UL certified(Runs cool in almost every climate). • • Unparalleled performance In thermal Longevity • nirmagement Our longevity story is more than just using LEDs,During the design Because of the high efficiency thermal design,both LEDs and phase,industrial designers and engineers made sure that critical • driver can reach 100.000 hours. components(such as the LED board and the driver)are located • far from each other and in a strategic location in the fixture where oC --. )es we can better manage the heat and then increase longevity. • s> ^et''" III )S) . T3_ .,1....s _ )/9 -" !r • )11 � K;E .LED )S7 , r)33 . •Driver �:� )]9 1 • )]S t • i • . • • 6 MetroScape • I • • • • • • 41, • cor• \\ Smart luminaire • •` Features Benefits •I � • Dynadimmer and Amplight, Lighting adaptability control ready .4 . •I Cost savings • • Progressive start ---> Energy savings and improved visual comfort for the citizens • Upgradable to Solar solution Easy installation with minimum site disruption • `-> •( Highly reliable,even in low-sun environments •' Slow lumen depreciation Management of the degradation of light ouput providing a better • ..r lighting uniformity and intensity • • Driver regulates for constant light output(optional) The driver,combined with the LEDgine platform,enables the environment to have a constant light output.The driver controls the power • provided to the LEDs ensuring an equal lighting uniformity and intensity throughout the lumen depreciation period. • Output • 100%— Driver output • 85% Constant lumen output • throughout lifespan l 70% .Il'I).1 p.,Lr.ir;n • / •r T ••I 1 i hri • Control solutions (optional) . Philips Lumec offers different possibilities in terms of control solutions. • \\Smart luninaire \\Smart system \\Smart city Available with Dynadimmer Please contact us in order to Available with AmpLight Please evaluate your needs. contact us for more details on our control solutions. •I •' • T t 1 r- ,\srr > t r z , . i • Met(oScape 7 • • • • . • • .' . r: • 0 \\ LLD lifes P n • • 'eat ore' 'One its •• • Philips LEDgine platform Reduced maintenance costs,lower electrical bills,superior > photometric performance,respectful of the night sky • Easy to upgrade to latest LED technology(quick connectors) i • Up to 80 high performance Creates ambience and makes architecture look more authentic • white LEDs i Ensures maximum reliability and safety for drivers and citizens • Rebel ES is the latest LED technology offering up to 20%more light output compared to the standard high powered LEDs • i . The LEDgine comes with different • driver possibilities and different Optimized scenarios offering superior longevity and energy • LED boards �� savings or maximum lumen output • ( • Available in standard neutral Produces genuine color perception • 4000 Kelvin,70 CRI ---> (Consult factory for other temperatures i • Warm 3003 Kelvin and Cool 5700 Kelvin) Creates different lighting ambiences • Flexibility of the LEDgine platform by Philips • Municipalities and specifiers have different needs and concerns When its time to choose an outdoor lighting solution.Often,energy savings,lifespan, • light output and buying cost are the four criterias of selection.Many parameters influence directly and inevitably the efficiency of those four criteria like the level of amperage with which the LEDs are fed,the ambient temperature as well as the number of LEDs present in the I ght engine. • The light engine LEDgine was designed to offer the client some flexibility.LEDgine presents many different combinations between the number • of LEDs and the power of the driver:For the same amount of LEDs,here are different scenarios ranging from absolute durability to optimal • lighting power. IP l.\\Sustainable 2.\1 Optimal 0 3.\\Powerful 0 • Objective:Reach the light output Objective:Reach the light output Objective:Maximizes all parameters III requirements with less power as requirements with the perfect in order to get the maximum • possible while maintaining the lowest combination of parameters initial lumens level of stress on LEDs • Driver mA Lowest milliamp Optimal setting of milliamp to reach Maximum rnilliarnp • the light output required . Benefits More than 100,000 hours In longevity Affordable lighting solution with More than 14,000 Initial lumens adequate energy savings and inital i • More than 50%in energy savings lumens •C2 J:rd Y.:.a iallh.n Ita e:aVAa of iST I II I. • ■ • 8 MetroScape • • I • • • • • •' \\ Photometry • i.'�° '`' i��. �'y.9 &a,',�y 4�4"n s '$ r � '�� e.`�i S is y a.:,�a4"� d* `� �n_;7'777,1,77j'W;74;7177:-I, features :ene is • • Flat lens of the luminaire '°qr' 0%uplight[full cut-off/U=0(bug rating)] • Optical system composed Spacing up to 7 x mounting height • of high performance acrylic • i refractor lenses Optimizes target lumen for perfect lighting uniformity and intensity •, • Dedicated LED optics/ Provides high quality,uniform light distribution • I types 2,3,4 and 5 4 ( Better control on light trespass • to •t � • Features Benefits • 0%uplight[full cut-off/U=0(bug rating)] > Reduces light pollution,dark sky friendly • Complete LED luminaire Protects the light source and electrical components from rated IP66 > degradation caused by environmental pollutants such as rain,ice, snow,dust,sand,etc • Energy efficient luminaire Uses 40%less energy compared to Philips Lumec's HID • Ancestr-a luminaire •' The Philips driver is the most efficient on the market in terms of power loss and longevity due to better heat management •( • Made of sustainable materials (82%recyclable) > Projects a green image that pleases citizens and investors • • •, Eco-designed 9 Can be taken apart upon end-of-life for recycling • • \L'Irtt:sloes l;reerr re;rlly nre uif • Sustainable development is meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to satisfy their own needs. • One way to accomplish this is by reducing our carbon footprint;the amount of carbon dioxide(C01)and green house gases released into the atmosphere during a product Iifecycle.With MetroScape powered by LEDgine,the amount of CO,emitted is drastically reduced.LEDs contain • no mercury and contain no hazardous materials.The MetroScape is made of recycled aluminum and can be taken apart upon end of life and recycled at 82%.* • MetroScape 9 • • • • • • • xA 4 • ` • • • py ht0.4 y. • - • • 5 vx f • ;) e* f '. �1 Eye° �' !k • • • • ( • Technical and • r • ordering ` • I. Refer to the following pages for technical information concerning the MetroScape. • • . i •2. Consult Lumec3D via our 1Nebsite at www.luntec.com.Lumec3D gives you the opportunity i to build your luminaire in real-time.As you select your choices,your product code will appear 5 at the bottom of the screen. IP ( •3. See the Products section of ourVJebsite at www.lumec.com.Each Product page provides technical � information and IES files,a selection of photos,and the promotional brochure, • • , Consult the RepZone at www.lumec.com.Our private agent portal is designed to be a hub that • contains everything you might need in order to provide your clients with the best possible service. • • • • MetroScape • • • • • - • • • •i . 20 1/8"(51 I mm) I I •' 17 3/4"(451 mm) •I I — 1 •f - • --E- ir y MPTR •1 E U ConOnn to the U_1598 and CSA C222 No.250.13 03 stndvds • E . ..—., I f iait3Lk bar c,pera{om in x■yr,t,,...t.k:nperatoro up to 40-C 1 101`1•UL ce•Dbesl ri n l (R•oos coo l in/host e.ery d mite). m E 1. �% E TF4 t•"?tn35cape mee:s the A\S1 C13531-I00I tetle 2.Americtn Ns{ong Sttnclvd for I�=�i i N Antd:rzyI rn'nireV.2ratan sprcifCefont for Frame/ow.pus AM(11 Miff fur 3G •� . )�' — v -- ...s-1000"0cy,les by anindependenllsb) p `n G2 EPA: e an N 1.97 sq ft • Weight. � •I — • • • ( • ( ' • • ( • Optical System Voltages ( • • 12.0/208/240/277/3471.2/48012 ( • o.y f,,,V„ Composed of high performance acrylic LE2: Asyrnetncal I Star�G..t,i o o.crr4�.c';.- :':,•.;maser ea.0—w reiractorslensestoachievedesired )St es.1c+:o-t<•.':.n.+-,i,;:a-.-1v..,•a ..•ce,ttt.tt,7t4k„v 600%1 c,�3 LE3: AsymelricaJ ( 5 a o w e. distribution.optimized to get maximum 1E4: Asymetrical ( • �o vow spacing.target lumen and a perfect Qo 0� LES: Symmetrical(square) w lighting uniformity,Performance shall be (tested per t.M63 and LM79 and TM15 ( • LEDGINE (IESNA)certifying its photometric performance. . •' _...,.:',y..a,,r3 C5Ft I- tfn:cv.e e$c v:;.v..,,..:xtni ( • j • Luminaire Options l( • ( . • ----, TN3 • '1'I p ;CD. Fitter to fit over a 3”(7b mm)O.D. i lri / PH8 RC by 4"(102 mm)long tenon • 5 r—�I t=' Photoelectric cell Receptacle for .L -I,_ l . r!— Complete with a photoelectric cell TN 3.5 decorative cap Allovn a 93 Fitter to fit over a 3 1/2"(89 mm)O.D. • rotation by 4"(102 mm)long tenon r ( • Finials ( • A g A g i . FNC ( • FNI FN2 FN3 FN4 FN8 FN9 FNIO FNI I Copper-color painted finial ( III • Smart luminaire options ( MetroScape allows you many options in order to get different smart functionalities. • I D M G Driver is compatible with dimmer from 0 to 10 volts. III CDM G Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pie-programmed scenarios to suit • many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. ( • • CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming scenario allowing the user to program up to 5 time periods ( • and multiple dimming levels from 100%to 10%of total wattage. I. OVR Dynadimmer override function offering the possibility to go back to full power at any time via ( • an electrical signal of 120VAC to 277VAC from a motion sensor;a switch,a relay or else. • CLO Pre-set driver-to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the lamp. ( • AST Pre-set driver for progressive start-up of the lamp to optimize energy management and ( • enhance user visual comfort at start-up. • OTL Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the lamp for better fixture management. • DALI Pre-set driver compatible with the DALI control system. • • 12 MetroScape • • • • • •i •I S i 0t ' •01 Smart system options • Different options are available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. Smart city options £ AM PLIGHT Amplight is the intelligent monitoring and control,automated management system that � delivers up to 35%streetlight energy savings and makes it easy to monitor and manage �? the entire system,in real time.Please contact us for more information. Other options ore also available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. II r. 0, Poles Finish e_,..c,,,,„!,,,,,,z,r r.cu'c,-_.dct.„..,„:_. :”raeh_..fv.. . ( • The specially formulated Lumital powder coat finish lik - - is available in a range of many standard colors, 411, ., 1M C sut Flap;Ls,ce Cr,!:r C s-art kr ccrr1.:L::rr'siiri6c,. • fh• G llEr i t APR4-LBC3 RA61 R80-TBCI RTA40 i O Ordering Example Optical Driver Luminaire ( Luminaire Lamp Voltage Pole Finish Systerft ,, x Qpttons Options �► MPTR 42W32LED4KES LE3 120 DMG PH8 APR4•L8C4•16 BKTX s,Kra t -,,,,,,,^'-''''/- , 4: s,saa'--e- - - b ",t' z -,,. ^a z!,ta.,.. ,*0,stvo°s^`�?'t . ,i°..;',.': ' ! y U hn 0- A/7 The three parts of the MetroScape luminaire can be interchanged with Di �/V V the UrbanScape's top,cage and Etter:Ile e ate some of the possi'iltes. Ilk i f+ 't ti r,q,p b • ,er r« 3s}. ''''''')-?.4):::,. Ja'• R s 4 s' , ',,,,,-4/i;. ' „y.<1,.' s • 1 ' \ i 1 qi • • MPTRRC MPTCRC MPICRR hlPTRCR MP1RCC MPTCCR +, MetroScape I3 i 0 • .. ..____, . ....... • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •,... • •• • •• •■_* •_ • • • • •_ ••• •• 6,• • • ......_ . . _ . . . .. .. ...... . , . • . . ... . • . .........„....,_...., ... . . .. . . ,,,, ,.,.,A-,,,,...0A:mov.5,,5.w*g....g-,,:m.,,g..7......i,„:...,41i:.i-....-:-..,.;.,:i0.:.:e.i.:00.1,,,,..4.4.000K.4*.-,044-1.n-,%.,,.....4-4,20,),... ,-,1,.-Aii,10,1*-:,5440.:5:-..:.:::....,,,-:..::,„-.•,:„....,.....,........ ...... . ..... ..- . -. '' .'.."„•.....i...','.'.'.".„.,.,..',''..,:,.,'..,.,.;'.:'.".0,',,,,,:,,.,...!,..'4,.:.!a•..'.1'..0..;....',,-...i.;,,.?...?;,;'.„`)-.,;/..;..,.Z47 A;.,4,t..0„.;,-.:,.,=i4r,...,:4t,,:$::,:,.,:)v..:A':,4 1,,:Pik'.0•.:,'.t1,o.;:4%•;:;:e2.5....y..':1...i..1::,:W. 1:-g..,.......i...,:„.',,'„.:3•..t .'.g! #:-:;..k.. ,:,?.„f..3„::...„.,,„,:.......„:Y:,..::.:.-;:::-::„:,...:,:.„• (::„•.....,:.:..:..-,...:..:,.:.,:.„.,.:.:.:::.:...::...„.,-.-:„..:.,:.:.„-.:.....„,......,......:..,.:.......:..:„.,:,:-:..:::.•.:-„.--......„.:-.„:::.:..'.::-:„.:'.±..'.:'„;::,..g...:.':.,.:...'..„.'::,:::.•:„:::‘..„.:•':,':,2"..?z....:.:.'.:,.,::...f.....;.,'.:':.:-:,p'”':•.:,''s h..':::.::4 :„'':-:'::.:::;::'•,.?a.:..,".-.:-'"..:4.'",.!:.:.,0"":.::.:.5:,;-.:1.'.•.:4;.:”::.::,.::.,,:.!,:.0,..I:.':.•.::1'.,4'::?:..'g..;4:!....?e,.,...:.'4 1"..t1.•...••g:..O::k-f.:-:;1ji•:.,-::ibe-:.,r:t:,.-e..1;.`,:.:"i::-e"::-4.,.:3:.:..r::g.;:3:„..-:.i,•.::4:;....::;t1..s:.;:1.f:,71:";.r:...'.:,40...i:...k:443.Z.:4...e.:.'k,5.::.it,.,'.:.g4.4.-.'.:...;,4':,;',;i',...J:'.t"..=:.!:%i-0.:‘..e„"3-?J.:jyv 4..-4T..0-...;.,:;X;3*:;4t:,1.,...yx7"M,.l:0:■,".:`1.4';',4e'.,*g4'1,,6.1A.4..4..)r1:,A,49,0.%/A.,).,%,,.;e;':Y,,mi4,."i.:0.,.'o1,,,g.40;.ie.,,1.,`!::,'1?,,44,-Qt;,,,K'4,,-,,,.-:,.!'.*,,-e),,-.:N'.44,,„;'N••-'Ci:,v,‘-,-'1,i;,.i0;N i..q,.',0.kv:,'?o10..1.l1:4'k,4,.,x.0t•,'..4r.-i,;3,,$,,,?.•-."6,','?•,.,V.:,,-:,:%-"z.„.A,:'I.,,:',2..%P„:.:,.-:-;,,;S1...":..4I:"::;t'.:4:.h.'.'...;w:,':-.:.:4:, •.......:.:.::.'..:.:,...'.:-......,',..,',;. ..- ..„ .......,;:i..i.,,,,,;,,,,,,,.,c..,i,....,..,,...,.,,,,.....,.,:.,...,..:..,,,.,,... . . .-.--.....,:/::-::::......y...9:-.4R.RIF:03-,/...,: .:,-r.,:),-----:4,,,,:ogfe*.Y4,,y,..,:i..,,-..---.•-....:,-,.:::- -- . ... • : .- •:.-4.-vo.a.,,,, . - --, .,. .. • .-..... :'..-::::-.f:::•:::-.::::-.:::,:(:-.,:m?i:-.;::,,,•;.,?;,.7,,cin':?&,,ipzt:i,.,: .... • ....-r•.:-.:--••.. ..,: :z..:::m.*0 - • .- • -..-:'-•--.:::-...-:--:-..•:-.•,.::::•:!:•-.: '•:M:,- .46. ),.,.;:$,,,„1:t.:'-.,',,..-:,-:. . - . :- -:. ::•...-::•-•:.-:::::::.:::!(:•••••::::,:::•?:s.:::n.mk':-.00--ov..,4,1:i.:404,...,-;....:: - .- ....„-S.: .:, .. . . • • • - . :: - .. .• .--_-.....:::.--:.:.,.F.::::.--,-6.; :;;:-V-ki,,1,'.'1,4',';'`'98:04','::;.&'.' ' .... . . . ' • ..'”'',..-•::..•.....•••.•;•••0:z.-.7'..:•):.'.1:11-2•,.0 u,•:.,,,W,..,.,,\,,igot.,,,..o.......• • , :•::'...• ......"'...•'.......':::::::•::.•,.... i.vi••;:',....t•Nit,.K .::•?.:4;-,.'i'VEA.T.. . . ...... ::.........-.-.:::::•:..:••••:•-!..i.';?...... .:1::: :,:fv.%',;...:•:•.4-.,,k,•No-mf,:,• • . ,....,...i.;;‘....;;;A:...::.,,.. : . -- . • . • •:-......••••.:,•:.....:•,):•:.::.,.s'i.4`i.'i0;is;O:Iiiattti:•:•;, • ' - ..•••".•••••.rift,...,,y,...s;i*r.::•:.•-,,,,„1-1...11ji.•.•.. ., . ,.,,-,:•,•:'0'Y 4•'k.6. ' . . .. . .• :,,'•=.'.f'.N1,:A.A4',•°'1,40,-:. , . : ,. . -•-.1-•••••-• •••'::::::..i.',,',,k4r„Afod .. . .:. . •••,..:::A*44'`4'-''' '''''----,,'-',Air-,'r - ' --..- k„..,,, , t'.b- ;telt•., t';.-, • ' '•-••:'"- '• .,, •••..... • • . •- ••-.•.-•.-:-.....;;•.,...:-.R.'31;-...:iF.1,,tg,..,•::,1 ..,:4.e..; --,•-•;'.-.•'i''''.., i---4‘,.. .q-1•41fu.,-4-,,,A;, ''..,-_ •-• • . -.-..-•.- '-- ---:.,,,.'-'•.,1r:-..-!,•-I .,'.-Plkt-..'0'.'-‘,A..ak . ',--.:', ,,-.- 1VAL0-1-417''':N',' -" '' . .- .. . • . . . • '• .'' "' " . - -- -:1--'-' ::.--•;.:.;::•-.:::.i.:(4f-,,s'i--s--,',:'.1 , ..:... ... . - .,..,.... • - • --......, 70,)NieL',1Alltip,--iht4Wit,' ' •• : . . . ..-.-.•'...'i.--::::•.to.10 ""A ALVA41.1%i I:: '-'■11.',t$4,,C'',41,00 44,"i 1:■:'.;;;''.••4.-,,,,*•,,,,,,,,-..•vs,.-a.'.,i,t*: ' • '. ., -,,....., --.._._ .. ........... .. ;44,41,11k/,‘,.‘tyi.!!:' •-':•;-.P`11,4i,444;7.44:471r,;•"14A`lbti ':: •••• •„,. .-„,... , ..........:.:::',:. 4..,* ;::;/..;%;;;P:Pk14:01.41.fr'!*(PN„':g.,1/..`'‘''''N'.V.',442:=';:.''..';',V"...,1-'•'`',ri't*611,.... ',.'. •. . "-----_.,.. • • :-.:":..::::;•:Plitik ,.,---,e.,e;:'NgP IZ'illte,,M)! :t v. iz,§0(w0.1,200,41}5i,. A /0',. ,. .,....i, '• . ...... . . li . .. - . • ..... ---. . • •..::-..i.:.-.:::.:.g.11: ..•••...,....•.; .. .......:.,. . .....— ..........,.. . ..,..... . . ..... ....... ;;:lip......,,,$%.,111:-*.-,),0/ .4•,:'.;7.0;4/. .:Vii-,.:.c.'9.,.;V.7..r..*p.11- ,,,14,,,,,,N,..,,-.-3, * g...,,,,,.;-, :. - . ' -• : .'" '''''''''rCA.iiift, i,c'TV61.:tk,:,?V'",1,:r.,n,",-,7,.,.1',W.g,''..-.,,,9-,.P. ,%,...t•-• tea--,•••.: • :. f';''').'1:,1”!S...1*.,44%.44:.::.•,„1,4 1 kvANSIP.g?',...•:•;-1•fot-A•••1'.,•'• ''''''41$,-sl, ''''' ' • • 41.a,, . • 0., . . --..,:s;•,;:e,•11-;.-ph,.4;,..- ,,',4,'-.;$-kVAlti;,.. ou..,,,F.,-0-1.4,,,, ,4, .,..)„.„.,„'.., :.;.. .• 9, . ,-, - ..-... .,-,,.. . • - ''''''e''..,-)-'44-647,0•401k.1.1,..,Vg§,;■:.:4;t":'''4f1V:Aii, ..;-`'.'... -. : ',, . ' ' .--• • "-,1 4 ;-.•..-:-'4,.00 -.,:'-'1,,-. ; ..:V/• ..-.:77--...6,..;,,-.,.:--''*- --..,- ...-,•:. ''...! ‘.,-,."'*:Yr-.',7•:-:. •• - •• o?-1. --" ' A i-,-,.4.„-• 7.'-' ' ' •.- ''' '''''''I'' i - -„q1....,:i*VW,;-,,,,,,,,.xtraly-otz0-.-- . . • •,..... ..... .,,„ai.,,,,,,:...44.,c.,,k4.3.vest...h. -•-•,-. - •...... . . --- -----..w„.4.;•. ••,,.,•,. i,umimilmb • _ . ... .„._........„.....„___ •.., . ,.......,...,, ,,•„: „:„..„,..),,,,,•*.,-,•,..!:;:.A,4••••4„.„....v..„.,,,,•••,,,............... . , • .-.:„.„-;.:.ta..,..„ip.00-4,11,10•„„,,,t,•:,•,.,,,„....„,,,,,. ,...., •-,.----1.6,„,, ._ ,, , : „., . , .,, , , „.,,,.„,,, „, Y.T.,„ ,.:, .,,,. t...,,,,,,, it,,.‘ 4., -V., I kb;'isizf,4 ..v..4 ., • .. •-.-1,414,„''''''';',!':..11i- ili.,'',''.'''kitt.''''',1,'!,4.,i i fa..',,4.,,t-. ..-_1,,-.. . ,:,•,.?..gogek,,04.,0.-:0,..,-ft.k.N,,41.,=; ,,.,....=,, ,,,I.-" t4.:430.&,t, .,-. . ,-.•::::::-.,:::,Jtgatlip-4.,,1,-644114.11,4.40",\0.;0*-,:-:..„..,,,,irb kst.!.460-. . . . .. . '.S',":.::Ni.,,'.', 41:4514 04,04V,„:,r•,§*41,0§4;tekWq 1:,.\,,,,,te,,,,411 ' . '•.,:, ,:50k4,,,Iii.te.,..,H.tt. ''''.`..;-A 4.;i1T.'";..10. ';:Sg:i--;."*.0 -.' ,--i- ,•s,j,,r.,1 . . :ene..giANgV.I'f1:1a;:,:il.':%.!':;.:VONIA',,,,,4tf .. .f4Y,Si ,',:iF,PI:.az,Atik k'•14A Or:-I;' •. \ ' . , , -••••,....•::••t..,'I's,;:•,..-•••••:,...y.---.0:,-,,?•;,•''...11•1:1‘.,.i,A,•,i1•;'.'.A•••••1-,,,, . .. C 1 ■■, . g,s.0.<.T,.,'-" ',:A•-:;,;,:'. :4.k,...i)4*.,.:Ak..itta li,'.4.1,.\'',r• . . • 1,'%Wit. ..,,, . , l'::':.:710?'''rT:41111.Si.74iig.,,Cia C,'al,' ..,,,iri:, • ,. . .,,.,.17,,,q0400fittni$1;:l':•fi'•VATk4,. ''',, ' ' ...''..';'.;:.:1'..0.,'..•1'..V1',f4,■;;:i,t,k1,414 ikiRr: '.;''';'''';'.'.' ' . •■•,j,•:''.5'7•14:.41.01340491.12,42i,StfRWAVRA4CikkatIggeag!'±' . '' ''''.•''''';'''''.1•AK1+1WARtrt TO' tl,',.■''';':••• ,,,,Vgq!.',rntnj.,41..4.0.',43?"'W4.17',I.A■VP.`47,:11447'''''fi''.41".4'''`e4gO■ikre0.•%.,i ' .'.`,'' .0.Z.-'''.,:.•.V.:24 7•,,,Ar.. ..,:T,i%' ,A,A14,Nditt411V....1=k,U,,,V01,;':%,: ',.,'...:Er:',7,i;,,,,,I,,,,y;i:1,..,^1,,:;;..1s,,,?:.;,!:,,:t.:.:5,,I..:,=.:-?'',, .!....V.':::"."1;!'iT'A#16#110, '' ''. ',':'.,"l':',,'':.',,' ., . ','' .' ''' , ' . -, '' ' '1 -. '::' . -......,-,..'''. ::,.:,;•::: " :f.:'7.",''',';';-•"-:''..:'''''.'.-..::-.'.... •,,'.''.1,,,,;;MV■Wc.'r',' • ' .'. , ' , ,,,■-..1,,,.„.. .'..,...,"”• ' '..' . . . • . k ‘..,. ,..' ', ... . .. ... . ., ..,. ,. .Nr.,,,,,.... „.... ,'•',.' , ... .. . 1 . . . • .-. `-.,C.,• . ,, . .. " . ,,,.,,,, . . ,■.,,, .. • .... , . . . : ,... ", . ,,,,,,,,,. , . ,..... ,. .. .., , .. .... .. ... .•, . . • , . .. „.,,,..,,,.. . ,. . .,•. . . . ," ... . .. . . •. .. . .. .• • . . . . ... . . ... ." . . ' • •; •{ •r •i • •' •1 •1 . •r •r •I S • • •(. f •- • • • • Lighting the to • way • • a new world • • •j Since 1972,Philips Lumec has been committed to anticipating and satisfying the lighting needs of highly specialized industries. I Our focus is on developing solutions that respond to those needs.This visionary approach has made Philips Lumec one of the • most respected partners in outdoor lighting in North Arnerica.We do our own R&D and we manufacture our products in-house,this assures that each Philips Lumec luminaire is built to the highest standards using only the best technology and methods.We dynamically practice the arts of lir sustainable design and the science of smart engineering in order to provide our clients with the best lighting products in the world,Philips Lumec actively forges partnerships within the industry in order to engineer lighting solutions that are flexible,environmentally responsible,adaptable,and truly inspired. • • Philips Lumec's history is rich and its influence on the outdoor lighting market is considerable.The employees at Philips Lumec are proud to be associated with the world leader in lighting.Philips provides Lumec with a leading position in the Canadian decorative and functional outdoor • lighting market,offering both contemporary and traditional luminaires,as well as a major role in the United States.Our products can be found • everywhere around the globe,as shown by our varied projects in Asia,Mexico and the Caribbean, • • www.lumec.com • • • • MetroScape 15 • • • • • I • ( • { • . I • �• i • ( • i0 t • , , • • • www.tumec.carn . f. • PHILIPS LUMEC HEAD OFFICE ONTARIO OFFICE MEXICO OFFICE • 610,Cur&Boiv:n Boulevard 189 Burock Drive Zempoala 4217 Bo'sb iand,Quabec Markham,Ontario Col.Anennr Sales(Mary le) Canada J7G 7A7 Canada L3P IW1 Mexco,OF 03010 • T:450.430. 1: 5 5551.5242 • F:450.430.141450 T:116.223.7255 53 F:856.971.2825 F:4 450.971.2816 1.2816 For the detain of ox dfercnt agents and repaesentatines,pease comfit the Contact us section ( 0 of ourWebs'te. O 2011 Ph him Group. ( • All tights reserved.We resent the right to change dela Is of des'gn,materials and(fishes_ ( • t • • The management at Philips Lumec has taken on official position towards sustainable development and has signed a pubhcty available document to ensure that all Its activities tend towards that goal.f Guded by I our corporate phi ssnph:es.Ph I ps t i in er cormas itself to elaborate irno nose and told initiatives that wll lake ad/an:age of our team:ark so thsl lot therv.e atl adopt a responsble beha,.ior to Hards society and the erri t nnaarL The cF 7`ce to use 100%reeyded paper for th's trod-um u an example of the acl'or s that Mil pan Lurnec has If, . usdeda'7n in the scope of its dedcatnn towards susta rubl_de elprnent LA's g this paper reduced our ecolog.nel footprint of ( • A rizo ••S 1A 304 kg 30 043 L f��r 789 kg trees solids water atmospheric waste emissions ( • (. ( • • • ( • PHILIPS / RECYCLED I • �� Pf;vralafrcn LU11x1EC rs� o� 10021 FSC C100216 • • • • • • • • • •1 • fSPR4D-12.5-GFI-MOD-LBC3-SKIRT-BKTX-LB(LESS BASE) I . ROUND STEEL POLE > SPR4- Optional base covers Specifications; 10' Pole;made from a one-place,4"round(102 rem)tube of high-tensllecarbon steel sealed bya rolled and flattened • ,..f vertical weld seam and welded to both the top and bottom zi t R of a steel anchor plate.A2"b e 4172"(Sib 114 mm)maintenance =r �3 b[ I[5 C t� opening Is complete with cover and copper ground lug. •' 1 of.,- r l n• 1 l M. 1 1 n• r s"'°! n" ! l°6=-i o"°! Bare cover;square base cover made front two pieces of formed aluminum mechanIcally fastened to the base with stainless steel • 1.80 18C2 LBCa t8C4C hardware. Finish:See page 142 for Finish details. Options: -- Base details DE; Pole buried 5'(1524 mm)In the ground (see page 133) • 1.S: Provision for loudspeaker outlet a (see page 132) • G PH7; Button-type photoelectric cell Standard S (specify operating voltage) base cover g PH8: Quarter-turn type photoelectrkcell 3 m (specify operating voltage) ril DR: Duplex receptacle(120V line voltage.only) • AIMNIMMI GPI: DR with common ground fault interrupter ���� (120V line voltage only) BA: Banner arm(see page 136) • PS: Plant support(see page 137) MPL: Mid-pate luminalre 411 Two-place round decorative base covers: /BCI: Cast-aluminum • v,ve.va/35/16'(Bl mm)f 1.8C2: Cast-aluminum LBC Cast-aluminum Ode � i --e? B(216 to mm) 1.13C401 Cast-aluminum Note:The recommended method for calculating EPA(Effective • s 1 Projected Area)IsIn accordance with AASHT0200)standards:for a 3 s ) three seconds,the pole Is tested In wind gusts equivalent to the • _ d -y strongest winds on record over the past SO years,and with a SO i _ pound load(22.7 kg)placed at 1 foot(305 mm)above Its center. E E•' C E N eE m V O • Cl 1 _V U Comes with 4 anchor bolts, 0 10" 8 nuts and 8 washers. (254 mm) B.C.from:6 3/4"to 101/2"(171 to 267 met) 0 -CATALOG NOMINAL TENON WALL EPA RATING iii NUMBER HEIGHT SECTION THICKNESS WEIGHT 90 MPH 110 MPH 120 MPH 150 MPH ANCHOR BOLTS •! ft m in mm In mm lbs kg sq.ft sq.ft sq.ft sq.ft in mm SPR4D-8 8 2.44 4 102 0.120 3.0 55 25 24.8 16.65 13.96 8.95 3/4-20 19-508 ( SPR4D-10 10 3.05 4 102 0.120 3.0 65 30 19.38 12.85 10.71 6.81 3/4.20 19.508 SPR4N-10 10 3.05 4 102 0.180 4.8 94 43 28.85 19.4 16.27 10.44 3/4.20 19.508 r SPR4D-12 12 3.66 4 102 0.120 3.0 75 34 15.49 10.1 8.33 5.24 3/4-20 19-508 SPR4N-12 12 3.66 4 102 0.180 4.8 110 50 23.34 15.54 12.96 8.27 3/4-20 19-508 e SPR4D-14 14 4.27 4 102 0.120 3.0 85 39 12.55 798 6.49 4.01 3/4-20 19-508 SPR4N-14 14 4.27 4 102 0.180 4.8 125 57 19.2 12.61 10.44 6.61 3/4-20 19-508 ( SPR4V-14 14 4.27 4 102 0.250 6.4 160 73 26.35 17.6 14.69 9.4 3/4-20 19-508 III 5PR40 15 15 437 4 102 0.120 3.0 90 41 11.31 7.08 5.73 3.5 3/4.20 19.508 SPR4N•1S 15 4.57 4 102 0.180 4.8 133 GO 17.47 11.38 9.36 5.9 3/4-20 19-508 . SPR4V-15 15 4.57 4 102 0.250 6.4 170 77 24.1 16.02 13.32 8.48 3/4.20 19-508 SPR4D-lb 16 4.88 4 102 0.120 3.0 95 43 10.24 6.31 5.02 3.03 3/4-20 19-508 110 SP84N-16 16 4.88 4 102 0.180 4.8 140 64 15.98 10.3) 8.45 5.28 3/4-20 19-508 SPR4V-16 16 4.88 4 102 0.250 6.4 180 82 22.17 14.63 12.15 7.72 3/4.20 19.508 • SPR4D-18 18 5.49 4 102 0.120 3.0 105 48 8.15 4.77 3.69 2.12 3/4-27 19-686 SPR4N-18 18 5.49 4 102 0.180 4.8 155 70 13.05 8.19 6.62 4.05 3/4-27 19686 SPR4V-18 18 5.49 4 102 0.250 6.4 200 91 18.3 11.88 9.77 6.14 3/4-27 19-686 • SPR4D-20 20 6.10 4 102 0.120 3.0 115 52 6.43 3.5 2.56 1.36 3/4-27 19-686 SPR4N-20 20 6.10 4 102 0.180 4.8 170 77 10.65 6.46 5.11 3.03 3/4.27 19.686 • SPR4V-20 20 6.10 4 102 0.250 6.4 220 100 15.16 9.65 7.84 4.85 3/4-27 19-686 IIDi liltPS Note:pktps Lumec reserves the right to maid),the atarc delai!s to reflect changes in the cost of • mateuatsand/or production and/ordrs:gnv6thoutpror notice. P25 > POLE AND BRACKET GUIDE LLIIAEC • • S S • . • • • City of Salina Pole I! _ • Base&Bolts Information Anchor Plate Free opening . 3 fro i B.C.: 89mm4 8 0 • 112"(216mm) a 3(76mm) I�l Pole Shaft Section • Projection -Thickness: Tr 5/8116mm) r r r - `' -NOTE: Comes with 4 steel anchor bolts,3/4' Bolt Circle Allowed: lf�--- � i ■ 0 X 17"+3",8 nuts and 8 washers. 6 314"to 10 1/2" I j mportant:Do not obstruct space 171mm to 267mm I 9 5/8V between anchor plate and concrete 244mm base. • Onµf 0144. • Qty 1 Pole SPR4D-12.5-LBC3-BKTX I 1 • �`°°o' Description of Components: • Pole Shaft: Shall be made from a 4" (102mm) round high tensile carbon steel tubing, • having a 0.120" (3.0mm) wall thickness, welded to both the bottom and top of the anchor plate. E •n • Maintenance Opening: The pole shall have a 2" x 4 1/2" (51mm x 114mm) • maintenance opening centered 20" (508mm) from the bottom of the anchor plate, complete with a weatherproof aluminum cover and a copper ground lug. Base Cover: Two piece round base cover made from cast 356 aluminum, • mechanically fastened with stainless steel screws. . Note: A tenon will be provided when the luminaire or bracket does not fit directly on \ • pole shaft.Tenon not shown on the drawing. • IMPORTANT: Philips Lumec strongly recommends the installation of the complete lighting assembly with all of its accessories upon the anchoring of the pole. This will I ensure that the structural integrity of the product is maintained throughout its lifetime. ( • _ . ( 5 ( • i r 5.11 I • 406rn mmA • • • • • • • I'• SPEC20120712_091529_10361_0 PHILIPS 1 07-13-2012 Page 1 /2 840,cure-Boiwin L IJ in EC Boisbriand(Quebec) Canada,J7G 2A7 • • • • • • • O City of Salina Pole S • Miscellaneous • Description of Components: • Hardware: All exposed screws shall be stainless steel with Ceramic primer-seal basecoat to reduce seizing of the parts.All • seals and sealing devices are made and/or lined with EPDM and/or silicone. Finish: Color to be black textured (BKTX) and in accordance with the AAMA 2603 standard. Application of a polyester power coat paint (4 mils/100 microns) with ± 1 mils/24 microns of tolerance. The Thermosetting resins provides a discoloration resistant finish in accordance with the ASTM D 2244 standard, as well as luster retention in keeping with the �( ASTM D 523 standard and humidity proof in accordance with the ASTM-D2247 standard. The surface treatment achieves a minimum of 2000 hours for salt spray resistant finish in accordance with the tests performed and the ASTM-6117 standard. lit Quality Control: The manufacturer must provide a written confirmation of its ISO 9001-2008 and ISO 14001-2004 International Quality Standards Certification. Web site information details: / ISO 9001-2008 Certification / ISO 14001-2004 Certification i • i' Ilk r w i • • SPEC20120712_091529_10361_0 PHILIPS 07-13-2012 Page 2/2 640,Cure-Boil/1n • U IM E BcoalnsabdrlaanL(Ou2eAb7ec) S • S I • • • l , . • • i • I • BA > POLE OPTION DETAILS • BAS/BAD>BANNER ARMS — Specifications: a shown hereon es strofght roundpa:e turner's Banner Arms BAS/BAD are designed to fit an a round,tlutedsquare • BASXX>Single banner arm and multi-sided pole,using a central tubing inserted through two opposite • pptE 1318°(35 mm}holes. °� b The aluminum banner arm(11fl6"diameter(27mm))easily siipfitsInto the central tubing and it is secured with the attachment h stainless steel hardware. �-CEA 6 xX° g y I rf- T-AitACAITT //�Y/��.' Completing the installation are two end-of--arm decorative casting. BADXX>Double banner arm Consult factory for all banner arm heightuand orientations. 1 ` o4 Y 0 OptionalUty Flower end•ofarm casting available(LF option). l r Xx' s xx Specify width of banner(s)an the Xx dlmenoion In theordering number. • Order Banner in 1'(25 mm)increment s only(ex:BASH) >tumeestrongly recommends that the bonrserarm should beat least S feet Drconarrvr from the ground. stin-OE-Arm UST-AEUM�NUM Decorative end-of-arm option BAlt ii BAS(2}/BAD(2)>BANNER ARMS Specifications: • a shown hereon o stra:ghl round pota Lumec's Banner Arms BAS(2)/BAD(2)are designed to fit on a round,fluted, ..... 'BAS(2)XX>Single banner arm scum re and multi-sided pole,using a central tubing inserted through two opposite 13/8'(35 mm)holes. • The aluminum banner arm(11/16'diameter(27 mm))easilyslfp-fits Into the �, cu �ci central tubing and It is secured with the attachment by stainless steel hardware. .• t ' Completing the Installation are two end•of•arm decorative casting. . ® xx° �E Consult factory for all banner arm heights and nd orientations. j ' BAD(2)XX>Double hannerarm Optional Lily Flower end-of-arm casting available(IF option). •• avx Specify width ofbanner(s)as the xx dimension In the ordering number. ( ® 0==.2r1)===0 Order Banner In I'(25 mm)increments only(ex:BAS(2)11) xx• r I toe' t >tumecstronglly recommends that the banner arm should be at least 8feet I from the ground_ t Decorative end-of-arm option LF ( BABS(2)I BAWD)>BREAK-AWAY BANNER ARM — Specifications: >shown here on ostro!ghtfound Fo.!e Lumec's Break-Away anner Arms BABS /BABD g y p} (2}aredesi ned to fit on a (. BASB(2)XX>singlebannerarm round,fluted,squareandmulti-sided poles,using a central tubing inserted through two opposite 1 3/8"(35 rem)holes with a cable-secured break-away lower arm. ) aoi .4____—_0 The aluminum banner arm[I 1/16"diameter(27 mm))easily clip-fits Into the central tubing and it is secured with the attachment by stainless steel hardware. ( t • Xx Completing the lnstallationare twaend-of-arm decorative casting. • 4% BABD(2)XX>Double banner arm Consukfactoryforallbannerarmhelghtsandarlentatlons. I. t OptionalUlyFlowerend-of--armcastingavallable(LFoption}. ( 0 ���� Specify width of ba n n er(s)as the x x dimension In the ordering number. ceiprp I r t JJ Order Banner to 1"(25mm)Increments only(ex:BA65(2)fl) . • ' a Lumec strongly recommends that the banner arm should be at least 8feet t ( Decorative end-of•amroption cL • SAFETY CAKE-/ LF •BAE>BANNER ARM WITH EYELET — Specifications: >shown hereonestmight round foe Lumec's Banner Arms BAR is designed to fits on a round,fluted,square and multi. - ( 0 BAEXX>Single banner arm sided poles,using a banner arm fitter Inserted through two opposite 13/8` ,,,1 ��� (35 mm)holes completed with eyelet below banner arm Installed on pole. L ._sn� The aluminum banner arm[11/16'diameter(27 mm))easilyslip-fits into the • �� l is xx- central tubinganditinsecuredwiththeattachmentbystainlesssteelhardware. I Completing the installation am two end-of-arm decorative casting. 4 • ® I BAEXX>Double ba nne r a rm Consult factory for all banner arm heights and orientations. Optional Uly flower end-of-arm casting available(LF option). ( • , Specify svidthofbanner(s)as the xx dimension ln the ordering number.\\\\\E I ra Order Banner in 1'{25 mm)increments only(ex:BASII) Dater >turner strongly recommends that the banner arm should beat least 8 feet from the ground. Decorative end-of-arm option [ LF • PHILIPS i • Note:phNips tumec resents the right to madly the a bete details to reflect changes In the cost of Li IYIEC P6 > POLE AND BRACKET GUIDE materials and/or production and/or design without prim notice. f • 0 I. i. • • . • • • • • • PHILIPS Francais Home • sense and simplicity • THE CO2.IPANY PRODUCTS DOCUMENTS TO DOWNLOAD LEARNING CENTER CONTACT US REPZONE 'Usamame • •""' ,t PHILIPS eproducts/Surface and Finish/LUMISEAL"' •'' LUMISEALTM • LUMISEAL'" Luminaires - +111ew Products ' — The lumiseal'"coating,which Is one of the four steps In tire surface i,All Products in! v 6 treatment process used for aluminum,is the catalyst for a chemical srArchlte<turat Products IIPI reaction during the electrostatic application of the Lumital'"finish.This ( b '° s tq reaction increases both the protective capacity of the coating and the p9Public Products �7 pp adherence of the finish,creating a bond between the material and the 1ri Traditional Products •r 1� 3 � �,• finish.The surface treatment process for steel Involves six steps, r r 4 '� Including hot phosphating.This process deposits a layer of zinc l”Contemporary Products • r `f; phosphate that will protect the surface finish against corrosion In case Epoilards and Light 1" {���.}{ ] the surface finish Is damaged.• ,fy t`'r1 •-! 9 Columns .. 11:::)1, & ] ' trWall sconces • _,�-gptl riPoies and Brackets • Lighting Sources Fr UfeLED"' • D Cosmopolis 01 Rinduction Lamps Si Conventional • Controls •1 err Dynadimme r Illr;Solar Solution �� Surface and Finish tiColor Chart • Ef Lumital'" Lumiseal'" •i If Maintenance • tzSurface Cleaning Si Restoring Gloss . !How to remove stickers or IIIadhesive tape Ask UHow to remove graffiti 5)Large Surface • Repairs • LiSmail Surface Repairs • ;,Efficiency Legislation • ',Terms and conditions nWarranties ergailast manufacturers • • • • • • • • • • • PHILIPS Francais Home sense anti simplicity •( THE COMPANY PRODUCTS DOCUMENTS TO DOWNLOAD LEARNING CENTER CONTACT US REPZONE Usemame ---_-..':i p 4 / PHILIPS , i1 { 'r LUIttIEC . Products/Surface and Finish/Lomita!". • Lumital TM ,r Luminaires LUMITAL"' ttNew Products Whatever project you design,lighting fixtures should not be chosen BAH Products 1` solely on the basis of their Illumination characteristics.A positive first OArchitectural Products impression is crucial,which Is why the quality of the finish is so Important.Philips Lumec's ongoing product improvement program has MsPublic Products led to the development of a complete surface finish system for exterior E1Tradit onal Products applications:the Lumital'"process. • ricontemporary Products P' r The Lumital'"textured finish consists of a specially fommtated ',Bollards and Light �, thermosetting polyester resin based powder coating that Integrates Columns 4s hardening agents,pigments and modifying agents.The finish is applied ciwall sconces r to a well prepared surface utilizing our state of the art surface ' treatment and finishing system. LiPoles and Brackets 10 The Lumital"finish has enhanced resistance to ultraviolet rays,salt Lighting Sources spray corrosion and extreme weather conditions.Our products meet PLIfeLED" • both the ASTi4 B1 and ASTM D2247 68 standards. tCosmopolis • ',Induction Lamps ',Conventional • Controls . ilDynadimmer • i(Solar Solution • Surface and Finish "sCoior Chart Lumital" yr Lumiseal" .I raFlalntenance • iiSurface Cleaning It Restoring Gloss • 11 How to remove a stickers or addhesive tape O U How to remove 1 graffiti ti Large Surface • Repairs • U Small Surface Repairs • iiEfficiency Legislation • trims and conditions S InWarranties ',Ballast manufacturers • . - a • • • • • • •. • PHILIPS • •, PHILIPS LUMEC PRODUCT & SURFACE FINISH Of • WARRANTY INFORMATION • •, PHILIPS LUMEC warrants to its Customer only that its products shall be free from defects in material and workmanship (excluding ballasts and photoelectric controls,see below) for a period • of one (i) year from the date of shipment. Subject to the "Surface Finish Warranty Limitations" 1 below, PHILIPS LUMEC warrants the visible painted surfaces of its products,as finally assembled at • site,shall remain free from discoloration,loss of gloss retention,corrosion and lack of adhesion,for a period of five(5)years from date of shipment.In order for a valid warranty claim to be honored,a 1111, detailed description of any defect(s) covered by this warranty must be given within the warranty IP period to PHILIPS LUMEC in writing. If PHILIPS LUMEC determines that the warranty claim is valid and that a defect exists, Philips Lumec, at its sole option, will either refund the purchase price originally paid for the subject product or will repair or replace the defective part or product at i PHILIPS LUMEC's cost,such repair to occur either onsite or,at PHILIPS LUMEC's option,at its factory (should a factory repair be required, product to be removed at Customer's cost and returned to Lumec freight prepaid).The remedy chosen at PHILIPS LUMEC's option shall be Customer's sole and exclusive remedy under this warranty. In no event will Lumec be responsible or liable for any labor 1 costs at site for the removal or replacement of defective products or materials, except for that portion of the cost to repair at site,which Philips Lumec alone determines to undertake hereunder at site (if any). In no event will Philips Lumec ever be liable to Customer or to any other party for 11 any expenses,losses or damages beyond the original cost of the subject product.THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,AND PHILIPS LUMEC DISCLAIMS 1111. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. PHILIPS LUMEC SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIIMS ANY AND ALL LIABILITY FOR SPECIAL,INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, CUSTOMER'S SOLE AND EXCUSIVE REMEDY, AND PHILIPS LUMEC'S LIABILITY, BEING LIMITED TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT AS SET FORTFI, NOT TO •( EXCEED THE ORIGINAL PRICE PAID FOR THE SUBJECT LUMEC PRODUCT. BALLASTS AND PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLS MAY BE COVERED BY SEPARATE WARRANTY FROM • THE MANUFACTURER OF SUCH PRODUCTS, BUT PHILIPS LUMEC SELLS THESE ITEMS CONTAINED WITHIN ITS PRODUCTS "AS IS." PHILIPS LUMEC ACCEPTS NO RESPONSIBILITY OR • LIABILITY WITH RESPECT THERETO. If Customer has a potential ballast or photoelectric control • problem, information on how to assert a claim against the manufacturer of the subject ballast(s) • or photoelectric control(s)will be posted on the manufacturers site. • • 10 1 PHILIPS • LUMEC • 11 • • • r • PHILIPS s • • • SURFACE FINISH WARRANTY LIMITATIONS.Whether the surface finish of a product is defective within the warranty period with respect to"discoloration," "gloss retention"or"corrosion and lack • of adhesion"shall be determined as follows: • Discoloration Discoloration in excess of 5 E units (CIE 1976 CIELAB) as measured using procedure ASTM D 2244, • latest revision, comparing an unexposed sample to an exposed surface after removal of dirt and • chalk. • Gloss retention • A minimum of 3o % gloss retention as measured using procedure ASTM D 523, latest revision, comparing an unexposed sample to an exposed surface after removal of dirt and chalk. • • Corrosion and lack of adhesion Corrosion and lack of adhesion in excess of Rust Grade 5, as measured using procedure ASTM D 6io,latest revision,based on the complete product assembly.For the purpose of this warranty,this • procedure applies to both aluminum and steel. • Not covered by this warranty: ( • • Surface finish on replacement parts not supplied by Lumec. ( • • Damages caused by improper use, negligence, accident, foreign material attached to the • equipment and damages resulting from poor installation. { • Corrosion,flaking or discoloration caused by environmental drops and/or acts of God such {_ • as hail,storm,acid rain,tree sap,water immersion or airborne materials. { . Any metallic color surface finish is covered by a one-year warranty only unless a LUMEC clear t I* coating has been specified,in which event the five(5)year warranty shall apply. i ( O ' • t • t. • • • I • • • • �• PHILIPS • LUMEE • • • • • • • fit PHILIPS .,3 0( LifeLEDTM BY PHILIPS LUMEC • • WARRANTY INFORMATION • COVERAGE When properly installed and under normal conditions of use, Philips Lumec Inc. (herein named • Manufacturer) warrants to its Purchaser that its supplied LED light engine and LED power •' components ("Product(s)") shall be free from defects in material and workmanship in its intended use (normal wear and tear excepted) for an extended period of five (5) years from the date of invoice. et INCLUSIONS upgrade to 10'years Manufacturer's warranty flows only to Purchaser. If any Product covered by this warranty is !r returned by Purchaser in accordance with Manufacturer's Terms and Conditions,including without limitation its return authorization provisions, within the applicable warranty period set forth • above, and upon examination Manufacturer determines to its satisfaction that such Product was defective in material or workmanship at the time of delivery to the Purchaser,Manufacturer will,at its option, repair or replace the Product or the defective part, 'Defective" is considered if five per cent(5%)of LEDs,per luminaire,are non-operating LEDs. If Manufacturer chooses to replace the Product and is not able to do so because it has been discontinued or is not available,Manufacturer may replace it with a comparable product. •�` Where defects In materials,manufacturing or design cause the product/solution failure,they shall • be repaired or replaced at Manufacturer discretion. • Transport related damage is also included in the policy and should be redeemable from our •r transport contracts. • Shipment related to resolving the warranty claim (products to the customer/site, samples back • from customer/site to Philips)is included in the agreed conditions. • EXCLUSIONS • This is a limited warranty, and excludes installation and consequential damages (such as loss of revenue/profits, damage to property or other extended costs not previously mentioned), and is further defined by the limitations and conditions below. 41 • PHILIPS LUMEC • 4 M • • • r PHILIPS • H. Manufacturer shall not be liable for any loss of use of the equipment, inconvenience,or any other damages, wheather direct, indirect, incidental or consequential resulting from the use of this • product, or asiring out of any breach of this warranty. The limited warranty and remedies set herein are exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties whether statutory, express or implied including all warranties of merchantability and Fitness for particular purpose and wall warranties arising from course of dealing or usage of trade.No person,agent,distributor,dealer or company is • authorized to change, modify or extend the terms of this limited warranty in any matter • whatsoever. • For purposes of clarity,"repair or replace the Product or the defective part thereof"does not include • any reinstallation costs or expenses,including without limitation labor costs or expenses. This limited warranty does not cover the following: • 1. Product failure caused by faulty power supplies, overheating caused by improper installation, omission of heat sink parts or misapplication/omission of heat transfer compound. • 2. Failure caused by fires, misuse, accidents,abuse, neglect, mishandling, misapplication, improper handling/installation incurred by the user/installer or Acts of God (such as lightning or fluctuations in electrical power). ± • 3. Products which have been modified or have had the serial number altered,defaced or «. rendered illegible. •4. Product is left operating in conditions/requirements other than those mentioned in respective product brochures or user manuals. 40 5. The product has been serviced by personnel not authorized by Philips Lumec. • LIMITATIONS AND CONDITIONS • Products/Solutions should be used within their specifications(e.g.Temperature,water ingress and other extreme conditions, Indoor/outdoor, up-lighting/downlighting, etc.) and according to application guidelines. Warranty becomes void if the product is mis-applied. Warranty will also be • voided should the customer fail to appropriately maintain their installation (eg.Changing lamps at • end of life,replacement of components accordingly applications guidelines,etc.) This warranty applies only to the repair or replacement of the product and only when the product • is properly handled, installed and maintained according to Manufacturer instructions. Purchaser • must notify us in writing within 30 days of noticing the defect.We reserve the right to change the warranty period without prior notice and without incurring obligation and expressly disclaim all • warranties not stated in this limited warranty. • Philips Lumec cannot be held liable for electrical supply conditions, including supply spikes, over- i • voltage/under-voltage and Ripple Current control systems that are beyond the specified limits of • the products and those defined by relevant supply standards(e.g.EN 50160 norms). • • PHILIPS I LU/TIEC • • • • • • • • • PHILIPS • Locally sourced or modified products must be approved, along with the supplier, by the relevant •f RBU to be supported by this policy. If the supplier and/or product is not approved by the relevant RBU then all warranty risks related to the product must be carried by the sales organization that sells the product. 40 This policy does not warrant consumables such as lamps, igniters, capacitors and other generally replaceable consumable items. Such items may carry a separate warranty which may differ from this policy. •,! Philips Lumec reserves the right to make the final decision on the validity of any guarantee claim. Therefore,it is necessary to return the defective LED fixture,the driver or power data supply and/or the electronic control gear to Philips Lumec for analysis. Please contact Philips Lumec for more information. 411( • •. • r � i • • 40 • • S • I PHILIPS • LUfEC • • • • • • City of Salina,Kansas • Type A3S,MPTRCC-35W32LED4KE5-LE3-240-BKTX • NietroScape • Data Sheet • • 20 1/8'(S I 1 mm) 14etroScape is approved trr Of I I I 17 3/4"(451 mm) hn lighting •1 _ I facts r — j M PTR • E V 4 Con'orm to the UL 1593 and CSA C22.21 o.2500-03 standards • E J + Su la!'e fx opereten'v.rn¢n:Oent tempereture up to 40-C 1104'F•UL tented , h • i (R.ns cool Cn zmost every d pate) E / The Mot oScape meets the ANSI CI 36.3I-hYN Cello 2,A...efi:an NaoonJ 5tend.vd for ' 1;•.' 2.L.r!°1 Ros..•rry Lon'',ireV,Lration sped4et,ons for de to orpsss spy cat;ons(tested for 33 [...IV- arr 100 CC0 fides t/an independent rah) •t. n-, EPA: s( 1.97 sq ft co N Weight: •; _�_ 31.1 Ibs(14.1 kg) Ilk •(. LED Lamp Details 111( LED=Philips Lumileds Rebel ES,CRI=70,CCT=4000K(+/-350K) System(LED+driver)rated life= 100,000 hrs' Typical Typical Typical Typical Typical Luminalre • Lamp Typical delivered current current current @ h a LED current lamp system HPS tflicacy lumens' w taage ""age'°r 120 V 240 V 277 V (mA) equivalent (Ranini, (A) (A) (A) • 35W32LEO4KESs 2680 35 45 0.38 0.19 0.16 350 70 W 60 55W32LEO4KES' 3850 55 70 0.58 0.29 0.25 530 100 W 55 Ili55W48LED4KES 4200 55 65 054 0.27 0.23 350 100 W 65 80W48LED4KES 5950 80, 101 0.84 0.42 0,36 530 150 W 59 •' 70W64LED4KES 5480 70 86 0.72 0.36 0.31 350 100 W 64 �I ' I IOW64LED4KES 7800 110 135 1.13 0.56 0.49 530 200 W 58 Agii( 6950 90 95 0.79 0.40 0.34 350 ISO W 73 NIP 135WBOLED4KES 9850 135 138 IDIS 0.58 0.50 530 250W 71 ii I ,-,0r 100.&50 hrs(al veb'enl lurpera}xc=25°C and s_rva•,l a°sca;=7J?n.A) 2 Hay vv/Cryr.:r:.3 on tiro:op+:-f SyUrtv:t«n wed Ill 3 sy,tnn oat G-dadas b o lanp and Ot LED d4ver: - 4 t fl4'rtd to Capella fect,:7s:ence tho!17 o!nrys be cc'',rred by z pta:;,rch hp•t) 5 IY'.G c;tan a rot o.^hl+t:v.yh 347...3 463 acts S How to calculate the system lumen per watt ratio(LER): First,visit our website at swnv.philips.condlumec and download the IES file(photometric file)of your selected Philips Lumec product,Then,use a photometric software to get the absolute system lumens value 0 and divide by the system wattage,(Example:35W32LED4}(ES:Absolute system lumens/42W=LER) • Optical System Voltages • P Y g S c,.• Composed of high performance acrylic refractors lenses LE2: Asymetrical 120/208/240/277/347'/480' :"......,..4i., to achieve desired distribution,optimized to get maximum • vwww P g LE3: Asyntetrical v tit4i4" spacing.target lumen and a perfect lighting uniformity. Performance shall be tested per LM63 and LM79 andTMIS LE4: Asymetrical • LEDGINE (iESNA)certifying its photometric performance. LES: Symmetrical (square) •1hu!tmr_Iry rr 1-?4e no f'n I�;Lr.n•.c.w.L r.,•:�:v;p: p;:vrd_.__.. • PHILIPS III I MetroScepc `u ME C • • • • • • • • Luminaire Options • • PH8 RC TN3 • TN3.5 • Photoelectric cell Receptacle for Fitter to fit over a 3"(76 mm)O.D. Fitter to ft over a 3 1/2"(89 mm)O.D. . Complete with a decorative cap photoelectric cell by 4"(102 mm)long tenon by 4"(102 mm)long tenon • Allows a 90'rotation • Finials && • ft ag k g i FNC • FNI FN2 11-3 FN4 FN3 FN9 FNIO FNI I Copper-color painted finial • • Advanced Luminaire Solutions • • MetroScape allows you many options in order to get different intelligent functionalities. • DMG Driver is compatible with dimmer from 0 to 10 volts. • CDMG Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pre-programmed scenarios to suit • many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming scenario allowing the user to program up to 5 time periods • and multiple dimming levels from 100%to 10%of total wattage. • OVR Dynadimmer override function offering the possibility to go back to full power at any time via • an electrical signal of 120VAC to 277VAC from a motion sensor;a switch,a relay or else. t CLO Pre-set driver to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs i • offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the lamp. • AST Pre-set driver for progressive start-up of the lamp to optimize energy management and • enhance user visual comfort at start-up. OTL • > Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the lamp for better fixture management. • DALI Pre-set driver compatible with the DALI control system. ' • • Advanced System Solutions • • Different options are available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. . • ( • Advanced City Solutions • AMPLIGHT Amplight is the intelligent monitoring and control,automated management system that • delivers up to 35%streetlight energy savings and makes it easy to monitor and manage • the entire system,in real time.Please contact us for more information. Other options are also available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. • • PHILIPS • 2 MetroScapo LU "C • • • • • • • • • •I • Poles Finish �.� Co,01 t;::F htpl lvrn Pile Gu_'r for detais a-t lie con Wei 0 r GR Gray Sandtex WHTX Textured White .' BKTX Textured Black• GY3TX Textured Medium Grey BRTX Textured Bronze• ill - BG2TX Textured Sandstone BE2TX Textured Midnight Blue 0' BE6TX Textured Ocean Blue iiik I BE8TX Textured Royal Blue GNTX Textured Geen IIIIIIIIIIII-11°- GN4TX Textured Blue Green wir GN6TX Textured Forest Green 0 GN8TX Textured Dark Forest Green •r = A& RD2TX Textured Burgundy ink RD4TX Textured Scarlet Er APR4.LRC3 RA61 R80-TBCI RTA40 TS Hammertone Silver I TG Hammertone Gold ( NP Natural Aluminum •I Ordering example 1110, : Luminaire Lamp Optical System Voltage Driver Options Luminaire Options Pole Finish � 0t. MPTR 42W32LED4KES LE) 120 DMG P148 APR4-LBC4-16 BKTX .I 0( . Assembly examples • 20 610 it • 18 _. V a 7. • 5.49 1.f 11 _ ( 16 p1 ,i 4.88 •r 14 ��� ft II�t 4.27 @ o. - W 3.66 l IN 1' • 3.05 ..1i;1' , 54;- : T I d_cs,t3 1 IF 8 2.44 W 6 n 1.83 / 4 il 1 • i.22 j 0:61 { m MPTR-F1110 i PTR-PH8 1-IPTR 1-IPTR-PH8 t-1PTR-PHB-FNII MPTR 0 CRF-2 RA41 RA61 CRA-IA ' RTA906.BA CRA-2 RTA800 F5 RA804-5AI RTA926 0 • PHILIPS • 3 MetroScipe Lug "C • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • I • • • www.philips.com/Iumec • • PHILIPS LUMEC HEAD OFFICE ONTARIO OFFICE • 640.Cure-Boiain boulevard 169 BsMock Drive Boisbriard,Quebec Markham,Ontario Canada J7G 2A7 Canada L3P IW4 T:450.430.7040 T:416.223.7255 F:450.430.1453 F:066.971.2825 • For the detals of our cff erent agents and represenratses.ptease consult the COMM us sedan of ourVtt:bste. ®2012 PhTps Group A • ll rights resers ed.%'e reserse the right to change detats of design.materials and fishes. i • • • PHILIPS LUUV1EC • • • • • • •• • City of Salina,Kansas F '1 et ro S c a e Type A35n,MPTRCC-35W32LED4KES-LE3-240-BKTX • • Data Sheet p • 0' 20 1/8"(51 I mm) hteb-eSca pe is approed by. I 17 3/1"(451 mm) I lighting • _ ' 1 facts • Alik •l - MPTf� I t O pr Cun'orm to the UL 1598 ersi CSA 012 No.2500-03 ssysdvds i, Stitzbr for optratonin to a:r2rrent tt'psutwe up to 43C110.F-UL cutfed �l CO .---. (Pass cool inenostt.eryd mate) . Ttet'r_VOkrperrcetstFr_AN51CI3631.2JOIf+t7:7,Ansc.wantJationilStr+dn•dfr •.."= t �'• Rnsdrra/Lwn'nare54b.aton spec`cztonsfor Bridaeia.crpss tx-J mto'a(Tested for 30 �l - oar 100 COO odes by en independent lsb) �I co EPA: 1110, CO 197 sq ft Weight: •( — 31.1 lbs(14.1 kg) . •( LED Lamp Details •t LED=Philips Lumileds Rebel ES,CRI=70,CCT=4000K(+A 350K) System(LED+driver)rated life= 100,000 hrs' Typical Typical Typical Typical Typical Luminaire Typical current current current LED lamp system HPS Efficacy Lamp delivered , �,� a yi current wattage wattage' equivalent' Rating s lumens (W) (W) 120 2(A) 2(A)V (m!1) (Lm/W) 01 35W32LED4KES` 2680 35 45 0.38 0.19 0.16 350 70 W 60 SSW32LED4KES` 3850 55 70 0.58 0.29 0.25 530 100 W S5 ( 55W48LED4KES 4200 SS 65 0.54 0.27 0.23 350 100 W 65 ( 80W48LED4KES 5950 80 101 0.84 0.42 0.36 530 150 W 59 70W64LED4KES 5480 70 86 0.72 0.36 0.31 350 100 W 64 I I I0W64LED4KES 7800 110 135 1.13 0.56 0.49 530 200 W 58 ( 90W8OLED4KES 6950 90 95 0.79 0.40 0.34 350 - 150 W 73 135W80LED4KES 9850 135 138 1015 0.58 0.50 530 250W 71 • 1 170=IC071.c'o Ls(et cob-tut I owes attve=25°C rsd rorr..d curer.=700 nA) 2 fury vojct&per.3ra on tioept,d d.;tnlr.,twt used. St. 3:}:tern wilrs1e ind/des the Iarry and the LEU&a. 4 Cure!'d to Capella(n2s•2'_n:e shoal12n*be cordrrr.ed by a pi c.tcnati_Iryo,t) 5 LY tG opfc o s rot 4,11-1-44 with 347.rd 00 vr:hs How to calculate the system lumen per watt ratio(LER): First,visit our svebsite at vnnv.philips.com/lumec and download •( the IES file(photometric file)of your selected Philips Lumec product.Then,use a photometric software to get the absolute system lumens value •t and divide by the system wattage.(Example:35W32LEO4KES:Absolute system lumens/42W=LER) it Optical System Voltages • w= Composed of high performance acrylic refractors lenses LE2: Asymetrical 120/208/210/27/1317h/4801 • "..., .• ,�• �°, to achieve desired distribution,optimized to get maximum 1E3: Asymetricat I t =-' '>•'',er.,..,-> 0 6,d,dwwc' spacing,target lumen and a perfect lighting uniformity. LE4: Asymetrical Performance shall be tested per LM63 and LM79 and TM 15 LES: Symmetrical is LEDGINE (IESNA)certifying its photometric performance. (square) •fixsS-a:_Vy ar-4Ne to Nips Ls,re:vi,Ste v:owi p;vmAreer. • PHILIPS • 1 MetroScape L ii E C 0 •i • • l• • • • Luminaire Options • PH8 RC TN3 TN3.5 • • Photoelectric cell Receptacle for. Fitter to fit over a 3"(76 mm)O.D. Fitter to fit over a 3 12"(89 mm)O.D. Complete with a decorative cap photoelectric cell by 4"(102 mm)long tenon by 4"(102 mm)long tenon • Allows a 90°rotation • Finials • • FNC • FNI FN2 FN3 FNI FN8 FN9 FNIO INI I Copper-color painted finial • • Advanced Luminaire Solutions • MetroScape allows you many options in order to get different intelligent functionalities. • • DMG Driver is compatible with dimmer from 0 to 10 volts, • CDMG • Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pre-programmed scenarios to suit many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming scenario allowing the user to program up to 5 time periods • and multiple dimming levels from 100%to 10%of total wattage. • OVR Dynadimmer override function offering the possibility to go back to full power at any time via • an electrical signal of 120VAC to 277VAC from a motion sensor;a switch,a relay or else. CLO Pre-set driver to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs • offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the lamp. • AST Pre-set driverfor progressive start-up of the lamp to optimize energy management and • enhance user visual comfort at start-up. OTL Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the lamp for better fixture management. • DALI Pre-set driver compatible with the DALI control system. • Advanced System Solutions !► Different options are available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. • • • Advanced City Solutions AMPLIGHT Amplight is the intelligent monitoring and control,automated management system that • delivers up to 35%streetlight energy savings and makes it easy to monitor and manage • the entire system,in real time.Please contact us for more information. Other options ore also available according to your needs.Please contact as for more information. • r • PHILIPS • 2 I"letroScape L u m E C • • • • i S Or •1 •, Poles Finish c ntr;Ow.Fr.!p tmnecPd C•cideIc etriliz-4Yr_conviee1r.or p:4 r. •r GR Gray Sandtex .7' WHTX Textured White • BKTX Textured Black • • GY3TX Textured Medium Grey BKTX Textured Bronze • BGE2TX Textured Sandstone BE2TX Textured Midnight Blue Of BE6TX Textured Ocean Blue BEBTX Textured Royal Blue • GNTX Textured Green • GN4TX Textured Blue Green pi= GN6TX Textured Forest Green { GNBTX Textured Dark Forest Green =!� � RD2TX Textured Burgundy �l RD4TX Textured Scarlet 1 APR1-LBC3 M61 R80-TBCI RTASO TS Hammertone Silver TG Hammertone Gold � NP Natural Aluminum • Ordering example • . �r Luminaire Lamp Optical System Voltage Driver Options Luminaire Options Pole Finish •t MPTR 41W32LEDIKIS L13 120 DMG PHIL APR4•LBG4-16 BKTX ei • Assembly examples •( 20 b 6.10 • = 18 r • 5.44 it ir 16 t -,w,, 4.88 91 1 el• 14 .5._ f. • 4.27 Tf= IS o0 — lif:—.-. 6' • 3.66 ''-d! 1A-3-2 3 io '° °may • 8 2.44 • 6 • 1.83 4 • 1.22 A. { • 11,�11� ,� C 2 rtovrr_ �,LiL 0-61 iauu� j 5��� � f I U • ft {l ) m F1PTR•FNIO r1PTR•PI-18 FIPTR 1-NPTR-PH8 tIPTR.PH8.F14 II t1PTR • CRF•2 RAI1 RA61 CRA•IA RTA906-8A CRA-2 !� RTA800-P5 RA80I•SAI RTA926 • • PHILIPS • 3 Metroscape LVIV1EC i 0 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • www.philips.com/lumec I • PHILIPS LUMEC HEAD OFFICE ONTARIO OFFICE • 640,Cure-Bohan Boulevard 189 Butock Drive Bo;sbrund,Quebec Markham Ontario Canada pc 2A7 Canada L3P 1W4 T:450.430.7040 T:416.223.7255 • F:450.430.1453 F:866.9712825 For the detals of our dfferent*tots and rcpresentatLes,please consul the Contact us section • ofo rWhbsite. • • ®2012 Raps Group. At rights resen¢d.Wre reserve the right to change details of desgrt materials and fnishes. • • i '• PHILIPS • LUIVIEC �• • • I• • • • • , S •i City of Salina,Kansas Ilk City A35p,MPTRCC-35W32LED4KES-LE3-240-BKTX • MetroScape •t Data Sheet •Y 20 1/8" 511 mrn ( mm) I•ictrokapc i.appro•.ccl by. 0 17 314"(451 mm) lighting e' ._ I I facts ON i tnirr.ur.a•e `+ v+ •1 Mk • , } MPTR £ Con'orrn to the UL 1598 and CSA 022.214o.250.0-03 standards Aft t U I E i 1 0 4-F 40-C n (Rt s cool in erase tarry d n3te). ( �` E II 1 The l.ctrcScape melts the ANSI C13631-2001 tale 2,An•erican Natonnt Standard for •�. E I='<ILI t! Poll:az tun'so eV,tratol spec�'cabons for 8ridge/a.erpass appl cat;ons(Tested 6r-30 tl •( f^ IN =•- a.cr 100 000 geld L/an independent lab) ( (`r EPA: •. N 1,97 sq ft • Weight: 31.1 lbs(14.1 kg) •, •l LED Lamp Details • LED=Philips Luntileds Rebel ES,CR1=70,CCT=4000K(+/-350K) System(LED+driver)rated life= 100,000 hrs' • Typical Typical Typical Typical Typical Luminaire Typical current current current LED lamp system HPS Efficacy • Lamp delivered , Cn? (a� current lumens' wattage wattage' 120 V 240 V 277 V (niA) equivalent (Lm/W)Rating • (A) (A) (A) 35W321E04KE51 2680 35 45 0.38 0.19 0.16 350 70 W 60 55W32L.ED4KE51 3850 55 70 0.58 0.29 0.25 530 100 W 55 •I SSW4BLED4KES 4200 5S 65 0.54 0.27 0.23 350 100 W 65 sv(. 80W4BLED4KES 5950 80 101 0.84 0.42 0.36 530 150 W 59 70W64LED4KES 5480 70 86 0.72 0.36 0.31 350 100 W 64 •1 110W641104KES 7800 110 135 1.13 0.56 0.49 530 200 W 58 ( 90W80LED4KES 6950 90 95 0.79 0.40 0.34 350 ISO W 73 135W8011134KES 9850 135 138 1015 0.58 0.50 530 250W 71 • 1 t70=IJtetX)ts(t s;',.ol woptrea.t=755=a•sd f.vn-d.Wr art;=700 n.A) 2 6lay iv/d.:er4rr2O tnopt:ddsNl+rtonwed. t 3 Syue+n watt 5;Bird.rdes6•'e lamp and the LED d6•.er. 4 C:rr.p+-red to C.wl'a(e.s,''cox shade i!nae,Ue cortrnisd by a p'otoo u't Ixrs4) 5 IiI-C c.a::r,:t.ar,t15k v.ith 3i7 and 493oc n •i How to calculate the system lumen per watt ratio(LER): First,visit our website at wssew.phifips.consfluniec and download • the IES file(photometric file)of your selected Philips Lumec product.Then,use a photometric software to get the absolute system lumens value and divide by the system wattage.(Example:35W32LED41(ES:Absolute system lumens/42W=LER) • III Optical O tical S stem Voltages Y g • +7::. Composed of high performance acrylic refractors lenses LE2: Asyntetncal 120/208/240/277/34T!480' ••V�jG ....wet to achieve desired distribution,optimized to get maximum LE3: Asyrnetrical 1 - - - r mar0' spacing,target lumen and a perfect lighting uniformity. Performance shall be tested per L1'163 and LM79 and TMIS LE4: Asyrnetricai • LEDGINE (IESNA)certifying its photometric performance. LES: Symmetrical (square) •Fn.•srrzbr vraF! on Fn'p;L..n wtb see vw,ofr.'ps:.rr•;born:. • PHILIPS • I MetroScape `u IVI 1°C • • • • • • i•. Luminaire Options • PH8 RC TN3 TN3.5 • Photoelectric cell Receptacle for Fitter to ft over a 3"(76 mm)O.D. Fitter to fit over a 3 1/2"(89 mm)O.D. Complete with a decorative cap photoelectric cell by 4"(102 mm)long tenon by 4"(102 mm)long tenon Allowi a 90'rotation Finials • • 4 FNC • FN FN2 FN3 FN4 Fr48 FN9 FNIO FN I Copper-color painted finial • • Advanced Luminaire Solutions • MetroScape allows you many options in order to get different intelligent functionalities. • DMG Driver is compatible with dimmer from 0 to 10 volts. CDMG Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pre-programmed scenarios to suit • many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. C DM G P Dynadimmer custom dimming scenario allowing the user to program up to 5 time periods • and multiple dimming levels from 100%to 10%of total wattage. • OVR • Dynadimmer override function offering the possibility to go back to full power at any time via • • an electrical signal of 120VAC to 277VAC from a motion sensor or switch,a relay o else. t CLO Pre-set driver to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs I • offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the lamp, i • AST Pre-set driver for progressive start-up of the lamp to optimize energy management and enhance user visual comfort at start-up. OTL Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the lamp for better fixture management. • DALI • Pre-set driver compatible with the DALI control system. • I C Advanced System Solutions • Different options are available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. • Advanced Cit y Solutions • • AMPLIGHT Amplight is the intelligent monitoring and control,automated management system that • delivers up to 35%streetlight energy savings and makes it easy to monitor and manage the entire system,in real time.Please contact us for more information. Other options ore also available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information, • t i• PHILIPS • 2 IletroScape L U M '.'r C is • • • • • 0 • • Poles Finish C-r.$t the F1.1p;Lax,Pak Gikf—deals 2.-4 the con,p'e In:ddie!. ••; GR Gray Sandtex WH- • BKTX Textured White 0' BKTX Textured Black - BRTX Textured Medium Grey BRTX Textured Bronze �1 - BG2TX Textured Sandstone BE2TX Textured Midnight Blue •' BE6TX Textured Ocean Blue BE8TX Textured Royal Blue • GNTX Textured Green GN4TX Textured Blue Green `' GN6TX Textured Forest Green 0 illp GN8TX Textured Dark Forest Green —A _ in Textured Burgundy • RD4TX Textured Scarlet APR9-18C3 RA61 R80TBCI RTA40 TS Hammertone Silver TG Hammertone Gold NP Natural Aluminum •, Ordering example • Luminaire Lamp Optical System Voltage Driver Options Luminaire Options Pole Finish • MPTR 42W32LED4KES LE3 120 DMG P148 APR4-1.0C4.16 BKTX •• Assembly examples • 20 6.10 IF 18 I G 11 • 5.49 If i • 16 I 4.88 ', 17 • 14 4.27 it o. • I 17 , 3.05 ° • 8 IL'-u,3 2.44 • 6 • 1.83 4 • 1.2.2 11 NM -7 ., 1 0.61 is, 0 • 1t I� s= iM m PlPTR-FlJIO t9PTR-PH8 MPTR t-IPTR-PH8 14PTR-P118-FN II IJPTR • CRF-2 FtA41 •RA6I CRA-IA RTA906•BA CM-2 RA804•SAI R1A926 • • PHILIPS • 3 MetroScape `U IIIIIIE C • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • I • • • • • • • 1 • • • • • www.philips.com/Iumec S PHILIPS LUMEC HEAD OFFICE ONTARIO OFFICE • 640.Curi•Boivin Boulevard 189 Mock Drisc Boisbriand,Quebec Markham.Ontario Canada JIG 2A7 Canada L3P 1W4 T:450.430.7040 7:416.223.7255 • F:450.430.1453 F:866.971.2825 { • For the detals of oir&recent agents and representathes.ptease consult the Contact us section • darVAtcbsite. ®2012 Philips Group A • ll rights reserved.■s'e reserve the right to change detaas of dct natcriais and fmishcs. i • • I • PHILIPS • LUMEC • • • I ,• i • • • •. • IfCity of Salina,Kansas 1 "1 et ro S c a e Type A35t,MPTRCC-35W32LED4KES-LE3-240-BKTX 40, Data Sheet IV 20 1/8"(51 I mm ( mm) I•1"lrJScdpe ii 2ppr0'.ed fib •I 1 I 17 3/4"(451 mm) '' htI(, 61 _ 1 1 lighting •• — j' /'t"::' M PTR Con'orm to the D.1592 and CSA 022.2 No.2500-03;tat-Ards •, E Sot,•!!for operation in an a'rbent tmptra4are 41040'0/104'f-UL cer tfrd II (Wra coot in,'cont nc y d note). 411 E 1, _�I_ 1he t4etro5c ape rneets the ANSI 013631-2091 tatte 2,American Nafonal Standard for i 1�• �,:=L�L..� PO3i:ra/Lunn nj reW;ration spcci`ezCOns for Rrittloarrpass epr-,tta•.ons,(it sted for 3� • v o::r 107 Cc0 fides by an inlrcndcnt lab) w EPA: N 1.97 sgft Weight: � 31.1 Ibs(14.1 kg) — — • • LED Lamp Details •1 LED=Philips Lumlleds Rebel ES,CR1=70,CCT=4000K(+/-350K) System(LED+driver)rated life= 100,000 hrs' ( Typical Typical Typical Typical Typical Luminaire • Typical current current current LED lamp system HPS Efficacy Lam p delivered , @ @ n current wattage wattage equivalent' Rating lumens' (W) (W) 120 2`A 0)V 2(A) (m A ) (Lm/W) • 35W32LED4KES' 2680 3S 45 0.38 0.19 0.16 350 70 W 60 S5W32LED4KESs 3850 SS 70 0.58 029 0.25 $30 100 W 5$ 4. 55W48LED4KES 4200 SS 65 0.54 0.27 0.23 350 100 W 65 • E0W48LED4KES 5950 80 101 0.89 0.42 036 530 ISO W 59 70W64LEO9KE5 59E0 70 • 86 0.72 0.36 0.31 350 100 W 64 • I I0W64LED4KES 7800 110 135 1.13 0.56 0.49 530 200 W 58 �' 90W8OLED4KE5 6950 90 95 0.79 0.40 0.34 350 150 W 73 13SW80LED4KE5 9850 135 138 1015 0.58 0.50 530 250W 71 • I t7)=1 mccc 1"a(at uobtnt trm,x,atan.=2557.and is ,-d new.:=700nA) 2 I9;y'n1 d y.erdrt on vto cytca s:tctut'cn ti:cii 3 System watt-Lit;hid.r:e:the ltcp and the LED drl tr. 4 Compared to Capella(eLiimkr.:t shoed!?}.ayae corJ,nad by a 0.0tocr_ce isyaal) 5 D!ICc,r.n is rot a'aU'..It vrtis 397 and 402 wt.; •, How to calculate the system lumen per watt ratio(LER): First,visit our website at v/<vw.philips.com/lumec and download • the IES file(photometric file)of your selected Philips Lumec product.Then,use a photometric software to get the absolute system lumens value t and divide by the system wattage.(Example:35W32LED4KES:Absolute system lumens/42W=LER) • Optical System Voltages • Nm..�:" Composed of high performance acrylic refractors lenses LE2: Asymetrical 120/208/240/277/347'/4801 Z.'..410.a to achieve desired distribution,optimized to get maximum o ow P g LE3: As)nletricai • •ewe spacing.target lumen and a perfect lighting uniformity. Performance shall be tested per LM63 and LM79 and TM 15 LE4: Ayymetical • LEDGINE (IESNA)certifying its photometric performance. LES: Symmetrical (square) •Iiataeetr/.._r l r.on Pill ps tr.eiN%:e6 s:+cw.'ph 7.6'nt.n:z,. • PHILIPS • I Mctroscape L U 1V1 E C • • • • • • • • Luminaire Options !• p • PH8 RC TN3 TN3.5 Photoelectric cell Receptacle for Fitter to fit over a 3"(76 mm)O.D. Fitter to fit over a 3 I/2"(89 mm)OD. i• Complete with a decorative cap photoelectric cell by 4"(102 mm)long tenon by 4"(102 mm)long tenon l• Allows a 90'rotation 40 Finials • • FNC • FNI 1N2 FN3 FNI ENS FN9 FNIO FN II Coppencotor painted finial • • Advanced Luminaire Solutions • MetroScape allows you many options in order to get different intelligent functionalities. • • DMG Driver is compatible with dimmer from 0 to 10 volts. • CDMG Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pre-programmed scenarios to suit • many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming scenario allowing the user to program up to 5 time periods • and multiple dimming levels from 100%to 10%of total wattage. i • OVR Dynadimmer override function offering the possibility to go back to full power at any time via an electrical signal of 120VAC to 277VAC from a motion sensor,a switch,a relay or else. • CLO ; Pre-set driver to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs • offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the lamp. • AST Pre-set driver for progressive start-up of the lamp to optimize energy management and enhance user visual comfort at start-up. OTL Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the lamp for better fixture management. • DALI Pre-set driver compatible with the DALI control system. • Advanced System Solutions • Different options are available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. • Advanced City Solutions Sluti • • AMPLIGHT Amplight is the intelligent monitoring and control,automated management system that I • delivers up to 35%streetlight energy savings and makes it easy to monitor and manage • the entire system,in real time.Please contact us for more information. Other options are also available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. • I• PHILIPS • 2 MetroScape L U M E C • • • • • •; •1 •, Poles Finish - Csi th!i t I p:lumec P.I Gr'!�fs,7 det:k a4 tt.t cenclee It efNiet. 0 GR Gray Sandtex ■ WHTX Textured White •' BKTX Textured Black • GY3TX Textured Medium Grey • BRTX Textured Bronze BG2TX Textured Sandstone BE2TX Textured Midnight Blue O :110E.' BEbTX Textured Ocean Blue �� BE8TX Textured Royal Blue GNTX Textured Green GN4TX Textured Blue Green GN6TX Textured Forest Green 0 1 GN8TX Textured Dark Forest Green • =�■ " � RD2TX Textured Burgundy II — RD4TX Textured Scarlet APR4-LBC3 RA6I R80T8CI RTA40 TS Hammertone Silver •; TG Hammertone Gold NP Natural Aluminum 0( Ordering example •: ,( Luminaire Lamp Optical Voltage Driver Luminaire System Options Options •,( MPTR 42W32LED4KES LE3 120 MG PH8 APR4-LBC4-16 BKTX 0( •( Assembly examples •I 20 = 6.10 i'�, • • 18 5.18 �,� 11r – p U. �I rc�` 411 16 W W 4.88 ,..,,!f_. s 14 •� 0 12 4.27 'f vs ‘ r T ill •i 3.66 �I, 3.05 a" r •I a X23. 8 l ( 2.44 • •( 6 N • • •. .83 14 _ j i • 1.22 t. A ■ it I �' 0.61 „r.4., �m ' �l • - 1 ft ��-W m MPTR-FNIO MPTR-PH8 I-IPTR t-IPTR-PH8 P1PTR-Pi-18-FIJI I 14PTR • CRF-2 RA41 PA6) CRA-IA RTA906•BA CRA-2 RTA800 PS RA8O-1•SAI RTA926 • • PHILIPS • 3 MetroScapc L U IVI E C - • • • I • • • • • • • • • • I• • 1 • • • • • • • • • • I • www.philips.com/Iumec • • PHILIPS LUMEC HEAD OFFICE ONTARIO OFFICE • 640,Curd-8&v n Boulevard 189 Bui!ock Drive Boisbriard.Quebec Ma,kham.Ontario 5 Canada pG 2A7 Canada L3P 1W4 T:450.430.7040 T:416.223.7255 • F:450.430.1453 F:866.971.2825 For the deals of ctrditrent agcnts and representati.es,pease consuft the Contact cor us set • of ou-Wbske. • (�2012 Ph'!'ps Group. All rights reserved.Vse reserve the right to change detals of design,nuter1a1s and fn:shcs. • • • PHILIPS • LUMEC I • • • • • • • •, •• •I •i City of Salina,Kansas • 1 '1 etro S cape Type AS5,MPTRCC-55W32LED4KES-LE3-240-BKTX •' Data Sheet 0- •' r 20 118"(S I 1 mm) I t.letro5capc is appra,cd by. • �•••. 17 3/9"(451 mm) lighting • _ ' ' facts • Afft • _ M PTR • Cor'orrn to the UL 1593 a.'4 cSA C22.2 N3 7500-09 staMartt • U I i Su4e:le/a opera^on in an bi,15ent ten•ptr etae cp to 40'C/104'F-UL ecrtfed { 00 r (Rums cool in a host eery d mate). Ert ' The htetrosczpe rncets the ANSI C13631-3031 tette 2,7vrerican NatonJ Standard for ( '�'--.!'Kr' Rocl ay lcrn*naretitration sy-d•catbns for Bridae/oserpus aNe cators(re:tcd for 33 �_ E. `—r'� CO.,!,100 CC0 crxMsby anin.',<pervlcn.lob) C C �{ r^ `�v EPA: 01' C,1 1.97 •sq ft Weight: •( — = 31.1 lbs(14.1 kg) •1 LED Lamp Details •I P •( LED=Philips Lumileds Rebel ES,CRI=70,CCT=4000K(+1-350K) System(LED+driver)rated life= 100,000 Ilrs' Typical Typical Typical Typical Typical Luniinaire • Typical current current current LED lamp system HPS Efficacy Lamp delivered cil I a C @ @ current , :� lumens= wattage wattage' 120 V 240 V 277 V (mA) equivalent (Rating) W W (A) (A) (A) Lm/W • 35W321E04KES' 2680 35 45 0.38 0.19 0.16 . 350 70 W 60 55W32LED4KES1 3850 55 70 0.58 0.29 0.25 530 100 W 55 • 55W48LED4KES 4200 55 65 0.54 0.27 0.23 350 100 W 65 80W48LED4KES 5950 80 101 0.84 0.42 0.36 530 150 W 59 • 70W64LE04KES 5480 70 86 0.72 0.36 0.31 350 100 W 64 •I 110W64LED4KES 7800 110 135 1.13 0.56 0.49 530 200 W 58 90W8OLEO4KES 6950 90 95 0.79 0.40 0.34 350 150 W 73 • 135W8OLED4KES 9850 135 138 1015 0.58 0.50 530 250W 71 ( • 1 170=IOO,ee l Ns(at aro5ent tempera tu re=25°C and lei-cant N"eryl=70)r A) 2 Nay wog dgrr,,Scz on the c.ptwd.:itrba..:7 cted 3 tyten sratt ty irdlrs Gm hrrip Ind the LED diner, Ali. 4 cem pa-ed to Calera(eg,.hknx s?»J3 zI.'y be ecr,r<med by a 1 ry1.rt) 5 D:•SG option"r:not cattle wth 347:fi4f3 volts. • How to calculate the system lumen per watt ratio(LER): First,visit our website at wwwphilips.com/lumec and download the IES file(photometric file)of your selected Philips Lumec product.Then,use a photometric software to get the absolute system lumens value • and divide by the system wattage.(Example:35W32LEDIKES:Absolute system lumens/42W=LER) • Optical System Voltages • • Composed of high performance acrylic refractors lenses LE2: Asymetrical 120/208/240!0.17/34T/980' Vit , to achieve desired distribution,optimized to get maximum 1E3: Asymetrical 1 • Gel' spacing,target lumen and a perfect lighting uniformity. Performance shall be tested per LM63 and LM79 and TM 15 LE4: Asymetrical . IESNA LES: Symmetrical LEDGINE (IESNA) its photometric performance. (square)• I1 0tcnrtry e.:.Ir.l>rm het pi LoraiN v tt,.ale v.v.wr t.l pseo'n,4vnec. • PHILIPS • I MetroScape L.U M E C • • • • I• • • . • • Luminaire Options • • PH8 RC TN3 TN3.5 • Photoelectric cell Receptacle for Fitter to fit over a 3"(76 mm)O.D. Fitter to ft over a 3 I/2"(89 rani)O.D. Complete with a decorative cap photoelectric cell by 4"(102 mm)long tenon by 4"(102 mm)long tenon • Allows a 90'rotation • Finials • • 31 4 Q A g i • FNC • FNI FN2 RJ3 FN4 FNt FN9 FNIO FNI I Copper-color painted finial • • Advanced Luminaire. Solutions • • MetroScape allows you many options in order to get different intelligent functionalities. • DMG Driver is compatible with dimmer from 0 to 10 volts. • . CDMG Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pre-programmed scenarios to suit many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. • CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming scenario allowing the user to program up to 5 time periods • and multiple dimming levels from 100%to 10%of total wattage, • OVR Dynadimmer override function offering the possibility to go back to full power at any time via • an electrical signal of 120VAC to 277VAC from a motion sensor;a switch,a relay or else. CLO Pre-set driver to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs • offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the lamp. , • AST Pre-set driver for progressive start-up of the lamp to optimize energy management and enhance user visual comfort at start-up. OTL Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the lamp for better fixture management. • DALI Pre-set driver compatible with the DALI control system. • • • Advanced System Solutions • • • Different options are available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. • • Advanced Cit y Solutions • • AMPLIGHT Amplight is the intelligent monitoring and control,automated management system that I IP delivers up to 35%streetlight energy savings and makes it easy to monitor and manage • the entire system,in real time.Please contact us for more information. i Other options are also available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. • l• PHILIPS I • 2 MetroScape L U mi E C ' • r i• • • • • 0 0( • • • Poles Finish co,„,„tin FY.r psl.vrr NI:Cu:r.for d:t zn3 tr,t ccr'l the of Its. GR Gray Sandtex - WHTX Textured White BKTX Textured Black • - BRIX Textured Medium Grey BRTX Textured Bronze - - - BG2TX Textured MSandstone idnight Blue Textured Midnight Blue .' BE8TX Textured Ocean Blue BE8TX Textured Royal Blue • _ GNTX Textured Green GN4TX Textured Blue Green GN6TX Textured Forest Green �( GN8TX Textured Dark Forest Green •` s RD2TX Textured Burgundy -- � RD4TX Textured Scarlet �i APR4•LBC3 RA61 R80T11CI RTA40 TS Hammertone Silver 4, TG Hammertone Gold NP Natural Aluminum ID, Ordering example • . j Luminaire Lamp Optical System Driver Options Luminaire Options Pole Finish • MPTR 42W3211D1KES LE3 120 MG PH8 APR4•LB04-16 BKTX • 10: Assembly examples • 610 -- =IF ll •• 44 1' IT ,� _ ,6 BV;. 4.16 .�� ,4 - 4.27 I' o 4 i . u . As,. r_ _,,,, w i 3,66 ia.,:k r x 10 • ^ 3.05 8 165 X23 0 2.44 • 6 n • 1.83 4 p • 122 H 1 , t— 0-61 c.niu (-C:• ft L r. l. ? 1 Ill f1PTR•FNIO TIPTR-PH8 11PTR 61PTR-PHB PIPTR-PHBTFNII MPTR • CRF•2 RA41 RA61 CRA-IA RTA906.BA CRA-2 RTA800.PS RA804-SAI RTA926 • • PHILIPS • 3 Metr•oScape `U I1M E C • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • www.philips.com/Iumec PHILIPS LUMEC HEAD OFFICE ONTARIO OFFICE • 690.Cur6•Boivin Boulevard 189 Bullock Drive Bolsbriand.Qudbec Mandan;Ontario • Canada J7G 2A7 Canada L3P I W4 T:950.930.7090 7:416.223.7255 • F:450.430.1453 F:866.971.2825 For the detaks of our dfkrent agents and representaff.es,please consult the Contact us section ofourWelasite. • 02012 Pwrps Group. AI rights resencdlhh reserve the right to change dotal:of design,materials and fas'shes. • • • PHILIPS t • �unn�EC I • • • • r • i • • • • City of Salina,Kansas • Met ro S c a p e Type A55n,MPTRCC-55W32LED4KES-LE3-240-E3KTX 0 Data Sheet • • ( 201/8'(SII ram) i MetroScapcisapro,cdt • r 1 17 314"(151 mm) •lighting •; • _ facts el. ttah..�1.,•u •' a.1wen. •I — MPTR E Ccn!orm to the UL 1593 and CS 4 622.2 Na.250.903 ssardsrde • E J i It. Sutab!e far gxratIon in an a-1-b'en.temperature up to 43 C/lol F-UL cerfr_d (Rrs cool in z'mov.aery V mate). The r-tetrosczpe rr!.-ts tilt AN5 C13631-2051 telt 2-American Nato ni Standrd Lx i�,�.. n=;l Ros?::a/Lsn nareV,bra6atspec�utonst arB-idedc.erpasseyytcatons.(Tested for 3C Q cn'e 10)C00 c i b/an independent isb) •, � La EPA: 1.97 sg ft •j ry Weight: •, — — 31.1 lbs(14.1 kg) • LED Lamp Details • LED=Philips Lumileds Rebel ES,CRI=70,CCT=4000K(+/-350K) System(LED+driver)rated life= 100,000 bra' • Typical Typical Typical Typical Typical Lurninalrc • Typical current current current LED lamp system g HPS Efficacy Lamp delivered r (ril @ (� current r wattage wattage' equivalent Rating lumens' 120 V 240 V 277 V (mA) • (W) (W) (A) (A) (A) (Lm/W) • 35W32LE04KE5' 2680 35 45 0.38 0.19 0.16 350 70 W 60 SSW32LED4KES' 3850 55 70 0.58 0.29 0.25 530 100 W 55 • 55W4BLED4KES 4200 55 65 0.54 0.27 0.23 350 100 W 65 t• 80W48LED4KE5 5950 80 101 0.84 0.42 0.36 530 150 W 59 f 70W64LED4KES 5480 70 86 0.72 0.36 0.31 350 100 W 64 • 110W64LED4KES 7800 110 135 1.13 0.56 0.49 530 200 W 58 s 90W8DLED4KES 6950 90 95 0.79 0.40 0.31 350 150 W 73 13SW8OLED4KES 9850 135 138 1015 0.58 0.50 530 250W 71 • 1 170 r ir.e. 7 hes(at a-nb ant torpe,a:n'e=25°C and forums cunen!=700 n.A) 2 1-1.;.ta r i eq.,tr.5 ni enLI' oa[.ddntrt ona.:a 3 5y tern s,3!h;e i-..3r;e:rre Lrrp r4 tr.e LEL)04'.cr. 4 Cen',prnl to Cspe14(cyu:;•Jason,!,td ei.ssn bo confnrni bye pbatomeb-r is/s..1) 5 Di1G ot.'n it r,-..t 1tt Ltie v lh 347 xi 4E3 sd!s. • . How to calculate the system lumen per watt ratio(LER): First,visit our website at vrrnuphilips.com/lumec and download the IES file(photometric file)of your selected Philips Lume<product.Then,use a photometric software to get the absolute system lumens value • and divide by the system wattage.(Example:35W32LED4KES:Absolute system lumens/42W=LER) • Optical System Voltages • p Y g • Composed of high performance acrylic refractors lenses LE2: As tat ecal 11.0/?.OB/240/2'17!347'/480' .d �,.4, P g P Yi Yn .��o�0 to achieve desired distribution,optimized to get maximum LE3: Asymetrical• 0°w'+aa spacing,target lumen and a perfect lighting uniformity. ai LE4: Asyntetrical Performance shall be tested per LM63 and LM79 and TM 15 LE4: Symmetrical • LEDGINE (IESNA)certifying its photometric performance, (square) °I1:•)',,,try a'L I,:!.r]F111 p1 Lh'c!l o t,Stea.:.:rri.!pa r.Ts}•nrxc. • PHILIPS • I MetroScapc: `U M "C • • 1 • • • i•Hz; • Luminaire Options ;• PH8 RC TN3 TN3.5 A hi Photoelectric cell Receptacle for Fitter to lit over a 3"(76 mm)O.D. Fitter to fit over a 3 1/2"(89 mm)O.D. IW Complete with a decorative cap photoelectric cell by 4"(102 mm)long tenon by 4"(102 mm)long tenon Allows a 90'rotation • Finials • I • 4 g A g FNC• FN FN2 FN FN1 FN8 FN9 FNIO FNI I Copper-color painted finial Advanced Luminaire Solutions • MetroScape allows you many options in order to get different intelligent functionalities. , DMG • Driver is compatible with dimmer from 0 to 10 volts. CDMG • Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pre-programmed scenarios to suit • many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming scenario allowing the user to program up to 5 time periods 0 and multiple dimming levels from 100%to 10%of total wattage. • OVR Dynadimmer override function offering the possibility to go back to full power at any time via ' • an electrical signal of 120VAC to 277VAC from a motion sensor;a switch,a relay or else. CLO • , Pre-set driver to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs • offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the lamp. t • AST • ' Pre-set driver for progressive start-up of the lamp to optimize energy management and enhance user visual comfort at start-up. OTL Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the lamp for better fixture management. • DALI Pre-set driver compatible with the DALI control system. ( • t Advanced System Solutions c • • Different options are available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. t Advanced City Solutions • • AMPLIGHT Amplight is the intelligent monitoring and control,automated management system that i • delivers up to 35%streetlight energy savings and makes it easy to monitor and manage • the entire system,in real time.Please contact us for more information. i. Other options are also available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. • • PHILIPS • 2 lletroscape LU EC • t, • • • • • • •, 0 •. • Poles Finish Caa rtthef tip:tv,c_P:IIG.i-'r(,.ottakari1. ccn'(t:err:eo{Ott . GR Gray Sandtex • - = BKTX Textured White BKTX Textured Black • - - - BRTX Textured Medium Grey BE8X Textured Bronze • - - - BG2TX Textured Sandstone BE2TX Textured Midnight Blue - - BE6TX Textured Ocean Blue • — BE8TX Textured Royal Blue GNTX Textured Green GN4TX Textured Blue Green • " GN6TX Textured Forest Green . 0 1(t GN8TX Textured Dark F ore st Green `�_an�• RD2TX Textured Burgundy Wi RD4TX Textured Scarlet I APR4-LBC3 RA6I RBO-TBCI RTA40 TS Hammertone Silver • TG Hammertone Gold NP Natural Aluminum •, Ordering example 0; Si Luminairc Lamp Optical System Voltage Driver Options Luminaire Options Pole finish . MPTR 42W321ED4KES LEI 120 DMG PI-18 APR4-LBC4-16 BKTX • • Assembly examples • 20 • 6.10 — — 1„i 5.49 ',1 l.f ,,„ .�4 18 dV W • 16 e a.as -AK t• la 1 i= 4.27 —. i,f °` IP 12 , • 3.66 10 _ - ^ • 3.05 r � 'a .. 16t u336 8 I 2.44 `r ;a .` 6 IF 1.83 IF Ili 1.22 _ a .... MI Z •• 0.61 etifhs, O JU't • ft i Bi!!� G ri rn t•IPTR-FNIO IIPTR-PH8 lIPTR MPTR-PH8 MPTR-11 -13 MPTR • CRF-2 RA41 RA61 CM-IA RTA906-8A CM-2 RTA800-Pi RA804-SAI RTA926 • • PHILIPS • 3 MetroScapc LUMEC • 0 S • s • • • • • • I • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • www.philips.com/Iumec • PHILIPS LUMEC HEAD OFFICE ONTARIO OFFICE • 640,Curd- oVn Boulevard 189 BJbc1:Drive • Boisbrh fbe od,Quc l larlhzm.Ontario • Canada J7G 2A7 Canada L3P I W4 T:450.430.7040 T:416.223.7255 • F:450.430.1453 F:866.971.2825 • For the detals of our dfcrcnt agents and representatives,please consult the Contact us section • of our■ ebsrte. ©2012 Philps Group. • i9 rights resened.We reserve the right to change detail of design,materials and fnshes. { • • • PHILIPS • LUMEC • • • • • • • • • • • City of Salina,Kansas• • NI etro S c a p e Type A55p2,MPTRCC-S5W32LEO4KES-LE3-240•BKTX • Data Sheet • • r 20 1/8"(51 I mm) I blot y. rmScapc is appra,ed b • 17 319"(451 mm) I lighting I• - facts Ale h. 1,v, AM • • — IiiIIMPTR Con•or m to the UL 1553 end CSA C22.2 Na 2500-03 s+and+rds • E: Uj .! SutNe fe operxton in an vnb'ent temperature op t°40`C/I dl`F•UL aft red co ..--, (Runs cool in a••nost every ci mate). • E .I i The bletroSca,•e meets the ANSI C 136.31.21X11 tale 2,American Na*.orol Sundrd fa ,t. 1 I • Road+:ay LsninfreVkaaton spec'cetons/or 8,1dricerpass aprl cations.(Tested for 35 - 1.2 a er 100 CO3 cycles by an independent lib) O. 0 EPA: • N 1.97 sq ft Weight: • _ = 31.1 lbs(14.1 kg) • LED Lamp Details •I LED=Philips Lumlleds Rebel ES,CR1=70,CCT=4000K(+1-3S0K) System(LED+driver)rated life= 100,000 hrs' 0 Typical Typical Typical Typical Typical Luminaire Typical current current current LED Tamp system HPS Efficacy Lamp delivered , o1� a (r� current , lumens' wattage wattage' 120 V 240 V 277 V (mA) equivalent Rating • (W) (W) (A) (A) (A) (Lm/W) I 35W321ED4KE5a 2680 35 45 0 55W32LED4KES, 3850 55 70 .38 0.19 0.16 350 70 W 60 SSW32LE04KE5s 3850 SS 70 0.58 0.29 0.25 530 100 W 55 • 55W48LE04KES 4200 SS 65 0.54 0.27 0.23 350 100 W 65 0 80W48LED4KES 5950 80 101 0.84 0.42 0.36 530 ISO W 59 70W64LED4KES 5480 70 86 0.72 0.36 0.31 350 100 W 64 110W64LEO4KES 7800 110 135 1.13 0.56 0.49 530 200 W 58 90W80LED4KE5 6950 90 95 0.79 0.40 0.34 350 150 W 73 135W80t004KE6 9850 135 138 1015 0.58 0.50 530 250W 71 • 170=IC4,00.1 ,c(:t arab'en:tmgk-r'a+:tee=25'C z'xi -41•d cunfa=7CO nu5) 2 t•I;+nr/e'err}•,1d.s the e?tkzl S•nb.t.n used 1 3 syaonsv alt};e ir.d aces tine!sup and tine tE0 caian • 4 Cue pa•o1 to C:s;a;fo(e.tu:vs•erce m aUi eL•eys be c(Uirnxd by a fhotoiim.:Mont) 5 t)'•r oppaa r,rot MI l_tin vnth 347 and 463 volts • How to calculate the system lumen per watt ratio(LEER): first,visit our v ebsite at www.philips.corn/lurnee and download • the IES file(photometric file)of your selected Philips Lumec product.Then,use a photometric software to get the absolute system lumens value and divide by the system wattage,(Example:35W32LED4KES:Absolute system lumens/42W=LER) • • Optical System Voltages • F� `▪ " Composed of high performance acrylic refractors lenses LE2: Asymet ical 120/208/240/277/347'/480' ao oou to achieve desired distribution,optimized to get maximum LE3: Ayymetrical • °°w°°' spacing.target lumen and a perfect lighting uniformity. ow Performance shall be tested per 1M63 and LM79 and TM I5 LE4: Asymetrical • LEDGNE (IESNA)certifying its photometric performance. LES: Symmetrical (square) I •FFttonseiry a 's:bon ftalp;Lu•rti sock$54 s:umft,+p;cnrr:Isanei. • PHILIPS • I MetroScape `ii IVI E C • • • • • , • • I • • Luminaire Options • • PH8 RC TN3 TN3.5 • Photoelectric cell Receptacle for Fitter-to fit over a 3"(76 mm)O.D. Fitter to fit over a 3 1/r(89 mm)O.D. Complete with a decorative cap photoelectric cell by 4"(102 mm)long tenon by 4"(102 mm)long tenon • Allows a 90'rotation • Finials • . . a' gi2 FNC . . • • FNI FN2 FN3 FN4 FN8 FN9 FNIO FN I Copper-color painted finial • • Advanced Luminaire Solutions • • MetroScape allows you many options in order to get different intelligent functionalities, • DMG Driver is compatible with dimmer from 0 to 10 volts. • i CDMG • Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pre-programmed scenarios to suit . • many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. I CDMGP • Dynadimmer custom dimming scenario allowing the user to program up to 5 time periods • and multiple dimming levels from 100%to 10%of total wattage. • OVR Dynadimmer override function offering the possibility to go back to full power at any time via I • • an electrical signal of 120VAC to 277VAC from a motion sensor;a switch,a relay or else. CLO Pre-set driver to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs • offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the lamp. • • AST Pre-set driver for progressive start-up of the lamp to optimize energy management and i • enhance user visual comfort at start-up. OTL Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the lamp for better fixture management. ( • DALI Pre-set driver compatible with the DALI control system. t • . ( • Advanced System Solutions • Different options are available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. ( • { • Advanced City Solutions ' • • AMPLIGHT Amplight is the intelligent monitoring and control,automated management system that ( • delivers up to 35%streetlight energy savings and makes it easy to monitor and manage the entire system,in real time.Please contact us for more information. • Other options are also available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. • • • PHILIPS • 2 f'ctioScape LUIVIEC • • • 11111 • O. fa' • E Poles Finish • Gx,,t the Flips ttr Pcf_Ge!.e fa debit d the cohTle;e I re-of Files. •I GR Gray Sandtex WHTX Textured White • BKTX Textured Black • - - - BRTX Textured Medium Grey BRTX Textured Bronze • - - - BG2TX Textured Midnight BE2TX Textured Midnight Blue • - - - BE6TX Textured Ocean Blue BE8TX Textured Royal Blue • GNTX Textured Green GN4TX Textured Blue Green • _ lir _ GN6TX Textured Forest Green • m, GN8TX Textured Dark Forest Green G:i._ � RD2TX Textured Burgundy • RD4TX Textured Scarlet APR4-18C3 RA6I R8OTBCI RTA40 TS Hammertone Silver • TG Hammertone Gold NP Natural Aluminum Of Ordering example . Of Luminaire Lamp Optical System Voltage Driver Options Luntinaire Options Pole Finish • MPTR 42W32LED4KES LE3 120 OMG PH8 APR4.LBC4-16 BKTX �. • 4; Assembly examples . of 20 6.6.10 fr __. •l. 18 W W •I 5.49 lf 1i � •( 16 1 J 4.16 W 0I 14 •� 4.27 °.. o� o •� 3.66 I) 411. y: �'. • 3.10 ° 8 1 •t 2-44 • 1.83 4 N. • 1 22 • 2 ��� Vii"' X0.'1 obi �..I,� • ft 1 MINI • m MPTR-FNIO I iPTR-PH8 FIPTR FiPTR-PH8 t-IPTR-PH8-FNI I I-IPTR • CRF-2 RA41 RA6I CPA-IA RTA9O6-BA CRA-2 RTA800-PS RA804.SAI RTA926 • • PHILIPS • 3 1°lclroScapc LUIVIEC • • • • • • ■ • • • • • • • • • • • • • ( • • • • • • • i • • • www.philips.com/Iumec • PHILIPS LUMEC HEAD OFFICE ONTARIO OFFICE • 640,Curc•Boivn Boulevard 189 Mock Drr.e • Boisbriand,Quebec Markham,Ontario Canada PG 2A7 Canada 13P 1W4 • T:450.430.7040 T:416.223.7255 F:450.430.1453 F:866.971.2825 For the detals of our dfferent agents and representatnes.please consult the Contact us section ! • of otr■\t:bsite. • ©2012 Reps Group • At rightst. reser ed.Vsc reserve the right to change detals of desgn,materials and fdahes. ( • • • PHILIPS • LUIVIIEC • • • • • • • r • • • • • City of Salina,Kansas I • 1 '1 et ro S c a e Type A70n,MPTRCC-70W64LED4KES-LE3-240-BKTX • Data Sheet p • • I 20 1/8"(5 I I mm) I 1-lctroScape is apprcr.ed iy. l • I 17 3/4"(451 mm) 1 lighting . • - facts stn,,.•.:ra.ru • M PTR •1 E Li Cvn'orm to the UL 1593 a^.d CSA C222 Na.250 003 strrrdt ds E 'r(� Stitat.e for opse:on in an arn6ent temFerature rip to 40 C/104'F-UL certified ••; (Hors cool in almst esery d mate). • �` E `II`_ The 1.1evo6capemeets the ANSI CI3631-2301 tat t_3,American Nation 1 Standard for i ,. II- Roaltea/Lu,.nireV t+a on spec.`cabons for eridiefo.erpass appl catons(Tested for 3G N urn 100600cclts ly anindeperdent lib) • • ( r; C EPA: •( 1.97 sq ft Weight: •( _ = 31.1 Ibs(14,1 kg) •t LED Lamp P Details •( LED=Philips Lumileds Rebel ES,CRI=70,CCT=4000K(+/-350K) System(LED+driver)rated life= 100,000 hrs' Typical Typical Typical Typical Typical Luminaire Typical current current current LED Lamp delivered lamp syste @ n z current HPS i Efficacy •` lumensa wattage wattage' 120 V 240 V 277 V (mA) equivalent (Lm/W)(W) (A) (A) (A) • 35W321E04KE51 2680 35 45 0.38 0.19 0.16 350 70 W 60 55W321ED4KESs 3850 55 70 0.58 0.29 0.25 530 100 W S3 •( S5W48LED4KES 4200 55 65 0.54 0.27 0.23 350 100 W 65 •` 80W48LED4KES 5950 80 101 0.64 0.42 0.36 530 150 W 59 70W64LE04KE5 5480 70 86 0.72 0.36 0.31 350 100 W 64 110W64LED4KES 7800 I10 135 1.13 0.56 0.49 530 200 W 58 • 90W8OLEO4KES 6950 90 95 0.79 0.40 0.34 350 150 W 73 135W80LEDIKE5 9850 135 138 1015 0.58 0.50 530 250W 71 1 L70=1 0 o 6 O 5 rn,(at u in Cot kolpttattsre=2S°C and fora:ard,',,s.'=7061 n:A) 2 t•t,socy depersin2 on the optical d•tntuttin iced. 3 Syaem+vottr a.rq;a,#a:ti'e 4:rp and ire LED O L, • 4 Corr1 v o.l to C5)U o(e¢iaerce shotii a'ons be ceaa:n-ed by a 7al.or eo'as/rot) 5 y)i option,s rot sn_bt a vidr 347 and 405 u•tc • How to calculate the system lumen per watt ratio(LER): First,visit our website at vAvw..philips.corn/lumec and download the IES file(photometric file)of your selected Philips Lumec product.Then,use a photometric software to get the absolute system lumens value IIand divide by the system wattage.(Example:35W32LED4KES:Absolute system lumens/42W=LER) • Optical System Voltages • 0 ;,L ;,:. Composed of high performance acrylic refractors lenses LE2: Asymetrical 17.0!208/240!277/347'1480' V.•'-'t,:‘..•'o. to achieve desired distribution,optimized to get maximum LE3: Asymetrical • .°Uy4,nc+" spacing,target lumen and a perfect lighting uniformity, " Performance shall be tested per LM63 and LM79 and TM 15 LE4- Asymetrical LEDGINE (IESNA)certifying its photometric performance. LES: Symmetrical • (square) •IS:atsnmtry try lotto on 1'n1 ps Urnez vr_b ste v.•rvi pF.t.p;rgno?tnxc. • ' PHILIPS • 1 MetroScape L U M E C • • • • • • Luminaire Options • '- PH8 RC TN3 TN3.5 • Photoelectric cell Receptacle for Fitter to fit over a 3"(76 mm)O.D. Fitter to fit over a 3 1/2"(89 mm)O.D. • Complete with a decorative cap photoelectric cell by 4"(102 mm)long tenon by 4"(102 mm)long tenon • Allovr,a 90'rotation Finials • • .0, . c12 A g i FNC - FNI FN2 n43 FN4 FN8 1N9 FNIO FNII Copper-color painted finial • - Advanced Luminaire Solutions 1 • Metr•oScape allows you many options in order to.get different intelligent functionalities. • DMG Driver is compatible with dimmer from 0 to 10 volts. • • CDMG Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pre-programmed scenarios to suit • many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming scenario allowing the user to program up to 5 time periods I - and multiple dimming levels from 100%to 10%of total wattage. • OVR Dynadimmer override function offering the possibility to go back to full power at any time via • an electrical signal of 120VAC to 277VAC from a motion sensor;a switch,a relay or else. CLO Pre-set driver to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs • offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the lamp. • AST . ) Pre-set driver for progressive start-up of the lamp to optimize energy management and I • enhance user visual comfort at start-up. OTL Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the lamp for better fixture management. • DALI Pre-set driver compatible with the DALI control system. • • Advanced System Solutions I, • Different options are available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. I • • Advanced City Solutions • • AMPLIGHT Amplight is the intelligent monitoring and control,automated management system that - delivers up to 35%streetlight energy savings and makes it easy to monitor and manage • the entire system,in real time.Please contact us for more information. l Other options ore also available according to your needs.Please contact us for more information. • • PHILIPS - 2 MetroScape L U M E C • ;• '• • • - • • • • Poles Finish • c Jt the Fi.1 p.Lune:;Pth C„- for deh:S B4r iii so rorItte Ir,t o p;Ls. - I GR Gray Sandtex WHTX Textured White • _ GB Textured Black jal• BRTX Textured Medium Grey BRTX Textured Bnonze • BG2TX Textured Sandstone BE2TX Textured Midnight Blue • BE8TX Textured Ocean Blue BE8TX Textured Royal Blue • GNTX Textured Green GN4TX Textured Blue Green • — r' GN6TX Textured Forest Green ��� GNBTX Textured Dark Forest Green • � _�� RD2TX Textured Burgundy RD4TX Textured Scarlet -( APR4-18C3 RA61 R80-T8C1 RTA40 TS Hammertone Silver • TG Hammertone Gold NP Natural Aluminum !t Ordering example •i • Luminaire Lamp Optical System Voltage Driver Options Luminaire Options pole Finish • MPTR 42W32LED4KES LE) 120 DMG PH8 APR4-LBC4-16 BKTX • Ilk Assembly examples ii = VI! 18 I- •i 5.49 ',f 1! - , - • 16 V U • 4.88 \ r' t 1Ct ,ft t 14 r— j -l' 4.27 iI::..'. o��_ _ • 3.05 lours 8 1! •j 2.44 •1 6 i • 1.83 4 lIl 4 • 1.22 H _ • 0.61 liiiisi ' ,te.wit U JUUL ft • m F1PTR-FI110 I1PTR-PH8 IIPTR P1PTR•P1-13 tIPTR•PHS•FNII lIPTR . CRF•2 M41 RA6I CPA-IA RTA906 BA CRA-2 F;TA800-PS RA804-SAI RTA926 • • PHILIPS • 3 Nl tioScr,l LUMEC • • • • • • • • '• • • • • • • • • • • • • 1. • • • • • • { www.philips.corn/Iumec • PHILIPS LUNEC HEAD OFFICE ONTARIO OFFICE • 640.Curd-Bov;n Balevard 189 Bu ock Dri..e Soisbriand.OuEbee Markham,Ontario • Canada 17G 2A7 Canada UP 1W4 • T:450.430.7040 T:416.223.7255 F:450.430.1453 F:866971.2825 For the detati of our d f!ercnt agents and representat.rs,please consult the Contact us sector t • of ou-VVebsite. • • 02012 Phi'lps Group. • • All rights resenrd.Wc reserve the right to change dotal;of deign,materials and fln;shes. • • • PHILIPS LUMEC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Parking Lot Fixtures • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ' ` a,,.� liero "Y g I ; 6'� .t�iR R-��� � as ,45 xa'. spa 6 s - a 'W a p3 w +£. t � - M, � IDL « :r , {� ,� � ;4 1h :.L > . „A @z Y M�,f� r"'k 1:1 :a .q t 11: � K, $ ` a,zk� • r s kYk q }•�,, � t 3 f � .� � -ti l r y" �N3 � ,4f', t 3 > t LIGHTING " � N by PhIlips Qardco l 1 • I — — •,. • rea • Area and Roadway Lighting 0 0 • • • • PHILIPS • • C3j,• • GARDCO • • • • • • • • An economy LED luminaire that delivers I • big on style and performance ` •• • • • I ., ( •rN 3 w� f ay.,.. ° `e a !1 a-�'t e -i ' \ y .ems " ad!'>tis'L. • • ( • ( • 7' C • The specifier searching for an economy LED outdoor area luminaire that also C • delivers big on style and performance is often left at an impasse. Finding a {: • luminaire with any two of the three qualities is simple enough...but finding ( • all three together seemed hopeless. Until now. ' • • Introducing the Emco LED Outdoor Area Ltttninaire ( • Combining commanding aesthetics,advanced LED performance and attractive t • pricing,the Emco LED Area luminaire is perhaps the most versatile and cost ( effective luminaire on the market. • • 40 ( • • emilimm.......,,_„,, • • • 16"LED Area luminaire wall mount shown € • with black paint(BLP) • • • 2 ,, • ,, ; 21"LEO Area kmminaire shown with natural aluminum?)aluminum?)paint(NP) • i • f• • •( . Ank •i IP . • p -� � .. 16 LED Area luminaire most arm mount shown with natural aluminum paint(NP) 4' With an extremely low profile,the LED Area luminaire is an obvious choice for street and • roadway applications.The mast arm mount is designed for a smooth transition from the luminaire to the mast arm,bringing style and grace to a usually utilitarian application. in addition to the standard arm mount,the Emco LED Area luminaire is also available in wall mount configurations. 416 y IP • ."'�:t ? 4111f ;4110 al( 4 •• The Emco LED Area luminaire redefines what designers and specifiers can expect from an economy LED luminaire.Striking from every vantage,its angular profile Is distinctly •. modern,though subdued enough to blend into any architectural environment.At night �i is when LEDArea luminaire truly shines,with an advanced tow-wattage,high-power LED array available in four distribution patterns. •� Available In two sizes and four LED wattages,the LED Area luminaire is ideal for a wide range of applications.Combined with a rugged die cast aluminum housing that will stand �i up to the harshest conditions,It's clear that the Emco LED Area luminaire sets a new standard for area illumination for LEDs. • • • S • 16"LED Area Wino/re shown with bronze paint(BRP) 3 • • . • • • • r Ill '• • " • • f b � x 'q Lti,.,.:,...,:.,..,....%,,,.\,:,,,,‘,:,.......z...„.. c,.9 2qY ^Te. i �k ?� v.0. �-"'�-.vn • • ( • It's not enough to simply place high power LEDs into existing luminaires,Thermal,management is crucial,if the • generated heat is not adequately removed,the LEDs will run at higher temperatures,not only lowering their efficiency, { • but also shortening their life and threatening their reliability.The LED Area luminaire is specifically designed to • handsomely address this issue. • I s The streamlined die cast aluminum housing is defined by deep integral airways that direct substantial airflow over the • 1 I luminaire and dissipate heat. At just over three inches deep,these air channels cool the system components while I •i allowing for a remarkably sleek profile—Just 4.5"maximum height. From front-to-back,inside and out,every aspect speaks to the thoughtful,economical and stylish approach to both initial and long-term performance. • ': • • .r • 1 v� 4�� ,.J �<) :J-�: a7 ` 1 •• • - ''� t • Engineered for Easy Assembly Designed for Easy Maintenance Integral Bird Deterrent • Extruded arm assemblies are The internal components are totally Deliberately spaced and specifically designed with integral guide channels enclosed within the rain-tight,dust- sized cables deter bird nesting • and a double-nut-through-bolt that tight and corrosion-resistant die cast and perching,helping to keep the • effectively makes it impossible to aluminum housing.Access to the luminaire clean and running at misalign the luminaire and pole. compartment is simple,requiring the maximum efficeincy. ; • removal of two screws allowing the cover plate to hinge open. • j 21"LEDArea luminaire shown with RAL5024 paint • I 1 • • • • • • •: • • • Designed to perform, engineered to last • i( ��. •i �` �: , ; 0• , „...-7.„*„ ......4„,,,,- ---*„...:± --..-- „,t,. , ,,:.,„:„.f.r, t ,. , Ark ..-.• ,., -;„,,, ,--. am..,.. ... d' ;a, • � ..� i ice '°"�"--_-:-_"'"l , r •z,..a.. �: • °4�..,. -. 4 is . \ ,.�lj • • The heart of the luminair•e is its high-performance optical system,available In four distinct distribution patterns. The system utilizes an integral array of long-lasting,energy-efficient LEDs oriented to achieve an IES •( •( Type II,III,IV,orV distribution with full cutoff performance,consistent uniformity and minimal light trespass.Aided •t by an integral thermal control system,the LED arrays carry L70 ratings of up to 100,000 hours,minimizing the Alit hassle and expense of maintenance.The result is minimal required maintenance and reduced energy costs,saving both time and money. It 1411111'111 -1 ....... Type 2 ) Type 4 °.,' 'r t: These optics create an { .� TheType 4 pattern is suitable � �' i m 7; asymmetric distribution > for applications where light 0( i i \'A C ` :�` pattern with wide lateral �����1��/// Is primarily required forward I.• t �r , ! —I/ throw This distribution with minimal backlight. $' l ` ," works well in walkway and Typical installations include 0� L s roadway applications where perimeter poles. t`+ "r = more light is required"street •l 447,(it4N%, $� side"than"house side.' •( :•j��'•. Type 3 �r Type S Field Rotatable Optics .- �'• '•. • r Type 3 optics produce an 'r t. Type 5 optics produce a The LEO arrays are fully rotatable ; as mmeu icat astern that `7" ` `: `: y p —� symmetrical sq • uare in 90°increments on 21"luminaires, •,�` r: directs the majority of the �_ _�� distribution pattern that permitting aiming of the distributions light forward and equally on distributes light equally on • in any of four directions.As a result, both sides of the luminair e.In all sides of the Iuminaire.The the luminaires and poles maintain a a back•to-back configuration, optical system is universal fa • consistent visual alignment while light it creates a rectangular most area lighting applications. pattern which can extend • is placed where it is needed most, pole spacings. • s • • • • • • • LED Area Luminaire.Spec.ifications. . :• GENERAL DESCRIPTION: Emco LED Area luminaires OPTICAL SYSTEMS:Lensed LED arrays are set to achieve IES • combine a low profile style with advanced LED performance Type II,Type III,Type IV and Type V distributions.Individual LED • and thermal management technology to deliver outdoor area arrays are replaceable.ELA2I optics are rotatable. • lighting that is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is remarkably economical. ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver that • accepts 120V through 277V,50hz to 60hz,input. Driver output is • HOUSING:The housing is one-piece,die cast aluminum and based on the LED wattage selected.Component-to-component mounts to a pole,utilizing an extruded arm.Additionally,LED Area wiring within the luminaire will carry no more than 80%of rated l • luminaires mount easily to a wall or to a mast arm while providing current and is listed by UL for use at 600VAC at 302°F/ 150°C 1• smooth visual transitions. or higher.Plug disconnects are listed by UL for use at 600 VAC, I5A or higher. LED board,LED driver and LED array are RoFIS • LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The LED Area luminaire compliant. • design provides die cast aluminum integral thermal radiation fins to provide the excellent thermal management so critical to long FINISH: Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and • LED system life. abrasion resistant, electrostatically applied, thermally cured, triglycidal lsocyanur-ate (TGiC) textured polyester powdercoat LED PERFORMANCE: finish.Standard colors include bronze (BRP),black (BLP),white • PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA (WP),and natural aluminum (NP).Consult factory for specs on • Ambient LED Wattages! optional or custom colors. Temperature°C Driver mA 1.70 Hours II 701A,ISOLA/400 mA 100,000 1 25°C LABELS:All luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applicable)Wet • I I OLA,210LA/600 mA 75,000 Location labels. 40°C 70LA,ISOLA/400 mA 65,000 S • I I OLA,210LA/600 mA 50,000 WARRANTY:Emco luminaires feature a I year limited warranty. 1` • Predv tedperformancedea:ed(romt£Dmanul adureridataandergineerinpdesinestimates, Emco LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited based on IESNA 11.180 methedolog.Actuol experience may vary due to field oppicotion conditons.L70 Is the predated time when LED performance depreciates to 70%of warranty covering the LED arrays.See Warranty Information on Initial lumen output sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. I DIMENSIONS Arm Mount-Direct to Pole A -,ss_�,_ �°. ,.�_ +r�rtA.t,l[Ireoeao............ _. F ,I11'III'Ilt1'1II!Ill Ill IIIIiI �. �_ G 1 ;iiiiii111iiliiiililiii![i . B C . Dimensions ELAI6 ELA21 A 4.5"/1 1.43 cm 4.5"/11.43 cm ID Side Arm • 10.0® 0 ®s I' A si ��. ill 7.25"1 18.42 cm 7.25"/18.42 cm Wall Bracket • ����®�O 0 010 8 6.28°!15.95 cm 9.28"!23.57cm i b000 °00 l SidcArm 0'0'0 010 ®ca' I 8 7.80"l 19.81 cm 7.80"l 19.81 cm • 000 ® 0, t) l Mast Arm D i 000CD ®CD ' E t I Ca0°C1 0'0 CPO' Wall Bracket 2.59"!18.42 cm 2.59"!18.42 cm 000000040 _ cC)0 0.0 0 0.0 1 i C 16.53"/41.99 cm 21.52"!54.66 cm C5 CD 0 (3 0 ® 4 I ( D 2"/5.08 cm 2"/5.08 cm • �E®e� f� � ®e®• u o jr s_ - � 0 1 0 0 _ :„ E 15.2"/38.61 cm 15.7"l 39.86 cm • - --------.--- F 4.6"111.68 cm 4.6"/11.68 cm • G L53"/3.89 cm 1.53"13.89 cm - Prior to ordering,consulr Suhrngtal Data Sheet on sitelighting corn for the most current laormtion•notes and exclusions. • 6 Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. • • I ,• • • 4) 0 4i 0I it - _ __ Ordering OPTICAL LED LED PREFIX MOUNTING SYSTEM WATTAGE SELECTION VOLTAGE PAINTED FINISH OPTIONS ill' g ELAI6 I 5 I10LA NW UNIV NP F • ELAI6 1 Single 2 IESType II EIAI6 CW UNIV BRP Bronze F' ELA2I 2 Twin @I80° 3 IESType Ill 70LA Cool White f 20V through 277V BLP Black IF 6,000'K 75 CRI 50hz or SOle 2 @90 Twin @90° 4 IES Type IV 110LA NW WP White PC' lik 3 Triple @90° 5 IESTypeV NP Natural Aluminum PCR 3 @I ZO Triple @ 120° FIA21 Neutral White OC Optional Color 4,000'K 75 CRI P HS •' 4 4Way ISOLA Sprcifr Optional Color or W Wall Mount 2IOLA PAL ex:OC.LGPor PTF2 ( OC.RAL7024 PTF3 Recessed J-Box SC Special Color PTF4 WS Wall Mount Speufy./.lustsupp!y color ddp. DL Surface Conduit MA Mast Arm Mount • SPR IIRequ'res a 7 318"MostArm DCC 4{ OPTIONS � F' Fusing In Head ( LF In-Line/In-Pole Fusing •y` S . PC' Photocontroi and Receptacle l . PCR Photocontrol Receptacle only , r • / . .II r • . •HS External House Side Shield 4 • PTF2 Pole Top Fitter-2 3/8"-2 7/8"Dia.Tenon l PTF3' PoleTop Fitter-3"-3 1/2"Dia.Tenon -. '.1 • PTF4 PoleTop Fitter•3 1/2"-4"Dia,Tenon DL Diffusing Lens . • Reduces performance signifcontt,y. SPR Surge Protection for 120V through 277V Input . Not cr.n'ob.'e s:th Fus,ng(1)option. Photocontrol Placement DCC Dual Circuit•LEDArray Control Cast seat allows for secure placement of EIA2!only.Provides dual level controlcopabi5ty. the photocontrol receptacle at the top of Each LED ow/con be switched or circuited seporatciy the luminaire. ifd0?ES: f.Prtridespeojrinput svYcge • f (WJWS)Wall Mount Plate Bolt Pattern W L�� 3.75" b'=—t — 9.525 cm — Wall Mounting Plate may be mounted over(not to) 0 © p a recessed I box(by others)and in all cases must be B—� (MA)MastArm Mount properly supported to structure as Indlcated.Surface { 2 75" 1.75" conduit mount requires conduit entry from below. 6.985 cm 4.445 cm See Installation instruction sheets on sitelighting.com { �� �� Dia. for more details. II Holes for 3/8"(.9525 cm)Studs or Bolts(by other) (W/WS)Wall Mount • NOTE:Wall mounting bracket Is secured to wall with 3/B"(.9525 cm)studs or bolts(by I.• B 4 others.)Structural members must be present in wail to accept bolts. • Effective Projected Area(EPA) Approximate Weight•Single Single Twin 3/4 Luminaire • — .87 ft' 1.74 ft' 2.49 ft) 21 lbs ELA16 .081 na' 162 m2 232 m' 9.53 kg ill ELA2I ft .95 ' 1.9 ft' 2.79 ft' 31 lbs • .089 m' .177 m5 .26 m' 14.07 kg • Prior to ordering.consul[Submival Data Sheet on sicehghting.com for the most current infomvdon,ro[es and exclusions. • Philips Gardco reserves the sight to change enteritis or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. 7 • • • I • • • • • • • • { I- 1• • • • • • • • ;X - 1 H. - • • • • *PM ,0° • �eG i. ISO 9001 ESC Maeasw�tes CERTFED ="XSZV, 1 • 611 Clovis Barker Road •^ San Marcos,TX 78666 Enico Lighting by Philips Gardco Warranty 5121753-1000 800/227.0758 Emco luminaires feature a I year limited warranty.Emco LED luminaires • Fax:512/753-7855 with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty covering the LED sitelighting.com arrays.See Warranty Information on sitelighting.com for complete j d 4:0 etails and exclusions. J • PHILIPS ©2010 Kontnklijke Philips Electronics NV. • All Rights Reserved. • Document order number:E100.002112I0 • • • - • • • • • •r •' STATEMENT OF WARRANTY • Effective May I,2010 The Buyer is responsible for determining the suitability of the Seller's products for its use or resale.Seller warrants to the Buyer,the original • purchaser only,title to the goods and material and workmanship at time of shipment(excluding H.I.D.ballasts,photoelectric controls,fluorescent ballasts and induction lighting system components which are discussed below.)Any warranty claims must be asserted by the Buyer In writing • within five(5)years from the date of the Buyer's receipt of the goods on Philips Gardco brand luminaires and within one(I)year of the Buyer's receipt of the goods for Emco brand luminaires and all other products(excluding Light Emitting Diode modules or arrays and other Light Emitting Diode components provided in a luminaire,which are discussed below.)Warranty claims on any polycarbonate lenses,of any type,supplied with • any product,must be asserted within one(I)year of the Buyer's receipt of the goods. *' A Light Emitting Diode module or array provided in a Philips Gardco brand luminaire will be replaced if 15%of the individual Light Emitting Diodes In that module or array fall within a five(5)year period following Buyer's receipt of the product.A Light Emitting Diode module or array •1 provided in an Emco brand luminaire will be replaced If 15%of the individual Light Emitting Diodes in that module or array(all within a five(5) • year period following Buyer's receipt of the product.Other Light Emitting Diode components provided in any luminaire,Including Light Emitting Diode drivers and Light Emitting Diode power supplies,will be replaced if they fall within a five(5)year period following Buyer's receipt of the product. •i Luminaires and Retrofit Kits provided with the CosmoPolis1M system include a five(5)year warranty on CosmoPolisTM ballasts and a two(2)year Aik warranty on CosmoPolisT1"lamps.Luminaires and Retrofit Kits provided with the MasterColor®Elite system include a three(3)year warranty on MasterColor®Elite ballasts and a two(2)year warranty on MasterColor®Elite lamps. Warranty periods are following Buyer's receipt of • the product.CosmoPolisT" and MasterCoior®Elite ballasts and lamps are warranted by the original manufacturer of the ballasts and lamps,are subject to the terms of the ballast and lamp manufacturer's warranty and provide for replacement of defective products only. •. Any warranty claims must be asserted by the Buyer in writing within the time periods described above,thereafter;they will not be honored. Furthermore,unless any such warranty otherwise specifically states,It is made to the Buyer only and the Buyer is not authorized to extend to any person or entity a warranty on the Seller's behalf,or to extend any remedies against the Seller to anyone.Such extensions by the Buyer shall • remain the Buyer's responsibility. Therefore,except to the extent of the warranty stated above,THE SELLER DISCLAIMSALL WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, • AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMSALL IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITYAND FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.IN NO EVENT SHALL THE SELLER BE LIABLE TO THE BUYER IN WARRANTY,CONTRACT,NEGLIGENCE,STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, FORANY DAMAGES,WHETHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL,WHICHAREALLEGEDTO BE CAUSED BY ONE OR MORE OFTHE SELLER'S PRODUCTS,BEYONDTHE COSTTOTHE BUYER OFTHE SUBJECT PRODUCT OR PRODUCTS.THEREFORE,THE BUYER'S SOLE nil AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDYAGAiNSTTHE SELLER FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY,BREACH OF CONTRACT OR NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY,OR OTHERWISE,SHALL BE FOR REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OFTHE SUBJECT PRODUCTAT SELLER'S OPTION(EXCLUDING INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL Ci-iARGES,WHICH SHALL BE THE BUYER'S RESPONSIBILITY)OR,IF THE SELLER CHOOSES,REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE.SUCH EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SHALL EXPIRE TEN YEARS FROM THE BUYER'S RECEIPT OF THE GOODS FOR LIGHT EMITTING DIODE MODULES AND ARRAYS PROVIDED IN PHILIPS GARDCO LUMINAIRES,FIVE YEARS FROM THE BUYER'S flt RECEIPT OF THE GOODS FOR LIGHT EMITTING DIODE MODULES AND ARRAYS PROVIDED IN EMCO LUMINAIRES AND OTHER LIGHT EMITTING DIODE COMPONENTS PROVIDED IN ANY LUMINAIRE,FIVE YEARS FROM THE BUYER'S RECEIPT OF THE GOODS 11‘ LIGHT PHILIPS GARDCO LUMINAIRES(EXCLUDING ALL POLYCARBONATE LENSES)AND ONE YEAR FROM THE BUYER'S RECEIPT OF GOODS FOR EMCO LUMINAIRES AND ALL OTHER PRODUCTS AND FOR ALL POLYCARBONATE LENSES. • H.I.D.ballasts,photoelectric controls,and fluorescent ballasts carry the same warranty as offered by the original manufacturer of these items,but • in no event will any warranty claims on these items be honored later than one(I)year after the Buyer's receipt of the goods.In the event of a defect in one of these items which is covered by warranty,the Buyer must assert his claim in writing.If covered by warranty,these Items will be • shipped and billed at replacement cost and a Return Goods Authorization will be issued for the defective items.Credits will be issued on return of the defective items to the Seller.The invoice for the replacement Item is payable within thirty(30)days unless the defective item Is returned • within this period of time. • Induction lighting system components provided in any product are warranted by the original manufacturer of the induction lighting system components,and subject to the terms of the induction lighting system components manufacturer's warranty. 7 All cartons should be Inspected for freight damage on receipt.Instructions for filing freight claims may be found on the cartons.In the event • of freight damage,replacement materials must be ordered and paid for and a claim filed by the consignee on the carrier for the amount of the replacement materials. Philips Gardco will accept no responsibility for the Installation of damaged material. • • I 0 • 161 I Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PHILIPS (000)227.0750 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.corn • 02010 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of In product without • notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO • I • I r • •i • Job: City of Salina,Kansas 4111 1 Type: 03-110,ELA16-13-110LA-NW-UNIV-BRP-PTF2 Notes: It •k , Emco LED Area Luminaire M • Page 1 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response IIPhilips Gardco's Emco product family features the LED Area luminaire.These luminaires combine low profile style, r„rrrrn+!!irrfsr+{e advanced LED performance and advanced thermal management technology to deliver outdoor area lighting that ET''' ,,-J y �, is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is remarkably economical.Versions are available with automatic -- ° , 7 P rofile dimming and motion response capability as well.The housing Is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts . fr k t , ,' el to a pole,utilizing an extruded arm,and mounts easily to a wall or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions.LED Area optical systems provide iES Types II,III,IV,V and BLC(Backlight Control)distributlons.The • luminaires feature state of the art integral thermal control to maximize LED system performance and life.The door frame Is single piece die cast aluminum.LED Area luminaires are finished with a fade and abrasion resistant TGIC powdercoat.LED Area luminaires provide full cutoff performance. �r OPTICAL PREFIX MOUNTING SYSTEM LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS �' ELA16 H 1 -I 3 H 110LA - NW UNIV H BRP H PTF2 I .1 Enter the order code Into the appropriate box drove. Note:Phiips Cordco reserves the right ra refuse o conPguroton.Not all combinations cad configurations ore vatd. I • Refer to notes below far exclusions and frnitotions.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory. 1111 PREFIX(See pages 3 and 4 for more deto's on luncnoie canfyuratons) 0.10V Motion Response APD with Motion Response Override • Constant Automatic Dr use wtg' Motion Sensor Location Motion Sensor Location Luminaire Description Wattage (Far use wth o Profile • Full Light 4/011 coeval Dimmt°g' s Integral to t Integral to Ouput' system by others) (APD) Pole Mounted Luminaire" Pole Mounted Luminaire" ib"LED Area Luminaire ELAI6' ELAI6-DIM' ELA16-APD ELA16•MR50 ELA16-MR1 ELA16•APD•MRO ELA16•APD•MRI • (Available 70LA and 1 f O1A only) 21°LEO Area 50IAan 110 ELA2I ELA21•DIM ELA21-APD ELA21-MR50 ELA21-MRi ELA21-APD-MRO ELA21•APD-MR1 (Available I501A and I lOLA only) 1.347Y through 480V(HVU)input ma'ab''e with l/01A(le).MIA(2r)or 210LA(21")on'y 3.Not available with G CC option. 2.Luminaires require one area notion sensor per pole,ordered separately 4.Available with12OV through 277V(UNIV)input only. ilkSee Accessories on poge 2.Available ssith 12011 or 277V input only. MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM I Single Pole Mount W Wall Mount,Recessed J-Box 2 Type II I2 Twin Pole Mount at 180° WS Wall Mount,Surface Conduit 3 Type III 2 @90 Twin Pole Mount at 90° MA Mast Arm Mount(requires e 2 318"mast arm) 4 Type IV 3 3-way Pole Mount at 90° 5 Type V 3@I 200 3-way Pole Mount at 120° BLC Backlight Control Optic 4 4-way Pole Mount S. _ LED WATTAGE AND LUMEN VALUES LED Average Luminaire Initial Absolute Lumens' ii Ordering LED Array Current System LED TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 Code Quantity (mA) Watts' Selection TYPE 5 BLC ( STD ,St STD IS' STD 1St i70LA 1 400 70 NW 5,149(s) 4,272(s) 4,656 3,999(s) 5,106(s) 3,976(s) 4,613 3,263(s) 0 110LA 1 600 110 NW 6,686 5,725(s) 6,247 5,358(s) 6,632 5,327(s) 5,840 4,237 ISOLA 2 400 150 NW 9,710(s) 8,273(s) 9,510 7,796(s) 9,430(s) 7,444(s) 8,898 6,060(s) 210LA 2 600 210 NW 12,449 10,259(s) 12,212 9,666(s) 12,090 9,231(s) 11,412 8.094(s) • S.Wattage may vary by+7.8'/,due to tED manufacturer forward volt specification and ambient temperature.Wattage shown is average for 120V through 277V input Aduol w•atttage may vary by on odditionol+1-10Y,due to actual input voltoge.Actual test system wattage is shown in individual(ES files on www.sitelighting.cont • 6.Lumen scoot based on plroturatric tests performed in comp'iance tsrth IESNA 171-79. Contact Gordc°Apphcotians @ph'ips.com if estimates for de in purposes ore needed for any runes not shown 7.Value shown Is(or the luminaire with the Internal House Side Shield(IS)option. • (s)indicates softie Is scaled based on tests afa similar,but not Identical configurations. 0 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 Pill LI PC • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sltellglsttng.com PS ©2012 Kontnidgke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO • E200-00210612 • • • 6 i- • • rr'co LED Area. Luminaire l • Page 2 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response a LED SELECTION VOLTAGE 1 • CW Cool White•6000°K-75 CRI UNIV 120V through 277V,,50hz or 60hz NW Neutral White•4000°K-70 CRI HVU 347V through 480V,50hz or 60hz WW Warm White•3000°K-75 CRI Avaifoble in I lOLA,1501A or 2101A ONLY • FINISH OPTIONS BRP Bronze Paint re Fusing In Head PTF2 Pole Top Fitter•2 3/8"•2 718"Dia.Tenon • BLP Black Paint LF in-Line/In•Pole Fusing PTF3 Pole Top Fitter-3"-3 1/2"Dia.Tenon WP White Paint PC" Photocontrol and Receptacle PTF4 Pole Top Fitter-3 1/2"-4"Dia.Tenon • NP Natural Aluminum Paint PCR Photocontrol Receptacle only DL Diffusing Lens(reduces performance significant'),) • • OC Optional Color Paint IS Internal Houseside Shield SPIV Surge Protection for 120V through 277V Input Specify Optional Color or (Available tsithType 2,Type 3 or Type 4 Optics only) DCC10 Dual Circuit-LED Array Control Rh ex:OGLGP or OC-RAL7024. I-IS External Houseside Shield • SC Special Paint 8.Provide spedflc input voltage.PC option not available with 4801f Specify.!dust supply color clip. 9.Not available with fusing(F)option. 10.ELA2I"only.Provides duel level control capability.Loch LED Array can be switched or circuited separately. • • ACCESSORIES(Ordered separately) MS-A-120V 120V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MRSO and APD-MRO luminaires • MS-A-277V 277V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MRSO and APD•MRO luminaires Motion Sensors for pole mounting ore ordered separately,with one(1)motion sensor required per pole location for MR50 and APD-MRO luminaires.See Lominore Configuration information on 1 411) page 3 and 4(or more details.Area motion sensor color is Arctic White only. DIMENSIONS AND EPA(see also page 3) i • Arm Mount- Direct to Pole • "'....•..., i t IIIIIIIJ lllllllllll M. ( A F 111 Furl 1111IlitI1M11t1 t G ., lililltliiiiiildiidhjlfkliiiiiiil1i1li;iiIGi I 0 k________ B 44 C f 0 N Bird Deterrent • 1,4 C Wires(3) (Always included) ( . • o _.0. o9o0o%tl0o%9 \t`h`� �, ( 0 Integral Motion Sensor• 000000 t*ttI*, Configurations i ,0 0 010 0 ®g 1 Configurations Only, 0 00000000 f ( a %0 0 (MO � v Dimensions ELA16" ELA2 " E • A 4.5"/11.43 cm 4.5"/11.43 cm Effective Projected Area(EPA) Approximate B 6.28"/15.95 cm 9.28"/23.57 cm Weight•Single 411 Single 'Ruin 3/4 Lum Luminalre C 16.53")41.99 cm 21.52"/54.66 cm .87 ft' 1.74 ft' 2.49 ft' 21 lbs D 2"/5.08 cni 2"/5.08 ens ELA16" - .081 m' .162 m' .232 m' 9.53 kg E 15.2"/38.61 cm 15.7"!39.88 cm .95 ft' 1.9 ft' 2.79 ft' 31 lbs F 4.6"/11.68cm 4.6"/11.68cm r • ELA21" .089 m' .177 m1 .26 w1 14.07 kg G 1.53"/3.89 cm 1.53"!3.89 cm . 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 i ( El 11'1{1p jlr • (800)227.0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.comI`i [ 1 11 15 r%) • ©2012 Konlnklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without • notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GAR DCO E200.002/0612 • • t• • • 0' S i Emco LED Area. Luminaire S' Page 3of4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • ADDITIONAL MOUNTINGS Mast Arm Mount Wall Mount 41111( ���� Wall Mounting Plate may be mounted\�\\�t over (not [o) a recessed I-box (by ik';,_11' -- Wall Bracket Height a 7.25"/18.415 cm *i s\��,!1i's\�� others) and In all cases must be �j,i'`\�� Width from Wall=2.59"f 6.574 em • �\{.: \�\��. properly supported to structure as `}�jr'l `�`�` indicated. Surface conduit mount \\ \�� � �� requires conduit entry from below. �\`�\ �\\w \\ \\\\ See Installation sheets on \\\�\�\�\ �` � N\\ wwvrsiteli htin.tom for more details. V�� t\\ • H _Y Wall Mounting Plate.BoltPattern r I- 3.75"/9.525 cm NOTE:Wall mounting bracket Is secured to wall with • 1 3/8"(.9525 cm)studs or bolts(by others.)Structural r/} © 0 members must be present in wail to accept bolts. Ili. _i 1.75" Hates for 3f8"(.9525 cm)Studs or Bolts(by others) 4k 2.75"/6.985 cm (4.445 cm) Dimension Diameter •, H 7.8"/19.812 cm © 0 LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED ON PAGE 4) 0 APD CONFIGURATIONS:LED Area luminaires with Automatic Profile Dimming.are provided with the Philips DynaDimmer module Included.The - DynaDimmer module is programmed to go to 50%power,50%light output two r t Red Connects to (2)hours prior to night time mid•point and remain at 50%for six(6)hours after Black,120V OR ,„...n Override Input .' night time midpoint.Midpoint Is continuously recalculated by the DynaDimmer 277V Input —'(Orange)Line of module based on the average mid-point of the last two full night cycles. Short Sensor DynaDimmer • duration cycles,and power interruptions are ignored and do not affect the determination of mid-point. White-Neutral- APD is available In 120V through 277V input only. Area PIR Motion Sensor Coverage Pattern: • APD Dimming Profile: 1' /l, 270'Front Coverage III 2 Hours 6 Hours .9 / Distances are 100% 100°l0 9l' approximate. • ` H.Height Above 50% 50% ` Ground Ili l '. Helghti Power On Mid Point Power Off d ,'�� t �� lN 3HH 66H lei MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS: Motion response requires that the pole include an additional hand hole 15 feet above the pole base,normally oriented 180'to the standard hand hole. For •Pole Mounted Motion Sensor•MR50:LED Area luminaires with motion Philips Gardco poles,order the pole with the Motion Sensor Mounting(MSM) I response provide a 50%power reduction on low and a commensurate reduction option which Includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the €n light output.The power and light output reduction Is accomplished utilizing sensor with a 1/2"NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate into l the Philips DynaDimmer module,programmed for a constant 50%power. which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor is connected to the Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line on the hand hole cover plate,then wiring connections are completed in the pole.The 1 DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting,100%power and light output, plate(complete with motion sensor attached and wired)Is then mounted to when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion Is the hand hole.If poles are supplied by others,the customer Is responsible for 0 detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor In the pole. returns to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes,and Is field ilk adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes.This configuration Is not available Mounting to a Philips Gardco Pole for use with wail mounted luminaires. Cover Plate with 112"NPT Coupling • MRSO is available in 120V through 277/input only to the Iuminaire.The motion sensor with pole) sensor requires either 120V or 277V input to the motion sensor. Wiring Attach Motion • in — Sensor to Cover The Area PIR motion sensor Is the WattStopper EW-200-120-W(120V Input Pole Plate coupiing, -MS-A-120V)or the WattStopper EW200-277•W(277V Input•MS•A•277V.) R•, Motion Sensor Comp eteWiring Ili One motion sensor per pole Is required and is ordered separately.The area In Pole and Attach motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height Adfitional Hand Hole 15'Above Pole Base Cover Place to Hand • above ground.270°front the front•center of the sensor. (oriented 180'to the standard hand hole) Hole is 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 �J�{{ I}JG> III • (800)227-0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(S12)753-7855 sitelighting.cona tt 4t"19 II l�t°�" r ) ©2012 Koninkiijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO 1 ill E200.002/0612 • • I 40 • • • .6 Emco L Area Luminaire • Page 4 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION(CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3) • MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS:(Continued from Page 3) not requiring longe range detection.For longer range detection applications, configurations with pole mounted motion sensors are recommended. • Pole Mounted Motion Sensor•APD- MRO: Luminaires with Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits of both FS•3554.3W-Supplied with LED Area MRI Luminairep • automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to 50% power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires(see 51de Coverage Pattern lop Coverage Pattern page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating at i i Dissances are I 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power urer and light output.The luminaire remains t I �1, f f , pproximate. on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which the - ---- -i `h luminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes,and is field 1 H:Height 1 c i above ground t �— a adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. • APD-MRO is available in 120V through 277V input only to Iuminaire.The motion 1-1//r. \\.I i 1 \; • sensor requires either 120V or 277V input to the motion senso \ 1 �_____: IH a 2H 214 APD-MRO has the same pole requirements,utilizes the same motion sensors as -a m st H D the MR-50 version,and wires Identically as well.See Page 3 for details. • Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor-APO- MRI: Luminaires with Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor- MRI:Luminaires with Motion Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits • Response and an integral motion sensor include the DynaDimmer module and of both automatic profile dimming and motion response:The luminaire will dim to an Integral motion sensor.The location of the integral motion sensor is shown 50%power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires on page 2.Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line (see page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating • on the DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting,100%power and light at 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire output,when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no notion is remains on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire returns the luminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes. to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes.Available with 120V or 277V only. APD-MRI luminaires are available with 120V through 277V(UNN)input voltages 1 only. • LED Area MRI luminaires are provided with the WattStopper FS-355•L3W motion sensor,with a maximum recommended 20 ft.mounting height.The area coverage APD-MRI luminaires use the identical motion sensor as MRI lumaires. See motion • and range of the Integral sensors make them most suitable for applications sensor details above. SPECIFICATIONS •i GENERAL DESCRIPTION:LED Area luminaires combine a low profile style OPTICAL SYSTEMS:Lensed LED arrays are net to achieve IES Type II,Type • with advanced LED performance and thermal management technology to deliver III,Type IV and Type V distributions.Individual LED arrays are replaceable. Type outdoor area lighting that Is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is Il,Type III and Type IV optics on 21" luminaires only may be rotated In 90° ■ remarkably economical. increments. • HOUSING:The housing Is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts to a pole, ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver that accepts 120V u • tilizing an extruded arm.Additionally,LED Area luminaires mount easily to a wall through 277V or 347V through 480V,SOhz to 60hz,Input.347V through 460V or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions. input Is available on the 110LA or 210LA LED wattages only.Driver output is ( • based on the LED wattage selected.Component-to-component wiring within the LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The LED Area luminaire design provides luminaire will carry no more than 80%of rated current and Is listed by UL for ( • die cast aluminum Integral thermal radiation(ins to provide the excellent thermal use at 600 VAC at 302°F/150°C or higher.Plug disconnects are listed by UL for management so critical to long LED system life. use at 600 VAC,15A or higher. LED board,LED driver and LED array are RoHS compliant.Power factor is not less than 90%.The luminare consumes 0.0 watts in A LED PERFORMANCE: the off state,All motion sensors provided consume 0.0 watts In the off state. PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA" FINISH:Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, • electrostatically applied,thermally cured,triglycidal isocyanurate(TGIC)textured I Ambient LED Wattages/ L zit Hours" polyester powdercoat finish.Standard colors include bronze(BRP)•black(8LP)Temperature°C Driver mA • white(WP).and natural aluminum(NP).Consult factory for specs on optional or 1 70LA /'BOLA/400 100,000 custom colors. • 25°C (.. 110LA 1210LA 1600 75,000 LABELS:All luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applicable)Wet Location labels. f Ill 70LA /15OLA/400 65,000 WARRANTY:Luminaires In the Emco product family feature a 1 year limited 40°C warranty.LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty 1. • 110LA/210LA 1600 50,000 covering the LED arrays and LED drivers.See Warranty Information on www. sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. II.Predictedperformonce derived from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design estimates,hosed en iENA 11,1.80 mellrodolngy.Actual enperience Sstsyrorydue to field FULL CUTOFF PERFORMANCE:Full cutoff performance means a luminaire • application conditions, distribution where zero candela intensity occurs at an angle at or above 90'above nadir. ( f 2.tr is the predicted time When tED performance depreciates to 70h of initial lumen output Additionally,the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 100(10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80'above nadir-Thls applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. • 1611 Clovis Ranker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PHILIPS H. (800)227.0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 siteiiglsting.com I0 ©2012 Koninkliike Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without • notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO E200-00210612 • I• • 0 0 •• • fob: City of Salina,Kansas • Type: G3-110n,EfA16-13-110LA-NW-UNIV-BRP Notes: • It tp, Erna) LED Area Luminaire • Page 1 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response II O Philips Gardco's Emco product family features the LED Area luminaire.These luminaires combine low profile style, r r'rt'Tr, advanced LED performance and advanced thermal management technology to deliver outdoor area lighting that 1' r M Is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as It is remarkably economicaLVersions are available with automatic profile dimming and motion response capability as well.The housing is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts 0 to a pole,utilizing an extruded arm,and mounts easily to a wall or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions.LED Area optical systems provide IES Types II,Ill,IV,V and BLC(Backlight Control)distributions,The luminaires feature state of the art integral thermal control to maximize LED system performance and life.The • door frame is single piece die cast aluminum.LED Area luminaires are finished with a fade and abrasion resistant TGIC powdercoat.LEDArea luminaires provide full cutoff performance. • OPTICAL • PREFIX MOUNTING SYSTEM LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS 1 ELA16 i 3 'VIOLA NW UNIV BRP 0, Enter the order code into the appropriate box above.Note:Philips Gordo reserves the right to refuse a configuration.Not oil combinations and configurations are valid Refer to notes below for exclusions and f,nsitations.For questions or concerns,please consuls the factory. • PREFIX(See pages 3 and 4 for more deal on tuneno're cenfgwations.) et 0.10V Motion Response APD with Motion Response Override Constant Automatic Dimming' Notion Sensor Location Motion Sensor Location Luminaire Description Wattage Full Light (For inntdtha le ( 0 fQVconvot Profile integral to Integral to Ouput' system by others.) (APD) Pole Mounted" Luminaire)! Pole Mounted" luminaire" 4, 16"LED Area Luminaire (Available 7011 and I lOLA only) ELAI6s ELAtb-DIM' ELAI6•APD ELAI6•MR50 ELM 6•MRI ELA16•APD•MRO ELAI6•APD•MRI 21'LEDArea Luminaire (Available 1SOLA and 210LA only) ELA21 ELA21•DIM ELA21-APD ELA21•MR50 ELA21•MRI ELA21•APD•MRO ELA21•APD•MRI 1.347V through 480V(HVU)input amiable a/1'0 11101A(16"),fSOLA(21")or 2101A(21)only 3.Not available with DCC option. 2.Luminaires require one area motion tensor per pole,ordered separately. 4.Avaitoble whh120V through 277V(UNIV)Input only See Accessories on page 2.Available with 120V or 277V input only. 0 MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM 0 1 Single Pole Mount W Wall Mount,Recessed J•Box 2 Type!! • 2 Twin Pole Mount at 180° WS Wall Mount,Surface Conduit 3 Type III 2 @90 Twin Pole Mount at 90° MA MastArm Mount(requires a 2 310"most arm) 4 Type IV �• 3 3-way Pole Mount at 90° S TypeV ` 3 @120° 3-way Pole Mount at 120° BLC Backlight Control Optic ( 4 4-way Pole Mount ,LED WATTAGE AND LUMEN VALUES I LED Average Luminaire Initial Absolute Lumens° � LED A ' OCodetg Quatty Current System SelectDion TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 TYPES BLC (nsA) Watts STD 1ST STD IST STD IST 70LA 1 400 70 NW 5,149(s) 4,272(s) 4,656 3,999(s) 5,106(s) 3,976(s) 4,613 3,263(s) 411k 110LA 1 600 110 NW 6,686 5,725(s) 6.247 5,358(s) 6,632 5,327(s) 5,840 4,237 40, I SOLA 2 400 150 NW 9,710(s) 8,273(s) 9,510 7,796(s) 9,430(s) 7,444(s) 8,898 6,060(s) 21OLA 2 600 210 NW 12,449 10,259(s) 12,212 9,666(s) 12,090 9,231(s) 11,412 8,094(s) • S.Wattage may vary by+1.8%due to LED manufacturer forward volt specification and ambient temperature.Wattage shown is overage for 120V through 277V input Actual wotttoge may vary by on additional+1-10%due to actual input voisage.Artual test system wattage is shown in lndr'Aual IES fifes on sw,wsitelightingcont. 6.Lumen values hosed on photmetric tests performed in camp'ance with 1ESNA U,1.79.Contact GordcoApplcations @ph'Sps.com[(estimates for design purposes ore needed for any rubes not shown. 7.Volue shown is for the luminaire with the fnternaf House Side Shield(1S)option. (s)Indicates value Is scaled based on tests of a simila,but not Identical configurations. i • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666s r s A:((` (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.com 2012 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • E200.00210612 • 0 • 0 i • 1. I • • b , Emeo LED Area. Luminaire I • Page 2 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • 0 LED SELECTION VOLTAGE CW Cool White-6000°K-75 CRI UNIV 120V through 27N,50hz or 60hz NW Neutral White-4000°K-70 CRI HVU 347V through 480V,50hz or 60hz WW Warm White-3000°K-75 CRI Available in I IO(A,ISOLA or 2101.4 ONLY FINISH OPTIONS • i •BRP Bronze Paint P Fusing In Head PTF2 Pole Top Fitter-2 3/8"-2 7/8"Dia.Tenon BLP Black Paint LF In-Line/In-Pole Fusing PTF3 Pole Top Fitter-3"-31/2"Dia.Tenon WP White Paint PC° Photocontrol and Receptacle PTF4 Pole Top Fitter-3 1/2"-4"Dia.Tenon • NP NaturatAluminuns Paint PCR Photocontrol Receptacle only DL Diffusing Lens(reduces performance significantly) OC Optional Color Paint IS Internal Houseside Shield SPR' Surge Protection for 120V through 277V Input • Spedfy Optional Color or (Available with Type 2,Type 3 or Type 4 Optics only) DCCi0 Dual Circuit-LED Array Control ., Mt ex:OGtCP or OGRAL7024. HS External Houseside Shield • SC Special Paint 8.Provide specific input voltage.PC option not mailable with 480Y. Specify.Must supply color chip. 9.Not mailable With Fusing(F)option. • 10.ELA2 f"only.Pro4des dual level control copabitty.Each LEO Array con be switched or circuited separately. ACCESSORIES(Ordered separately) 10 MS-A-120V 120V Input•Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MR50 and APD-MRO luminaires • MS-A-277V 277V Input•Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MR50 and APD-MRO luminaires Motion Sensors for pole mounting are ordered separately with one(1)motion sensor required per pole location for MRSO and APD•MRO luminaires.See tuminore Configuration Information on • page 3 end 4 for mare details.Area motion sensor color isAr sicW/vte only. { • DIMENSIONS AND EPA(see also paEe 3) Arm Mount- Direct to Pole • - rree-ruureuurrr A F �__u__ n G 4, li.i11�1it:1;1'I.1117'1'1'1'1'Iii�11I111i'1'1 �, 'ltlllll)Illtllllllllllll i • i B 4 C > • Bird Deterrent Fe C r `� Wires(3) • (Always included) a y, -,c s\,`l��` Integral!lotion Sensor• 0®®®10%00.0 0 `?,111' �,\AA � MR1 andAPD•MRI Configurations Only. •00000000 0 `\ \\ �\T\ 3_ s ° i ' • ‘4?"'' 060.0 0.0 OVA �\i • ®®!000 0 c0 0 o ,-- __. c j w Dimensions ELA16" ELA21" • A 4.5"/11.43cm 4.5"/11.43 cm • Effective Projected Area(EPA) Approximate - B 6.28"/15.95 cm 9.28"/23.57 cm Weight Single • Single Twin 3/4 Luntinalre C 16.53"141.99 cm 21.52"!54.66 cm • .87 ft° 1.74 ft2 2.49 ft2 21 lbs D 2"/5.08 cm 2"15.08 cm • ELA16" .081 m2 .162 m2 .232 m2 9.53 kg E 15.2"/38.61 cm 15.7"/39.88 cm ' .95 ft2 1.9 ft2 2.79 ft2 31 lbs F 4.6"/11.68 cm 4.6"111.68 cm i • ELA2i" .089 m2 .177 m= .26 m2 14.07 kg G 1.53"!3.89 cm 1.53"/3.89 cm • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PH I LI P •• (800)227.0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.com ('� i • 2012 Konlnklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without • notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO E200.002/0612 • • • • • • • • b Emco LED Area Lumina.ire •i Page 3 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response •f ADDITIONAL MOUNTINGS •I Mast Arm Mount Wall Mount • � � Wall Mounting Plate may be mounted \ / over (not to) a recessed J•box (by 1 i'�\\\``h Wall Bracket Height=7.25"i 18.415 em ° i,'111'�� others) and In all cases must be \� �``�\ Width from Wall c 2.59'16.579 cm i \� properly supported to structure as �•1 1 ���� • mil'' � ��� ��`�� � �� required.conduit conduit mount `\� \ Of \\\� requires conduit entry from below. \`\\��\■\� •f ����� See Installation intructr ns sheets on O\\\��\ t, �tt5�at� w w+sicelighttng•com for more details. ����'—. 0 i `d ▪f -t—H_p t wall Hotening Pith Rett Pattern 3 75"1 9.525 cm--- NOTE:Wall mounting bracket Is secured to wall with �. 3/8"(.9525 cm)studs or bolts(by others.)Structural ( f ■) © 0 members must be present in wall to accept bolts. . �_`� I 1.75" Holes for 3/8"(.9525 cm)Studs or Bolts(by others) 2.75"/6.985 cm (4.445 cm) •( Dimension Diameter H 7.8"/19.812 cm Ilk LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION(CONTINUED ON PAGE 4) •i APD CONFIGURATIONS:LED Area luminaires with Automatic Profile , Dimming.are provided with the Philips DynaDimmer module included.The 4111 DynaDimmer module is programmed to go to 50%power.50%light output two Connects to (2)hours prior to night time mid-point and remain at 50%for six(6)hours after Black,120V OR �+ Override Input night time mid-point.Mid-point is continuously recalculated by the DynaDimmer 277V Input "`""(Orangee Line of I •( module based on the average mid-point of the last two full night cycles. Short White•Neutral Sensor DynaDimmer duration cycles,and power Interruptions are Ignored and do not affect the t • determination of mid-point. APD is available in 120V through 277V Input only. Area PIR Motion Sensor Coverage Pattern: • APD Dimming Profile: // • '1 % 270'Front Coverage 2 Hours 6 Hours ' ', t. -- Distances are •' 100% 100% q/ •. - approximate. __�- Hn Height Above 50% 50% `, •:'-'-------...... Ground •1 ,\ Height �, Power On Mid Point Power Off IH 3H H 6H • MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS: Motion response requires that the pole include an additional hand hole 15 feet above the pole base,normally oriented 180° to the standard hand hole. For Pole Mounted Motion Sensor•MR50:LED Area luminaires with motion Philips Gardco poles,order the pole with the Motion Sensor Mounting(MSM) response provide a 50%power reduction on low and a commensurate reduction option which includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the • in light output.The power and light output reduction is accomplished utilizing sensor with a 1/2"NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate Into the Philips DynaDimmer module,programmed for a constant 50%power. which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor Is connected to the Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line on the hand hole cover plate,then wiring connections are completed in the pole.Tho • DynaDimmer takes the Iuminaire to high setting,100%power and light output, plate(complete with motion sensor attached and wired)is then mounted to when motion is detected.The Iuminaire remains on high until no motion Is the hand hole.If poles are supplied by others,the customer Is responsible for detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the Iuminaire providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor In the pole. lk returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes,and is field Mounting to Philips Gardco Pole adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes.This configuration is not available 8 a P for use with wall mounted luminaires. ilk for Plate with 1/2"NPT Coupling • MR50 is available in I 20V through 277V input only to the Iunainaire.The motion — (supplied with pole) sensor requires either I 20V or 277V input to the motion sensor. Wiring Attac Motion In Sensor to Cover 0 The Area PIR motion sensor is the WattStopper EW-200-120-W(120V Input Pole Place coupling. -MS-A-120V)or the WattStopper EW 200-277-W(277V Input.MS-A-277V.) V• t ktion Sensor Comp!ece Wiring • One motion sensor per pole Is required and is ordered separately.The area t to Pole and Attach motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height Additional Hand Hole IS'Above Pole Base Cover Plate to Hand above ground,270°from the front-center of the sensor. (oriented I80'to the standard hand hole) Hole •• 1611 Clovis Darker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 l • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 siteligluing.com PH =+ + r- 2012 Komnklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO • E200.00210612 • • • • • • ,'tea ,, Emco LED Area. Luminaire i I• Page 4 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response ' 411111 LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3) • MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS:(Continued from Page 3) not requiring longe range detection.For longer range detection applications, • configurations with pole mounted motion sensors are recommended. Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-APD- MRO: Luminaires with Automatic . Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits of both FS-355.13W-Supplied with LED Area MRI Ltmiinaires automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to 50% fil power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires(see Side Coverage Pattern Too Coverage Pattern I • page 3).If motion Is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating at Distances arc 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire remains I t . 1 - a roxtmate. t.,, on high until no motion is detected for the duration period.after which the — -.-- ,approximate. H=Height .,. Iuminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes,and Is field I .17 aboveground. ° 1 •adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. 'I z APD-MRO is available In 120V through 277V Input only to Iuminalre.The motion t \I G s ' 1111 ensor requires either 120V or 277V Input to the motion sensor. 1H, ` APD-MRO has the same pole requirements,utilizes the same motion sensors as 4 a D 4 21-1 • la- the MR-50 version,and wires Identically as well.See Page 3 for details. • Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor•APD- MRI: Luminaires with Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor- MRI:Luminaires with Motion Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits Response and an integral motion sensor include the DynaDimmer module and of both automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to an integral motion sensor.The location of the integral motion sensor Is shown So%power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires on page 2.Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line (see page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating • on the DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting,100%power and light at 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire output,when motion is detetted.The luminaire remains on high until no motion Is remains on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which • detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire returns the luminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes, i, to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes.Avaiiable with 120V or 277V only. APD-MRI luminaires are available with 120V through 277V(UNIV)input voltages 1 • only. LED Area MRI luminaires are provided with the WattStopper FS-355-L3W motion ( III sensor,with a maximum recommended 20 ft.mounting height.The area coverage APD-MRI luminaires use the identical motion sensor as MRI lunaalres.See motion and range of the integral sensors make them most suitable for applications sensor details above. SPECIFICATIONS ( • GENERAL DESCRIPTION:LED Area luminaires combine a low profile style OPTICAL SYSTEMS:Lensed LED arrays are set to achieve iES Type II,Type ( . with advanced LED performance and thermal management technology to deliver III,Type IV and Type V distributions.Individual LED arrays are replaceable. Type ., outdoor area lighting that Is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is II,Type 111 and Type IV optics on 21" luminaires only may be rotated in 90° remarkably economical. Increments. HOUSING:The housing Is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts to a pole, ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver that accepts 120V ( 0 utilizing an extruded arm.Additionally,LED Area luminaires mount easily to a wall through 277V or 347V through 480V,50hz to 60hz,input.347V through 480V or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions. input is available on the VIOLA or 210LA LED wattages only.Driver output is ( 0 based on the LED wattage selected.Component-to-component wiring within the LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The LED Area luminaire design provides luminaire will carry no more than 80%of rated current and Is listed by UL for die cast aluminum Integral thermal radiation fins to provide the excellent thermal use at 600 VAC at 302°F/150°C or higher.Plug disconnects are listed by UL for management so critical to long LED system life. use at 600 VAC,15A or higher. LED board,LED driver and LED array are RoHS 1 compliant.Power factor Is not less than 90%.The luminare consumes 0.0 watts in LED PERFORMANCE: the off state.All motion sensors provided consume 0.0 watts in the off state. PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA" FINISH:Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, • Ambient LED Wattages! to electrostatically applied,thermally cured,triglycidal isocyanurate(TGIC)textured ( • Temperature°C Driver mA 1.70,Hours polyester powdercoat finish.Standard colors include bronze(BRP),black(BLP), white(WP),and natural aluminum(NP).Consult factory for specs on optional or 78LA I ISOLA/400 100,000 custom colors. 25°C a 110LA/210LA/600 75,000 LAf3ELS:All luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applicable)Wet Location labels. rr 70LA /ISOLA/400 65,000 WARRANTY:Luminaires in the Emco product family feature a 1 year limited l 40°C warranty.LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty ( ill 110LA/210LA/600 50,000 covering the LED arrays and LED drivers.See Warranty Information on vnwr. 11.Predicted per fmnronce dearer:from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. i• estimates,based on1E5PMLM.80 methodology.Actuat experience ma/vary due tafield FULL CUTOFF PERFORMANCE:Full cutoff performance means luminaire r� application conditions. distribution where zero candela intensity occurs at an angle at or above S0'above nadir. \ • 12.Lrr is the predeted 6me when LED performance depredates to 70%of initiol lumen output Additionally,the candela per 1000lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 100(10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80'above nadirThis appies to all lateral angles around the Iuminaire. 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PH!LIPS (800)227-0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 sitelightirtg.com l f• ©2012 Koninkiijkc Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without ( 0 notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO 5200-00210612 • • 1. • • . • • Job: City of Salina,Kansas • Type: G3-110n, ELA16-13-110LA-NW-UNIV-BRP Notes: • . • Poles • Page I of 4 511 / 6" Straight Square Steel .( •t The Philips Gardco SSS straight steel pole consists of a one-piece square fabricated steel lighting standard. The carbon steel base plate is secured to the shaft with a continuous circumferential weld providing •1 excellent strength and integrity. The poles are finished with an electrostatically applied,thermally cured { TGIC polyester powdercoat.All poles include anchor bolts,full base cover;hand hole,ground lug and top • cap. •� •I PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE GAUGE DRILLING FINISH OPTIONS ELA16 .---I 35 masa= 5 .--1 7 mem H BRP —1 I •( Enter the order code into the appropriate box above.Note:Philips Gardco reserves the right to refuse a configuration.Not all combinations and con- figurations are valid.Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory. t •( PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE GAUGE DRILLING 1111 SSSS 20' 5" 7 D I I Way SSS6 25' 6" I I D2 2 Way • 30' D2 @90 2 Way at 90° • 35' 40' D3 3 Way 04 4Way •i T2 2 3/8"ODTenon T4 4"ODTenon •i • • FINISH FINISH OPTIONS •( PP Prime Painted FES Festoon Outiet for Festoon Outlets ondAdditional Hand Ho's,Ingrate height above AHH Additional Hand Hole bass and orientation to original hand hole.See Pore Orientation •'. BRP Bronze Paint Information on Page 4. BLP Black Paint •� Couplings Motion Response Provisions WP White Paint Indicate size(112;319,1",1 114,1 1/2".)indicate GMR Provision for Gardco HID NP Natural Aluminum Paint height above base and orientation to hand hole.See Motion Response System Pole Orientateion information on Page 4. •, GV Galvanized(No Paint) htinhwm tote Height is 18'.lnctudes a 112"coup!'ng •' FPGV Finished Paint over CL Coupling-Internal thread placed 180'to the hand hoe,12'above the pole base. Galvanized(specify color) Single Mount Bullhorn Brackets MSM Motion Sensor Mounting Provision for LED l iustcate height abase base and orientation to hand Luminaires available with OC Optional Color Paint hole.See Pale Orientation Information an Page 4. Motion Response • Specify Mt designation ex OGRAL7024. GM-080-I 9 Single-1.9"OD Minimum Pale Height is 18'.Includes a special hand • G M-080.24 Single-2.4"OD hole with 112"coupling pieced in the cover plate,180' SC Special Color Paint to the hand hole,IS'above the pole base. Specify.Must supply color chip. 11, I Refer to Steel Pole Accessories street 79415.26 for additional accessories. I •I • •. 0 • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 [a Y • (800)227.0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 siteilghting.com �+ Ef1 ©2011 Koninklilke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO 1 • 79415.18/0611 • • • • • ■ • • Poles • Page 2 of 4 5" / 6" Straight Square Steel i • • POLE DATA MAXIMUM LUMINAIRE LOADING' • CATALOG NORMAL WIND a • NUMBER POLE SIZE HIGH WIND CONDITIONS CONDITIONS ANCHOR BOLT DATA 130 120 110 100 90 80 • MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH POLE Max Max Max BOLT MAX • HEIGHT SIZE EPA Weight EPA Weight EPA Weight EPA EPA EPA CIRCLE BOLT SIZE PROD. PREFIX (FT.) (Inches) GAUGE FT' (ibs) FT' (Ibs) FT' (ibs) FT' FT' FT' (inches) (Inches) (inches) • SSS 20 5 1 I 3.5 88 . 5.0 125 7.0 175 9A 12.7 17.7 11.0" 314 x 17 x 3 4.0" 555 20 ' S 7 6.2 155 8.2 205 10.7 270 16.2 21.4 28.1 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4,0" 110 SSS 25 S I I - - - - 2.1 53 3.7 6.3 9.8 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" i SSS 25 '5 7 2.7 • 68 4.3 108 6.3 158 9.5 13.3 18.5 _ 11.0" 3(4 x 17 x 3 4.0" • - - - - 2.0 4.7 11.0" 3(4x17x3 4.0" SSS 30 5 ll • SSS 30 S 7 . - - 2.0 SO 3.9 6.7 10.7 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" ' SSS 30 6 7 - - 3.3 83 5.6 140 9.0 13.2 19.0 12.0" 1 x 36 x 4 4.0" • 555 35 S 7 - - - - - - - 2.5 5.9 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" SSS 35 6 7 - • - - 4.2 7.6 12.4 12.0" I x 36 x 4 4.0" SSS 40 6 7 - - - - - - 3.0 7.2 12.0" 1 x 36 x 4 4.0" • l • I.Warning:Additional wind loading,in terms of EPA,from banners,cameras,floodlights and other accessories attached to the pole,must be added to the luminalre(s)EPA before selecting the pole with 1 the appropriate wind load capability, 2.Factory supplied template must be used when setting anchor belts. Philips Gardco will not honor any claim for Incorrect anchorage placement resulting from failure to use factory supplied templates. i • DIMENSIONS i • • Cut hole in template 1/16"larger than diam- 5555/5556 Pole eter of anchor boles used. 1. II , ( •O -,� Base Cover 555515556 Pole { 5 AIL Anchor Bolts(4) Bolt Circles , Top Nuts(4) t • Conduit opening LockWashet 4.64"minimum 4" (See Note Below) • (27.94cm) (11.78cm) i* � Flat Washers(8) (. 4 Max '/����� after leveling pole* ( • 5556- 12" (lo.lblgym) �i-� Iti1J` 1111 Leveling Nuts(4) (30.48cm) o ' t ° o r c C 4 G p G f p 0 D e t' o o 0 Concrete footing \/ O to suit soil • Section Base conditions 'Anchor Bolt Lock Washers are not normally required and are hoc Included In • standard anchor bolt sets.They are available upon request at additional cost. NOTE:Factory supplied template must be used when setting anchor bolts. ;r Grouting should include a drainage slot or tube(by others)to Philips Gardco will not honor any claim for Incorrect anchorage placement drant!a may wto eaken drain from the base tr c u pole.over time an provide from failure to use factory supplied templates. drainage may weaken tree pole bash structure over time and may i result in pole base failure,for which Philips Gardco is not responsible. i • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PHILIPS • (000)227-0758 (512)753.1000 FAX'(512)753.7855 siteiighting.com • ©2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without n • otifcation as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO 79415-18/0611 • • f • • • • •r •I •1 Poles I •1 Page 3 of 4 5" / 6" Straight Square Steel •1 SPECIFICATIONS • POLE SHAFT: The pole shaft is fabricated from a single-piece of I I ga BASE COVER: A two-piece base cover completely conceals the entire base (.1 196')or 7 ga(.1793')commercial carbon steel. The formed steel plate is plate and anchorage. longitudinally welded providing minimum yield strength of 46 KSI. HAND HOLE: The reinforced hand hole has a nominal rectangular 2"X 1 alANCHOR BASE: The pole anchor base is fabricated from A-36 structural 4"inside opening in the pole shaft, Included Is a cover plate with attachment quality carbon steel with a minimum yield strength of 36 KSI. The base plate screws. The hand hole is located 18"above the base and ISO*clockwise with ilk telescopes the pole shaft and Is circumferentially welded on both top and respect to the luminaire arm when viewed from the top of the pole for one bottom. arm. For two arms the hand hole is located directly under one arm, •i ANCHOR BOLTS:Anchor bolts are fabricated from a commercial quality POLE TOP CAP:Each pole assembly is provided with a removable pole top cap. iii•1 hot rolled carbon steel bar that meets or exceeds a minimum guaranteed yield strength of 50,000 psi. Bolts have an"L"bend on one end and threaded FINISH: Poles are available with a bronze, natural, white or black • on the opposite end. Anchor bolts are galvanized a minimum of 12"on electrostatically applied,thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat finish, the threaded end. Four(4)properly sized bolts,each furnished with two (2)regular hex nuts and two(2)flat washers,are provided per pole,unless STOCK POLES:Poles provided from stock under the Quick Ship program ( otherwise specified, are drilled for four(4)luminaires at 90°with three(3)hole sets plugged. ilk.my •i •t •( Ilk It GENERAL POLE INFORMATION DESIGN:The poles as charted are designed to withstand dead loads and WARNING:This design information is intended as a general guideline only. �' predicted dynamic loads developed by variable wind speeds with an additional The customer is solely responsible for proper selection of pole,luminaire, • 30%gust factor under the following conditions: accessory and foundation under the given site conditions and intended usage.The addition of any items to the pole,In addition to the luminaire,will The charted weights include luminaire(s)andlor mounting bracket(s). dramatically impact the EPA load on that pole.It is strongly recommended j � that a qualified professional be consulted to analyze the loads given the user's . The wind velocities are based on 10 mph increments from 80 mph through specific needs to ensure proper selection of the pole,luminaire,accessories, 100 mph. Poles to be located in areas of known abnormal conditions may and foundation. Philips Gardco assumes no responsibility for such proper require special consideration. For example:coastal areas,airports and areas analysis or product selections.Failure to insure proper site analysis,pole of special winds. selection,loads and installation can result In pole failure,leading to 4, serious Injury or property damage. Poles are designed for ground mounted applications. Poles mounted on structures (such as buildings and bridges) may also necessitate special GENERAL INFORMATION: Mounting height is the vertical distance from consideration requiring Philips Gardco's recommendation. the base of the lighting pole to the center of the luminaire arm at the point of luminaire attachment.Twin arms as charted are oriented at 180"with respect • Height correction factors and drag coefficients are applied to the entire to each other. For applications of two(2)arms at 90°or other multiple arm structure. An appropriate safety factor is maintained based on the minimum applications,consult the factory. •= yield strength of the material'incorporated in the pole. WARRANTY:Philips Gardco poles feature a 1 year limited warranty.See •( Warranty Information on www.sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. •( •( • • • • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PHILIPS (800)227.0758 ($12)753-1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.com 1 ©2011 Koninkhjke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. 1 • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO • 79415.1810611 (315• 1 • 1 • • 1• r • • Poles ;• Page 4 of 4 5" / 6" Straight Square Steel ' 0 ■ • ORIENTATION INFORMATION ' • • FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES • 1811°. — • ,'S‹) V 0..\\•, . • • For Factory Installed Options andAccessories, • 90° —s k--.—;270° Specify Orientation from Hand Hole and 1 • Height Above Pole Base Where Required. • Height Above •• Pole Base OHAND HOLE gi,/ •• • .,� .. • 0 o I I Orientation is measured clockwise from the Hand Hole Center. • STANDARD ARM MOUNT LUMINAIRE ORIENTATION Dl Drilled for Single Luminaire D2 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 180° D3 Drilled for 3 Luminaires @ 90° • 18.° lil 180° 180• Luminaire DI location D2 D3 • • 90°4.--® � 27o° 90°' '270 ° 90' D3 1 D3 270' { • `,Q HAND HOLE 91/ Q HAND HOLE Q • O HAND HOLE 0 " 0° 0° .- 0° D4 Drilled for 4 Luminaires at 90° D2 @90 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 90° 180° 180° • 04 " D2©90 • ;• 0 0 ''•. " 0 0 . 90° D4 ; D4 270° 901 DI90 70° i • ' Q HAND HOLE Q `�KO HAND HOLE 0 j 5 D4 " 0° 0•...t..., ..' ° • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 [j"}'P( ]U L'lj,j f (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 PAXt(512)753.7855 sltelighting.com it tj • 02011 Koninkliyke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without • nod8cation as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO 79415-18!0611 OP '• 1 • I . 0 .t Job: City of Salina,Kansas •f Type: G3-110n2,ELA16-13.110LA-NW-UNIV-BRP 11 Notes; • ►mac® LED Area Luminaire. vide •; Page 1 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response 0 Philips Gardco's Emco product family features the LED Area Iuminaire.These luminaires combine low profile style, rrlrrerrt"'f qtr advanced LED performance and advanced thermal management technology to deliver outdoor area lighting that 0,'`rr 4 i ; .t is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is remarkably economical.Versions are available with automatic ;r z • profile dimming and motion response capability as well.The housing is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts . U, r to a pole,utilizing an extruded arm,and mounts easily to a wall or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual �; transitions.LED Area optical systems provide IES Types 11,111,IV,V and BLC(Backlight Control)distributions.The r • luminaires feature state of the art integral thermal control to maximize LED system performance and life.The yr ;+. door frame is single piece die cast aluminum.LED Area luminaires are finished with a fade and abrasion resistant (i ai TGIC powdercoat.LED Area luminaires provide full cutoff performance. fa,'t OPTICAL •.PREFIX MOUNTING SYSTEM LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS € ELA16 -11 0L I 111A NW — UNIV — 6RP •� Enter the order code into the appropriate be above. Note:Phriips Gordo reserves the right to refuse o configuration.Not di combinations and configurations are votd. •I Refer to notes below far exclusions and limitations.for questions er cencesas,please consult the fodor7. PREFIX(See poses and 4 for more deals on luminare configurations.) II" o•foV Motion Response APD with Motion Response Override Constant Automatic Dimming' Motion Sensor Location Motion Sensor Location ( Wattage Profile Luminaire Description (For use ssith a Full Light 010'1 control Dimming" s Integral to Pole Integral to �� Ouput' system by others) (APD) Pole Flaunted Luminaire'' Po,e Mounted Luminaires •i` 16°LED Area Luminaire (Available 70fA and I101A only) ELM' ELA16•DIM' ELA16-APD ELM 6•MR50 ELM -MRI ELA16-APO-PIRO ELA16•APD-MRI 01 21"LED Area Luminaire PLA21 ELA21-DIM ELA21-APD ELA21•MR50 ELA214MRI ELA21-APD•MRO ELA21-APD•MRI (Available 1501A and 2101A only) • 1,347V through 400V(HV1.1)Input(seal`e ssith110LA(16"),1S0tA(21")or 2101A(21")eel/ 3.Not available with DCC option. 2 Luminaires require one area motion sensor per pate,ordered separately. 4.Availabie with120V through 277V(UNIV)input only. EliSee Accessories on page 2.Available With 120V or 277V input only O MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM 1 Single Pole Mount W Wall Mount,Recessed J-Box 2 Type II 411 2 Twin Pole Mount at 160° WS Wall Mount,Surface Conduit 3 Type lli 2 @90 Twin Pole Mount at 90° MA Mast Arm Mount(requires to 2 318"most arm) 4 Type IV 3 3-way Pole Mount at 90° 5 Type V 3 @120° 3-way Pole Mount at 120° I3 LC Backlight Control Optic • 4 4-way Pole Mount • LED WATTAGE AND LUMEN VALUES �• LED Average Luminaire Initial Absolute Lumens' ( Ordering LED Array LEO • Code Quantity Current System Selection TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 TYPE 5 BLC(mA) Watts' STD IS/ STD IS STD IS/ . 70LA 1 400 70 NW 5,149(s) 4,272(s) 4456 3,999(s) 5,106(s) 3,976(s) 4,613 3,263(s) .( 110LA 1 600 110 NW 6,686 5,725(s) 6,247 5,358(s) 6,632 5,327(s) 5,840 4,237 150LA 2 400 150 NW 9,710(s) 8,273(s) 9,510 7,796(s) 9,430(s) 7,444(s) 8,898 6.060(s) 210LA 2 600 210 NW 12,449 10,259(s) 12,212 9,666(s) 12,090 9,231(a) 11,412 8,094(s) i5.Wattage may vary by+5-8'''/doe to LED manufacturer forward volt specification and ambient temperature.Wattage shorn is overage for 120V through 277V input Actual ssatttage may vary by an odditional+1.10%due to actual Input vaitage.Actual test system wattage is shown in ind-,iduel fES files en»nvcvsftefighting.com. .' 6.Lumen veues based on photeeetric tests performed in cone once ssith IESNA 17,1.79.Contact GardcoAppdcoGons @phSps.corn if estimates for detan purposes ore needed far any icons not shown. 7.Vatue Shawn Is for the luminaire ssith the internal House Side Shield(IS)option. (s) • indrotes value is scored based on tests of similar,but not Identical configurations. • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Flarcos,TX 78666 PHILIPS • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(S12)753.785S siteflghting.cons 0 2012 Koninklijka Phll,ps Electronics NV All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • E200.00210612 j • • • • • t • 1- . Emco LED Area. Lumina.ire. , • Page 2 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response i• LED SELECTION VOLTAGE • CW Cool White-6000°K-75 CRI UNIV 120V through 277M 50hz or 60hz NW Neutral White-4000°K•70 CR1 HVU 347V through 480V,50hz or 60hz • WW Warm White-3000°K-75 CRI Available in 1101A ISOLA or 2101.11 ONLY • FINISH OPTIONS ' 1111 13RP Bronze Paint P' Fusing In Head PTF2 Pole Top Fitter-2 3/8"-2 7/8"Dia.Tenon BLP Black Paint LP In•Linelln-Pole Fusing PTF3 Pole Top Fitter-3"-3 1/2"Dia.Tenon • WP White Paint PC' Photocontrot and Receptacle PTF4 Pole Top Fitter-3 1/2"-4"Dia.Tenon NP Natural Aluminum Paint PCR Photocontrol Receptacle only DL. Diffusing Lens(reduces performance significantly) OC Optional Color Paint IS Internal Houseside Shield SPR' Surge Protection for 120V through 277V Input Specify Optional Color or (Available with Type 2,Type 3 or Type 4 Optics ont J DCC'o Dual Circuit-LED Array Control 8AL ex:OC-LGP or 0C•8AL7024. HS External Houseside Shield (• SC Special Paint 8.Provide specific Input voltage.PC option not ova foble with 48011 1. Specify.Most supply color chip. 9.Nat available with fusing(1)optian. 1 10.ELA21"only.Presides dual level control capability.Each LED Array can be switched or circuited separately. • ACCESSORIES(Ordered separately) MS-A-120V 120V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MR50 and APD•MR0 luminaires • MS•A-277V 277V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MR50 and APD-MRO luminaires t Motion Sensors for pole mounting ore ordered separately,with one(1)motion sensor required per pole location for MR50 and APD•MRO luminaires.See Luminare Configuration information on • page 3 end 4(or more details.Area oration sensor color is Arctic White only. I' DIMENSIONS AND EPA(see also page 3) t • Arm Mount- Direct to Pole ( • A 1ii I iii iii iiii , 0.1iloi illiiiiiiillili B a C ). ( I• Bird Deterrent F4- C 11 Wires(3) t, ``\�� (Always Included) ( to Integral Motion Sensor- 1 � \` MI •®®�® ® d4RI ®®®®�0 0® �\ t•IR \\�\ Configurations Only. ®®®® ®® 0 `� �� 3,10.7 ®�0000 t�15i� „ ' oecos 0.0 %9 ` • ®®0® 0 ® ® { 000®0®0 0 0 C III c , _ r y Dimensions ELA16" ELA21" I III A 4.5"/11A3cm 4.5"/11.43 cm • Effective Projected Area(EPA) Approximate B 6.28"/15.95 cm 9.28"123.57 cm \. Weight-Single Single Twin 3/4 Luminaire C 16.53"/41.99 cm 21.52"/54.66 cm .87 ft' 1.74 ft' 2.49 ft' 21 Ibs D 2"/5.08 cm 2"/5.08 cm • ELA16" .081 m' .162 n1' .232 m' 9.53 kg E 15.2"/38.61 cm 15.7"/39.88 cm ELA21" .95 ft' 1.9 ft' 2.79 ft° 31 lbs F 4.6"/11.68 cm 4.6"/11.68 cwt ( .089 m' .177 m' .26 m' 14.07 kg G 1.53"/3.89 cm 1.53"/3.89till • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 ■8 L PS (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.com PS I• 02012 KonlnirL ke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without + le notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. CARDCQ E200-002/0612 • i • 111 • • • • a.. • Emu) LED Area Luminaire • Page 3 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • • ADDITIONAL MOUNTINGS Mast Arm Mount Wall Mount Wall Mounting Plate may be mounted `` t' over (not to) a recessed -box (by rat Wall Bracket Height=7.25"!18.415 cm � . others) and pp n all cases structure must as .;' „`�`.\\ Width from Wall=2.59'/6.579 em • 1: \�� i I+ \\� properly supported to suit mount as 1```���� � Indicated. Surface conduit mount �� • ��\\ 'N Indicated. requires conduit entry from below. �, �\\\ ■ • �S\\\ See Installation Intruction sheets on \ � \51 d www.sitehghting.com for more details. dt\\t • H Wall Mounting Plateliolt Pattern h---- 3.75"1 9.525 cm NOTE:Wall mounting bracket Is secured to wall with • .�� a°(.9525 cm)studs or bolts(by others.)Structural members I © © members must be present In wall to accept bolts. 1 110 �•.��_ 1.75" Holes for 3/8'(.9525 cm)Studs or Bolts(by others) • 2.75"!6.985 cm (4.445 cm) Dimension Diameter •, H 7.8"/19.812 cm • LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED ON PAGE 4) APD CONFIGURATIONS:LEO Area luminaires with Automatic Profile , • Dimming.are provided with the Philips DynaDintmer module Included.The r DynaDimmer module Is programmed to go to 50%power,50%!tit output two T Red Connects to (2)hours prior to night time mid-point and remain at 50%for six(6)hours after Black,120V OR �� 'Override Input night erne mid-point.Mid-point Is continuously recalculated by the DynaDimmer Input (Orange)Line of module based on the average mid-point of the last two full night cycles. Short White-Neutral Sensor - DynaDimmer •I • duration cycles,and power Interruptions are ignored and do not affect the determination of mid-point. • APD is available in 120V through 277V Input only. Area PM Motion Sensor Coverage Pattern: APD Dimming Profile: ' it 270°Front Coverage f, 2 Hours 6 Hours l Distances are 100% 100% approximate. .._.,:_, 90° r-- H=Height Above 50% 50% \ Ground �, Height • Power On Mid Point Power Off J\\ IH 3H 61-1 MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS: Motion response requires that the pole include an additional hand hole 15 feet 4,( above the pole base,normally oriented 180° to the standard hand hole. For Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-MRSO:LED Area luminaires with motion Philips Gardco poles,order the pole with the Motion Sensor Mounting(MSM) i response provide a 50%power reduction on low and a commensurate reduction option which includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the In light output.The power and light output reduction is accomplished utilizing sensor with a 1!2"NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate Into the Philips DynaDimmer module,programmed for a constant 50%power. which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor is connected to the • Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line on the hand hole cover plate,then wiring connections are completed in the pole.The DynaDimmer takes the luntinaire to high setting,100%power and light output, plate (complete with motion sensor attached and wired)is then mounted to • when motion is detected.The luntinaire remains on high until no motion Is the hand hole.If poles are supplied by others,the customer is responsible for detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luntinaire providing suitable mounting accontntodations for the motion sensor In the pole. returns to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes,and Is field • adjustable front 5 minutes up to 15 minutes.This configuration is not available 'Mounting to a Philips Gardco Pole for use with wall mounted luminaires. ...Cover Plate with 1/2"NPT Coupling MRSO is available in 120V through 277V input only to the luminaire.The motion . (supplied with pole) sensor requires either 120V or 277V input to the motion sensor. Wiring — Attach Motion • In Sensor to Cover The Area PIR motion sensor is the WattStopper EW-200.120-W(120V Input Pole F Plate;oupling, 115-A-120V)or the WattStopper EW-200-277-W(277V Input-MS-A-217V,) �•, Moth n Sensor CompeteWiring One motion sensor per pole Is required and is ordered separately.The area In Pole and late motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height Additional{{and Hole 15'Above Pole Base Cover Plate to Nand • above ground,270°from the front-center of the sensor. (oriented 180°to the standard hand hole) Hole • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PHILIPS • (000)227.0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 siteligistirtg.cont 0 2012 Konlnklilke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without • notifiication'as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO • E200-00210612 • • • • • • • . Emco LED Area Luminaire • Page 4 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • • LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3) MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS:(Continued from Page 3) not requiring longe range detection.For longer range detection applications, • configurations with pole mounted motion sensors are recommended. • Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-APD- MRO: Luminaires with Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits of both FS-355-L3W•Supplied with LED Area MRI Luminaires • automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to 50% power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires(see Side Coverage Pattern Top Coverage Pattern page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire Is operating at t 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire remains i 1 Distances are i Po B P I I v. _ I 7 f I • roximuc. on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which the — l DP Het ht ` �.'' luminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory net at 15 minutes,and is field g ' bove ground. i • adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. , � —t APD-MRO is available in 120V through 277V input only to iuminaire.The motion 'VP I t ) \I 1 l ••sensor requires either 120V or 277V Input to the motion sensor. IH l\ I 'I i - is • s APD-MRO has the same pole requirements,utilizes the same motion sensors as t 2H 2 H the MR-50 version,and wires identically as well See Page 3 for details. • Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor•APD- MRI: Luminaires with 1 Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor- MRI:Luminaires with Motion Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits Response and an integral motion sensor Include the DynaDimmer module and of both automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to an integral motion sensor.The location of the Integral motion sensor Is shown 50%power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires • on page 2.Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line (see page 3).If motion Is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating on the DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting,100%power and light at 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire • output,when motion Is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion Is remains on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the Iuminaire returns the luminaire returns to low,Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes. to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes.Avaiiable with 120V or 277V • only. APD-MRI luminaires are available with 120V through 277V(UNIV)input voltages only. • LED Area MRI luminaires are provided with the WattStopper FS•3554.3W motion sensor,with a maximum recommended 20 ft.mounting height.The area coverage APD.MRI luminaires use the Identical motion sensor as MRI lumaires.See motion and range of the Integral sensors make them most suitable for applications sensor details above. • SPECIFICATIONS • GENERAL DESCRIPTION:LED Area luminaires combine a low profile style OPTICAL SYSTEMS:Lensed LED arrays are set to achieve IES Type II,Type • with advanced LED performance and thermal management technology to deliver III,Type IV and Type V distributions.Individual LED arrays are replaceable. Type outdoor area lighting that is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as It is IL Type III and Type IV optics on 21" luminaires only may be rotated in 90° • remarkably economical. increments. HOUSING:The housing is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts to a pole, ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver that accepts 120V • utilizing an extruded arm.Additionally.LEDArea luminaires mount easily to a wall through 277V or 347V through 4801 50hz to 60hz,input.347V through 480V or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions. input Is available on the 110LA or 210LA LED wattages only.Driver output Is • based on the LED wattage selected.Component-to•componenc wiring within the LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The LED Area Iuminaire design provides luminaire will carry no more than 80%of rated current and Is listed by UL for die cast aluminum Integral thermal radiation fins to provide the excellent thermal use at 600 VAC at 302°F 1 150°C or higher.Plug disconnects are listed by UL for management no critical to long LED system life. use at 600 VAC,15A or higher. LED board,LED driver and LED array are RoHS t compliant.Power factor is not less than 90%,The luminare consumes 0.0 watts in LED PERFORMANCE: the off state.All motion sensors provided consume 0.0 watts in the off state. PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA" FINISH:Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, Ambient LEO Wattages/ 1i electrostatically applied,thermally cured,trlglycldai isocyanurate(TGIC)textured ( • Temperature°C Driver mA Lao Hours polyester powdercoat finish.Standard colors include bronze(BRP),black(BLP), white(WP).and natural aluminum(NP).Consult factory for specs on optional or 70LA /15OLA/400 100,000 custom colors. 25°C 110LA/210LA/600 75,000 LABELS:Ali luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applkable)Wet Location labels. `` • 70LA /150LA/400 65,000 WARRANTY:Luminaires In the Emco product family feature a 1 year limited A • 40°C warranty.LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty 1101A/210LA/600 50,000 covering the LED arrays and LED drivers.See Warranty Information on srww. sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. • 11.Predicted performance derived from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design estimates,hosed enlESNAUvt80methodology.Actual experience may vury due te field FULL CUTOFF PERFORMANCE:Full cutoff performance means a luminaire eppcat on conditions distribution where zero candela intensity occurs at an angle at or above 90'above nadir. 12.Lv,is the pred cted time nhen LED performance depreciates to 70%of initial lumen output Additionally,the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 100(10 percent) - at a vertical angle of 80'abort nadir.This applies to all lateral angles wound the luminatre. • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,:an Marcos,TX 78666 PH'LI PS • (800)227-0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitefiglattng.com • ©2013 Koninklljke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without i • notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. - GARDCQ 0300.002/0612 • • •• • • • . •,. •, yob; City of Salina,Kansas O. Type: G3-110n2, ELA16-13-110LA-NW-UNIV-BRP 0 Notes: 41 Poles •. Page I of 4 411 Straight Square Steel • The Philips Gardco SSS straight steel pole consists of a one-piece square fabricated steel lighting standard. O. The carbon steel base plate is secured to the shaft with a continuous circumferential weld providing excellent strength and integrity. The poles are finished with an electrostatically applied,thermally cured • TGIC polyester powdercoat. All poles include anchor bolts,full base cover,hand hole,ground lug and top El cap. • • PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE GAUGE DRILLING FINISH OPTIONS • ELA16 ^120 = 4 11 '' J _BRP _ I Enter the order code into the appropriate box above.Note:Philips Gardco reserves the right to refuse a configuration.Not all combinations and con• figurations are valid.Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory. •f 0# PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE GAUGE DRILLING SSS4 10' 4" 7 DI I Way •. 12' II D2 2 Way 14' D2 @90 2 Way at 90° Si. I8' D3 3Way ' •f 20' D4 4 Way 24' T2 2 318"ODTenon 25' T4 4"ODTenon 30' •4 01 •` FINISH OPTIONS PP Prime Painted FMS Festoon Outlet For Festoon Outlets andAddtional Hand Helm,Indicate height above •t AHH Additional Hand Hole born and orientation Pa to original hood hole.See Pole Orientation BRP Bronze Paint lnfarmation oon Page 4. llBLP Black Paint Couplings Motion Response Provisions l WP White Paint lndkate size(112",314',I",f f14',t !11°)Indicate GMR Provision for Gardco HID NP Natural Aluminum Paint height above base and orientation to hand hole.See Motion Response System Pole Orientatakn Information an Page 4. •t GV Galvanized(No Point) blininsant Pole Height Is !8'.includes a 1!2°couprng CL Coupling-Internal thread placed 180'to the hood ho'e,12'above the pole base. FPGV Finished Paint over 6, Galvanized(specifr color) Sim Mount Bullhorn Brackets MSM Motion Sensor Mounting indicate height obese base and orientation to bond Provision for LED OC Optional Color Paint hole.See Pole Orientation end Orion on Page 4. Luminaires available with •i p Motion Response Spedfy Mt designation ex:.0GfZ417024. GM•080-19 Single- 1.9"OD /dinimum Pole Height is 18'.Includes e speck)head •i, GM•080.24 Single•2.4"OD hate vith 1f2"<oup,.ng placed in the cover plots,180' It SC Special Color Paint to the bond hole,15'chose the pole base. Specify.Must sup*color chip. • Refer to Steel Pole Accessories sheet 79415-26 for additional accessories. • • • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 70666 LIPS • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 siteiighting.com 02011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.At Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right co change materials or modify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO• C311• 79415.1710611 • • • • • • i , • Poles I ;0 Page 2 of 4 4" Straight Square Steel ,� • POLE DATA • MAXIMUM LUMINAIRE LOADING' II CATALOG NORMALWIND NUMBER POLE SIZE HIGH WIND CONDITIONS CONDITIONS ANCHOR BOLT DATA' • 130 120 110 100 90 80 MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH •■ POLE Max Max Max BOLT MAX HEIGHT SIZE EPA Weight EPA Weight EPA Weight EPA EPA EPA CIRCLE BOLT SIZE PRO). • PREFIX (FT.) (Inches) GAUGE FT' (Ibs) FT' (Ws) FT' (16s) FT' FT' FT' (inches) (Inches) (inches) SSS 10 4 I I 9.9 248 12.0 300 14.5 363 18.9 23.9 30.6 8.0" 319 x 17 x 3 4.0" SSS 12 4 I I 7.4 185 9.2 230 11.3 283 14.8 28.8 24.4 8.0" 314 x 17 x 3 4.0" , 5 SSS 14 4 I I 5.5 138 7.0 175 8.8 220 11.7 15.1 19.9 8.0' • 314 x 17 x 3 4.0" • _ SSS I5 4 11 3.8 95 5.0 225 6.7 168 8.9 11.8 15.9 8.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" - SSS 18 4 I I 2.3 58 3.5 88 4.8 120 6.7 9.2 12.6 8.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0' • SSS 20 4 I I - - 1.9 48 3.3 83 4.5 6.7 9.6 8.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" SSS 20 4 7 4.3 108 5,6 140 7.4 185 8.8 11.8 16.0 8.0" 3/4 x l7 x 3 4.0" • SSS 25 4 I I - - - - 1.0 2.6 4.8 8.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" • SSS 25 4 7 1.6 40 2.6 65 3.8 95 5.4 7.7 10.8 8,0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" 1 SSS 30 4 7 - - - 1.2 50 2.6 4.4 6.7 8.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4,0" • ( • Morning:Additional wind loading,In terms of EPA,from banners,cameras,flooditghcs and other accessories attached to the pole,must be added to the luminaires)EPA before selecting the pole with ( • the appropriate vend load capab'lity. 2,Factorystippl'ed temphte men be used when setting anchor bolts,Phll'ps Gardco wal not honor any claim for incorrect anchorage placement resulting from failure to use factory supplied templates. f • ( • DIMENSIONS ( • ( 0 Cut hole In template 1/16"larger than diam- SSS4 Pole • eter of anchor bolts used. O 1' i •,Ati& X Base Cover SSS4 Pole 7 IIIIIIIIIIIII•1IllIIIIIIIIIII•111■•■••■ _ 314"Anchor Bolts(4) Top Nuts(4) • Conduit opening Lock Washer IN • 3.64" Fre-iil JI (See Nate Below) ( 8" Bolt Circle (a24stn,) t Flat Washers(e) 1�1��(20.32tnY) 4.0"t1ax. '��-ir-11 Grout as required (10.16cm) _- ta� after leveling pole + = P .------- 0 Leveling Nuts(4) 0 ill P P D RI 0 l D 0 0 P P P 0 • P ( P P D P P D 0 �OX X Concrete footing to /O� $ecsion Basg suit soil conditions -( �-/ °Anchor Bolt Lock Washers are not normally required and are not included in i f• - standard anchor bolt sets.They are available upon request at additional cost. • !*Grouting should Include a drainage slot or tube(by others)to NOTE:Factory supplied template must be used when setting anchor bolts. permit water to drain from the base of the pole.Failure to provide Philips Gardco will not honor any claim for Incorrect anchorage placement drainage may weaken the pole base structure over time and may • front failure to use factory supplied templates. result in pole base failure,for which Philips Gardco Is not responsible. • 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 ( ( a z:-; (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.com 1 fd 1 il El Ia° • 02 • 011 Koninkh}ke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without • notification as part of else company's continuing product improvement program. 79415-17/0611 '. • E�• • • • • •: Poles Page 3 of 4 411 Straight Square Steel •• • SPECIFICATIONS POLE SHAFT: The pole shaft Is fabricated from a single-piece of I I ga BASE COVER: A two-piece base cover completely conceals the entire base • (.1 196")or 7 ga(.1793")commercial carbon steel. The formed steel plate is plate and anchorage. longitudinally welded providing minimum yield strength of 46 KSI. • HAND HOLE: The reinforced hand hole has a nominal rectangular 2"X ANCHOR BASE; The pole anchor base Is fabricated front A.36 structural 4"inside opening in the pole shaft. Included is a cover plate with sttacltmeet • • quality carbon steel with a minimum yield strength of 36 KSI. The base plate screws. The hand hole is located 18"above the base and 180°clockwise with telescopes the pole shaft and Is circumferentially welded on both top and respect to the luminaire arm when viewed from the top of the pole for one •t bottom. arm. For two arms the hand hole is located directly under one arm, ANCHOR BOLTS:Anchor bolts are fabricated from a commercial quality POLE TOP CAP:Each pole assembly Is provided with a removable pole top cap. hot rolled carbon steel bar that meets or exceeds a minimum guaranteed yield strength of 50,000 psi. Bolts have an"1"bend on one end and threaded FINISH: Poles are available with a bronze, natural, white or black • on the opposite end. Anchor bolts are galvanized a minimum of 12"on electrostatically applied,thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat finish. • the threaded end. Four(4) properly sized bolts,each furnished with two (2)regular hex nuts and two(2)flat washers,are provided per pole,unless STOCK POLES:Poles provided from stock under the Quick Ship program otherwise specified. are drilled for four(4)luminaires at 90°with three(3)hole sets plugged. • •i •( •( GENERAL POLE INFORMATION 4 DESIGN:The poles as charted are designed to withstand dead loads and WARNING:This design information is Intended as a general guideline only. predicted dynamic loads developed by variable wind speeds with an additional The customer is solely responsible for proper selection of pole,luminaire, • 30%gust factor under the following conditions: accessory and foundation under the given site conditions and Intended usage.The addition of any items to the pole,in addition to the luminaire,will •i. The charted weights include luminaire(s)and/or mounting bracket(s). dramatically impact the EPA load on that pole. It is strongly recommended that a qualified professional be consulted to analyze the loads given the user's •< The wind velocities are based on 10 mph Increments from 80 mph through specific needs to ensure proper selection of the pole,luminaire,accessories, . 100 mph. Poles to be located in areas of known abnormal conditions may and foundation. Philips Gardco assumes no responsibility for such proper • require special consideration. For example:coastal areas,airports and areas analysis or product selections.Failure to insure proper site analysis,pole of special winds. selection,loads and installation can result in pole failure,leading to •( serious injury or property damage. Poles are designed for ground mounted applications. Poles mounted on •t structures (such as buildings and bridges)may also necessitate special GENERAL INFORMATION: Mounting height is the vertical distance from consideration requiring Philips Gardco's recommendation, the base of the lighting pole to the center of the luminaire arm at the point of 1 luminaire attachment.Twin arms as charted are oriented at 180°with respect Height correction factors and drag coefficients are applied to the entire to each other. For applications of two(2)arms at 90'or other multiple arm f structure. An appropriate safety factor is maintained based on the minimum applications,consult the factory. C yield strength of the material Incorporated in the pole. Aft; WARRANTY:Philips Gardco poles feature a I year limited warranty.See • Warranty information on www.sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. ( • • • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 • (800)227.0756 (512)753.1000 FAX;(512)753.7855 sltelighting.com 02011 Konlnklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Plilii.ss uardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without notificat!en as Part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • 79+1i'-I7i061f • • 41 • . • • • Poles I• Page 4 of 4 4" Straight Square Steel • • ORIENTATION INFORMATION • • FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES • f80° I 0 — 0 • For Factory Installed Options and Accessories, 9o° I. p 4— 270° Specify Orientation from Hand Hole and Height Above Pole Base Where Required. i • Height Above 0 Pole Base %,,Q HAND HOLE 0 �....•--"-'. . i • 0° •Orientation Is measured clockwise from the Hand Hole Center. STANDARD ARM MOUNT LUMINAIRE ORIENTATION S DI Drilled for Single Luminaire D2 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 180° 03 Drilled for 3 Luminaires 0 90° ( • I80° 180° °i° i Luminaire D I location D3/ „.., ( •• •/ or 0 ...... . 90°.1----0- 4 1270° 90°'" ,'270° 90°Y D3 D3 270° I •• / , 9 • .`,\o HAND HOLE / '•�`' O HAND HOLE O " ',., O HAND HOLE O " l • 0° I • 0° 0° D4 Drilled for 4 Luminaires at 90° D2 @90 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 90° 180° 180° D4 D2ll90 [ • O o -' O %. • 90° D4' D4 270° 90° a D2 90 270° (, lil O HAND HOLE O 0 HAND HOLE O !; • D4 i • 0° 0° i • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 (800)227.0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 sitelighting,coiri O 2011 Konlnklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without 5 notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO 79415.17!0611 • • • • • • Job: City of Salina,Kansas • Type: G23-110,ELA16-23-1101A-NW-UNIV-BRP-PTF2 • Notes: • :iv Ern co LED Area Luminaire • VW•, Page 1 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Philips Gardco's Emco product family features the LED Area Iuminalre.These luminaires combine low profile style, ,raw(Of y�rrrrrrrr . advanced LEO performance and advanced thermal management technology to deliver outdoor area lighting that ! , Is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it Is remarkably economical.Versions are available with automatic -',4,4,,,,,,, 4 profile dimming and motion response capability as well.The housing Is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts g to a pole,utilizing an extruded arm,and mounts easily to a wall or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual ,> • s a transitions.LED Area optical systems provide les Types 11,111,IVY and BLC(Backlight Control)distributions.The , ;: • luminaires feature state of the art integral thermal control to maximize LED system performance and life.The ' ' door frame is single piece die cast aluminum.LED Area luminaires are finished with a fade and abrasion resistant `4 • TGIC powdercoat.LED Area luminaires provide full cutoff performance. OPTICAL 0i PREFIX MOUNTING SYSTEM LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS ELA16 2 -� 3 "4110LA NW "�UNIV -1 BRP I^PTF2 • Enter the order code Into the appropriate box above. Note:Pi isps Gardco reserves the right to refuse a configuration.Not oli combinations and confgurations ore valid. •, Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory. PREFIX(See pones 3 and for more deta'ts on luncnaie eenfigurations.) • 0-1W Motion Response APD with Motion Response Override Constant Automatic - 0, Dimming' Motion Sensor Location Motion Sensor Location 0 Lunsinaire Description Wattage (Fur use with a Profile Full Light O tOV control Dimming" a Integral to zr Integral to OupuN system by others) (APD) Pole flounced Luminaire'" Pole Mounted Luminaire" 0( 16"LEO Area Luminaire (Avaifable 701A and/10/A only) ELA16' ELM 6-DIM' ELM'S-APD ELM6-'MR54 ELM 6.14R1 ELM6-APD-MRO ELA16-APD-MRI 40( LEDAea Luminire (Av a�tobte f S SOUS end a 2101A ansy} ELA21 ELA21-DIM ELA21-APD ELA21-MRSO ELA21-PIRI ELA21-APD-MRO ELA21-APD-MRI (A • 1.347V through 480V(HVU)Input avdiab.'e euth 1 IOLA(16"),1SOLA(21)or 210tH(21")00,2 3.Not available with DCC option. 2.tom/noires require one area motion sensor per pole,ordered separately. 4.Avolable with120V through 277V(VNIV)input only, • See Accessories on page 2.Available with 120V or 277V input only, MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM 1 Single Pole Mount W Wall Mount,Recessed)-Box 2 Type II • 2 Twin Pole Mount at 180° WS Wail Mount,Surface Conduit 3 Type Iii 2@90 Twin Pole Mount at 90° MA Mast Arm Mount(requires a 2 3/8"most arm) 4 Type IV • 3 3-way Pole Mount at 90° 5 Type V 3 @120° 3-way Pole Mount at 120° BLC Backlight Control Optic S 4 4-way Pole Mount g P Ill' LED WATTAGE AND LUMEN VALUES LED Average Luminaire Initial Absolute Lumens° 411/: • Ordering LEDArray Current System LED TYPE 2 TYP£3 TYPE 4 Code Quantity (mA) Watts' Selection TYPE 5 BLC STD 15° STD ISt STD ISt i 70LA 1 400 70 NW 5,149(s) 4,272(s) 4,656 3,999(s) 5,106(s) 3,976(s) 4,613 3,263(s) 0I 1 COLA 1 600 110 NW 6,686 5,725(s) 6,247 5,358(s) 6,632 5,327(s) 5,840 4,237 150LA 2 400 150 NW 9,710(s) 8,273(s) 9,510 7,796(s) 9,430(s) 7,444(a) 8,898 6,060(s) 218LA 2 600 210 NW 12,449 10,259(s) 12,212 9,666(s) 12,090 9,231(s) 11,412 8,094(s) • 5.Wattage may vary by 41.8%due to LEO manufacturer forward volt specification and ambient temperature.Wattage shown is overage for 120V through 277V input Actual watttage may vary by an additional+1-10%due to actual input vultage.Actuol test system nottage is shown in indniduol IES get on wwwsitetighting.cem. • 6.Lumen vdues based on photnteuk tests performed In conipiance with iESNA 114.79.Contact GardcuApp`cations @ph'.ps.con)if estimates far desyn purposes ore needed for any va'ues not shown. 7.Volue shown is for the luminaire with the Internal House Side Shield(IS)option. • (s)indicates value Is scoffed bared on tests of o similar,but not Identical configurations. • 1611 Clovis Harker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 f o l .}( [i I 1-19,5.; • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX: 512)753.7855 siteilghting.com ©2012 Kontnkliike Phillips Electronics N.V.Ail Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its produce without Fa notification as pare of the company's cant en ng product Improvement program. 4�i, 'k i io CO • E200.09210612 i'' • • • • • • • Emco LED Area. Luminaire • Page 2 of 4 • Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • LED SELECTION VOLTAGE II CW Cool White•6000°K-75 CRI UNIV 120V through 277V,50hz or 60hz NW Neutral White-4000°K-70 CRI HVU 347V through 480V,50hz or 60hz • WW Warm White-3000°K-75 CRI Available in 110LA,f50LA or 2IOLA ONLY. • FINISH OPTIONS • 13111) Bronze Paint Fa Fusing In Head PTF2 Pole Top Fitter-2 3/8"•2 7/8"Dia.Tenon OLP Black Paint LF In-We/In-Pole Fusing PTF3 Pole Top Fitter•3"-3 1/2"Dia.Tenon ( W • P White Paint PC° Photocontrol and Receptacle PTF9 Pole Top Fitter•3 1/2"-4"Dia.Tenon NP Natural Aluminum Paint PCR Photocontrol Receptacle only DL Diffusing Lens(reduces performance significantly) OC Optional Color Paint IS Internal Houseside Shield SPR' Surge Protection for 120V through 277V Input Spedfy Optional Color or (Available vithType 2,Type 3 orType 4 Optics only) DCC10 Dual Circuit-LED Array Control • PAL ex:OC-LGP or OC-RAL7024. HS External Houseside Shield SC Special Paint Sped(y./,lust supply color drip. 8.Provide specific Input voltage.PC option not°voluble tsith 480V. ( • 9.Not excitable frith Fusing(F)option. 10.ELA2I"only Provides dual lent control capability.Each LED Array can be snitched or circuited separotely ACCESSORIES (Ordered separately) MS-A-120V 120V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MR50 and APD-MRO luminaires • MS•A-277V 277V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MR50 and APD•MRO luminaires • /lotion Sensors for pose m wi h auntng°re ordered separatelis one(I)motion sensor required per pole location for MRSO and APD•MRO luminaires.See Luminare Configuration Information on page 3 and 4 for nvore details.Area motion sensor color is Arctic White only. • DIMENSIONS AND EPA(see also page 3) • Arm Mount- Direct to Pole 1• snr ricru iLI1ltL1Nm41 r r r.utr La r rIrrr!riir 11!∎1{1 .!..4 I • A G F n llllllilillll IIllililitilllilill{iti iii' 4. • 1 _____41.4 C DI • Bird Deterrent I • 14 C Wires(3) �� (A.sot's Included) • 090%°090°0909 tint \� • integral Motion Sensor- 00000004%-.1 ``lL� `\ � N Configurations nsOty - ,®0 00000 0 e 0 t,�\\\a\ � ConBguratlons Onh. \``\`�``�,\1 LL-Y--- *...e 09090°099°0909 k 0000000c , • ®0®000 00000 0 • a��._ � � �"'°. . Dimensions t3L,f`<f6" ELA21" lb A 4.5"/11.43 cm 4.5"/11.43 cm • Effective Projected Area(EPA) Approximate 8 6.28"/15.95 cm 9.28"/23.57 cm Weight•Single • Single Twin 3/4 Luminaire C 16.53"/41.99 cm 21.52"/54.66 cm .87 it' 1.74 ft' 2.49ft2 21 lbs D 2"/5.08 cm 2"/5.08 cm • ELA16" .081 m2 .162 m' .232 mt 9.53 kg E 15.2"/38.61 ens 15.7"139.88 cm EL A21" .95 It' 1.9 ft' 2.79 10 31 lbs F 4.6"/11.68 cm 4.6"111.68 cm l • .089 m° .177 m° .26 m° 14.07 kg G 1.53"13.89 cm 1.53"/3.89 cm • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.com �� +si� •PS • ©2012 Koninklilke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. 1 Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without i • notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. G 1RDGO 8200.00210612 • • • • • • • • • ,: I Em co LED Area. Lumina.ire • Page 3 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • ADDITIONAL MOUNTINGS Mast Arm Mount WaILMount • �C Wall Mounting Plate may be mounted ,1,,D Wall Bracket Height 18.415 cm k-------,- .,1 i t' over (not to) a recessed i box (by t `�1 1 g \��' \�\ others) and in all cases must be Ili'''��� Width from Wall=2.59"1 b.579 cm , `� \ properly supported to structure as ��i ',i�tl�` i �� Indicated. Surface conduit mount \" \� AI , requires conduit trsg from below, \..\\\\ tit � �\ See Installation intrusion sheets on �\•\� tt1 snnvsitefighGng.cons for more details. \�ttyt t° • �t tit 14 H—D Wa8 Mounting Piste Anit pattern I 3.75"7 9.525 cm--may NOTE:Wall mounting bracket Is secured to wall with • 318"(.9525 cm)studs or bolts(by others.)Structural ( 0 0 members must be present in wall to accept bolts. •; I I 1.75" Holes for 3/8'(.9525 cm)Studs or Bolts(by others) 2.75"f 6.985 cm (4.445 cm) Dimension 2.75" •f H 7.8"/19.812 cm 1 0( LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED ON PAGE 4) •'. APD CONFIGURATIONS:LED Area luminaires with Automatic Profile Dimming.are provided with the Philips DynaDimmer module included.The L - DynaDimmer module Is programmed to go to 50%power,50%light output two I % Red Connects to (2)hours prior to night time mid-point and remain at 50%for six(6)hours after Black,120V OR t , � Override Input night time midpoint.Mid-point is continuously recalculated by the DynaDimmer 277V Input -- (Orange)Lien of module based on the average mid-point of the last two full night cycles. Short White-Neutral Sensor DynaDirnmer duration cycles,and power interruptions are Ignored and do not affect the f 411i, ■ determination of mid-point. r APD is available in 120V through 277V input only, Area PIR Motion Sensor Coverage Pattern: • APD Dimming Profile; ,' 270°Front Coverage 2 Hours 6 Hours °� Distances are • 100% 100% > approximate. 9t0" H=Height Above •` 50% 50% \ \ Ground 1 I v `:\\ Helghttca • Power On Mid Point Power Off \ I1-1 31-1 6H • MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS: Motion response requires that the pole include an additional hand hole 15 feet above the pole base,normally oriented 180° to the standard hand hole. For Pole Mounted Motion Sensor- MRSO:LEO Area luminaires with motion Philips Gardco poles,order the pole with the Motion Sensor Mounting(MSM) 7 response provide a 50%power reduction on low and a commensurate reduction option which includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the • in light output.The power and light output reduction is accomplished utilizing sensor with a 1f2"NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate into the Philips DynaDimmer module, programmed for a constant S0%power. which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor Is connected to the Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line on the hand hole cover plate,then wiring connections are completed in the pole,The •! DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting,100%power and light output, plate(complete with motion sensor attached and wired)is then mounted to when motion Is detected.The luniinaire remains on high until no motion Is the hand hole.If poles are supplied by others,the customer is responsible for detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor In the pole. • returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes,and is field Mount6t to a Philips Gardco Pole adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes.This configuration is not available 8 P for use with wall mounted luminaires. Cover Plate with 1f2"NPT Coupling • MR50 is available in 120V through 277V input only to the Iuminalre.The motion —Wiring ``, Attach Motion sensor requires either 120V or 277V input to the motion sensor. In Sensor to Cover • The Area PIR motion sensor Is the WattStopper EW-200-120-W(120V Input Pole _ Plate coupling, -MS-A-120V)or the WattStopper EW-200-277-W(277V Input-MS-A-277V.) il `t.., ilo0tin Sensor CompleteWiring One motion sensor per pole Is required and Is ordered separately.The area Cover and ateto Attach motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height (oriented anal Hand Hole standard Pole Base Cover Plate to Hand • above ground,270°from the front-center of the sensor, (oriented IBO°to the standard hind hole) Hole 1 • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San hlarcos,TX 78666 PHILIPS • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sttelighting.cona ©2012 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notifcatlon as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program, rARDCt' • E200.002/0612 ' • • • • . • • 47, Ertl co LED Area Luminaire ,41D 1 , 1• Page 4 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response 10 LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3) MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS:(Continued from Pege 3) not requiring longe range detection.For longer range detection applications. configurations with pole mounted motion sensors are recommended. • Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-APD- MRO: Luminaires with Automatic 1 Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits of both FS-355-L3W-Supplied with LED Area MRI Luminalres • automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to 50% power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires(see Side Coverage Pattern Top Coverage Pattern page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating at I — Dhtancesare i 50%,the luminatre returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire remains I ! p. • i LLpproximate. 1— r■on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which the —,— I' H=He:ght e luminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes,and is field /A1H adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. • APD-MRO Is available in 120V through 277V input only to Iuminaire.The motion ( I f , v sensor requires either 120V or 277V Input to the motion sensor. IH I I r > •APD-MRO has the same pole requirements,utilizes the same motion sensors as Q 2H > 2H L the MR-50 version,and wires identically as well.See Page 3 for details. • Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor-APD- MRI: Luminaires with Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor• MRI:Luminaires with Motion Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits • Response and an Integral motion sensor include the DynaDimmer module and of both automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to an Integral motion sensor.The location of the Integral motion sensor Is shown 50%power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires • on page 2.Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line (see page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating on the DynaDimmer takes the luminalre to high setting,100%power and light at 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire output,when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion Is remains on high until no motion Is detected for the duration period,after which • detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire returns the luminaire returns to low.Duration period Is factory net at 15 minutes. to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes.Available with 120V or 277V • only. APD-MRI luminaires are available with 120V through 277V(UNIV)input voltages • only. 0 LED Area MRI luminaires are provided with theWattStopper FS-355•L3W motion I sensor,with a maximum recommended 20 ft.mounting height.The area coverage APD-MRI luminaires use the identical motion sensor as MRI lumaires.See motion and range of the Integral sensors make them most suitable for applications sensor details above, SPECIFICATIONS ( • GENERAL DESCRIPTION:LED Area luminaires combine a low profile style OPTICAL SYSTEMS:Lensed LED arrays are set to achieve IES Type II,Type with advanced LED performance and thermal management technology to deliver III,Type IV and Type V distributions.Individual LED arrays are replaceable. Type (, outdoor area lighting that is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as It is II,Type Iil and Type IV optics on 21"luminaires only may be rotated in 90° • remarkably economical. Increments. HOUSING:The housing is one.piece,die cast aluminum and mounts to a pole, ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver that accepts 120V utilizing an extruded arm.Additionally,LED Area luminaires mount easily to a wall through 277V or 347V through 480V 50hz to 60hz,input.347V through 480V • or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions. Input is available on the 110LA or 210LA LED wattages only.Driver output Is 0 based on the LED wattage selected.Component-to-component wiring within the LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The LED Area luminaire design provides luminaire will carry no more than 80%of rated current and is listed by UL for die cast aluminum integral thermal radiation fins to provide the excellent thermal use at 600 VAC at 302°F/150°C or higher.Plug disconnects are listed by UL for management so critical to long LED system life- use at 600 VAC,i5A or higher. LED board,LED driver and LED array are RoHS 1, compliant.Power factor is not less than 90%.The luminare consumes 0.0 watts In • LED PERFORMANCE: the off state.All motion sensors provided consume 0.0 watts In the off state. PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA" FINISH:Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, Ambient LED Wattages/ electrostatically applied,thermally cured,triglycidal isocyanurate(TGIC)textured t. Tern nature°C Driver mA 1.7o Hours" polyester powdercoat finish.Standard colors include bronze(BRP),black(8LP), • pe white(WP),and natural aluminum(NP).Consult factory for specs on optional or I 7OLA /iSOLA/400 100,000 custom colors. • 25°C I 110LA/210LA/600 75,000 LABELS:All luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applicable)Wet Location labels. III 70L4. /1501A 1400 65,000 WARRANTY:Luminaires In the Ereco product family feature a 1 year limited 1 40°C warranty.LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty ( 1110 110LA/2101A/600 50,000 covering the LED arrays and LED drivers.See Warranty Information on wway. sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. • 11.Predicted performance deri ed from EEO manufacturer's data and engineering design I estimates,hosed onlESNAl14-80methodology.Actual experience may ory due to field FULL CUTOFF PERFORMANCE:Full cutoff erformance means a luminaire application conditions. distribution where zero candela Intensity occurs at an angle at or above 90'above nadir. • 11.1, is the predcted time when 1E0 performance depreciates to 7015 ofiniGaf lumen output Additionally,the candela per MO lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 100(10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80'above nadir.This applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San hlarcos,TX 78666 ((' ( y[ 4( t 1S (000)227.0750 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighthsg.com I [ (�{j [ j 1•' ©2012 Koninklilke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without i. !• notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. G ►RDCO E200.002/0612 I • i • • • • • • Job: City of Salina,Kansas • Type: G23-110n,ELA16-23-110LA-NW-UNIV-BRP Notes: • • Emco LED Area Luminaire • Page 1 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • Philips Gardco's Emco product family features the LEDArea Iuminalre.These luminaires combine low profile style, ,„t!,isl+r • "''' vii!,,, advanced LED performance and advanced thermal management technology to deliver outdoor area lighting that , ,.r e, 1d`fi , • is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is remarkably economical.Versions are available with automatic ”""-e.'.`?,'f:'' profile dimming and motion response capability as well.The housing is one.piece,die cast aluminum and mounts • to a pole,utilizing an extruded arm,and mounts easily to a wail or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions.LED Area optical systems provide IES Types II,Ill,W,V and BLC(Backlight Control)distributions.The '' f • luminaires feature state of the arc integral thermal control to maximize LED system performance and life.The door frame is single piece die cast aluminum.LED Area luminaires are finished with a fade and abrasion resistant • TGIC powdercoat.LED Area luminaires provide full cutoff performance. OPTICAL PREFIX MOUNTING SYSTEM LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS •! ELA16 H 2 — 3 ---- 110LA H NW — UNIV —I BRP •( Enter the order code into the oppropriole box obove. Note:Phiips Gerdco reserves the right to refuse a configuration.Not all combinations and configurations ore valid. •{ Refer to notes below for exclusions and imitations.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory PREFIX(St.pages 3 and 4 for more deta"s en fun•;no're confguroiioos) •( 0.10V Motion Response APO with Motion Response Override Constant Automatic Dimming' I-lotion Sensor Location Motion Sensor Location Wattage Profile ( Luminaire Description g (krusesun'sa Full Light Dimming" Integral to Integral to Ouput' 0 fGV anvil (APD) pole htounced=t g Pole Mounted') g ` system by others) Luminaires' Luminaire" • 16'LED Area Luminaire (hatable lOLA and 110LA only) ELA16' ELAI6•D11t' ELA16-APD ELAi6•MR50 ELAI6•MRI ELA16-APD•MRO ELAI6•APD•MRI •+ 21"LED ASOLAan 210 ELA2i ELA21•DIM ELA21•APD ELA21-M150 ELA21-I.1RI ELA21•APD•MRO ELA2I•APD•MRI (Asti7abfe 150LA aril 21014 only) • I.3471'through 480V(HVU)input aro!oble rith 11014(U'),15014(21")or 21014(21')only. 3.Not available ssith DCC option. 2.Luminaires require one area motion sensor per pole,ordered separately 4.Avefable withI20V through 2771,(UNIV)input only. See Accessories on page 2.Available with 12011 or 277V input only. 1 •( MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM • I Single Pole Mount W Wall Mount,Recessed J-Box 2 Type II • 2 Twin Pole Mount at 180° WS Wall Mount,Surface Conduit 3 Type III 2i 90 Twin Pole Mount at 90° MA Mast Arm Mount(requires o 2 318"most arm) 4 Type IV • 3 3-way Pole Mount at 90° 5 Type V 3Q120°120° 3-way Pole Mount at 120° BLC Backlight Control Optic 4 4-way Pole Mount •I • LED WATTAGE AND LUMEN VALUES Si ED Average Luminaire Initial Absolute Lumens' I Ordering LEQOa^`i Current System Selection TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 •j (tnA) Watts STD . IS' STD iS' STD ISM TYPE 5 BLC • 70LA 1 400 70 NW 5,149(s) 4,272(s) 4,656 3,999(s) 5,106(s) 3,976(s) 4,613 3,263(s) i • 110LA 1 600 110 NW 6,686 5,725(s) 6,247 5,358(s) 6,632 5,327(s) 5,840 4,237 150LA 2 400 150 NW 9,710(s) 8,273(s) 9,510 7,796(s) 9,430(s) 7,444(s) 8,898 6,060(s) • 210LA 2 600 210 NW 12,449 10,259(s) 12,212 9.666(s) 12,090 9,231(s) 11.412 8,094(s) • 5.Wattage may vary by+1-8%due to LED manufacturer forward volt specification and ambient temperature.Wattage shown Is overage for 1201'through 277V input Actual wntttage may vary by on oddtionol+1-10%due to actual input voltage.Actuol test system ssnttoge is shown in indvidual LES fifes on wmvsiteighting.com. • 6.Lumen vanes based art photmevic tests performed in comp':ance ssith IESNA 0.1.79.Contact Gordo Appications@phips.com if estimates for des gn purposes ore needed for any to ues not shown 7.Value shown Is for the luminaire with the Internal House Side Shield(IS)option. • (s)Indicates value is scaled based on tests of a similar,but not Identical configurations. • 1611 Clovis Darker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 . • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAXt(512)753.7855 sitelighung.com ® N.V. z �tt1 ��l-� � 2012 Kontnklijke Philips Electronics N. All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • E200.00210612 • • i• • • �Emc® LED Area: Luminaire • Page 2 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • LED SELECTION VOLTAGE • CW Cool White-6000°K-75 CRI UNIV 120V through 277V.50hz or 60hz • NW Neutral White-4000°K-70 CRI HVU 347V through 480V,50hz or 60hz •WW Warm White-3000°K-75 CRI Available in 1101A,ISOLA or 210LA ONLY. I •FINISH OPTIONS • BRP Bronze Paint P Fusing In Head PTF2 Pole Top Fitter-2 3/8'-2 7/8"Dia.Tenon • BLP Black Paint LF in-Line/In-Pole Fusing PTF3 Pole Top Fitter-3"-3 1/2"Dia.Tenon WP White Paint PCe Photocontrol and Receptacle PTF4 Pole Top Fitter-3 1/2"-4"Dia.Tenon • NP Natural Aluminum Paint PCR Photocontrol Receptacle only DL Diffusing Lens(reduces performance significantly) OC Optional Color Paint IS Internal I louseside Shield SPR' Surge Protection for 120V through 277V Input 5 Specify Optional Color or (Available with Type 2,Type 3 or Type 4 Optics only) OCC10 Dual Circuit-LED Array Control • RAL ex:CC•LGP or OC•RAL7024. I-IS External Houseside Shield SC Special Paint 8.Provide specific input voltage.PC option not available with 480V Specify.Must supple color chip. 9.Not available with Fusing(F)option. • 10.EtA21•only.Provides dual level control capability.Each LED Array con be snitched or circuited separately. 1 ACCESSORIES (Ordered separately) • 14S-A-120V 120V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MR50 andAPD-MRO luminaires • MS-A-277V 277V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MR50 and APD-MRO luminaires Madan Sensors for pole mounting ore ordered separately,with one(I)motion sensor required per pole location for MR50 and APO-MRO luminaires.See tuminore Configurotion Information on • page 3 and 4 for more detoils.Area motion sensor color is Arctic White only DIMENSIONS AND EPA(see olso paj?e 3) • Arm Mount-Direct to Pole I • iiiaN■IiIll llliI 4 • A F ! �UII1 rain 11P1101 • G iill �iiiillli!lii i k • B =la C >1 • I Bird Deterrent �A C �� Wires(3) • I` `- �� (Ahvoyt Included) i, ®00090099® ® 9 I.'. ` \,, • Integral Motion Sensor- 00000.0 ` • 1-IRIandAPD-MR1 h •®0®O® ® \\ .. ConfgurotlonsOnly.�, ®®•®®®Qo o \\tt\ 0 to" 0 :00 -00t) N 000000 • c0 0 0.0'0004 ®®®0®9®0�®�®®o • o:®: ® o o I Dimensions ELA16" ELA2I" • A 4.5"/11.43 cm 4.5"/11.43cm Effective Projected Area(EPA) Approximate B 6.28"!15.95 cm 9.28"/23.57 cm 0 Weight•Single Single Twin 3/4 Luminaire C 16.53"/41.99 cm 21.52"/54,66 cm • .87 ft' 1.74 ft' 2.49 ft' 21 lbs O 2"/5.08 cm 2"/5.08 cm I ELA16" • .081 m' 162 m' .232 m' 9.53 kg E 15.2"/36.61 cm 15.7"l39.8$cm .95 ft' 1.9 ft' 2.79 ft' 31 lbs F 4.6°!11.68 cm 4.6"!11.68 cm ( • ELA21" .089 m5 .177 m' .26 m' 14.07 kg G 1.53"/3.89 cm 1.53"/3.89 cm • • 1611 Clovis flarker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 CT'1`1 " 11 IL 1.1[( (i S (000)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 sltelighting.com I" [ W 13 • ©2012 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. t Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without • notification as port of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDC® E200.00210612 I • • • • • • • • ' Emc® LED Area Luminaire • • Page 3 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • ADDITIONAL MOUNTINGS • Mast Arm Mount Wall Mount • Wall Mounting Plate may be mounted `\�;� ��� over (not to) a recessed 1-box (by r' Wall Bracket I leight=7.25"/18.415 cm others) and in all cases must be III Width from Wall=2.59'/6.579 cm \� r s �\_ properly supported to structure as r � �_ i I dicated. Surface conduit mount � indicated. requires conduit entry from below. \ • \\�� See installation Intructr sheets on \\� \\5\ • p\\ wwwsitelighting.comformoredeails. \ �\1\\ H—> Wall Mounting Plate Bolt Pattern • ,� I--3.75°/9.525 cm--I NOTE:Wall mounting bracket Is secured to wall with • 1 3/8'(.9525 cm)studs or bolts(by others.)Structural 'NI -I © © members must be present In wall to accept bolts. • —I 1.75" Holes for 3/8'(.9525 cm)Studs or Bolts(by others)• 2.75"/6.985 cm (4A45 ens) • Dimension Diameter • H 7.8"/19.812 cm O • LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED ON PAGE 4) • APD CONFIGURATIONS:LED Area luminaires with Automatic Profile Dimming.are provided with the Philips DynaDimmer module Included.The DynaDimmer module is programmed to go to 50%power,50%light output two Y P g g P g P Red Connects to ( (2)hours prior to night time mid-point and remain at 50%for six(6)hours after Black.120V OR ._ Override Input night time mid-point.Mid-point Is continuously recalculated by the DynaDimmer 277V Input ir " '(Orange)Line of •( module based on the average mid-point of the last two full night cycles. Short DynaDimmer duration cycles,and power Interruptions are ignored and do not affect the White-Neutral Y •( determination of mid-point. APD is available In 120V through 277V Input only. Area PIR Motion Sensor Coverage Pattern: •1 APD Dimming Profile: 1/ •I ) 270°Front Coverage 2 Hours 6 Flours fi t" ././ Distances are •(( 100% 100% — approximate. 910' _� 1-1=Height Above • 50% 50%u \,, -}\ Ground I \ Height •� Power On Mid Point Power Off 'C' \ IH 3H 6H • MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS: Motion response requires that the pole include an additional hand hole 15 feet above the pole base,normally oriented 180' to the standard hand hole. For WI• Polo Mounted Motion Sensor-MRSO:LED Area luminaires with motion Philips Gardco poles,order the pole with the Motion Sensor Mounting(MSM) response provide a 50%power reduction on low and a commensurate reduction option which Includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the • in light output.The power and light output reduction Is accomplished utilizing sensor with a 1/2"NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover place Into i the Philips DynaDimmer module.programmed for a constant 50%power. which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor is connected to the Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line on the hand hole cover plate,then wiring connections are completed in the pole.The DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting,100%power and light output, place(complete with motion sensor attached and wired)is then mounted to •j when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion Is the hand hole.If poles are supplied by others,the customer is responsible for detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor in the pole. returns to low.Duration period is factory sec at 15 minutes,and is field ( adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes.This configuration is not available Mounting to a Philips Gardco Pole 411, for use with wall mounted luminaires. ;Cover Plate with 112"NPT Coupling • iIRSO Is available in 120V through 277V input only to the luntinaire.Tho motion (supplied with pole) sensor requires either 120V or 277V input to the motion sensor. Wiring Attach Motion in Sensor to Cover • The Area PIR motion sensor is the WattStopper EW-200.120-W(120V Input Pole _ Place coupling, -MS-A-120V)or the WattStopper EN/200.277-W(277V Input•MS-A-277V.) R• Motion Sensor Complete Wiring • One motion sensor per pole is required and Is ordered separately.The area In Pole and Attach motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height Additional Hand Hole IS'Above Pole Base Cover Plate to Hand above ground,270°from the front-center of the sensor. (oriented 180°to the standard hand hole) Hole • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marces,TX 78666 P1-11(p U Il II 1 fi)" (800)227.0758 (S 12)753-1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sleelighting.com • 1 2012 Konlnklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO • E100.002/0612 • • • • • • ,taus Emco LED Area. Luminaire '•• Page 4 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3) • MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS:(Continued from Page 3) not requiring longe range detection.For longer range detection applications, • configurations with pole mounted motion sensors are recommended. Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-APD• MRO: Luminaires with Automatic • Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits of both PS•355-L3 W-Supplied with LED Area MRI Luminaires automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to 50% • power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires(see Side Coverage Pattern Top Coverage Pattern page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating at • 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light outpuLThe luminaire remains j i i i Distances urn i ` on high until no motion Is detected for the duration period,after which the / approxin,ata luminaire returns to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes,and is field H=Height r t a • bove ground. °'°s.(! "' : adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. .I: • APD-MRO is available in 120V through 277V input only to Iuminaire.The motion �,`'1 i I \\.i ! I. • sensor requires either 120V or 277V input to the motion sensor. IH • APD-MRO has the same pole requirements,utilizes the same motion sensors as 2H D 2H • the MR-50 version,and wires Identically as well.See Page 3 for details. , Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor-APD- MRI: Luminaires with • Luminaire, with integral Motion Sensor• MRI:Luminaires with Motion Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits i Response and an integral motion sensor include the DynaDimmer module and of both automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to • an integral motion sensor.The location of the integral motion sensor is shown S0%power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires i on page 2.Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line (see page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire Is operating • on the DynaDimmer takes the luminalre to high setting,100%power and light at 50%,the luminalre returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire output,when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion Is remains on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which • detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire returns the luminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes. to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes.Available with 120V or 277V • only. APD-MRI luminaires are available with 120V through 277V(UNIV)input voltages f only. LED Area MRI luminaires are provided with the WattStopper FS-355-L3W motion ( • sensor,with a maximum recommended 20 ft.mounting height.The area coverage APD-MRI luminaires use the Identical motion sensor as MRI lumaires.See notion and range of the integral sensors make them most suitable for applications sensor details above. ( • SPECIFICATIONS ( • GENERAL DESCRIPTION:LED Area luminaires combine a low profile style OPTICAL SYSTEMS:Lensed LED arrays are net to achieve IES Type II,Type with advanced LED performance and thermal management technology to deliver III,Type IV and Type V distributions.Individual LED arrays are replaceable. Type ( • outdoor area lighting that is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as It Is II,Type III and Type IV optics on 21"luminaires only may be rotated in 90' remarkably economical. increments. ( • HOUSING:The housing is one•piece,die cast aluminum and mounts to a pole, ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver that accepts 120V t • utilizing an extruded arm.Additionally,LED Area luminaires mount easily to a wall through 277V or 397V through 480V,50hz to 60hz,Input.347V through 480V or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions. input is available on the 110LA or 210LA LED wattages only.Driver output is based on the LED wattage selected.Component-to-component wiring within the i, • LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The LED Area luminaire design provides luminaire will carry no more-than 80%of rated current and Is listed by UL for die cast aluminum integral thermal radiation fins to provide the excellent thermal use at 600 VAC at 302°F/150°C or higher.Plug disconnects are listed by UL for I • management so critical to long LED system life. use at 600VAC,15A or higher. LED board,LED driver and LED array are RoHS compliant.Power factor Is not less than 90%.The luminare consumes 0.0 watts In LED PERFORMANCE: the off state.AIl motion sensors provided consume 0.0 watts in the off state. • PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA" FINISH:Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, • Ambient LED Wattages/ st electrostatically applied,thermally cured,triglycidal Isocyanurate(TGIC)textured Temperature°C Driver naA Lro Hours polyester powdercoat finish.Standard colors include bronze(RRP).black(BLP), • . . white(VIP).and natural aluminum(NP).Consult factory for specs on optional or • 70LA i 150LA 1400 100,000 custom colors. • 25°C 110LA i 210LA 1 600 75,000 LABELS:All luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applicable)Wet Location labels. 701A /150LA i 400 65,000 WARRANTY:Luminaires In the Emco product family feature a 1 year limited • 40°C warranty.LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty • 110LA i 210LA i 600 50,000 covering the LED arrays and LED drivers.See Warranty Information on wive. sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. 11.Predicted performance derived frons EEL)nanufactureex data and engineering design estimates,based onIESNAL M-8 0methodof ugy.Actual experience may vary due to field FULL CUTOFF PERFORMANCE:Full cutoff performance means a luminaire oppLcot an conditions. distribution where zero candela intensity occurs at an angle at or above 90'above nadir. • 11.t;, is the predicted time sshen tEb performance depreciotes to 10%o/iniGollumen output Additionally,the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 100(10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80'above nadir.Thls applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marco;,TX 7866Z. i)� -a S (800)227.0758 (S12)753-1000 FAX:(r i.)'53.7855 sltelighting.com �� -�_��I I . 1 • O 2012 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights teserved. Philips Garden reserves the right to changa materials or modify the design of its product without • l • notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO •E200-00210612 • . • • • • • • Job: City of Salina,Kansas • Type: G23-110n, ELA16-23-110LA-NW-UNIV-BRP • Notes: • — Poles ' • Page I of 4 5U / 6" Straight Square Steel • The Philips Gardco SSS straight steel pole consists of a one-piece square fabricated steel lighting standard, • The carbon steel base plate is secured to the shaft with a continuous circumferential weld providing excellent strength and integrity. The poles are finished with an electrostatically applied,thermally cured • TGIC polyester powdercoat. All poles Include anchor bolts,full base cover,hand hole,ground lug and top cap. • • PREFIX HEIGHT 512E GAUGE DRILLING FINISH OPTIONS • I ELA16 —I 35 H 5 '"-1 7 -(BRP = I •i Enter the order code into the appropriate box above. Note:Philips Gardco reserves the right to refuse a configuration.Not all combinations and con- figurations are valid. Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory. •i • PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE GAUGE DRILLING t SSSS 20' 5" 7 DI I Way • SSS6 25' 6" I I D2 2 Way II" 30' D2 @90 2 Way at 90° 35' D3 3 Way 40' D4 4 Way T2 2 3/8"ODTenon •( T4 4"ODTenon •tt •t • FINISH OPTIONS PP Prime Painted FES Festoon Outlet For Festoon Os's/eU orsdAddt)øeo/Hand Ho/es hwiicele height obese •t BRP Bronze Paint AHH Additional Hand Hole base and orientation to anginal hand hate.See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. • BLP Black Paint eou tin s P P Motion Response Pro slows WP White Paint Si' lndcote size(Ill",314",1",1 114",1 112".)Indicate GMR Provision for Gardco HID i' NP Natural Aluminum Paint height abase base cad orientation Co hoed hole.See Motion Response System Pole Orientate:on Information on Page 4. GV Galvanized(Na Point) Minimum Pole Heght k 18'.includes a I/2'coupling • FPGV Finished Paint over CL Coupling-Internal thread placed 180'to the hand hole,12'above the pole base. • Galvanized(specify color) Single Mount Bullhorn Brackets MSM Motion Sensor Mounting Provision for LED •, OC Optional Color Paint fnd:cole height obove base and orientation to hand Luminaires available with hale.See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. Motion Response Spedjy Mt designation • ex OC•PAL7024. GM-080-19 Single- 1.9"OD Minimum Pole Height is 18'.Includes a special hoed G t4.OBO.24 Single-2.4"OD hole with 112''oup!og placed In the carer plate,180' to the hood hole,IS'above the pole base. • SC Special Color Paint Sped fy Must supp.'celar chip. • • Refer to Steel Pole Accessories sheet 79415-26 for additional accessories. • • • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 II++ 9.„} r3 `] • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.cons d( 1 Il[{emu Ef`)j !l C/2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materiel or modify the design of Its product without notifcation as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • 79415.1810611 • • • • • I • Poles • Page g 5" / 6" Straight Square Steel • POLE DATA • MAXIMUM LUMINAIRE LOADING' I CATALOG NORhIALWIND • NUMBER POLE SIZE HIGH WIND CONDITIONS CONDITIONS ANCHOR BOLT DATA' • 130 120 110 100 90 80 MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH POLE Max Max Max BOLT MAX • HEIGHT SIZE EPA Weight EPA Weight EPA Weight EPA EPA EPA CIRCLE BOLT SIZE PRO). • PREFIX (FT.) (inches) GAUGE FT' (Ibs) FT' (Ibs) FT' (Ibs) FT' FT' FT' (Inches) (Inches) (Inches) SSS 20 5 I I 3.5 88 5.0 125 7.0 175 9.4 12.7 17.7 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" • SSS 20 5 7 6.2 155 8.2 205 10.7 270 16.2 21.4 28.1 11.0" 3i4 x 17 x 3 4.0" SSS 25 5 11 - • - 2.1 53 3.7 6.3 9.8 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" • SSS 25 5 7 2.7 68 4.3 108 6.3 158 9.5 13.3 18.5 11.0' 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0' 558 30 5 I I - - - - - - - 2.0 4.7 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" • SSS 30 5 7 - - - 2.0 50 3.9 6.7 10.7 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" SSS 30 6 7 - - 3.3 83 5.6 140 9.0 13.2 19.0 12.0" I x 36 x 4 4.0" • SSS 35 5 7 - - - 2.5 5.9 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" SSS 35 6 7 - - - - 4.2 7.6 12.4 12.0" • 1x 36x4 4.0" • SSS 40 6 7 - • - - 3.0 7.2 12.0" 1 x 36 x 4 4.0" • • 1.Warning:Additional wind loading,In terms of EPA,from banners,cameras,Iloodights and other accessories attached to the pole,must be added to the luminaire(s)EPA before selecting the pole with • the appropriate wind load capabliry, 2.Factory suppled template must be used when setting anchor bolts.Philips Gardco will not honor any claim for incorrect anchorage placement resulting from failure to use factory supplied templates. • • DIMENSIONS • • Cut hole In 8 template 1/16"larger than diam- SSSS/SSS6 Pole eter of anchor bolts used. ', • •Base Cover 8855/8886 Pole • 3,'4"Anchor Bolts(4) Bolt Circles ' Top Nuts(4) • Lock Washer Conduit oenin (See Note Below SSSS- I I" 4.64'd m!nlmpun'g -40, ( ) • ( ) ( ) 'III t.'0 Flat Washers(8) 4'Max.27.94cna 11.78cm Grout as required (0.6 m) ,�////'" //////�' after leveling pole`. • SSS6- 12" �rilOi,+�•, • Leveling Nuts(4) (30.48cm) o r. ° u ' o o c t, 0 D • t o e o D b p p o Concrete footing � O� to suit snli • Section Base conditions `Anchor Bolt Lock Washers are not normally required and are not included in 1 • standard anchor bolt sets.They are available upon request at additional cost. • •;Grouting should Include a drainage slot or tube(by others)to NOTE:Factory supplied template must be used when setting anchor bolts. permit water to drain from the base of the pole.Failure to provide Philips Gardco will not honor any chains for Incorrect anchorage placement drainage may weaken the pole base structure over tinse and may . front 1. failure to use factory supplied templates. result In pole base failure,for which Philips Gardco Is trot responsible. •• 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 a • PH I ILll 1-1-D' (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(S12)753.7855 slteiighting.com �-1i) (800) 2 • 011 Konlnkliike Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDC4 • 79415.18/0611 1 • • • • • • • • • Poles • Page 3 of 4 5" / 6" Straight Square Steel • SPECIFICATIONS • POLE SHAFT: The pole shaft Is fabricated front a single-piece of II ga BASE COVER: A two-piece base cover completely conceals the entire base • (.1196")or 7 ga(.1793")commercial carbon steel. The formed steel plate is plate and anchorage. longitudinally welded providing minimum yield strength of 46 KSI. • HAND HOLE: The reinforced hand hole has a nominal rectangular 2"X ANCHOR BASE: The pole anchor base Is fabricated front A-36 structural 4"inside opening in the pole shaft. Included is a cover plate with attachment • quality carbon steel with a minimum yield strength of 36 KSI. The base plate screws. The hand hole is located 18"above the base and 180°clockwise with telescopes the pole shaft and is circumferentially welded on both top and respect to the luminaire arm when viewed from the top of the pole for one •I bottom. arm. For two arms the hand hole is located directly under one arm. •I ANCHOR BOLTS:Anchor bolts are fabricated front a commercial quality POLE TOP CAPS Each pole assembly is provided with a removable pole top cap. hot rolled carbon steel bar that meets or exceeds a minimum guaranteed • yield strength of 50,000 psi. Bolts have an"L"bend on one end and threaded FINISH: Poles are available with a bronze, natural, white or black on the opposite end. Anchor bolts are galvanized a minimum of 12" on electrostatically applied,thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat finish. the threaded end, Four(4)properly sized bolts,each furnished with two • (2)regular hex nuts and two(2)flat washers,are provided per pole,unless STOCK POLES:Poles provided front stock under the Quick Ship program • otherwise specified. are drilled for four(4)luminaires at 90°with three(3)hole sets plugged. •( •( •t • •1 GENERAL POLE INFORMATION •( DESIGN:The poles as charted are designed to withstand dead loads and WARNING:This design Information is intended as a general guideline only. predicted dynamic loads developed by variable wind speeds with an additional The customer is solely responsible for proper selection of pole,luminaire, •I 30%gust factor under the following conditions: accessory and foundation under the given site conditions and Intended 410 usage.The addition of any items to the pole,in addition to the luminaire,will The charted weights Include luminaires)and/or mounting bracket(s). dramatically Impact the EPA load on that pole.It Is strongly recommended that a qualified professional be consulted to analyze the loads given the user's • The wind velocities are based on 10 mph Increments from 80 mph through specific needs to ensure proper selection of the pole,luminaire,accessories, 100 mph. Poles to be located In areas of known abnormal conditions may and foundation. Philips Gardco assumes no responsibility for such proper •1 require special consideration. For example:coastal areas,airports and areas analysis or product selections.Failure to insure proper site analysis,pole of special winds. selection,loads and Installation can result in pole failure,leading to •t, serious injury or property damage. Poles are designed for ground mounted applications. Poles mounted on •l structures (such as buildings and bridges) may also necessitate special GENERAL INFORMATION: Mounting height is the vertical distance from consideration requiring Philips Gardco's recommendation. the base of the lighting pole to the center of the luminaire arm at the point of 4110 luminaire attachment.Twin arms as charted are oriented at 180°with respect Height correction factors and drag coefficients are applied to the entire to each other. For applications of two(2)arms at 90°or other multiple arm structure. An appropriate safety factor is maintained based on tite minimum applications,consult the factory. • yield strength of the material incorporated in the pole. •r WARRANTY:Philips Gardco poles feature a I year limited warranty.See ( Warranty Information on www.sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. •t •( •l • • • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San t iarcos,TX 78666 . p� �,�IPS (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 siteligisting,cona ©2011 Koninldijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • 79415-18/0611 • • 1110 • • • • Poles • Page 4 of 4 5" 1 611 Straight Square Steel • • ORIENTATION INFORMATION - - FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES • 180° v • For Factory Installed Options and Accessories, • 90° 1----11, I —_—:270° Specify Orientation from Hand Hole and Height Above Pole Base Where Required. • \ , Height Above • Pole Base • OHAND HOLE 91/ . °' I I 1110 Orientation Is measured clockwise from the Hand Hole Center. STANDARD ARM MOUNT LUMINAIRE ORIENTATION - D I Drilled for Single Luminaire D2 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 180° D3 Drilled for 3 Luminaires @ 90° ( - I00• SI 180° ;,• • Luminaire DI location D2 D3 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 90°I-P• 4 270° 90°■--10- -411---270° 90' D3 D3 270• • • c• HAND HOLE of Q HAND HOLE Q Q HAND HOLE Q •• • 04 Drilled for 4 Luminaires at 90° D2 @90 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 90' , III 180° 180° •• ▪ D4 D2 @90 •• 90' 04 D4 270° 90 D2 @90 270° l - I • • QHAND HOLE Q c HAND HOLE Q • • D4 . - o' °° • 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 - (000)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting,com PHILIPS • - 0 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronles N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without • notification as pare of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO 79415•1810611 ' • ■ • • • • • • Job: City of Salina,Kansas • • Type: G25.110n,ELA16-25-110LA-NW-UNIV-BRP Notes: • . • e Emco LED Area Luminaire Page 1 of h ( Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Philips Gardco's Emco product family features the LED Area luminaire.These luminaires combine low profile style, i f y.;: advanced LED performance and advanced thermal management technology to deliver outdoor area lighting that • Is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as It is remarkably economical.Versions are available with automatic profile dimming and motion response capability as well.The housing Is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts 01 to a pole,utilizing an extruded arm,and mounts easily to a wall or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual ■ transitions.LED Area optical systems provide IES Types II,III,IV,V and BLC(Backlight Control)distributlons.The • luminaires feature state of the art integral thermal control to maximize LED system performance and life.The door frame is single piece die cast aluminum.LED Area luminaires are finished with a fade and abrasion resistant t' k TGIC powdercoat.LEOArea luminaires provide full cutoff performance. • PREFIX MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS • ELA16 - 2 5 H 110LA I- NW UNIV f-° BRP I • Enter the order code into the appropriate box above. Note:Philips Gordo reserves the right to refuse a configuration.Not oil combinations and configurations are valid. Refer to notes below for exclusions and hmitotions.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory. PREFIX(See pages 3 and 4 for more date's on lum'nore confgurotions) • 0.10`✓ Motion Response APD with Motion Response Override Constant Automatic Dimming' Motion Sensor Location Motion Sensor Location Luminaire Description Wattage (Dimming' Profile Full Light 0 b yconed Dimmhsg't Integral to Integral to • Ouput' system by aU.us) (APO) Pole Mounted" luminaires" Pole Mounted" Luminalre'' •( 16"LED Area Luminaire (Avo:labfe 70fA and 1101A only) ELAI6s ELAI6•DIMs ELAI6•APD ELAI6•MR50 ELAI6•MRI ELAI6-APD-MRO ELA16-APD-MI 4, 21"LED Area u inaire (Available ISOLA and 1101A only) ELA21 ELA21•DIM ELA21-APD ELA21•MR50 ELA21•MRI ELA21•APO-MRO ELA21-APD•MRi • 1.347V through 480V(N✓U)Input vro'bb.'e w'th 1101A(16').f501A(21')or 2101A(21°)only 3.Not ovoiloble with DCC option. 2.Luminaires require one area motion sensor per pole,ordered separately. 4.Avor!oble wit11120V through 277V(UNIV)input only. See Accessories on page 2.AvaToble with 120V or 277V input only. • MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM • I Single Pole Mount W Wall Mount,Recessed J•Box 2 Type II 0 2 Twin Pole Mount at 160° WS Wall Mount,Surface Conduit 3 Type III 2@90 Twin Pole Mount at 90° MA Mast Arm Mount(requires o 2 318"most arm) 4 Type IV • 3 3-way Pole Mount at 90° 5 Type V 3©120° 3-way Pole Mount at 120° BLC Backlight Control Optic 4 4-way Pole Mount • • LED WATTAGE AND LUMEN VALUES • LED Average Luminaire Initial Absolute Lumens' Ordering QDArLay Current System TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 • Code y (mA ) Watts' Selection TYPE 5 BLC STD IST STD IS' STD IST • 70LA 1 400 70 NW 5,149(s) 4,272(s) 4,656 3,999(s) 5,106(s) 3,976(s) 4.613 3,263(s) 111 110LA 1 600 110 NW 6,686 5,725(s) 6,247 5,358(s) 6,632 5,327(s) 5,840 4,237 1 SOLA 2 400 150 NW 9,710(s) 8,273(s) 9,510 7,796(s) 9,430(s) 7,444(s) 8,898 6,060(s) • 210LA 2 600 210 NW 12,449 10,259(s) 12,212 9,666(s) 12,090 9,231(s) 11,412 8,094(s) • 5.Wattage may vary by+1-8%dye to LED manufacturer(onvard volt specification end ambient temperature.Wattage shone is overage(or 120V through 277V input Actual watttoge may vary by on additional+l•10%due to actual input voltage.Actual test system wattage is shown In Indriduot ICS fins on www.sitelighting.com. • 6.Lumen vaues based on phntmetrlc tests performed in complance with IESNA Ib1•79.Contact GordcoApplcatiors @ph'ps.cont if estimates for desgn purposes are needed for any mans not shaven. Lloiue shown Is for the lunsinaire with the internal House Side Shield(IS)option. (s)Ind:cotes value is sca/ed booed ca tests of o similar,but not Identical configurations. • • j • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 l" ( �j (800)227.0756 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sltclighting,com (1 4j P • ©2012 Konlnklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without • notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • E200-00210612 • 1 • • • • - 3 Emco LED Area Luminaire . • • Page 2 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • LED SELECTION VOLTAGE • CW Cool White-6000°K-75 CRI UNIV 120V through 277V 50hz or 60hz • NW Neutral White-4000°K-70 CRI HVU 347V through 480V,50hz or 60hz • WW Warm White•3000°K•75 CRI Available in I IOLA I50LA or 2101A ONLY. FINISH OPTIONS • BRP Bronze Paint F° Fusing in Head PTF2 PoleTop Fitter•2 318"•2 7/8"Dia.Tenon B • LP Black Paint IF In-Line/In-Pole Fusing PTF3 Pole Top Fitter-3"-3 1/2"Dia.Tenon WP White Paint PC' Photocontrol and Receptacle PTF4 Pole Top Fitter-3 1/2"•4"Dia.Tenon • NP Natural Aluminum Paint PCR Photocontrol Receptacle only DL Diffusing Lens(reduces performance significantly) OC Optional Color Paint IS Internal Houseside Shield SPR' Surge Protection for 120V through 277V Input • Spedfy Optionol Color or (Availoble ssith Type 2,Type 3 arrype 4 Optics only) DCC10 Dual Circuit.LED Array Control RAt ex:0C-La or OGRAt7024. HS External Houseside Shield • SC Special Paint 8.Provide specific input voltage.PC option not ovoloble Will 480V. Specify.Must supply color chip. 9.Not available ss/h Fusing(f)option. • 10.ELA21"only.Provides dual level control capability.Each LED Array can be switched or circuited separately. ACCESSORIES (Ordered separately) • MS-A•I20V 120V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MRSO and APD-MRO luminaires i• MS-A-277V 277V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MR50 and APD-MRO luminaires it Motion Sensors for pole mounting ore ordered separately,with ene(1)motion sensor required per pole location for 1.1R50 and APDd•1RO luminaires.See Luminare Configuration Information on • page 3 and 4 for more details.Area motion sensor color Is ArcticWhite only. i DIMENSIONS AND EPA(see also pa.�e 3) • Arm Mount-Direct to Pole • "..........,�,�., ■l'!i.aiiiiiaaiiungicei • ral Lea I Ill I.I lti 11'.1 I1 I IPL1Ti • A 4 F 1I111111I1117!I!III171IIIi II „� 4 iiiiniiiiiiIiiiiiiiiii1 • I` B-s-14f C * • Bird Deterrent No. IQ C s Wires(3) • \.4 . (Maws Included) • ,,;0.000.0.0- 'olu'l`--\ integral Motion Sensor- 0000 0 0 04k \ • MRI and APDMR1 040 Configurations Only. •®®®®i�g®® 0 0 , \�\ • =� 0® ® v5� •• g0 00. 0 0.0 ®® 0 ®.® ® 0 . ®• • o Ae__A _ �, Y Dimensions ELA16" ELA21" I • A 4.5"/11.43cm 4.5"/11.43 cm Effective Projected Area(EPA) Approximate B 6.28"/15.95 cm 9.28"!23.57 cm • Weight•Single Single Twin 314 Luminaire C 16.53"141.99 cm 2132"/54.66 cm • .87 ft' 1.74 fel 2.49 ft' 21 lbs D 2"/5.08 cm 2"/5.08 cm . ELAtb" • .081 m' .162 m= .232 nil 9.53 kg E 15.2"/38.61 cm 15.7"139.88 cm .95 ftl 1.9 ft' 2.79 ft' 31 lbs F 4.6"/11.68cm 4.6"/11.68cm • ELA21" .089 m' .177 no' m ' 1 .26 ' 14.07 kg G 1.53"/3.89 ens 1.53"/3.89 cm • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 1 A n f� 1 11.11�j S • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitellghting.com II ©2012 Konlnklijko Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • E200.00210612 • • ' • • • • 4''i Emco LED Area Luminaire • Page 3 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • ADDITIONAL MOUNTINGS • Mast Arm Mount Wall Mount • .� � Wall Mounting Plate may be mounted �� ��T over no[ to a recessed box b to i-,rle Wall Bracket Height=7.25"118.415 cm �t ( ) I (y ��\ � ' ���\ others) and In all cases must be 10 tie �`r ��`\ Width from Wall=2.59'1 6.579 cm • i �� properly supported to structure as \�\\\`\\\� l�` �\ indicated. Surface conduit mount `\` . \\�`\�\\\� requires conduit entry from below. �\�` \�\\\� \� \ See installation intruction sheets on ��\ \t \\ ,\\t\\\ vnnvsitelighting.com for more details. ��\\\\\\ • H Wall Mounting Plate Boltfattem I Y•--3.75"19.525 cm—1 NOTE:Wall mounting bracket is secured to wall with ` I I 318'(.9525 cm)studs or bolts(by others.)Structural • ' 0 © members must be present In wall to accept bolts. • _I Holes for 3/8'(.9525 cm)Studs or Bolts(by others 1.75" ( ) (Y ) 2.75"/6.985 cm (4.445 cm) Dimension Diameter I • H 7.8"/19.812cm •I LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED ON PAGE 4) •., APD CONFIGURATIONS:LED Area luminaires with Automatic Profile Dimming.are provided with the Philips DynaDimmer module included.The • DynaDimmer module is programmed to go to 50%power,50%light output two t l I Red Connects to (2)hours prior to night time mid-point and remain at 50%for six(6)hours after Black,120V OR �° Override Input night time mid-point.Mid-point is continuously recalculated by the DynaDimmer 277V Input l` '(Orange)Line of •( module based on the average mid-point of the last two full night cycles. Short White-Neutral Sensor It DynaDimmer • duration cycles,and power interruptions are Ignored and do not affect the ( determination of mid-point. •I APD Is available in 120V through 277V input only. Area PIR Motion Sensor Coverage Pattern: APD Dimming Profile: / •t ,�j 270'Front Coverage 2 Hours 6 Hours t. Distances are •t' 100% 100% 90% approximate. 01 50% 50% _ H= Ground �' \\ Helghtice` •I t—X1 3H 61 Power On Mid Point Power Off � IH 3H 6H •( MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS: Motion response requires that the pole Include an additional hand hole 15 feet above the pole base,normally oriented 180° to the standard hand hole. For • Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-MRSO:LED Area luminaires with motion Philips Gardco poles,order the pole with the Motion Sensor Mounting(MSM) response provide a 50%power reduction on low and a commensurate reduction option which includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the • In light output.The power and light output reduction Is accomplished utilizing sensor with a 112"NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate into the Philips DynaDimmer module,programmed for a constant S0%power. which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor is connected to the Alk t Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line on the hand hole cover plate,then wiring connections are completed in the pole.The DynaDimmer takes the luntinaire to high setting,100%power and light output, plate(complete with motion sensor attached and wired)Is then mounted to when notion Is detected.The luminalre remains on high until no motion is the hand hole.If poles are supplied by others,the customer is responsible for Of detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luntinaire providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor in the pole. returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes,and is field adjustable from 5 minutes tip to 15 minutes.This configuration is not available Mounting to a Philips Gardco Pole • for use with wail mounted luminaires. ( ,Cover Plate with 11T'NPT Coupling t4R50Is available In 120V through 27N input only to the Iuminaire.The motion (supplied with pole) • sensor requires either I20V or 277V input to the motion sensor. Wiring Attach Motion In Sensor to Cover • The Area PIR motion sensor Is the WattStopper EW-200-120-W(120V Input Pole Plate coupling. - MS-A-120V)or the WattStopper EW-200.277-W(277V Input-MS-A-277V.) a`• hl000nSensm CompleceWlring • One motion sensor per pole is required and is ordered separately.The area n Pole tewiracls motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height Additional Hand Hole 15'Above Pole Base Cover Plate to Hand above ground,270'from the front-center of the sensor. (oriented 180'to the standard hand hole) Hole • • 1611 Clovis Darker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 Hi II LH •) • (800)227-0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 siteligliting.cos» 0 2012 Kon'nklijke Philips Electronics N.Y.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. OF• E200.00210612 GAR.DC0 • 1. • • • • • • re, Emco LED Area Luminaire • Page 4 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION(CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3) • MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS:(Continued from Page 3) not requiring longe range detection.For longer range detection applications. I • configurations with pole mounted motion sensors are recommended. • Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-APD- MRO: Luminaires with Automatic Profile Dimming and!lotion Response Override combine the benefits of both FS-355-L3W-Supplied with LED Area MRI Luminaires • automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to 50% power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires(see Side Coverage Pattern Top Coverage Pattern page 3).If motion Is detected during the time that the luminaire Is operating at • I • Distances are 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire remains 1. ! I. f. on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which the _—— r pproximate. ,1' y–. _ =Height I__-___c, ,' luminaire returns to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes,and Is field '.i bows ground. kk ��,�!x i III adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. i t ,` '` i APD-MRO is available In 120V through 277V input only to luminalre.The motion ,h i,.1.,:111 .1 •• sensor requires either 120V or 277V Input to the motion sensor. L_ u_ .I___ .___, 214 IH > la- _ 2H APD-MRO has the same pole requirements,utilizes the same motion sensors as . the MR-50 version,and wires Identically as well.See Page 3 for details. Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor-APD- MRI: Luminaires with • Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor- MRI:Luminaires with Motion Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits Response and an integral motion sensor include the DynaDimmer module and of both automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dint to • an Integral motion sensor,The location of the Integral motion sensor is shown 50%power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires I on page 2.Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line (see page 3).if motion is detected during the time that the lunsinaire is operating • on the DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting.100%power and light at 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire output,when motion Is detected.The lunsinaire remains on high until no motion Is remains on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which • detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire returns the luminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes. I to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes.Available with 120V or 277V only. APD-MRI luminaires are available with 120V through 277V(UNIV)input voltages only. LED Area MRI luminaires are provided with the WattStopper FS•355-13W motion s 1 ensor,with a maximum recommended 20 ft.mounting height.The area coverage APD-MRI luminaires use the identical motion sensor as MRI lumaires.See motion and range of the integral sensors make them most suitable for applications sensor details above. • SPECIFICATIONS • GENERAL DESCRIPTION:LED Area luminaires combine a low profile style OPTICAL SYSTEMS:lensed LED arrays are set to achieve IES Type iI,Type with advanced LED performance and thermal management technology to deliver III,Type IV and Type V distributions.Individual LED arrays are replaceable. Type i outdoor area lighting that Is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is II,Type III and Type IV optics on 21° luminaires only may be rotated In 90° remarkably economical. Increments. . HOUSING:The housing Is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts to a pole, ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver that accepts 120V utilizing an extruded arm.Additionally,LED Area luminaires mount easily to a wall through 277V or 347V through 480V,50hz to 60hz,input.347V through 480V • or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions. Input is available on the 110LA or 210LA LED wattages only.Driver output is • based on the LED wattage selected.Component-to-component wiring within the LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The LED Area luminaire design provides luminaire will carry no more than 80%of rated current and is listed by UL for die cast aluminum integral thermal radiation fins to provide the excellent thermal use at 600 VAC at 302°F/150°C or higher.Plug disconnects are listed by UL for • management so critical to long LED system life. use at 600 VAC,15A or higher. LED board,LED driver and LED array are Rol-15 compliant.Power factor Is not less than 90%.The luminare consumes 0.0 watts in • LED PERFORMANCE: the off state.Nl motion sensors provided consume 0.0 watts in the off state. PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA" FINISH:Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, Ambient LED Wattages/ sa electrostatically applied,thermally cured,triglycidal isocyanurate(TGIC)textured Temperature°C Driver mA Lw Hours polyester powdercoat finish.Standard colors include bronze(BRP),black(BLP), • white(WP),and natural aluminums(NP).Consult factory for specs on optional or 70LA /15OLA/400 100,000 custom colors. I • 25°C 11 OLA/21OLA/600 75,000 LABELS:All luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applicable)Wet Location labels. . 70LA /1SOLA/400 65,000 WARRANTY:Luminaires in the Emco product family feature a 1 year limited • 40°C warranty.LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty • 1101.AI210LA1600 50,000 covering the LED arrays and LED drivers.See Warranty Information on www. sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. II.Predicted performance denied from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design • estimates,basedoniESNA1M-80 methodology Actual experience may vary due to field FULL CUTOFF PERFORMANCE: Full cutoff performance means a luminaire I oppNcadon canddions. distribution where zero candela Intensity occurs at an angle at or above 90'above nadir. • 12. !rr is the predcted l ate Wien LED performance depreciates to 70%of initial lumen output AddidomlF7,the andrla per 1000lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 100(10 percent) I at a vertical angle of 80'above mdiclhls applies toe all lateral angles around the luminaire. • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 ((Lll p i • (800)227-0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 sitelightitsg,cons IJ 02012 Koninldijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without • notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO E200.002/0612 • • • • • • i• job: City of Salina,Kansas • Type: G25-110n,ELA16-25-110LA-NW-UNIV-BRP • Notes: • Poles •' • Page i of 4 5" / 6" Straight Square Steel • The Philips Gardco SSS straight steel pole consists of a one.piece square fabricated steel lighting standard. • The carbon steel base plate is secured to the shaft with a continuous cir•cumfer•ential weld providing excellent strength and Integrity. The poles are finished with an electrostatically applied,thermally cured • TGIC polyester powdercoat. All poles include anchor bolts,full base cover,hand hole,ground lug and top cap. • • PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE GAUGE DRILLING FINISH OPTIONS • ELA16 35 I...— 5 ® 7 --1 BRP Enter the order code Into the appropriate box above.Note:Philips Gardco reserves the right to refuse a configuration.Not all combinations and con- ( I •j figurations are valid. Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory. •( •( PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE GAUGE , DRILLING 1111/( SSSS 20' S" 7 I 1 DI I Way SSS6 25' 6" D2 2 Way . 30' D2 @90 2 Way at 90° i 35' D3 3 Way 40' •( 04 4 Way T2 2 3!8"ODTenon • T4 4"ODTenon •, • • FINISH OPTIONS PP Prime Painted FES Festoon Outlet For Festoon 0ozlett and Additional Hand Hales,indicate height abate • BRP Bronze Paint AHH Additional Hand Hole base and orientation to original hand hole.See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. • BLP Black Paint Cttnlino Motion Response Provisions WP White Paint Indcate size(112^,314;1",I IN;f 112°.)Indicate GMR Provision for Gardco HID • NP Natural Aluminum Paint height above base and orientation to hand hole.See Motion Response System �,, Pete Odentataion information on Page 4. GV Galvanized(Ho Paint) Marmara Pole Height is !8'.Includes a 112"eouprng CL Coupling-Internal thread placed 180'to the hand hole,12'above the pole bate. FPGV Finished Paint over • Galvanized(specifyco!or) Single blunt Bullhorn Brackets MSM Motion Sensor Mounting Provision for LED II Ind.cote height above base and orientation to Stand Luminaires available with OC Optional Color Paint hole.See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. Motion Response Specify RA[designation ex:OC•RAL7024. GM-080.19 Single- 1.9"OD Minimum Pale Height is IK Includes a special hand GM-080.24 Single-2.4"OD hole with 112'ioup_..ng placed in the cover plate,180' 11110 SC Special Color Paint to the hand hole,IS'above the pole base. Specify.Must supply color chip. • Refer to Steel Pole Accessories sheet 7941 5.26 for additional accessories. • • • • 1611 Clovis Barber Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PFI'L'PS • (000)227.0758 (512)753•IODD FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting,com ©2011 Koninklijko Philips'Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO • 79415•18(0611 • • • • • • Poles • • Page 2 of 4 5" / 6" Straight Square Steel • POLE DATA • ■ MAXIMUM LUMINAIRE LOADING' le CATALOG NORMALWIND NUMBER POLE SIZE HIGH WIND CONDITIONS CONDITIONS ANCHOR BOLT DATA5 • 130 120 110 100 90 80 MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH POLE Max Max Max BOLT MAX HEIGHT SIZE EPA Weight EPA Weight EPA Weight EPA EPA EPA CIRCLE BOLT SIZE PROJ. • PREFIX (FT.) (incises) GAUGE FT' (Ibs) FT' (Ibs) FT' (Ibs) FT' FT' FT' (Inches) (Inches) (inches) SSS 20 5 11 3.5 88 5.0 125 7.0 175 9.4 12.7 17.7 11.0" 3(4 x 17 x 3 4.0" 955 20 5 7 6,2 155 8.2 205 10.7 270 16.2 21.4 28.1 11.0" 314 x 17 x 3 4.0" SSS 25 5 I I - . 2.1 53 3.7 6.3 9.8 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" • 555 25 5 7 2.7 68 4.3 108 6.3 158 9.5 13.3 18.5 11.0" 314 x 17 x 3 4.0" SSS 30 5 I I - - - - - - - 2.0 4.7 11.0" 314 x 17 x 3 4.0" • SSS 30 5 7 2.0 50 3.9 6.7 10.7 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" SSS 30 6 7 - 3.3 83 5.6 110 9.0 13.2 19.0 12.0" I x 36 x 4 4.0" • SSS 35 5 7 2.5 5.9 11.0" 3/4 x 17 x 3 4.0" • SSS 35 6 7 - - 4.2 7.6 12.4 12.0" I x 36 x 4 4.0" SSS 40 6 7 - • - - - 3.0 7.2 12.0" I x 36 x 4 4.0" • ■ I S I.Warning:Additional wind losding,in terms of EPA,from banners,cameras,floodlights and other accessories attached to the pole,must be added to the luminaire(s)EPA before selecting the pole with • the appropriate wind load capability, 2.Factory supplied template must be used when setting anchor bolo.Philips Gardco will not honor any chim for Incorrect anchorage placement resulting from failure to use factory supplied templates. • • DIMENSIONS • S Cut hole in template 1/16"larger than diam- 5555/5556 Pole • tier of anchor bolts used. O X y Bose Cover S / SSS5/SSS6 Pole l • 314"Anchor Bolts(4) Bolt Circles ' Top Nuts(4) I, • LockWasherl ( • SSS5 - I l" Conduit opening 101 (See Note Below)flax.4.64"minimum _lir(27.94cm) (11.78cns) '�'/}s Flat Washers(8) t 0. 6 m LF---_----pmfil /////����,//"/„I after leveling pole'* • SSS6- 12' ( 1 ) ei tIr�'�t is • (30.48cm) a D D D D Leveling Nuts(4) ( • O D D D P D t, D D D D D D p D Concrete footing Section Base Suit SOil co nditions *Anchor Bolt Lock Washers are not normally required and are not included In . standard anchor bolt sets.They are available upon request at additional cost. ••• • Grouting should Include a drainage slot or tube(by others)to NOTE:Factory supplied template must be used when setting anchor bolts. permit water to drain front the base of the pole.Failure to provide Philips Gardco will not honor any claim for incorrect anchorage placement drainage may weaken the pole base structure over time and may • from(allure to use factory supplied templates. result in pole base(allure,for which Philips Gardco is not responsible, • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PH I LI IS • (800)227-0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(S 12)753.7855 sitelighting.cons • ©2011 Konlnklilke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without . notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO 79415-1810611 III • • • • • •. • • Poles •` Page 3 of 4 5" / 6" Straight Square Steel _SPECIFICATIONS • POLE SHAFT: The pole shaft is fabricated from a single-piece of I I ga BASE COVER: A two-piece base cover completely conceals the entire base • (.1196")or 7 ga(.1793")commercial carbon steel. The formed steel plate is plate and anchorage. longitudinally welded providing minimum yield strength of 46 KSI. HAND HOLE: The reinforced hand hole has a nominal rectangular 2"X • ANCHOR BASE: The pole anchor base is fabricated from A-36 structural 4"inside opening In the pole shaft. Included is a cover plate with attachment quality carbon steel with a minimum yield strength of 36 KSI. The base plate screws. The hand hole Is located 18"above the base and 180°clockwise with •{ telescopes the pole shaft and is circumferentially welded on both top anti respect to the luminaire arm when viewed from the top of the pole for one • bottom. arm. For two arms the hand hole is located directly under one arm. ANCHOR BOLTS:Anchor bolts are fabricated from a commercial quality POLE TOP CAP:Each pole assembly is provided with a removable pole top cap. • hot rolled carbon steel bar that meets or exceeds a minimum guaranteed yield strength of 50,000 psi. Bolts have an"L"bend on one and and threaded FINISH: Poles are available with a bronze, natural, white or black on the opposite end. Anchor bolts are galvanized a minimum of 12" on electrostatically applied,thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat finish. the threaded end. Four(4) properly sized bolts, each furnished with two • (2)regular hex nuts and two(2) fiat washers,are provided per pole,unless STOCK POLES:Poles provided from stock under the Quick Ship program otherwise specified. are drilled for four(4)luminaires at 90°with three(3)hole sets plugged. • •i • I •` GENERAL POLE INFORMATION DESIGN:The poles as charted are designed to withstand dead loads and WARNING:This design information Is intended as a general guideline only. predicted dynamic loads developed by variable wind speeds with an additional The customer Is solely responsible for proper selection of pole.luminaire, • 30%gust factor under the following conditions: accessory and foundation under the given site conditions and Intended usage.The addition of any Items to the pole,in addition to the luminaire,will • The charted weights include luminaire(s)and/or mounting bracket(s). dramatically impact the EPA load on that pole. It is strongly recommended that a qualified professional be consulted to analyze the loads given the user's • The wind velocities are based on 10 mph Increments from 80 mph through specific needs to ensure proper selection of the pole,luminaire,accessories, 100 mph. Poles to be located in areas of known abnormal conditions may and foundation, Philips Gardco assumes no responsibility for such proper ` require special consideration. For example:coastal areas,airports and areas analysis or product selections.Failure to Insure proper site analysis,pole � of special winds. selection,loads and installation can result in pole(allure,leading to serious injury or property damage. Poles are designed for ground mounted applications. Poles mounted on structures (such as buildings and bridges) may also necessitate special GENERAL INFORMATION: Mounting height is the vertical distance from consideration requiring Philips Gardco's recommendation, the base of the lighting pole to the center of the luminaire arm at the point of • luminaire attachment.Twin arms as charted are oriented at 180°with respect Height correction factors and drag coefficients are applied to the entire to each other. For applications of two(2)arms at 90°or other multiple arm structure. An appropriate safety factor is maintained based on the minimum applications,consult the factory. yield strength of the material Incorporated In the pole. WARRANTY:Philips Gardco poles feature a I year limited warranty.See Warranty Information on twrw.sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. • • • • • • 151)Clovis Barker Road,San Mareos,TX 78666 (; Li LIPS • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.com U 0 D I Km:inki'ike Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify she design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • 74415.1810611 • • • • • • • Poles 4, Page 4 of 4 5" / 6" Straight Square Steel ORIENTATION INFORMATION • • FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES • 100., • . For Factory Installed Options and Accessories, ./'b . • 90° -® ® '.270° Speci jy Orientation from Hand Hole and 1 Height Aboven Pole Base Where Required. 1 Height Above 1 , Pole Base ,• %,� HAND HOLE o • • t 1 Orientation is measured clockwise from the Hand Hole Center. • STANDARD ARM MOUNT LUMINAIRE ORIENTATION • D I Drilled for Single Luminaire D2 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 180' 03 Drilled for 3 Luminaires @ 90° • . I80' Si 180° :I° • . Luminaire ' DI location DZ D3 ' o o o ' o o • 90.;----4. 01--:270° 90°' '270° 90• D3 03 270' 1. i� . •,. '�.•, Q HAND HOLE Q % Q HAND HOLE Q ` Q HAND HOLE Q 411 0° 0° 0° D4 Drilled for 4 Luminaires at 90° D2 @90 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 90° 180° 180° • r D4 � D2 @90 • ' o o o o • 90' D4 ' D4. 270° 90° - D2 @90 270° • QHAND HOLE Q Q HAND HOLE Q , D4 t 0° 0° ■ . 1611 Clovis flariterRoad,San Marcos,TX 78666 Ij(� �y ■ . (B00)227.0758 (511)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sltelighting.cont [] ° �+ O • 201 I Koninldilke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Garden reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without i • notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO 79415-1810611 t • '. 1 I• . • • • • Job: City of Salina,Kansas • Type: 034-110,ELA16-34-110LA-NW-UNIV-13RP-PTF2 • Notes: •` h To Emco LED Area Luminaire •• • Page 1 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • Philips Gardco's Emco product family features the LED Area luminaire.These luminaires combine low profile style, +rrrrrnrrr++++r++r+++ • advanced LEO performance and advanced thermal management technology to deliver outdoor area lighting that .• , 5,c'jws ''�' -1 0 is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is remarkably economical,Verslons are available with automatic n;• profile dimming and motion response capability as well,The housing is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts ' • to a pole.utilizing an extruded arm,and mounts easily to a wall or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions.LED Area optical systems provide IES Types 11,111,IV,V and BLC(Backlight Control)distributions.The • luminaires feature state of the art integral thermal control to maximize LED system performance and life.The door frame is single piece die cast aluminum.LED Area luminaires are finished with a fade and abrasion resistant • TGIC powdercoat.LED Area luminaires provide full cutoff performance, OPTICAL PREFIX MOUNTING SYSTEM LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS •' ELA16 3 4 1901..4 NW UNIV ® BRP PTF2 •i Enter the order code into the appropriate box above. Note:Philips Gordco reserves the right so refuse a configuration Not all combinations and conjrgurotions are valid. Refer to notes before for exclusions and 6nrltotions.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory PREFIX(See popes 3 and 4 for more deta:s on lum'no're con(;guro ions) 0.10y Motion Response APD with Motion Response Override .; Constant Dimming' Automatic Motion Sensor Location Motion Sensor Location • Wattage Profile Luminaire Description Full Light (Far are kith a Dimming'" Q1GVcmt of , Integral to „ ' integral to Ouput' system h/others) (APD) Pole l'loented Luminaire" Pole hlounted Luminaires" • LEO Area Luminaire (Av ailable 701.4 and f 101.4 only) ELA16' ELA16•DI-I' ELA16•APD ELA16•MRSO ELA16-MRI ELA16-APD•MRO ELA16•APD•MRI • (Available LEDArea ELA21 ELA21•DIM ELA21•APD ELA21•MRSO ELA21•MRi ELA21•APD•MRO ELA21•APD•MRI (Available iSOIA and 2101.4 only) • I.347V through 480V(HVU)input ava.'oble ss4th 1 IOLA(lb),150LA(21')or 2101.4(21")only. 3.Not available with DCC option. 2.Luminoires require one area motion sensor per pole,ordered separately. 4.Avoioble with12OV through 277V(UNIV)input only. • See Accessories on page 2.Available with 120V or 277V input only. • MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM 1 Single Pole Mount W Wall Mount,Recessed J•Box 2 Type I1 •i 2 Twin Pole Mount at 180° WS Wall Mount,Surface Conduit 3 Type Ill 2@90 Twin Pole Mount at 90° MA Mast Arns Mount(requires o 2 378"mast arm) 4 Type IV 3 3-way Pole Mount at 90° 5 TypeV 30120° 3-way Pole Mount at 120° BLC Backlight Control Optic 4 4-way Pole Mount • LED WATTAGE AND LUMEN VALUES •I Ordering LED Array LED Average LED Luminaire Initial Absolute Lumenss Code Quanti Current System Selection TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 I •( (rnA) Watts' STD I5° STD 1St STD IS? TYPE 5 BLC TOLA 1 400 70 NW 5,149(s) 4,272(s) 4,656 3,999(s) 5,106(s) 3,976(s) 4,613 3,263(s) • 110LA 1 600 110 NW 6,686 5,725(s) 6,247 5,358(s) 6,632 5,327(s) 5,840 4,237 . iSOLA 2 400 150 NW 9,710(s) 8,273(s) 9,510 7,796(s) 9,430(s) 7,444(s) 8,898 6,060(s) 210LA 2 600 210 NW 12,449 10,259(s) 12,212 9,666(s) 12,090 9,231(s) 11,412 8,094(s) • S.Wattage may vary by+l.8'/,due to LED manufacturer forward volt specification and ambient temperature.Wattage shoat;is average for 120V through 277V input Actual svatttage may vary by on odditionol+l-10%due to acted/input voltage.Actoal test system onstage is shown in indiidual iES files on isswsitetghting.com. • 6.Lumen yours based on plwtmetrk tests performed in comp'ionce with IESNA l/4.79.Contact CnrdcoApplcotions @ph Sps cons if estimates for design purposes are needed far any m'ues not shun 7.Volae shown Is for the luminoire with the Internal House Side Shield(IS)option. • (s)indicates vo!ue is scaled based mr tests of a similar,but not Identical configurations. S1611 Clovis Marker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 {j'j i f1; li{11 PS • (B00)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 sltelighting.com O 2012 Konlnld ike Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modHy the design of Its product vrithout notification as pare of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO . E200-002)0612 0 1 I0 • ill 7 Emco LED Area Luminaire • Page 2 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • LED SELECTION VOLTAGE • CW Cool White-6000"K•75 CRI UNIV 120V through 277V,50hz or 60hz NW Neutral White-4000"K-70 CRI HVU 347V through 480V,50hz or 60hz • WW Warm White•3000"K-75 CRI Available in I IOLA,ISOLA or 210LA ONLY, • FINISH OPTIONS BRP Bronze Paint P Fusing In Head PTF2 Pole Top Fitter-2 3/8"-2 7/8"Dia.Tenon BLP Black Paint LF In•Line/In-Pole Fusing PTF3 Pole Top Fitter-3"-3 112"Dia.Tenon • WP White Paint PC° Photocontrol and Receptacle PTF4 Pole Top Fitter-3 1/2"-4"Dia.Tenon NP Natural Aluminum Paint PCR Photocontrol Receptacle only DL Diffusing Lens(reduces performance tignipcontly) • OC Optional Color Paint IS Internal Houseside Shield SPIV Surge Protection for 120V through 277V Input Specify Optional Color or (Available with Type 2,Type 3 or Type 4 Optics only) DCCt0 Dual Circuit.LED Array Control • RAL ex:OGLGP or 0C-RAt7024. HS External Houseside Shield SC Special Paint 8.Prmide specific input whose.PC option not available side 480V. Specify.Most supply color chip. 9.Not available u th Fusing(l)option. • 10.ELA2 h"only.Prosides duet level control capobitity.Each LED Array can be snitched or circuited separotely ACCESSORIES (Ordered separately) j • MS-A-120V 120V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MRSO and APD-MRO luminaires • MS-A-277V 277V Input•Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with FIRSO and APD•MRO luminaires /lotion Sensors for pole mounting ore ordered separately.Olt one(I)motion sensor required per pole location for MRSO and APD-MRO luminaires.See Luminore Configuration Information on • page 3 and 4 for more details.Area motion sensor color isArctic White only. DIMENSIONS AND EPA(see olso pore 3) • Arm Mount-Direct to Pole IP •A F hi Hi!U1 Mini 191f� iiikii idihililiiilililiUlilililililililiii • 1- B--s t C • Bird Deterrent • C Wires(3) \\ (AMvys Included) • - ` A R ' Integral Motion Sensor• •®®A®®®®®®0®®0�; i \\ MRI and APO-MRI .. • Configurations Only.\ �_ 4).40[40 0 0 e fa®�®® \\\\\ �\ � l • iOi� tr ®®®� E \\�\\�t\\�\ s®®®®®®®4) ID 4) ® 0 o, --- _ -. w Dimensions ELA16" ELM!" • A 4.5"/11.43cm 4.5"/11.43cm Effective Projected Area(EPA) Approximate B 6.28"(15.95 cm 9.28"/23.57 cm Weight-Single Single Twin 3/4 Luminaire C 16.53"/41-99 cm 2132"/54.66 cm • .87 ft' 1.74 ft' 2.49 ftt 21 lbs D 2"1 5.08 cm 2"15.08 cm • ELA16" .081 nst .162 mt .232 mt 9.53 kg E 15.2"/38.61 cm 15.7"/39.88 an .95 ft' 1.9 ft' 2.79 ft' 31 lbs F 4.6"/11.68 cm 4.6"/11.68 cm • ELA21" - - .089 nst .177 ml .26 mt 14.07 kg G 1.53"13.89 cm 1.53"(3.89 cm 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 I 1'1 '1 I1 IhIl l� r •600)227-0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitellghting.con ©2012 Koninkbjke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without • notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO E200.002/0612 I• 1• • • • • • • Emco LED Area Luminaire • Page 3 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • ADDITIONAL MOUNTINGS • Mast Arm Mount Wall Mount • f `\ �� Wall Mounting Plate may be mounted el • �������1t�� over (not to) a recessed 1-box (by \�� i� Wall Bracket Height=7.25"/16.415 cm �� ,t ♦\� others) and In all cases must be \ 1;,i„II,�� Width from Wall=2.59'/6.579 cm ' \ properly supported to structure as \�•� � required. Surface conduit mount e\,\ \ requires conduit entry from below. �t1 See Installation intruction sheets on \ 0 ` wwwsitelighting.com for more details. •\ ��A fit, U1aP >`t1tt1 • H - Wall Mounting PbYe Bolt Pattern I-•—3.75'/9.525 cm—1 NOTE:Wall mounting bracket Is secured to wall with • � 318”(.9525 cm)studs or bolts(by others.)Structural ! ��% 0 © members must be present in wall to accept bolts. • � Holes(or 3/8'(.9525 cm)Studs or Bolts(by others Q ( ) (Y ) 2.75'/6.985 cm I Ilk Dimension l•i, , H 7.8"119.812 cm 1 0 •' LUMINAiRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED ON PAGE 4) •' APD CONFIGURATIONS:LED Area luminaires with Automatic Profile , Dimming.are provided with the Philips DynaDimmer module Included.The i i DynaDimmer module is programmed to go to 50%power,50%light output two I Red Connects to (2)hours prior to night time mid-point and remain at 50%for six(6)hours after Black,120V OR .`_J_ Override Input • night time mid-point.Mid-point is continuously recalculated by the DynaDimmer 277V Input J( ""(Orange)Line of module based on the average mid-point of the Last two full night cycles. Short White-Neutral.T.— if Sensor —DynaDimmer duration cycles,and power Interruptions are ignored and do not affect the �' determination of midpoint. • APD is available In I 20V through 277V Input only. Area PIR Motion Sensor Coverage Pattern: 111111/' APD Dimming Profile: �j 270'Front Coverage 2 Hours 6 Hours t. <� •t / % Distances are 100% 100% 90° approximate. •l 50% 60% 0' '" El=Height Above Ground 01 l 1 l \- i\ Height Power On Mid Point Power Off , IH 3H 6H •( MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS: Motion response requires that the pole Include an additional hand hole 15 feet above the pole base,normally oriented 160"to the standard hand hole. For • Pole Mounted Motion Sensor- MRSO:LED Area luminaires with motion Philips Gardco poles,order the pole with the Motion Sensor Mounting(MSM) . response provide a 50%power reduction on low and a commensurate reduction option which includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the • In light output.The power and light output reduction Is accomplished utilizing sensor with a 1/2"NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate into the Philips DynaDimmer module,programmed for a constant 50% power. which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor is connected to the Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line on the hand hole cover plate,then wiring connections are completed in the pole.The •I DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting.100%power and light output, plate(complete with motion sensor attached and wired)is then mounted to when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion Is the hand hole.If poles are supplied by others,the customer is responsible for detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor in the pole, •1 returns to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes,and is field • adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes.This configuration is not available Mounting to a Philips Gardco Pole ( for use with wall mounted luminaires. Cover Plate with 1/2"NPT Coupling • MR50 Is available in 120V through 27N input only to the Iuminaire.The motion ;-' (supplied with pole) sensor requires either I20V or 277V Input to the motion sensor. Wiring Attach Motion in Sensor to Cover • The Area PIR motion sensor Is the Wat[Stopper EW-200-120-W(120V Input Pole 4) Plate coupling, 1 -MS-A-120 or the WattStopper EW-200-277-W(277V Input- MS-A-277V.) R. Comp!eteWiring ! PP ( P ) Motion Sensor • In Pole andAttach • One rnotlota sensor per pole Is required and is ordered separately.The area motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height Additional Hand Hole I S'Above Pole Base Cover Plate to Hand • above ground,270°from the front-center of the sensor. (oriented 180'to the standard hand hole) Hole • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 �ll u'ii.11 PS• (800)217.0758 (511)753.1000 FAX:(5I2)753.7855 siteliglting.com ©2012 Kontnklljke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO • E200-002/0612 • • • • 0 • • Emco LED Area Luminaire • Page 4 of 4 H. Pa g Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3) • MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS:(Continued from Page 3) not requiring longe range detection.For longer range detection applications, configurations with pole mounted notion sensors are recommended. • Pole Mounted Motion Sensor•APD- MRO:Luminaires with Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits of both - - a - ., . e _ -, ,r t u r: • automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to 50 power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires(see Side Coverage Pattern Top Coverage Patter° i • page 3).if motion Is detected during the time that the luminaire Is operating at -- Dienancesare 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire remains L /,: I • ! Lppro eightc. . i on high until no motion Is detected for the duration period,after which the — i_ L_L..P Illi a N=Height Iuminalre returns to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes,and Is field :- ; above ground. adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. r , / APD-MRO Is available in 120V through 277V Input only to luminalre.The motion �`) i \• I • sensor requires either 120V or 277V input to the motion sensor, tH D APD-h1R0 has the same pole requirements,utilizes the same motion sensors as t 2H s 2H the MR-SO version,and wires Identically as well.See Page 3 for details. Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor-APD- MRI: Luminaires with • Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor• MRI:Luminaires with Motion Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits • Response and an integral motion sensor include the OynaDimrner module and of both automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to an Integral motion sensor.The location of the Integral motion sensor is shown 50%power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APO luminaires on page 2.Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line (see page 3).If motion fs detected during the time that the luminaire is operating • on the DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting.100%power and light at 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire output,when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion is remains on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which • detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire returns the luminaire returns to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes. to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes.Available with 120V or 277V • only. APD-MRI luminaires are available with 120V through 277V(UNIV)input voltages only. • LEO Area MRI luntlnatres are provided with theWattStopper FS-355-13W motion sensor,with a maximum recommended 20 ft.mounting helght.The area coverage APD-MRI luminaires use the Identical motion sensor as MRI lumaires.See motion and range of the integral sensors make there most suitable for applications sensor details above. SPECIFICATIONS • GENERAL DESCRIPTION:LED Area luminaires combine a low profile style OPTICAL SYSTEMS:Lensed LED arrays are set to achieve IES Type II,Type S with advanced LED performance and thermal management technology to deliver III,Type IV and Type V distributions.Individual LED arrays are replaceable. Type outdoor area lighting that is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it Is II,Type Ill and Type IV optics on 21" luminaires only may be rotated in 90' • remarkably economical. Increments. HOUSING:The housing is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts to a pole, ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver that accepts 120V • utilizing an extruded arm.Additionally,LED Area luminaires mount easily to a wall through 277V or 347V through 480V,50hz to 60hz,Input.347V through 480V or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions. Input is available on the 110LA or 210LA LED wattages only.Driver output Is j • based on the LED wattage selected.Component-to-component wiring within the LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The LED Area luminaire design provides luminaire will carry no more than 80%of rated current and Is listed by UL for die cast aluminum integral thermal radiation fins to provide the excellent thermal use at 600 VAC at 302°F/150°C or higher.Plug disconnects are listed by UL for • management so critical to long LED system life. use at 600 VAC,15A or higher. LED board,LED driver and LED array are RoHS compliant.Power factor Is not less than 90%.The ittntinare consumes 0.0 watts in III LED PERFORMANCE: the off state.All motion sensors provided consume 0.0 watts In the off state. PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA" FINISH:Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, • Ambient LED Wattages/ electrostatically applied,thermally cured,trigiycidal isocyanurate(TGIC)textured Temperature°C Driver tag LN Hours sa polyester powdercoat finish.Standard colors Include bronze(ERP),black(BLP), • mA white(WP),and natural aluntinuna(NP).Consult factory for specs on optional or 70LA /1 SOLA/400 100,000 custom colors. • 25°C i 110LA I 210LA/600 75,000 LABELS:All luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applicable)Wet Location labels. al 70LA /1SOLA/400 65,000 WARRANTY:Luminaires in the Emco product family feature a 1 year limited 40°C — warranty.LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty 110LA/210LA/600 50,000 covering the LED arrays and LED drivers.See Warranty Information on wen. 11.Predicted performance derived from LOD manufacturer's data and engineering design sitelight ng.eom for complete details and exclusions. 111 • estimates,based oniESNAU,1-80methodology.Actual experience may vary due tofield FULL CUTOFF PERFORMANCE: Full cutoff performance means a luminaire • application conditions. distribution where zero candela intensity occurs at an angle at or shore 90'above nadir. 12.!r,is the predicted time when tED performance depreciates to 70%of initial lumen output Additionally,the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 100(10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80'above nadlr,Thls applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PHILIPS (80D)227.0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(S12)753.7855 sltelighting.com ei 2 • 012 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without • . notification as pan of the company's continuing product improvement program. OPP GARDCO F200.002/0612 • • • • • i fib - Job: City of Salina,Kansas 0( Type: G35-110,ELA16-35-110LA-NW-UNIV-BRP-PTF2 Notes: S 111' Emco LED Area Luminaire Ot4 Page 1 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • Philips Gardco's Emeo product family features the LED Area luminaire,These luminaires combine low profile style, ryas,f/f!if r" ;- • advanced LED performance and advanced thermal management technology to deliver outdoor area lighting that "'r rrr § yx r '` {' is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is remarkably economical.Versions are available with automatic ' x profile dimming and motion response capability as vreN.The housing is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts • to a pole,utilizing an extruded arm,and mounts easily to a wall or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual z transitions.LED Area optical systems provide IES Types 11,111,IVV and BLC(Backlight Control)distributions.The ' luminaires feature state of the art integral thermal control to maximize LED system performance and life.The <„: door frame is single piece die cast aluminum.LED Area luminaires are finished with a fade and abrasion resistant �i TGIC powdercoat.LED Area luminaires provide full cutoff performance. `s •€ PREFIX MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS SP • ELA16 3 5 _...-1 110LA NW UNIV BRP PTF2 • Enter the order code into the appropriote box above. Note:Ph:ips Gardco reserves the right to refuse a configuration.Not oil combinations and configurations are veld. f Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory. r( PREFIX(See poyes 3 and 4 for more detain on lumintire configurations) !f 0.10Y Motion Response APD with Motion Response Override Constant Dimmfn ' Automatic 8 Motion Sensor Location 1-lotion Sensor Location ft Luminaire Description Wattage {Farusewitho Profile Full Light Dimming” Ouput' 0 fOVeenael (APO) Pole ttounted" Integral to Pole Mounted'-' Integral to+ �( system byetheet) Lumtnairo Luminaire 1 16"LED Area Luminaire 4, "Available MA and 1101A only) ELA16' ELA16•DIM' ELM ELAi6•MR50 ELA16•MR1 ELA16 •A •APD-MRO ELA16PD•MRI 40' 21"LED Area Luminaire (Available 1501A and 110tH only) ELA21 ELA21•DIM ELA21-APD ELA21•MRSO ELA21•MRI ELA21•APD.MRO ELA21•APD•MRI • 1.347V through 480V(HVU)input ava'1ob'e with 1 f OLA(16),ISOLA(21)or 2101A(21")one. 3.Not available with DCC option. 2,Luminoioos require one area motion sensor per pole,ordered separately. 4.Avai!oble e011120V through 277V(UNIV)input only. See Accessories on page 2.Avo;tebie with 12011 or 277V input only. f, MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM • 1 Single Pole Mount W Wall Mount,Recessed J-Box 2 Type iI Ii 2 Twin Pole Mount at 180' WS Wall Mount,Surface Conduit 3 Type Ill 2 @90 Twin Pole Mount at 94° MA Mast Arm Mount(requires o 2 318"most erns) 4 Type fV .( 3 3-way Pole Mount at 90° 5 TypeV 3@120°120° 3•way Pole Mount at 120° BLC Backlight Control Optic I 4 4-way Pole Mount 41( LED WATTAGE AND LUMEN VALUES •( Luminaire Initial Absolute Lumens' LED Average Ordering LEO ay Current System Selection TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 411, Quantity (nsA) Watts' STD ISt STD IS° STD iSt TYPE S BLC 70LA 1 400 70 NW 5,149(s) 4.272(s) 4,656 3,999(s) 5,106(s) 3,976(s) 4,613 3,263(s) 110LA 1 600 110 NW 6,686 5,725(s) 6,247 5,358(s) 6,632 5,327(s) 5,840 4,237 15OLA 2 400 150 NW 9,710(s) 8,273(s) 9,510 7,796(s) 9,430(s) 7,444(s) 8,898 6.060(s) • 210LA 2 600 210 NW 12,449 10,259(s) 12,212 9,666(s) 12,090 9.231(s) 11,412 8,094(s) • S.Wattage may vary by+1.8h due to LED manufacturer fonvord volt specification and ambient temperature.Wattage shown is average for 120V through 277V input Actual'vantage may vary by on additional+F-10%due to actual Input voltage.Actuol test system wattage is shown In indsidual IES files on ssnw sitelighting.com. 6.Lumen vo'ues bused on phatmettic tests performed In comptonce scith)ESNA IA1-79.Corded Garda,App!-cations @ph3,ps.com if estimates for design purposes ore needed for any rawer not shorn. • 7.Volue shown is for the luminaire nith the internal House Side Shield(1S)option. (s)induotes vo!ue is scaled based on tests of a simea.but not Identical configurations. • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 ' (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX!(5(2)753.7855 sitetighting.corn PHI I >l IY q s�: II0)2012 Koninktijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without • notification as part al the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO 8200-002/0612 • 0 41 • i Vise mc® LED Area Luminaire Page 2 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response i • LED SELECTION VOLTAGE CW Cool White•6000°K•75 CR1 UNIV 120V through 277,50hz or 60hz i 16 NW Neutral White-4000"K-70 CRI HVU 347V through 480V,50hz or 60hz WW Warm White-3000"K-75 CRI Available in 110LA•150LA or 21011 ONLY • FINISH OPTIONS • BRP Bronze Paint Fa fusing In Head PTF2 Pole Top Fitter-2 3/8"-2 7/8"Dia.Tenon • BLP Black Paint IF In-Line/In-Pole Fusing PTF3 Pole Top Fitter-3"-3 112"Dia.Tenon WP White Paint PC' Photocontrol and Receptacle PTF4 Pole Top Fitter•3 1/2"-4"Dia.Tenon • NP Natural Aluminum Paint PCR Photocontrol Receptacle only DL Diffusing Lens(reduces performance significantly) OC Optional Color Paint IS Internal Houseside Shield SPR9 Surge Protection for 120V through 277V Input • Specify Optional Color or (Available soith Type 2,Type 3 or Type 4 Optics only) DCC10 Dual Circuit•LED Array Control RAL ex:OC•LGPor OC•RAL7024. HS External Houseside Shield • SC Special Paint 8.Provide specific input voltage.PC option not enviable With 9801. Specify.Must supply cotes chip. 9.Not available with Fusing(I)option. • 10.E1A21"only.Provides dual level control capability.Each LED Array con be snitched or circuited separately. ACCESSORIES (Ordered se!arately) _ • t4S.A-120V 120V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MRSO and APD-MRO luminaires MS-A-277V 277V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Mounting with 111.50 and APD-MRO luminaires • Motion Sensors for pole mounting ore ordered separately,with one(1)motion sensor required per pole location for MRSO and APD-MRO luminaires.See Lvminare Configuration information on • page 3 and 4 for more details.Area motion sensor color is Arctic White only. DIMENSIONS AND EPA(see also Page 3) _ • Arm Mount• Direct to Pole 0 , • " I ..--_,x i F tiIII1111r I1 111111111.i G 111111111111111111111111 • 4 B-�� C • Bird Deterrent Q C Wires(3) !, �\ (Always included) • • •s- :, ®®=®®9® ��,tjlt �� Integral Motion Sensor- \ i Int and APD-hiRl • ®® ® � ®®� �di `l�``� \\`\•.�� 0 Configurations Only. 0000000 ., \\\` •S 401 „10 N,ti.np ' 0000000C! . • a ® '•. V Dimensions ELA16" l ELA21" • A 4.5"/11.43 cm 4,5"/11.43 cm Effective Projected Area(EPA) Approximate B 6.28"/15,95 cm 9.28"123.57 cm Weight-Single Single Twin 3/4 Luminaire C 16.53"/41.99 cni 21.52"154.66 cm I• .87 ft' 1.74(t' 2.49 ft° 21 Ibs D 2"/5.08 cm 2"/5.08 cm ELA16° 9.53 k .081 m2 162 m' .232 m' kg E 15.2"(38.61 cm 15.7"(34.88 cm • .95 ft' 1.9 ft' 2.79 ft= 31 lbs F 4.6"111.68 cm 4.6"/11.68 cm ELA21" . 089 mt .177 m' .26 mt 14.07 kg G 1.53"/3.89 cm 1.53"/3.89cm • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 II Kt){� j 1 (800)227-0758 (512)753.1000 FAX;(512)753.7855 sitelighting.tornx r • ©2012 Konlnkliike Philips Electron`•cs N.V.All Rights Reserved. II Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GAR DC® 0 E200.002/0612 w • i • i • • i , • Emco LED Area Lumin it e • Page 3 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response •' ADDITIONAL MOUNTINGS ti M;ast Arras Mount Wall Mount •{ Wall Mounting Plate may be mounted �1"\\�� r r over (not to) a recessed I-box (by i '-� Wall Bracket Height=7,25°118.415 cm �. \\i,tl �.•.1 ( \�\ \l others) and In all cases must be �' � Width from Wall=2.59'16.579 cm 1����\ properly supported to structure as � +\���� � i \\��� �� Indicated. Surface conduit mount Al �\�\ \� requires conduit entry from below. �\� \\� \\� tt See installation .si iglsi intruction more sheets t on \\1�s\ \��11`\tt tit swnvsitelighting.com for more details. \�,,�p\tt1 lei( H_3. Wall Mounting Plare Bolt Pattern 1-• •3.75'/9.525 cm---1 NOTE:Wall mounting bracket Is secured to wall with • 1i + © © 318"(.9525 cm)studs or bolts(by others.)Structural members must be present In wall to accept bolts. Ill( 1.75" Holes for 318°(.9525 cm)Studs or Bolts(by others) 2.75"/6.985 cm (4.445 cm) •I Dimension Diameter H 7.8"/19.812 cm j 0 0 0( LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION(CONTINUED ON PAGE 4) •j APD CONFIGURATIONS:LED Area luminaires with Automatic Profile c Dimming.are provided with the Philips DynaDimmer module included.The / - " , DynaDimmer module is programmed to go to 50%power,50%light output two t Red Connects co • (2)hours prior to night time mid-point and remain at 50%for six(6)hours after Black,120'/OR �r�. Override Input • night time mid-point.Mid-point is continuously recalculated by the DynaDimmer 277V Input module based on the average mid-point of the fast two full night cycles. Short Sensor }} - 1Orange)Line of nabimmer duration cycles,and power interruptions are Ignored and do not affect the White-Neutral ' Ik DY • determination of midpoint. 0( APD is available in 120V through 277V input only. Area PIR Motion Sensor Coverage Pattern: APO Dimming Profile: / 40( ��j 270°Front Coverage 2 Hours 6 Hours / '/ Distances are �( 100% 100% 9p° x_ approximate. f 50% 50% ,--z He HeightAbove •, \. ... Ground sp . r` I I Height O' Power On Mid Point Power Off \\� IH 3H 6H f • MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS: Motion response requires that the pole Include an additional hand hole 15 feet { above the pole base,normally oriented 180'to the standard hand hole. For Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-MRSO:LED Area luminaires with motion Philips Gardco poles,order the pole with the Motion Sensor Mounting(MSM) •( response provide a 50%power reduction on low and a commensurate reduction option which Includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the . In light output.The power and light output reduction is accomplished utilizing sensor with a 1/2"NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate into the Philips DynaDimmer module,programmed for a constant 50%power. which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor Is connected to the f Power supplied by the notion sensor connected to the override line on the hand hole cover plate,then wiring connections are completed In the pole.The DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting,100%power and light output, plate(complete with motion sensor attached and wired)is then mounted to • when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion Is the hand hole.If poles are supplied by others,the customer Is responsible for detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor in the pole. 0. returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes,and Is field adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes.This configuration Is not available ( Mounting to a Mips Gardco Pole for use with wall mounted luminaires. I Cover Plate with 112'NPT Coupling 6 MR50 Is available in l20V through 277V Input only to the Iuminaire.The motion I (supplied with pole) sensor requires either I20V or 27/V Input to the motion sensor. Wiring e. Attach Motion In Sensor to Cover • The Area PIR motion sensor Is the WattStopper EW-200.120•W(120V Input Pole _- Plate coupling. • MS-A•120V)or the WattStopper EW200.277•W(d77V Input-MS-A-277V.) P, hlotion Sensor Comp!eteWiring i • One motion sensor per pole is required and is ordered separately.The area in Pole and Attach motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height Additional Hand Hole f5'Above Pale i3ase Cover Plate to Nand above ground,270°front the front-center of the sensor. (oriented 180°to the standard hand hole) Hole • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PHI r i LIi ri 3 (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 sitelighting.com �jt � C.2012 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • ENO.002/06f2 • • • • • • ,bpi Emco LED Area Luminaire Page 4 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response , • LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION(CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3) • MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS:(Continued front Page 3) not requiring longe range detection.For longer range detection applications, • configurations with pole mounted motion sensors are recommended. Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-APD- MRO: Luminaires with Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits of both FS-3SS-L3W-Supplied with LED Area M11.1 Luminaires automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to 50% power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APO luminaires(see Side Coverage Pattern Top Coverage Pattern page 3).if motion Is detected during the time that the luminaire Is operating at i i 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire remains I i Distances are / on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which the -- J. a jl=Het ht 't J luminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes,and is field 1 g i above ground :::a adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. '�i • I ' APD-MRO is available in 120V through 277V input only to Iuminaire.The motion �! r i, i sensor requires either 120V or 277V input to the motion sensor. ' "�� 1 • 1 - [ 1 0 ( APD-MRO has the same pole requirements,utilizes the same motion sensors as 2H 21-1 s 0 the MR-50 version,and wires identically as well.See Page 3 for details. Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor-APD- MRI: Luminaires with • Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor- MRI:Luminaires with Motion Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits Response and an integral motion sensor include the DynaDimmer module and of both automatic profile dimming and motion response,The luminaire will dim to an integral motion sensor.The location of the Integral motion sensor is shown 50%power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires i on page 2.Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line (see page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating on the DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting,100%power and light at 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire output,when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion Is remains on high until no motion Is detected for the duration period,after which • detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire returns the luminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes. to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes.Available with 120V or 277V only. APD-MRI luminaires are available with 120V through 277V(UNIV)input voltages only. • LED Area Miti luminaires are provided with the WattStopper FS-355-1.3W motion ( sensor,with a maximum recommended 20 ft.mounting height.The area coverage APD-MRI luminaires use the Identical motion sensor as MRI lumaires.See motion and range of the Integral sensors make them most suitable for applications sensor details above. SPECIFICATIONS ( • GENERAL DESCRIPTION:LED Area luminaires combine a low profile style OPTICAL SYSTEMS:Lensed LED arrays are set to achieve IES Type II,Type with advanced LED performance and thermal management technology to deliver III,Type IV and Type V distributions.Individual LED arrays are replaceable. Type i • outdoor area lighting that is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is li,Type Ili and Type IV optics on 21°luminaires only may be rotated in 90° remarkably economical. Increments. i HOUSING:The housing is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts to a pole, ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver that accepts 120V t • utilizing an extruded arm.Additionally,LED Area luminaires mount easily to a wall through 277V or 347V through 480V,50hz to 60hz,input.347V through 480V or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions. input is available on the 110LA or 210LA LED wattages only.Driver output is based on the LED wattage selected.Component-to-component wiring within the { ' LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The LED Area luminaire design provides luminaire will carry no more than 80%of rated current and is listed by UL for die cast aluminum integral thermal radiation fins to provide the excellent thermal use at 600 VAC at 302°F/150°C or higher.Plug disconnects are listed by UL for management so critical to long LED system life, use at 600VAC.15A or higher. LED board,LED driver and LED array are RoHS compliant.Power factor is not less than 90%.The luminare consumes 0.0 watts in ( • LED PERFORMANCE: the off state.Ali motion sensors provided consume 0.0 watts in the off state. PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA" FINISH:Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, t. Ambient LED Wattages( : electrostatically applied,thermally cured,trigiycidal isocyanurate(TGIC)textured • Temperature°C Driver mA Lro Hours polyester powdercoat finish.Standard colors include bronze(BRP),black(BLP), white(WP),and natural aluminum(NP).Consult factory for specs on optional or 70LA/150LA/400 100,000 custom colors. 25°C t • 110LA/210LA/600 75,000 LABELS:All luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applicable)Wet Location labels. ( 701A /150LA 1400 65.000 WARRANTY:Luminaires in the Emco product family feature a 1 year limited 40°C warranty.LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty 110LA/210LA 1600 50.000 covering the LED arrays and LED drivers.See Warranty Information on www. ( • I1.Predicted performance derived from CEO manufacturer's data cud engineering design sitelighting.eom for complete details and exclusions. • estimates,based on IESNA IJA,90 methodology Amid experience may wry due to field FULL CUTOFF PERFORMANCE:Full cutoff performance means a luminaire eppkcation conditions. distribution where zero candela intensity occurs at an angle at or above 90'above nadir. f 2.1." is the predicted time when CEO performance depreciates to 70%of initial lumen output Additionally,the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 100(10 percent) l, ata vertical angle of 80°above mdirThis applies to all literal angles around the luminaire. 1 • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 P■(7■ [ Ei[j jt` (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(S12)753.7855 sltelighting.cons 02012 Koninkliike Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. flb Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or nsodify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO E200.002/0612 ( 0 I i• !. , • • • i 1 0 0, . fob: City of Salina,Kansas e; Type: G45.11O,ELA16-45-110LA-NW-UNIV-SRP-PTF2 1 Notes: •` mco LED Area Luminaire filk `' Page 1 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Philips Gardco's Emco product family features the LED Area luminaire-These luminaires combine low profile style, rrrr,prrf! rrirrr4r'` r advanced LED performance and advanced thermal management technology to deliver outdoor area lighting that ..,,, .,If„ �` is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is remarkably economical.Versions are available with automatic "Z4' r r `�s""F profile dimming and motion response capability as well,The housing is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts ---..:-,ii*X.,o,s O to a pole,utilizing an extruded arm,and mounts easily to a wall or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions.LEO Area optical systems provide IES Types II,III,IVY and BLC(Backlight Control)distributions.The i • luminaires feature state of the art integral thermal control to maximize LED system performance and life.The door frame is single piece die cast aluminum.LED Area luminaires are fi nished with a fade and abrasion resistant TGIC powdercoat.LED Area luminaires provide full cutoff performance. 0�„ • OPTICAL PREFIX MOUNTING SYSTEM LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS .1 ELA16 -•-• 4 5 —1 110LA NW —I UNIV I— BRP I PTF2 I •( Enter the order code into the appropriate box above.Note:Phitps Gordon reserves the right to refuse a configuration.Not ail combinations ord configurations ore vand. • Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory. 5' PREFIX(See Poles 3 and 4 for more detals on tumina're cenfguratbrs.) 0-IOV Motion Response APD with Motion Response Override Constant Dimming' Automatic Motion Sensor Location Motion Sensor Location Luminaire Description a.... .o (For use with a Profile Full Light 040V mob°, Drnmung" 41P( integral to s, integral to S Ouput' system by others.) (APD) Pole tlounted Luminaires' Pole Mounted" Luminaire" ( LEO Area Luminaire (Available 701A and 110tA only) ELA16' ELA16-DIM' ELA16•APD ELA16•MRSO ELA16.MRI ELAI6.APD•MRO ELA16•APD•MR1 40( 21"LEDMea Luminaire ELA21 ELA21•DIM ELA21•APD ELA21•MRSO ELA21•MRI ELA21.APD•MRO ELA21•APD•MR1 (Ares*1501A anal 2101A only) t r if I.347V through 480V(I-NU)input am!ob!e aithl101A(16"),iSOLA(21")or 2fOLA(1I')an1y. 3.Not available with DCC option. i 2.Luminaires require one urea motion sensor per pole,ordered separately 4.Avoilable with110V through 277V(UNIV)Input enly. • See Accessories on page 2.Avoioble with i20V or 277V Input only . MOUNTING OPTICAL SYSTEM �' t Single Pole Mount W Watt Mount Recessed j•8ox 2 Type 11 2 Twin Pole Mount at 180° WS Wall Mount,Surface Conduit 3 Type 111 • 2 @90 Twin Pole Mount at 90° MA Mast Arm Mount(requires a 2 3/8"most arm) 4 Type IV 3 3-way Pole Mount at 90° 5 Type V 3 @120° 3-way Pole Mount at 120° BLC Backlight Control Optic I IV 4 4-way Pole Mount .i LED WATTAGE AND LUMEN VAL S LED Average Luminaire Initial Absolute Lumense �( oCode g Quantity Current System Selection TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 TYPES BLC A Watts ( (m ) STD LS7 STD iS7 STD 157- ilk 70LA 1 400 70 NW 5,149(s) 4,272(a) 4,656 3,999(s) 5,106(s) 3,976(s) 4.613 3,263(s) 110LA 1 600 110 NW 6,686 5,725(s) 6,247 5,358(s) 6,632 5.327(s) 5,840 4,237- 1 : _1 SOLA 2 400 150 NW 9,710(s) 8,273(s) 9,510 7,796(s) 9.430(s) 7,444(s) 8,898 6,060(s) 2I'OLA 2 600 210 NW 12,449 10,259(5) 12,212 9,666(s) 1 12,090 9,231(s) 11,412 8,094(s) • 5.Wattage may vary by+1-8%due to LEO manufacturer forward volt spaoljloe on and ambient temperature.Wattage shown Is average for 120V through 277V input.Actual ssotuage may vary by an additional+1-10%due to actual Input vohoge.Actuoi test system wattage Is shorn in ind,iduoi IES fifes on wwwsftehghsing.com 6.lumen Wiles bused on photmetric tests performed in comp'.once with IESNA V.1-79.Contact Gordo App!carons @ph'Cps.coat if estimates for desn purposes are needed far any vabes not shown. 7.Vetue shown Is for the luminoire with the Internal House Side Shield(IS)option. • (s)Indcotes inlay is sewed hosed on tests of a sinsilar,but not identical configurations. • 1611 Clovis Darker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 [1.11 I • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sttelighting.com f°t ©2012 Koninklijke Philips Electronics NV,All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gordco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GA.DCO • E200.00210612 I. • • • • iiitk rnc® LED Area Lure i nai re • • Page 2 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response LED SELECTION VOLTAGE • CW Cool White•6000°K-75 CRI UNIV 120V through 277V,50hz or 60hz NW Neutral White-4000°K-70 CRI HVU 347V through 480V,50hz or 60hz • WW Warm White-3000°K-75 CRI Avoifobfe in I lOLA,ISOLA or 2lOIA ONLY • FINISH OPTIONS • BRP Bronze Paint Fa Fusing In Head PTF2 Pole Top Fitter-2 3/8"-2 7/8"Dia.Tenon BLP Black Paint LF In-Line/In-Pole Fusing PTF3 Pole Top Fitter-3"-3 1/2"Dia.Tenon • WP White Paint PC' Photocontrol and Receptacle PTF4 Pole Top Fitter•3 1/2"-4"Dia.Tenon NP Natural Aluminum Paint PCR Photocontrol Receptacle only DL Diffusing Lens(reduces performonce significantly) • OC Optional Color Paint 15 Internal Houseside Shield SPR9 Surge Protection for 120V through 277V Input Specify Optional Color or (Available with Type 2,Type 3 or Type 4 Optics onto DCCw Dual Circuit-LED Array Control i PAL ex:OC-CCP or 0C-RAL7024. HS External Houseside Shield • SC Special Paint 8.Provide specific input voltage.PC option not available with 480V. Sped fy.Must supply color chip. 9.Not available with Fusing(F)option. • 10.EIA2 f"only.Prasides dual kvel control capability Each LEO Arroy can be snitched or circuited separate/. • ACCESSORIES(Ordered separately) MS-A-120V 120V Input-Area Motion Sensor for Pole Flouncing with MR50 and APD-MRO luminaires • MS-A-277V 277V Input-Area Notion Sensor for Pole Mounting with MR50 and APD•MRO luminaires Motion Sensors for pole mounting are ordered separately,with one(1)motion sensor required per pole location for MR50 and APD-MRO luminaires.See Laminate Configuration information on page 3 and 4 for more details.Area motion sensor color is Arctic White only. 1• DIMENSIONS AND EPA(see also Pape 3) • Arm Mount-Direct to Pole • ""."'..r,�,........., rrrnrrunrtrnirrrrarN�r ( F l li111111 11111111 G lilU1111�1511 . 111I+I11113 • B � -4 Bird Deterrent • {Q C n� Wires(3) Ii \`�\ \ (Always Included) i . ii ,T integral Motion Sensor- ®®®®®®�®® ®®is - fl��\\� i t•1RIendAPD.MRI/ r ,®®0®® 0 4)GADY �\\� \Conti urations Ont. ®°®Q�®�® 0 \` `. • •p ;. •. ®® ®04)00 E �\ ;, t i I� 0.0 4). + . 0.0. 4)®04)4) ®® 1 0000000 L • . x®0®4,0®° ®® Dimensions ELA16" ELAM" A 4.5"!11.43 cm 4.5"/11.43 cm _ • Effective Projected Area(EPA) Approximate a 6.28"/15.95 cm 9.28"/23.57 cm Weight-Single - Single Twin 314 LtmdnMre C 16.53"141.99 cm ^21.52"!54.66 cm • .87 ft' 1.74 ft' 2.49 ft' 21 lbs D 2"/5.08 cm 2"/5.08cm . ELA16" - 061 m2 .162 m t .232 m' 9.53 kg E 15.2"/38.61 cm 15.7"/39.88 cm .95 ft' 1.9 ft' 2.79 ft' 31 lbs F 4.6"111.68 cm 4.6"!11.68 cm - E III LA21" .089 nt' .177 m2 .26 m' 14.07 kg G 1.53"13.69 cm 1.53"/3.89 cm III 1611 Clovis Darker Road,San tlarcos,TX 78666 0 PHILIPS (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 sitelighting.cono ©2012 Konlnklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or madly the design elks productw;ticost notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO E200.00210612 , 0 i• • Ill r Et It ` A. •r 4)i Erna) LED Area Luminaire �+ Page 3 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response • •l - ADDITIONAL MOUNTINGS MastArm Mount Wall Mount •i '''',..17..--,i, ,, Wall ttounring Plate may be mounted w ��: over (not to) a recessed J-box (by � �grit Wall Bracket Heigh[=7.25"f 18.41 S<m • s il' C� others) and In all cases must be 1 lri'' `� Width from Wall=2.59"f 6.579 cm '••• , �_t �- �, properly supported to structure as ��\ It „ ■r��\���\ indicated. Surface conduit mount �I�l\��`� ��`\\��` requires conduit entry from below. \\\\\` \,1 �( �� `\\��\1 See installation Intruction sheets on �j\\ \\\\ wwwsitelighting-tom for more details. �` \\\\ • 1-c H WilLblountinug.iateleltP.attecn h 3.75"19.525 cm—1 NOTE:Wall mounting bracket Is secured to wall with 318"(.9525 cm)studs or bolts(by others.)Structural © © members must be present In wall to accept bolts. • r 'fir., S. I�"—I I 1,75" Holes for 318"(.9525 cm)Studs or Botts(by others) • 2.75"/6,985 cm (4.445 cm) ( Dimension Diameter •( . H 7.8"f19.812cm 1 • LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION (CONTINUED ON PAGE 4)• 0; APD CONFIGURATIONS:LED Area luminaires with Automatic Profile , Dimming.are provided with the Philips DynaDimmer module included.The •i DynaDimmer module Is programmed to go to 50%power,50%light output two I ■ Red Connects to (2)hours prior to night time mid-point and remain at 50%for six(6)hours after Black,120V OR �,_ Override Input litnight time midpoint.Mid-point Is continuously recalculated by the DynaDimmer 27N Input (Orange)Linc of module based on the average mid-point of the last two full night cycles. Short '�' DynaDimmer • duration cycles,and power Interruptions are Ignored and do not affect the White-Neutral determination of midpoint. • APD is available in 120V through 277V Input only. Area PIR Motion Sensor Coverage Pattern: APD Dimming Profile: �� 270'Front Coverage 2 Hours 6 Hours /,.•.�/ Distances are 100% 100% 90 - f{approximate. Ahove 50% 50% - 5,,. ` -\ Ground t 1 1 i \ \ Heightl��t 7 Power On Mid Point Power Off 1 \\ t IH31 61 f' S. MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS: Motion response requires that the pole Include an additional hand hole 15 feet 4 above the pole base,normally oriented 180"to the standard hand hole. for Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-MR50:LED Area luminaires with motion Philips Gardco poles,order the pole with the Motion Sensor Mounting(MSM) response provide a 50%power reduction on low and a commensurate reduction option which includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the • in light output.The power and light output reduction is accomplished utilizing sensor\•rith a 1/2"NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate Into the Philips DynaDimmer module,programmed for a constant 50%power. which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor is connected to the Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line on the hand hole cover plate,then wiring connections are completed in the pole.The DynaDimmer takes the luminaire to high setting,100%power and light output, plate(complete with motion sensor attached and wired)Is then mounted to when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion is the hand hole.if poles are supplied by others,the customer is responsible for • detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor In the pole. returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes,and Is field • adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes.This configuration Is not available Mounting to a Philips Garden Polk for use with wail mounted luminaires. :Cover Plate with 1/2"NPT Coupling • MR50 is available in 120V through 227V input only to the Iuminaire.The motion (supplied with pole) sensor requires either INN or 277V Input to the motion sensor. Wiring Attach Motion In Sensor co Cover Pole Plate coupling. The Area PIR motion sensor is the WattStopper EW?,00-120•W(120V Input k CornplcteWiring -MS-A-120V)or the WattStopper EW-200-277-W(271V Input-MS-A•277V) Motion Sensor In Pole teV rack One motion sensor per pole Is required and is ordered separately.The area Addirlanal Hand Hole IS'Abo•re Pole Base Cover Plate to Hand motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height (oriented 180'to the standard hand hole) Hole • above ground,270'from the front-center of the sensor. 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PHILIPS • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sltellghting.com ©2012 Koninklilke Philips Electronics N.Y.All Rights Reserved. • Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO • E200.00210612 • I • 0 • vi IP` co LED Area Luminaire Page 4 of 4 Featuring Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response i LUMINAIRE CONFIGURATION INFORMATION(CONT)NUED FROM PAGE 3) 1 111111 MOTION RESPONSE CONFIGURATIONS:(Continued from Page 3) not requiring longe range detection.For longer range detection applications, configurations with pole mounted motion sensors are recommended. Pole Mounted Motion Sensor-APD- MRO: Luminaires with Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits of both FS-355-L3W-Supplied with LED Area MRi Luminaires i il automatic profile dimming and motion response.The luminaire will dim to 50% power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires(see Side Coverage Pattern Top Coverage Pattern • page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating at 50%,the Iuminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire remains Distances are y i on high until no motion Is detected for the duration period,after which the I I ! approximate. s- ; ;, , MD luminaire returns to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes,and is field , H=Height <a{s adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. bove ground r • APD.MRO is available In 120V through 277V input only to Iuminaire.The motion J/// ) j ;f 1�Vie: s • ensor requires either 120V or 277V input to the motion sensor. ,o IH i APD-MRO has the same pole requirements,utilizes the same motion sensors as t 2H ) 2H 1 the MR-50 version,and wires identically as well.See Page 3 for details. • Luminaire with Integral Motion Sensor-APD- MRIt Luminaires with Luminaire with integral Motion Sensor- MRI:Luminaires with Motion Automatic Profile Dimming and Motion Response Override combine the benefits • Response and an integral motion sensor include the DynaDimnrer module and of both automatic profile dimming and motion response,The Iuminaire will dim to an integral motion sensor.The location of the integral motion sensor is shown 50%power,50%light output,per the dimming profile shown for APD luminaires (. on page 2.Power supplied by the motion sensor connected to the override line (see page 3).If motion is detected during the time that the Iuminaire is operating (. • on the DynaDImmer takes the luminaire to high setting.100%power and light at 50%,the luminaire returns to 100%power and light output.The luminaire - output,when motion is detected.The luminaire remains on high until no motion is remains on high until no motion is detected for the duration period,after which f detected for the motion sensor duration period,after which the luminaire returns the Iuminaire returns to low.Duration period Is factory set at 15 minutes. to low.Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes.Available with 120V or 277V only. APD-MRI luminaires are available with 120V through 277V(UNIV)input voltages only. ( 1111 LED Area MRI luminaires are provided with the WattStopper FS-355-13W motion 1 sensor,with a maximum recommended 20 ft.mounting height.The area coverage APD-MRI luminaires use the identical motion sensor as MRI lumaires.See motion and range of the integral sensors make them most suitable for applications sensor details above. t • SPECIFICATIONS ( • GENERAL DESCRIPTION:LED Area luminaires combine a low profile style OPTICAL SYSTEMS:Lensed LED arrays are set to achieve IES Type Ii,Type . 0 with advanced LED performance and thermal management technology to deliver III,Type IV and Type V distributions.Individual LED arrays are replaceable. Type outdoor area lighting that is as energy efficient and aesthetically pleasing as it is II,Type III and Type IV optics on 21"luminaires only may be rotated In 90° ( • remarkably economical. increments. HOUSING:The housing is one-piece,die cast aluminum and mounts to a pole, ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver that accepts 120V ( 0 utilizing an extruded arm.Additionally,LED Area luminaires mount easily to a wall through 277V or 347V through 480V,50hz to 6011z,input.347V through 480V (or to a mast arm while providing smooth visual transitions, input is available on the 110LA or 210LA LED wattages only.Driver output is ( • based on the LED wattage selected.Component-to-component wiring within the LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The LEO Area Iuminaire design provides Iuminaire will carry no more than 80%of rated current and Is listed by UL for ( Ilk die cast aluminum Integral thermal radiation fins to provide the excellent thermal use at 600 VAC at 302°F 1 150°C or higher.Plug disconnects are listed by UL for management so critical to long LED system life, use at 600 VAC,15A or higher. LED board,LED driver and LED array are RoHS j compliant.Power factor is not less than 90%.The luminare consumes 0.0 watts in LED PERFORMANCE: the off state.All motion sensors provided consume 0,0 watts in the off state. PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA" FINISH:Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, • Ambient LED Wattages! si electrostatically applied,thermally cured,trigiycidal isocyanurate(TGIC)textured (. Le,Hours polyester powdercoat finish.Standard colors include bronze OAF),black(9LP), Temperature C Driver mA white(WP),and natural aluminum(NP).Consult factory for specs on optional or 70LA /15OLA/400 100,000 custom colors. 25°C •• 110LA/210LA!600 75,000 LADELS:AtI luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applicable)Wet Location labels. 70LA /SSOLA/400 65,000 WARRANTY:Luminaires In the Emco product family feature a 1 year limited 40°C warranty.LEO luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty 110LA!210LA 1600 50,000 covering the LED arrays and LED drivers.See Warranty Information on www. { sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. 11.Pred:cted performance derhed from LEO manufacturer's data end engineering design ( estimat es,basedoniESNAUA80methodology.Actual experience may svty due tofield FULL CUTOFF PERFORMANCE:Full cutoff performance means a luminaire epp,.cotiee conditions. distribution where zero candela Intensity occurs at an angle at or above 90'above nadir. 12.1..„k the predrned time when LED performance depredates to 70%of initial lumen output Additionally.the candela per 1000 hasp lumens does not numedcally exceed 100(10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80'above radirThis applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. l Illi 1611 Clovis Darker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 El .I PAS (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7055 sitelighting.com / D 2012 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without j notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • E200.00210612 ( i• { 3• • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •1 of •4 • •` • Intersection Fixtures •I •� • • •k •r • •' 4), t • • • • • • • • • • I • EigErlittomm •l Project name City of Salina, Kansas Type F3-80n . Date Prepared by el RVS 80W48LED4K 13 240 BK It Luminaire Lamp Optical system Voltage Options Finish •': • •i Road Vi ew series •:. RVS_, `V`� 4.66"(I 18mm) ~ ( 2,38" • �1 (61 mm) • •` 21,38"(543mm)min. —25.25"(641 mm)max, •( - - RVS 41,: � _ ,' Weight:23.0 to 26.0 Ibs a'`'' = __ — (10.4 to 11.8 kg) �' I o C_ •r 15.38"(391 mm) ;I `` 11 �;ii io(io Lamps 1 UMW NAIRE PERFORMANCE DATA(Nominal4100K p",C4. :: We -'.',l. .Thy s,.•,. - L= sue. Drive Luminalre System M51 system" Lamp ?. LEDs Current;_ Lymens! _.Watts current(amps)` lb i kg In, Tnr ' �.� , _ • ❑ 3SW32LED4K 32 350 2932 40 0.36 23 10.4 21.38 543=_ 0.53 , 0.049. • ! • , 14) • Optical systems / LED Voltage 0 ❑ LE2 TYPE It/Asymmetrical distribution ❑ 120 ❑ 208 1`1 240 ❑ 277 ❑347 ❑ 480 ❑ LE3 TYPE III/Asymmetrical distribution • ❑ LE4 TYPE IV/Asymmetrical distribution • . • Driver options ❑ AST Driver pre-programmed with progressive lamp starting 0 ❑ CDMG Dynadimmer standard dimming program* ❑ CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming program* ❑ CLO Constant Light Output,driver pre-programmed to achieve the same light intensity for the duration • of the lifespan of the lamp' ❑ DALI Driver compatible with DALI control systems* • ❑ DMG Dimmable driver 0.10 volt • ❑ OTL Over The Life,driver pre-programmed to signal the end of lamp life' • ❑ OVR Dynadimmer override function for use with motion detector or other switching device SR • Only available with 120-277 volts. RC Strain relief **For all programmable options please consult the factory for details Receptacle for photocell Terminal block or shorting cap BL j • #2-#I4 AWG Bubble level c S s 1 #�^�� • av m} o :if Surge protective device / k'-'' , Luminaire options • ix i ❑ BOG Bird guard insert for 1.66"and 1.9"O.D.tenon I r ❑ BL Bubble level i = a ❑ OSL3W Motion detector(requires DMG or CDMG) ❑ PHB Photoelectric cell,twistlock type Includes receptacle • ❑ PH9 Shorting cap for single phase(120,240,277,347v) with receptacle - ❑ RC Receptacle,with tool-less orientation,for atwist-lock • photocell or shorting cap • Reversible 4 bolt ❑ SR Strain relief 1 connection mounting i. Specifications subject to change without notice. 4 `� Consult factory for full details. { • Finish options ❑ GY3 Gray ❑ BR Bronze ❑ WH White 0 BK Black l • ❑ EXP Extrusion painted to match cast housing color :a� Vin" selected above(standard extrusion color is moo,oi Yr I tow •anodized aluminum). 4146"I Q.* Additional colors are available.Consult factory for complete specifications. LEDGI NE pH 1 L' pi l� ( ,• i • l • • I • • •; •i Lamp Heat sink • Composed of high performance white LEOs.Color temperature of 4100 The extruded heat sink is made ofA6063 aluminum alloy,and Is shaped •: Kelvin+1-300 nominal,70 CRI.Ambient operating temperature range to draw heat away from the LEDs.Product does not use any cooling -40C(-40F)to+40C(104F). L70 lifetime of 100000 hours minimum device with moving parts(has passive cooling device). • at 25C ambient(75000 hours for 700 mA models with more than 48 • LEDs). LED platform The LEDGINE LED platform consist of a single LED board with 32,48, • Optical system 64,or 80 LUXEON Rebel LEDs.The LED boards are removable and • Composed of high performance lenses,protected by a flat tempered replaceable. glass lens.System Is rated IP66.Photometric performance is tested • according to IFS LM-79. Wiring • Luminaire wiring Is done using a terminal block located inside the IISurge protector housing.Terminal block accepts three wires(112-I4AWG). Surge protective device provides single phase protection for line-ground, Of line-neutral,and neutral-ground in accordance with IEEE/ANSI C62.41.2 Hardware and seals • guidelines.Surge rating 10 k1,10 kA, All exposed screws shall be stainless steel.All seals and sealing devices • are made and/or lined with silicone. Driver • Electronic driver;operating range 50-60 Hz.Auto-adjusting to input Finish voltage between 120-277 volt AC(+1. 10%),or 347-480 voltAC. Application of a polyester powder coat paint.(4 mils/100 microns). •; Minimum power factor 0.90,maxTHD 20%. UL recognized component. The chemical composition provides a highly durable UV and salt •i 1P66 rated.Optional dimming(0-10v)and digital driver features available. spray resistant finish in accordance with theASTM-8117 standard and humidity proof in accordance with the ASTM-D2247 standard.The •f. Housing specially formulated Lumital powder coat finish is available in standard • The upper and lower parts of the housing are made of die castA360 gray.Additional colors are available.Consult factory for complete aluminum alloy.The 4-bolt mounting system includes a reversible specifications. • bracket made of zinc plated steel.Fits on a 1.66"to 2 3/8"OD by 5" long tenon,fixed by 3/8-16 UNC steel zinc plated bolts,An Integral part Vibration resistance of the housing permits an adjustment of+/-5°by steps of 2,5°. Meets the ANSI C136.31-2001 table 2,American National Standard • for Roadway Luminaire Vibration specifications for Bridge/overpass • Power door applications(3G). 41, including housing is complete with a tool-less removable power door including quick disconnects for ease of service.A tool free latch Certifications and Compliance • assembly on the power door allows for easy access to the electrical CSA,UL or CUL.ISO 9001-2008,All electrical components are RoHS •< compartment. compliant. 1 .: •I •k • IN • • • • PHILIPS 02011 Philips Roadway Lighting All rights reserved. Philips Roadway Lighting 10275 W,Higgins Road • ,` Rosemont IL 60018 Pt Document order number,RVSTSIOOR01 Tel:847.390-5111 Fax:847-332-0305 Customer Support/Technical Service:847-390.5111 www.phillps.com/roadwaylighting '� A bYdon of 0.1yte harm,Group(IC • • • • • r • •r •` Print form Of •, Project name City of Salina, Kansas Type F3-110 • Date Prepared by •` , RVS 110W64LED4K _E3 240 BK . Luminaire Lamp Optical system Voltage Options Finish i •r •' RoadView series • •i RVS 4.66"(I 18mm) limmummiri r 2.38" l (61mm) •, O. 21.38"(543mm)min. - 5.25 (64I mm)max. 1111, RVS •. Weight:23.0 to 26.0 lbs o �.,�,.��,,, n _ (I0.4 to 11.8 kg) Ilk 41, 15.38"(391 mm) f� 'LS _-' Lamps S. LUMINAIRE PERFORMANCE DATA{NominaI4100K CCT) .-� Weight length CPA Drive Lvminaite System Max system Rim.- ., -Imp LEgs Curren, .lumens{___Watts •_current Comps} Ib kg. 'n =sy"3 --= 04 ❑ 35W32LED4K 3222 350 2932 40 0.36 _r: 23 z 10.4 21.38 543 7.- 0.53 0.049 Ili k^_rt`^'b�L ^l...,4+',..r `27,.. S C k.�r'r+1T a! p.� +' 'T' .'.4 f 4 -' '�u y '�_?'�, wz' 2^ 4 y Z ' A3 F - F <o a •..8' d 'sL � �a. � ry,.4? ( ❑ SSW32LED4K 32 530 3978 60 054 23 10.4 21.38 543 0.53 0049 • 0 d:.., W.,�.s , ,-00 7 ,.1; �,41, .aa '"� .r. °1��,; ..aS� ,.ASR' iii ❑ 55W48LED4K 48 350 4398 60 0 54 23 10:4 2138 543 0 53 0049 s 4... B -i - 400 :;..,;a 7 A d',,,00 -f' ' 2 r : 0 4 8d�'5�,4 „, ,, ,, o • ❑ 80W48LE04K 48 530 6021 88 0.82 23 u 10.4 21,38 543 0.53 0.049 �`��' ,;�'""°�e,�.�.+:�ea�s.'p ^,{' p� -.°"�"3,R-�.. y^c�,�-x'`^r'�'1�+�� dr ys" .__ A -;.9r �pa'.:� � m., `�.+i ,/.-7..i;1o8 4,8L D4 .Y.�`�-4 0O' 16., Vs.� , '; ..:_*.„ .J r.. ..._s6N_--VA ,. .ate <1,51.-.; ❑ 70W64LED4K 64 350 5864 77 0.72 26 11.8 25.25 641 0.60 0.056 'ey-�mir�c�.`,'70 '.+sez r'fr' " Kea G g,- �tn' �Ivs, �- i,v,y4,'.� * . .y q..13,wirsn ,;,_y, ,s�v :0 ,41a4L b4 .� as,,....4.1. i$4 'c*,-"F '3 �. X-. .G1 '�g."M'Z�'�� .k.,d....r1 sm8 �ew Ilik ❑ 110W64LE04K 64 530 8028 120 1.09 26 11.8 25.25 641 0.60 0.05 6 Ili Zoe1r 0 801,71 487340 0f.G�� e , 6, .., ._. iA': . s:.I'M srn + u.a . 9 ❑ 1OSWSOLED4K 8D 400 8185 115 1.05 26 11.8 25.25 641 0.60 0.056 .i i . -�..._+ .- `,:);:-M--","1-?;.��` €�H .,- - `` 1$@ 5�'2 k ;1. b ta0 6 • *For Type it distribution. To be verified with final photometric tests. • • • PHILIPS • • • • • • I r I Optical systems / LED Voltage , i ID LE2 TYPE II/Asymmetrical distribution ❑ 120 El 208 0 240 ❑ 277 ❑ 347 ❑ 480 • 0 LE3 TYPE III/Asymmetrical distribution 't'• ❑ LE4 TYPE IV/Asymmetrical distribution • li • Driver options • ❑ AST Driver pre-programmed with progressive lamp starting* • ❑ CDMG Dynadimmer standard dimming program* •❑ CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming program* • ❑ CLO Constant Light Output,driver pre-programmed to achieve the same light intensity for the duration • of the lifespan of the lamp* ❑ DALI Driver compatible with DALI control systems" • ❑ DMG Dimmable driver 0-10 volt • ❑ OTL Over The Life,driver pre-programmed to signal the end of lamp life* ❑ OVR Dynadimmer override function for use with motion detector or other switching device • SR • 'Only available with 120-277 volts. RC Strain relief • ."For all programmable options please consult the factory for details Receptacle for photocell Terminal block or shorting cap Bt. • #2-#14 AWG Bubble level • SPI l • y V c1 Surge protective device 4 s, n 4-1 4. 3 • Luminaire options 'u R'' • t /J /� t`m y. • ❑ B DG Bird guard insert for 1.66"and 1.9"O.D.tenon '' ' .-;.,. J '' it ,' ( ❑ BL Bubble level 3 i „_z._' t�,.1,> ( • ❑ OSL3W Motion detector(requires DMG or CDMG) ❑ PH8 Photoelectric cell,twistlock type Includes receptacle ,) r .,r ` ( • ❑ PH9 Shorting cap for single phase(120,240,277,347v) - _i�1 �''. /i ( with receptacle ❑ RC Receptacle,with tool-less orientation,for a twist-lock • photocell or shorting cap (. • 1:1 SR Strain relief Reversible 4 bolt connection mounting (. • 1 Specifications subject to change without notice. ( • Consult factory for full details. • Finish options , ❑ GY3 Gray ❑ BR Bronze ( i ❑ WH White ❑ BK Black ( • ❑ EXP Extrusion painted to match cast housing color tl± .;- selected above(standard extrusion color is �r�y 1 • anodized aluminum). ill Additional colors are available.Consult factory for complete specifications. LEDG)N k PHILIPS I •( • • I • I • • •; . • • • Lamp Heat sink Composed of high performance white LEDs.Color temperature of 4100 The extruded heat sink is made ofA6063 aluminum alloy,and is shaped • Kelvin+/-300 nominal.70 CRI.Ambient operating temperature range to draw heat away from the LEDs.Product does not use any cooling -40C(-40F)to+40C(I 04F). L70 lifetime of 100000 hours minimum device with moving parts(has passive cooling device). 0 at 25C ambient(75000 hours for 700 mA models with more than 48 LEDs). LED platform •Ir The LEDGINE LED platform consist of a single LED board with 32,48, Optical system 64,or 80 LUXEON Rebel LEDs.The LED boards are removable and •' Composed of high performance lenses,protected by a flat tempered replaceable. • glass lens.System Is rated IP66.Photometric performance is tested according to IES LM-79. Wiring • Luminaire wiring is done using a terminal block located inside the Surge protector housing.Terminai block accepts three wires(#2-14 AWG). Surge protective device provides single phase protection for line-ground, line-neutral,and neutral-ground in accordance with IEEE/ANSI C62.41.2 Hardware and seals •' guidelines.Surge rating 10 kV,10 kA. All exposed screws shall be stainless steel.All seals and sealing devices • are made and/or lined with silicone. Driver •t Electronic driver,operating range 50.60 Hz.Auto-adjusting to input Finish voltage between 120-277 voltAC(+1- 10%),or 347-480 volt AC. Application of a polyester powder coat paint.(4 mils/I 00 microns). Minimum power factor 0,90,max THD 20%, UL recognized component. The chemical composition provides a highly durable UV and salt Of 1P66 rated.Optional dimming(0-10v)and digital driver features available, spray resistant finish in accordance with the ASTM-B 117 standard and Ilk humidity proof in accordance with the ASTM-D2247 standard.The Housing specially formulated Lumital powder coat finish is available in standard • The upper and lower parts of the housing are made of die castA360 gray.Additional colors are available.Consult factory for complete aluminum alloy.The 4-bolt mounting system includes a reversible specifications. • bracket made of zinc plated steel.Fits on a 1.66"to 2 3/8"OD by 5" long tenon,fixed by 3/8.16 UNC steel zinc plated bolts.An integral part Vibration resistance • of the housing permits an adjustment of+1-5°by steps of 2.50. Meets the ANSI C€36.31-2001 table 2,American National Standard for Roadway LuminalreVibration specifications for Bridge/overpass 41, Power door applications(3G). The housing is complete with a tool-less removable power door including quick disconnects for ease of service.A tool free latch Certifications and Compliance • •, assembly on the power door allows for easy access to the electrical CSA,UL or CUL.ISO 9001-2008.AIi electrical components are RoHS • compartment. compliant. 4. • •. • •; • • • • PHI LIPS ©2011 Philips Roadway Lighting Philips Roadway Lighting All rights reserved. 10275 W.Higgins Road ilk Ilk Rosemon a47-3 IL 60018 Document order number:RVSTS100R01 Tef:847-390-5111 Fax:847-332-0305 • Customer Support/Technical Service:847-390.5111 R i, www.philips.condroadwaytighting A Dtitbn of G,nlyte TN.L.Grasp LLC • . )` • • 1 • •, •r .:.Rrant ForiTi,-- • • Project name 3ity of Salina, Kansas Type F3-135 • Date Prepared by • RVS 135W80LED4K _E3 240 BK • Luminaire Lamp P Optical system Voltage Options Finish •` •` •i •• RoadView series 0 •i RVS . 2.38" ( 4.66"(1 18mm) (61 mm) 4. r • 21.38"(543mm)min, -25.25"(64 I mm)max. ; •( RVS •.; � Weight:23.0 to 26.0 lbs•� � o �� (10.4 to 11.8 kg) • 15.38"(39Emm) .� ``` i�. • . Lamps Lamps LUMINAIRE PERFORMANCE DATA(Nominal 4100K CCT) Weight Length EPA Drive Luminatre System Max system • Lamp LEDs;; 61'rent_ Lumens* -- Watts current lamps);;, mmr sq It sgrm z ❑ 35W32LED4K 32 350 2932 40 0.36 23 10,4 21.38 543 0.53 0.049 •IPbilia-❑ SSW�332LED4K 32 530 3978_ 60 a054r23 10.4 21.38 543�Y 0.53 0049 -OW. �..:�. g h f .,9,°,n , .E' 40�'1 °f y __,..e - a�{ ^''"-f .r'V { $'6- • 4" 5 ,4 i Mss 23 10.4 21.38 543 0.53 0049 0 SSW48LED4K 48 350 4398„.,„,_,60,60 a0s54 ,, fir k , a 3 Aoki 'F l( ,-;;g16---, X0 491 S. f r� ae°te .k g s 4 _a y pL M W ❑ 80W48LE04K 48 530 6021 88 0.82 23 10.4 21.38 543 .53 0,049 III -n0 o " .( $ -. :C GS .,51 ... '..e',z 4° `` 3? ,..,,,r7_,,,01 { { 9. ❑ 70W64LED4K 64 350 5864 77 ,y072 26 11.8 25.25 641 0.60 0.056 IP r ` . 0 .3r{ 6 f { ,. -'§, r . 641 0.6's: ?_6 �❑7 110W64LED4K 64 530 r�y 8028 � 120 1.09 26 118 2S 25 641 060 0.056 4r+ - is imvm,:SL: Ga'Sa��r o ' !r''''7'.1‘1.°0.4,_tl f y 0, " `-'j 6 �? , ,a or, . .. 0 ,,, { t"6 _1- I' .'' 1.8 2 r..., . .. rf ❑ 105W80LED4K 80 400 8185 5 1.05 26 11.8 25.25 641 0.60 0.056 ..Y ,i.c` s.-tl.t�:,} „sue. T?. A� - , �`,E {.ar�F, 5G 5 • 'For Type 11 distribution. To be verified with final photometric tests. • • • PHILIPS • • • s • • Optical systems / LED Voltage t . • ❑ LE2 TYPE II/Asymmetrical distribution ❑ 120 ❑ 208 O 240 ❑ 277 ❑347 ❑ 480 ❑ LE3 TYPE Ill/Asymmetrical distribution I/• ❑ LE4 TYPE IV/Asymmetrical distribution al Driver options ❑ AST Driver pre-programmed with progressive lamp starting'*` 0 ❑ CDMG Dynadimmer standard dimming program* • 10 CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming program" ❑ CLO Constant Light Output,driver pre-programmed to achieve the same light Intensity for the duration • of the lifespan of the lamp* • ❑ DALI Driver compatible with DALI control systems'` ❑ DMG Dimmable driver 0-10 volt • ❑ OTL Over The Life,driver preprogrammed to signal the end of lamp life* I • ❑ OVR Dynadimmer override function for use with motion detector or other switching device r SR • `Only available with 120.277 volts. RC Strain relief i • "•For all programmable options please consult the factory for details Receptacle for photocell ■ Terminal block or shorting cap BL • #2-#I4 AWG Bubble level 1 • 1 . , • SPI e six p 'Vf ur • • Surge protective device ,� t•; y+ rr�� ' r � ( Luminaire options = ) aio L .2,-, el t c • . K. ,❑ BOG Bird guard Insert for 1.66"and 1.9"O.D.tenon ' �I`` �r t {5 ( • ❑ BL Bubble level i r , k.,. a . t' .z ,7 ( • ❑ OSL3W Motion detector(requires DMG or CDMG) t, s 9' • ❑ PHB Photoelectric cell,twistlock type includes receptacle , 1:1 PH9 Shorting cap for single phase(120,240,277,347v) `sy\, r�i 1 { • with receptacle '' a, ❑ RC Receptacle,with tool-less orientation,for a twist-lock photocell or shorting cap 1 • Reversible 4 bolt ❑ SR Strain relief I connection mounting • r • Specifications subject to change without notice. Finish options Consult factory for full details. •t • ID GY3 Gray ❑ BR Bronze f • ❑ WH White ❑O BIC Black 1 • ❑ EXP Extrusion painted to match cast housing color ....:+ '.. { • selected above(standard extrusion color Is sio y�i► w I anodized aluminum). 411 NO • Additional colors arc available.Consult factory for complete specifications. LEDGIN PHILIPS� i • • • i • • • •; •l •:. •i Lamp Heat sink III Composed of high performance white LEDs.Color temperature of 4100 The extruded heat sink Is made ofA6063 aluminum alloy,and is shaped Kelvin+/-300 nominal,70 CRI.Ambient operating temperature range to draw heat away from the LEDs.Product does not use any cooling •; -40C(-40F)to+40C(104F). L70 lifetime of 100000 hours minimum device with moving parts(has passive cooling device). at 25C ambient(75000 hours for 700 mA models with more than 48 LEDs). LED platform •, The LEDGINE LED platform consist of a single LED board with 32,48, III' Optical system 64,or 80 LUXEON Rebel LEDs.The LED boards are removable and Composed of high performance lenses,protected by a Rat tempered replaceable. •r glass lens.System Is rated IP66.Photometric performance is tested •1 according to IES LM-79. Wiring Luminaire wiring is done using a terminal block located Inside the I•. Surge protector housing.Terminal block accepts three wires(#2-14AWG). 1 Surge protective device provides single phase protection for line-ground, Ilne-neutral,and neutral-ground in accordance with IEEE/ANSI C62,41.2 Hardware and seals •i guidelines.Surge rating 10 kV,10 kA. All exposed screws shall be stainless steel.All seals and sealing devices • are made and/or lined with silicone, 1, Driver ,1. Electronic driver,operating range 50-60 Hz.Auto-adjusting to Input Finish voltage between 120-277 voltAC(+/- 10%),or 347-480 volt AC. Application of a polyester powder coat paint.(4 mils/100 microns). •! Minimum power factor 0.90,maxTHD 20%. UL recognized component. The chemical composition provides a highly durable UV and salt •1 1P66 rated.Optional dimming(0.10v)and digital driver features available. spray resistant finish In accordance with the ASTM-B 117 standard and humidity proof in accordance with the ASTM-D2247 standard.The �' Housing specially formulated Lumltal powder coat finish is available In standard 41101 The upper and lower parts of the housing are made of die castA360 gray.Additional colors are available.Consult factory for complete aluminum alloy.The 4-bolt mounting system includes a reversibie specifications. •t bracket made of zinc plated steel.Fits on a 1.66"to 2 3/8"OD by 5" •( long tenon,fixed by 3/8-16 UNC steel zinc plated bolts.An integral part Vibration resistance of the housing permits an adjustment of+/-5°by steps of 2.5°. Meets the ANSI C 136.31-2001 table 2,American National Standard •' for Roadway LuminaireVlbration specifications for Bridge/overpass •. Power door applications(3G). • The housing is complete with a tool-less removable power door including quick disconnects for ease of service.A tool free latch Certifications and Compliance •` assembly on the power door allows for easy access to the electrical CSA,UL or CUL.ISO 9001-2008.AII electrical components are RoHS compartment. compliant. 0 •i •i I. •I. •i •I lik • 6 PHILIPS 02011 Philips Roadway Lighting Philips Roadway Lighting All rights reserved. 10275 W.Higgins Road • Ash Rose m7 60018 Document order number, RVSTSIOOR0I Tel: moo3t 90 0-5111 Fax:847432-0305 • Customer Support/Technical Service:847.390.5111 www.ph lllps.com/roadwaylighting • 1r A Ws,.of Gentyt<Them..Gravy LLC • • • • r • i • • Project name city of Salina, Kansas Type F3-135g • Date Prepared by • RVS .135W8OLED4K `..E3 240 GY3 • Luminaire Lamp Optical system Voltage Options Finish •I • • RoadView series ' • • RVS �' 2.38" 4.66"(I I8mm) , •' '9 i ( (61 mm) •'. 2138"(543mm)min.—25.25"(641mm1 max. • - _ ink f RVS ��I_� �'—� Weight 23.0 to 26.0 Ibs sa,a1i•IIwe 0 .. ~ i�- (10.4 to 11.8 kg) ICI ' : •r 15.38" 391mm ., •;. Lamps - •: LUMINAIRE PERFORMANCE DATA(Nominal 4100K CCT) •( — �? 77 •k r � DrfVt Luminaire System 11/1 xi',System - x i Yt�2.z { - •{ a.,. lamp:a°"zz,tt 0s Current, Lurnens� :Waits ruu.(entlamp4)? b :_ s .K;= s,, s 3gEm, f ❑ 35W32LED4K 32 350 2932 40 0.36 23 10.4 21.38 543 0,53 0.049 ilk 2'32L B's .s ,.;B Nr -. t_ ,e" * 42 ,,o3; w a g 54 0,s a ? ._ �x .'r El 55W321£041( 32 530 3978 60 0.54 23 10 4 21.38 543 0.53 0.049 .. ^- n,'.&.x. ,y =,-,7 ✓aT -fi `''t Fy°0 �% ap,- y. ` ' - ' •' ❑ 55W48LED4K 48 350 4398 60 0.54 23 10A 2138 543 0 53 0 049 • ❑ 80W484ED4K 48 530 6021 88 0.82 23 10.4 21.38 543 0.53 0.049 •' ;kwa W 8ED4 r Pt I ea ff s^ W °' Y4 t gz1, - xff: $ '.' 9 ■ ❑ 70W641E04K 64 350 5864 77 0.72 26 11.8 25,25 641 0.60 0.056 t .,0`..r---. .1$Z ,yr ai.a., ,��•.�: 0,..4m1 Las ryp L Mh" a rf '�2 4 .6 '-r'-o-6-14W, -, ,..,...1-?,, 10, ❑ 110W64LE04K 64 530 8028 120 1.09 26 11.8 25.25 641 0.60 0.056 max: ";a� Ae .. e r. F Ye ,,,.cur,.,a 3 X25 5 , ,. 60 'v. , . " :f.9 n�^'�.f is>f.0 (ry Avroblg frig n'. tI 'ym.s.`f sJ;,v,,tv-06 re.. _o •I ❑ 105W80LEO4K 80 400 8185 115 1.05 26 11.8 25.25 641 0,60 0.056 •, For Type II distribution. To be verified with fnoi photometric tests. •` • • PHILIPS • it • • 411 • _ - - • • Optical systems / LED Voltage : ❑ LE2 TYPE Il/Asymmetrical distribution ❑ 120 ❑ 208 0 240 ❑ 277 ❑ 347 ❑ 480 p LE3 TYPE III/Asymmetrical distribution f 411 ❑ LE4 TYPE IV/Asymmetrical distribution • • • Driver options • ❑ AST Driver pre-programmed with progressive lamp starting* r . ❑ CDMG Dynadimmer standard dimming program* ❑ CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming program" ❑ CLO Constant Light Output,driver pre-programmed to achieve the same light intensity for the duration I • of the lifespan of the lamp* • ❑ DALI Driver compatible with DALI control systems* . ❑ DMG Dimmable driver 0-10 volt • ❑ OTL Over The Life,driver pre-programmed to signal the end of lamp life* f dik ❑ OVR Dynadimmer override function for use with motion detector or other switching device ( - SR Only available with 120-277 volts. RC Strain relief • "°'For all programmable options please consult the factory for details Receptacle for photocell Terminal block or shorting cap BL • #2-#14 AWG kr.ziaawtom. Bubble level • SP irl `i ` 'f .Surge protective device t `r� , r , {" r Luminaire options �1' ,,o' � , s ‘, ( • ❑ BDG Bird guard insert for 1.66"and 1.9"O.D.tenon _� 1 M,,2 ( - ❑ BL Bubble level �'" - i , ❑ OSL3W Motion detector(requires DMG or CDMG) El PH8 Photoelectric cell,twistlock type Includes receptacle 1 c • ❑ PH9 Shorting cap for single phase(120,240,277,347v) ,t 110 1 r I with receptacle - { •❑ RC Receptacle,with tool-less orientation,for a twist-lock photocell or shorting cap • I • ❑ SR Strain relief Reversible 4 bolt connection mounting • • Specifications subject to change without notice. 1 Consult factory for full details. • Finish options • 0 GY3 Gray ❑ BR Bronze ❑ WH White ❑ BIC Black • ❑ -.`.:4.'1::: i • EXP •Extrusion painted to match cast housing color • selected above(standard extrusion color Is s W v 3 ,u •anodized aluminum). o`k' :�� `r Additional colors are available.Consult factory for complete specifications. LE UGC N E PHILIPS • ` • 1 • • 0 f • • •i: •;: •; Lamp Heat sink • Composed of high performance white LEDs.Color temperature of 4100 The extruded heat sink Is made ofA6063 aluminum alloy,and is shaped Kelvin+/-300 nominal,70 CRI.Ambient operating temperature range to draw heat away from the LEDs.Product does not use any cooling •: -40C(-40F)to+40C(104F). L70 lifetime of 100000 hours minimum device with moving parts(has passive cooling device). • at 25C ambient(75000 hours for 700 mA models with more than 48 LEDs). LED platform •' The LEDGINE LED platform consist of a single LED board with 32,48, • Optical system 64,or 80 LUXEON Rebel LEDs,The LED boards are removable and i Composed of high performance lenses,protected by a flat tempered replaceable. •i glass lens.System Is rated 1P66.Photometric performance is tested 11111• according to 1ES LM-79. Wiring Luminaire wiring is done using a terminal block located inside the •. Surge protector housing.Terminal block accepts three wires(#2-14 AWG). •, Surge protective device provides single phase protection for line-ground, line-neutral,and neutral-ground in accordance with IEEE/ANSI C62.41.2 Hardware and seals ••, guidelines.Surge rating 10 kV,10 kA. All exposed screws shall be stainless steel.All seals and sealing devices are made and/or lined with silicone. •I Driver •i Electronic driver,operating range 50.60 Hz,Auto-adjusting to input Finish voltage between 120-277 volt AC(+1- 10%),or 347-480 voltAC. Application of a polyester powder coat paint(4 mils/100 microns). • Minimum power factor 0.90,maxTHD 20%. UL recognized component. The chemical composition provides a highly durable UV and salt •I IP66 rated.Optional dimming(0-10v)and digital driver features available. spray resistant finish In accordance with the ASTM-B117 standard and humidity proof in accordance with theASTM-D2247 standard.The • Housing specially formulated Lumltal powder coat finish is available in standard •i The upper and lower parts of the housing are made of die cast A360 gray.Additional colors are available.Consult factory for complete •i aluminum alloy.The 4-bolt mounting system includes a reversible specifications. bracket made of zinc plated steel.Fits on a 1.66"to 2 3/8"OD by 5" •( long tenon,fixed by 3/8-16 UNC steel zinc plated bolts.An integral part Vibration resistance •! of the housing permits an adjustment of+/-5°by steps of 2.5°. Meets the ANSI C 1 36.31-2001 table 2,American National Standard for Roadway LuminaireVibration specifications for Bridge/overpass •i Power door applications(3G). •1 The housing is complete with a tool-less removable power door including quick disconnects for ease of service.A tool free latch Certifications and Compliance . assembly assembly on the power door allows for easy access to the electrical CSA,UL or CUL.ISO 9001-2008.Al1 electrical components are Rol-IS • compartment. compliant. • • •, i Lei. .l •1: 0 0 • PHILIPS ©2011 Philips Roadway Lighting Philips Roadway Lighting All rights reserved. 10275 W.Higgins Road ID. Allak MI Rosemont IL 60018 Document order number:RVSTSIOOR01 Tel:847.390-5I I1 Fax:847-332-0305 Customer Support/Technical Service:847.390-5111 1 V�/ vnvw.phllips.com/roadwayllghcing • Ei� A D'ntsbn ofGenyse Thum Group LlC • • • • • • .; 4• : a,4 Form:_::.: Project name City of Salina, Kansas Type F3-135n Date Prepared by •. RVS 135W8OLED4K _E3 240 BK :, Luminaire Lamp Optical system Voltage Options Finish 4, ., RoadView series • RVS •' 4.66"(i l8mm) 2.38" I (61mm) •. 1. 21.38"(543mm)min. --25.25"(641 mm)max. RVS •( ——e Weight:23.0 to 26.0 ibs 10.4 to 11.8 c* n ��� _ ( kg) �.I 15.38"(391 mm) ,1 II �. Atli MENU iLamps — LUMINAIRE PERFORMANCE DATA(Nominal 4100K CET) Weight Length EPA •I Drive. Lur tnalre System Max.system •(. ,_- Lamp ,; LEDs Current Lumens* Watts torte nt(amps) Ib kg , m -`mm,_ sq,ff sq m t ❑ 35W32LED4K 32 350 2932 40 0.36_,,, 23 10 4 21.38 543 0 53 0.049 5 ^50,'_ r s 7- 7,,,, mss^m.. 1r ,wrc.,.---,, k'., 'u • "�_ - 4 _e frra^ .?3 r <3! - ._. .W�'� M 13 s�4° $ 3 c317t _ .�3 •( El 55W32LED4K 32 530 3978 60 0.54 23 104 22138 543 4`x¢053 ,040049_ u �cu, '�.�, y tw -Y�� '",.. .. e. .six--L ,�. -• -y° i "�FV`R1 r L _' .r�s`'' 04.,' 218` '' 4. ?0, 0S30 ' w `a, �( fi '.i.._-n 14Y&f 4'"'h' A6�e VL I .le,, �e— ,5 ...r --......2� F.��,, s- 1. .�?�:" ❑ 55W48LED4K 48 350 4398 60 0.54 23 10.4 21.38 543 0.53 0.049 .: Ill ❑ 80W48LED4K 48 530 6021_g 88 0 82 23 10 4 2138 543 421.530,74...64._....,1 0 049 , 1 � ° rL --,.. q 0' X 08 3,.:s".', •4 .. gom 13 70W64LED4K 64 350 5864 77 072 26 11.8 2525 641 0.60 0.056 6 11OW64LED4K 64 530 8028 120 109 26 11.8 25.25 641 060 0.056 3C.QJb6'Y'4.+t+�Misu_� 1 f`��."fi�� ...._a .� �d "-: m�"h�s. F.. ^�....-+Y .w. ..�.+F''*-'' ''''W* ' ,. ... °` '. ❑ 105W80LED4K 80 400 8185 115 1.05 26 118 25 25 641 0 60 0 056 110 wlirnljlf:"105 ftErD'uxFr�^' v.21_. 9,"4, it ,'!„Erb ..s.,.F rnta ` r� 'w 6 ,+ f`iT t Y i ` l us, I; T6 Ft' . s_$5..,$. I � 53Q �v(1 ;4v � r- . __ �1,--...,_,.. gwoJ�61u�ZQ ��''a! 0 *For Pipe II distribution. To be verified with final photometric tests. • •, • PHILIPS • • • • 1 • • • • • Optical systems I LED Voltage • • ❑ LE2 TYPE II/Asymmetrical distribution ❑ 120 ❑ 208 0 240 ❑ 277 ❑ 347 ❑ 490 • 0 LE3 TYPE III/Asymmetrical distribution ❑ LE4 TYPE IV/Asymmetrical distribution • • • Driver options , • ❑ AST Driver pre-programmed with progressive lamp starting* • ❑ CDMG Dynadimmer standard dimming program* • ❑ CDMGP Dynadimmer custom dimming program* ❑ CLO Constant Light Output,driver pre-programmed to achieve the same light intensity for the duration . • of the lifespan of the lamp* • ❑ DALI Driver compatible with DALI control systems* ❑ DMG Dimmable driver 0-10 volt • ❑ OTL Over The Life,driver pre-programmed to signal the end of lamp life* El OVR Dynadimmer override function for use with motion detector or other switching device I • SR • I 'Only available with 120-27/volts. RC Strain relief • For all programmable options please consult the factory for details Receptacle for photocell Terminal block or shorting cap BL • #2-##14 AWG Bubble level • • SPI i' r ..'. .r , l Surge protective device J I , 0, • Luminaire options r. �.Al •;.,o l-- , ;•• ❑ BDG Bird guard insert for 1.66"and 1.9"O.D,tenon : a k,,. ( *P." °;`, $ ❑ BL Bubble level •t � .; • ❑ OSL3W Motion detector(requires DMG or CDMG) st'" `I❑ PH8 Photoelectric cell,twistlock type Includes receptacle .,, • ❑ PH9 Shorting cap for single phase 120,240,277,347v1t ^.. •`r r'" with receptacle s 1 ❑ RC Receptacle,with toot-less orientation,for a twist-lock • photocell or shorting cap ❑ SR Strain relief Reversible 4 bolt connection mounting • •Specifications subject to change without notice. Consult factory for full details. • Finish options El GY3 Gray ❑ 1311 Bronze • ❑ WH White ❑ BK Black f • ❑ EXP Extrusion painted to match cast housing color K,;,'.. • • ;, selected above(standard extrusion color is w w`io,„0 i • U.anodized aluminum). (0 1y'w'�t`" • Additional colors are available.Consult factory for complete specifications. l_,E[)GINI_ PHILIPS • • t I • • • r • •( , Si •; •1 Lamp Heat sink 01 Composed of high performance white LEDs.Color temperature of 4100 The extruded heat sink is made of A6063 aluminum alloy,and Is shaped Kelvin+/-300 nominal,70 CRI.Ambient operating temperature range to draw heat away from the LEDs,Product does not use any cooling • -40C(-40F)to+40C(104F). L70 lifetime of 100000 hours minimum device with moving parts(has passive cooling device). •I at 25C ambient(75000 hours for 700 mA models with more than 4B •• LEDs). LED platform The LEDGINE LED platform consist of a single LED board with 32,48, •1 Optical system 64,or 80 LUXEON Rebel LEDs.The LED boards are removable and Composed of high performance lenses,protected by a flat tempered replaceable. • glass lens.System is rated IP66.Photometric performance is tested • according to IES LM-79. Wiring •' Luminaire wiring is done using a terminal block located inside the Surge protector housing.Terminal block accepts three wires(#2-14 AWG). •i _ Surge protective device provides single phase protection for line-ground, •t line-neutral,and neutral-ground in accordance with IEEE/ANSI C62.41.2 Hardware and seals . guidelines.Surge rating 10 kV,10 kA. All exposed screws shall be stainless steel.All seals and sealing devices are made and/or lined with silicone. • Driver •( Electronic driver,operating range 50.60 Hz,Auto-adjusting to Input Finish • voltage between 120-277 volt AC(+/- 10%),or 347-480 volt AC. Application of a polyester powder coat paint.(4 mils/100 microns). Minimum power factor 0.90,maxTHD 20%. UL recognized component. The chemical composition provides a highly durable UV and salt •( IP66 rated.Optional dimming(0.10v)and digital driver features available. spray resistant finish in accordance with the ASTM-B 1 17 standard and •• humidity proof in accordance with the ASTM-D2247 standard.The Housing specially formulated Lumital powder coat finish is available in standard • The upper and lower parts the housing are made of die castA3b0 gray.Additional colors are available.Consult factory for complete • aluminum alloy.The 4-bolt mounting system includes a reversible specifications. • bracket made of zinc plated steel.Fits on a 1.66"to 2 3/8"OD by 5" long tenon,fixed by 3/8-16 UNC steel zinc plated bolts.An integral part Vibration resistance • of the housing permits an adjustment of+/-5°by steps of 2.5°. Meets the ANSI C 136.31-2001 table 2,American National Standard • for Roadway Luminaire Vibration specifications for Bridge/overpass ' Power door applications(3G). •, The housing is complete with a tool-less removable power door including quick disconnects for ease of service.A tool free latch Certifications and Compliance • assembly on the power door allows for easy access to the electrical CSA,UL or CUL.ISO 9001-2008.AI1 electrical components are RoHS • compartment. compliant. • • •. l 1 . •( • • 5 PHILIPS 02011 Philips Roadway Lighting Philips Roadway Lighting All rights reserved. 10275 W.Higgins Road • ,+!� Rosemont IL 60018 Document order number:RVSTSIOORO I Te1:847-390-5111 Fax:847-332-0305 • '114 /�1 Customer Support/Technical Service:847.390.5111 W www.phllips.com/roadwayIIghtins • 11.' A Mit,.of Gantree Thomas Groey ti.0 • • 1 • • • •; •f •1 •'` • •� • •( •t •' • • •i • •a •i •i • Tunnel and Crosswalk Fixtures •I • •r • •� • • •; w • • • • • • • • • r • • •, •( Job: City of Salina,Kansas •; Type: R90,SFC-5R-90LA-NW-UNIV-NP .; Notes: • SlenderForm • • Page I of 3 High Output LED Ceiling / Canopy / Parking Garage Luminaire • •t The Philips Gardco SlenderForm high output LED ceiling/canopy/parking garage luminaire features a sleek,yet powerful,low profile design.The thin 3"profile combined with LEO high output performance make SlenderForm the .( ideal choke for exterior ceiling mount and canopy applications.SlenderForm luminaires also provide LED solutions for parking garage applications requiring higher light levels,like garage entrances,garage areas with high ceilings,and garages where high overall light levels are required.Philips Gardco's LED technology combines with superior Integral thermal •1 control to provide maximized light output and maximum energy savings.Advanced Class I LED systems are featured. •( III' PREFIX OPTICAL SYSTEM LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS •1 SFC H 5R 90LA NW — UNIV —{NP —I i Enter the order code into the appropriote box above.Note:Philips Gordco reserves the right to refuse a configurotion.Not on combinations and configurations are I valid.Refer to notes below for exclusions and Imitations.For questions or concerns,please consult the factory. PREFIX OPTICAL SYSTEM •( SFC SlenderForm Ceiling Luminaire 3 Type Ill Si SW Type V,Wide Distribution SFC-DIM' SlenderForm Ceiling Luminaire with 0-I0V Dimming SR TypeY, Rectangular Distribution 4101 CD Concentrated Downlight 1.fununoire includes 0.10V input Hires for dimming control by a dimming system supplied . by others.Available in UNIV(120V through 277V)only. •t I' •r LED WATTAGE LED SELECTION CW 5,700°K,75CR) •( Order Average LED LED LunienValues by Wattage and Optic' Description' System Current • Code Selection f Watts (nsA) Type 3 Type SW Type SR CO NW 4,000°K,75CR1 l 90 ware, CW 7,933 7,247 7,264 8,521 41, 90LA (I)LEO Inagnl lens array. 86.2 350 NW 7,370 6,787 6,760 7,916 WW 3,000°K,75CR1 01. HO I'lOwan 129,2 530 CW 11.225 10,207 10.255 12,003 (I)LED integ al lens array. NW 10,494 9,525 9,571 11,241 •i 2.System input ssottoge may vary based on Input srohage,by up to+/-10%,and hosed on manufacturer forward soilage,by up to+l-8%. • 3.Pub5shed lumen values ore based on photometric tests performed in contpfonce tsith IESNA 1/.1-79.WW tests ore In process. Contact Gardco.opptcations @ph3ps.com if estimated solves ore needed for design purposes. • ( 0 •( VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS UNIV 120V through 277V, NP Natural Aluminum P Fusing 4.120V-277V only Specify actual Input voltage. ( SOltz to 60hz Input Paint DU Diffusing Integrated Lens 5.DI.Integrated lens replaces clear integrated p g g lens. DL lens reduces performance significantly. t 347 347V PCB° Button Photocontrol Not movable with CD optic. 480 480V BX°T Bird Excluding Shroud 6.Shroud is for Pendant mount on'y. It(30.48cm) • niln!mum pendant length required Pendant by others. )8r J•Box for Pendant Mounting 7.BX option is installed In the field only. 0 8.for rigid and wiser pendant mount Pendants by ethers. • • 1611 Clovis Darker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 P■■I LI PS • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(S 12)753.7855 sftelighting.corn it 2012 Konlnklifke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. GARDCO • G200-01910212 • • 1110 • I. • '3 SlenderForm Page 2 of 3 High Output LED Ceiling / Canopy / Parking Garage Luminaire • Mr DIMENSIONS , it, Approximate Luminaire • Weight 24 lbs { 10.89 kg TOP VIEW t • 8.44" 21A4cm • • • Jt t • �� � 6" • • • 15.24cm t��L o • • • a.L: - .° t . •• • SIDE VIEW END VIEW I • 9.37"/23.8cm 6.75"/17.145cm ( • 8.44"/21.44cm 6" /I5.24cm l ■ ■: na , r i 7 • 4.5"!11.43c „ • •16.1" 15.17" • 40.894cm 38.532cm III ( • ( • • It • • ( • 1611 Clovis Darker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 P■■ LI PS •• (800)227-0750 (512)753-1000 FAX.(512)753-7855 siteliglsting.com s• ©2012 Konlnklijke Philips Eicctronks N.V.All Rights Reserved Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without I • notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO G200.019/0212 • 1 • • • r • • f • ; • i • / SlenderForm • ' Page 3 of 3 High Output LED Ceiling / Canopy / Parking Garage Luminaire • SPECIFICATIONS • GENERAL:Each Philips Gardco SlenderForm luminaire is a ceiling surface ELECTRICAL:Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver system that • or ceiling pendant mounted ceiling/canopy/garage luminaire featuring LEDs accepts 120V through 277V,50hz to 60hz,(UNIV),or a driver that accepts mounted in a fixed array.Internal components are totally enclosed in a rain- 347V or 4B0V Input.Component-to-component wiring within the luminaire . tight,dust-tight and corrosion resistant housing.Luminaires are suitable for will carry no more than B0%of rated current and is listed by UL for use at 600 wet locations. VAC at 302°F/I50°C or higher.Power factor is not less than 90%.Luminaires 41110' consume 0.0 watts in the off state. HOUSING:The Philips Gardco SlenderForm housing consists of a rugged .f extruded aluminum housing body with an integral LED thermal management LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT:The housing design provides aluminum system,with die cast aluminum end caps. Integral extruded aluminum thermal radiation fins in the upper housing to O j provide the excellent thermal management so critical to long LED system life. IP RATING:SlenderForm luminaires are IP65 rated. . I FINISH:Each luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant,electrostatically QUICK MOUNT PLATE AND MOUNTING: A die formed 14 ga. applied,thermally cured,triglycidal Isocyanurate(TGIC)textured polyester • galvanized steel plate is supplied for mounting to a recessed,surface,or rigid powdercoat finish.Standard color is Natural Aluminum Paint. pendant hung 4"(10.16 cm)j-box(standard j-box and rigid pendant by others). All pendants,including rigid pendants and swivel pendants are supplied by LABELS:All luminaires bear either UL or CUL (where applicable)Wet • others. Location labels. • Caution:Philips Gardco is not responsible for failure of mounting WARRANTY: Philips Gardco luminaires feature a 5 year limited warranty. components supplied by others.Proper care should be exercised Philips Gardco LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited in mounting component selection to insure adequate luminaire warranty covering the LED arrays.LED drivers are covered by a S year limited support,given ittnilnaire weight,vibration potential and thermal warranty.See Warranty Information on sitelighting.com for complete details •. conditions present In the application.If luminaires are supported and exclusions. solely by screws Into a composite J-box,additional support directly • to structure is recommended. Failure to properly support the luminaire may cause damage or injury,for which Philips Gardco Is not responsible. l OPTICAL SYSTEMS:The Type 3 optic is an LED array providing an IES •' Type III distribution.The Type 5 optic Is an LED array providing an 1ES Type V, •' wide distribution.The Type SR optic is an LED array providing an IES Type V distribution,In a rectangular pattern.The concentrated dovmlight(CD)optic • is an LED array that provides a circular pattern of concentrated light directly below the luminaire.All LED lens arrays are replaceable. •' LED PERFORMANCE: •` PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA' •( Ambient LED Wattage/ L7J Hours10 •( Temperature°C Driver mA 9OLA/350 150,000 •( 25°C I40LA/530 125.000 0( 40°C 90LA/350 100,000 ( 140LA!530 70,000 •( 9.Predated performance derived front LED manufacturer's data and engineering design • estimates,based on JFSNA 115-80 methodology.Actual erperience ma/vary due to field ( application conditions. St0.L,,,Is the predvted time when LED performance depreciates to 70%of WWI lumen output •( O. • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 PH I Li RS • (800)227-0758 (512)753-1000 FAX:(512)753-7855 siteiighting.cons ©2012 Koniniui ke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. . Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as pan of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • G200.019/0212 OP • • • _ . • • I . ... ...,„•,.:.. • • , • A . 0 • •,..,-,-, . i .• ,414;;;:4,..i,:1 0 . . .., ..,..: e . I. .. . . „ . ., ,.. : ..,,, . . .....: - . .... .. --,--„,,.. . _ . . •• • • • . -. :.„------ff- e i : ..... .. . i. . . • • • . .). .. i 0 •tari. i . • • - 4-14' i • f.) .. • , . . ! . . . ••. , 1 .. _ • . , lk, k ,• ,„., ,, i 1 ,,e,;;,'::;:+-,...,..;.:, ,,, ,,. , 1 • 1 - ''''..i;,:,,,‘..:.:7.77F.,:.,,, ,-:::.i.,,_ . • * • Low Profile ) • • High LED Performance .• ( ( ,• SlenderForm LED Canopy/Ceiling/Parking Garage Luminaires ( • H. ,0 t • t • PHILIPS ( III • P.4 ....a) .. ( • --',==::.•...'::,.,.r' 4:31, GARDCO i 0 ( ill , • • • • • • • •+ , ° . •' ` fi• �a" I �va3 r ,;¢ ' ;; a •' iS 9 N • A amI ^iw • Y+ tk 3� • r- • Beauty and power • shine from up above •t •, SlenderForm blends practical engineering,streamlined aesthetics and exceptional performance into •' a luminaire of unique style and form. Featuring four distinct optical systems,this powerful new •` series from Philips Gardco brings high output LED efficiency to the ceiling and canopy. Of «; Whether used in under outdoor canopies,on exterior ceilings or in parking garages,the SlenderForm brings exquisite style to an otherwise ordinary environment. Its slim 3"profile and distinctive twin reveals allow the unit to effortlessly • complement Its surroundings. • Ili But performance Is where the SlenderForm really shines. Its high output Class 1 LED arrays allow for use in areas normally requiring much larger and bulkier equipment.Typical applications include exterior canopies,structures with 1 • high ceilings or that require higher than average light levels,and parking garage entrances. • •, u '-fit., � •r Lt.. i ,!a � r, , -✓ .„fr. . • .i • • Construction Performance Mounting • Durable construction,integrated SlenderForm employs a sophisticated Installation is both intuitive and heat sinks and a fade and abrasion high output Class'I LED array system efficient.The unit Is loosened from the • resistant polyester powdercoat finish that delivers one of four unique die-formed mounting plate,which is • combine to produce a luminaire distribution patterns.This system then attached to the junction•box,The of sustained performance and delivers increased light output and luminaire is supported on an integral I• uncompromising quality. a longer lifespan than conventional hanger tab to facilitate wiring before • HID sources,while consuming a small being attached and secured in place. fraction of the energy. Pendant mounting is also available. • • 2 • • • • • • • SlenderForm Specifications II HOUSING:The Philips Gardco SlenderForm housing consists of LED PERFORMANCE: 1 a rugged extruded aluminum housing body with an integral LED PREDICTED LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA thermal management system,with die cast aluminum end caps. Ambient LED Wattages I ' • Temperature°C Driver mA L70 Hours • IP RATING: SlenderForm luminaires are IP65 rated. 90LA/350 mA 150,000 25°C • 140LA/530 mA 125,000 QUICK MOUNT PLATE AND MOUNTING:A die formed 90LA/350 mA 100,000 14 ga.galvanized steel plate is supplied for mounting to a recessed, 40°C 140LA 1530 mA 70,000 surface,or rigid pendant hung 4"(10.16 cm)1-box(standard J-box Netted performance defiled from LED manufacturer's dota and eng'neeringdesrgnes6nntes, • bored on IESNA Lid 80 methadofogy Actual erperlence may vary due to field application and rigid pendant by others). An integral hanger tab on the plate cond,t one.170 is the predicted time when LED performonce depreciates to 70%of I • supports the luminaire during wiring. All pendants,including rigid initial lumen output pendants and swivel pendants are supplied by others. • ELECTRICAL: Luminaires are equipped with an LED driver • OPTICAL SYSTEMS: The Type 3 optic is an LED array system that accepts 120V through 277V,50hz to 60hz,(UNIV),or providing an IESType III distribution.The Type 5W optic is an LED 347V or 480V input. Component-to-component wiring within • array providing an IESTypeV wide distribution.The Type 5R optic the luminaire will carry no more than 80%of rated current and Is '. • is an LED array providing a rectangular IES Type V distribution, listed by UL for use at 600 VAC at 302°F/150°C or higher. Power The concentrated downlight (CD) optic is an LED array that factor is not less than 90%. Luminaires consume 0.0 watts in the • provides a circular pattern of concentrated light directly below off state. the luminaire.All LED lens arrays are replaceable. FINISH: Each luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant. • LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT: The housing design electrostatically applied,thermally cured,triglycidal isocyanurate • provides integral extruded aluminum thermal radiation fins in the (TGIC)textured natural aluminum polyester powdercoat finish. i upper housing to provide the thermal management critical to long • LED system life. LABELS:All luminaires bear UL or CUL(where applicable)Wet • Location labels. DIMENSIONS • Top View 4--8.44'/21.44 cm • 0 • P •,•..:••..1,1y1,1,111,11.1 I t.1 Approximate luminaire weight A 24lbs./10.89kg i • WO‘ :, 6.00• • _ e �e0 0 15.24 cm • - v • :'.I...VS,'11.11 7L.s.'1•� . /-� • 4_ 6.75' • t 9.3T/23.60cm 17.1 S cm Side View End Vlcv+ 14-8.44"121.44 cm 1*-- 6.00" �J • 15.24 cm A 6,./„ (...( ik II 4.50" 11.43 cm • 3.00"/7.62 cm r 14 16.10"/40.89 cm 1■C 15.17'/38.53 cm 3• l5 Prior to ordering.consult Submittal Otto Sheet on sitel.hting.cornforthemostcurrentinfomution,notesandexclusions. _ Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product vithout notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. 3 • • • • r • •l •I, •i • .SlenderEor_n Ordering •' LED LED • PREFIX DISTRIBUTION WATTAGE SELECTION VOLTAGE PAINTED FINISH OPTIONS SFC 3 140LA NW UNIV NP F • SFC 3 90LA CW UNIV NP Natural Aluminum F • Standard Luminoire IES Type Ill 140LA Cool White 120V through 277V DL SEC-DIM SW NW 347 PCB •' with 0-10V Dimming IESType V Neutrol White 480 BX •i Wide Distribution WW A 5R Worm White •I IES Type V Rectangular Distribution CD Et , Concentrated Downright OPTIONS • F Fusing DL Diffusing Integrated Lens • PCB Button Photocontrol BX Bird Excluding Shroud• • 113 J.Box for Pendant Mounting •( •( ' •i Prior toordering.consult Submittal Data Sheet on sitel:ghting.com for the most current information.notes and exclusions. III,: Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of Its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program •( • • • •I • •l t' No . °"r'oco ( ISO 9001' r«leS.sl (°b �oa t•... 1611 Clovis Barker Road Philips Gardco Warranty •( San Marcos,TX 78666 Philips Gardco luminaires feature a 5 year limited warranty.Philips 512/753-1000 Gardco LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited •t 800/227-0758 warranty covering the LED arrays.LED drivers are covered by a 5 year •t Fax:512/753-7855 limited warranty.See Warranty Information on sitelighting.com for sitelighting.com complete details and exclusions. • • • PHILIPS ©2011 Koninkhike Philips Electronics N.V. • AA All Rights Reserved. • Document order number:G100.02010412 WY • • • • 1 • • • • • STATEMENT OF WARRANTY • Effective May 1,2010 • • The Buyer is responsible for determining the suitability of the Seller's products for its use or resale.Seller warrants to the Buyer,the original • purchaser only,title to the goods and material and workmanship at time of shipment(excluding H.I.D.ballasts,photoelectric controls,fluorescent ballasts and induction lighting system components which are discussed below.)Any warranty claims must be asserted by the Buyer in writing • within five(5)years from the date of the Buyer's receipt of the goods on Philips Gardco brand luminaires and within one(I)year of the Buyer's receipt of the goods for Emco brand luminaires and all other products(excluding Light Emitting Diode modules or arrays and other Light Emitting Diode components provided in a luminaire,which are discussed below.)Warranty claims on any polycarbonate lenses,of any type,supplied with • any product,must be asserted within one(I)year of the Buyer's receipt of the goods. A Light Emitting Diode module or array provided in a Philips Gardco brand luminair•e will be replaced if 15%of the Individual Light Emitting Diodes in that module or array fail within a five(5)year period following Buyer's receipt of the product.A Light Emitting Diode module or array • provided in an Emco brand luminaire will be replaced if 15%of the Individual Light Emitting Diodes In that module or array fail within a five(5) year period following Buyer's receipt of the product.Other Light Emitting Diode components provided in any luminaire,including Light Emitting Diode drivers and Light Emitting Diode power supplies,will be replaced if they fail within a five(S)year period following Buyer's receipt of the product. • Luminaires and Retrofit Kits provided with the CosmoPolisl'I system include a five(5)year warranty on CosmoPolist"•'ballasts and a two(2)year • warranty on CosmoPolis1"a lamps.Luminaires and Retrofit Kits provided with the MasterColor®Elite system Include a three(3)year warranty on MasterColor®Elite ballasts and a two(2)year warranty on MasterColor®Elite lamps. Warranty periods are following Buyer's receipt of the product.CosmoPolist'•' and Master-Color®Elite ballasts and lamps are warranted by the original manufacturer of the ballasts and lamps,are • subject to the terms of the ballast and lamp manufacturer's warranty and provide for replacement of defective products only. • Any warranty claims must be asserted by the Buyer in writing within the time periods described above,thereafter,they will not be honored. Furthermore,unless any such warranty otherwise specifically states,it is made to the Buyer only and the Buyer is not authorized to extend to • any person or entity a warranty on the Seller's behalf,or to extend any remedies against the Seller to anyone.Such extensions by the Buyer shall • remain the Buyer's responsibility. Therefore,except to the extent of the warranty stated above,THE SELLER DISCLAIMSALL WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, • AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMSALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITYAND FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.IN NO EVENT SHALL THE SELLER BE LIABLE TO THE BUYER IN WARRANTY,CONTRACT,NEGLIGENCE,STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, • FORANY DAMAGES,WHETHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL,WHICH AREALLEGEDTO BE CAUSED BY ONE OR MORE OFTHE SELLER'S PRODUCTS,BEYONDTHE COSTTOTHE BUYER OFTHE SUBJECT PRODUCT OR PRODUCTS.THEREFORE,THE BUYER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEOYAGAINSTTHE SELLER FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY,BREACH OF CONTRACT OR NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT • LIABILITY,OR OTHERWISE,SHALL BE FOR REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OFTHE SUBJECT PRODUCTAT SELLER'S OPTION(EXCLUDING INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL CHARGES,WHICH SHALL BE THE BUYER'S RESPONSIBILITY)OR,IF THE SELLER CHOOSES,REFUND • • OF THE PURCHASE PRICE.SUCH EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SHALL EXPIRE TEN YEARS FROM THE BUYER'S RECEIPT OF THE GOODS FOR LIGHT EMITTING DIODE MODULES AND ARRAYS PROVIDED IN PHILIPS GARDCO LUMINAIRES,FIVE YEARS FROM THE BUYER'S • RECEIPT OF THE GOODS FOR LIGHT EMITTING DIODE MODULES AND ARRAYS PROVIDED IN EMCO LUMINAIRES AND OTHER • LIGHT EMITTING DIODE COMPONENTS PROVIDED IN ANY LUMINAIRE,FIVE YEARS FROM THE BUYER'S RECEIPT OF THE GOODS t FOR PHILIPS GARDCO LUMINAIRES(EXCLUDING ALL POLYCARBONATE LENSES)AND ONE YEAR FROM THE BUYER'S RECEIPT OF • GOODS FOR EMCO LUMINAIRES AND ALL OTHER PRODUCTS AND FOR ALL POLYCARBONATE LENSES. ! H.I.D.ballasts,photoelectric controls,and fluorescent ballasts carry the same warranty as offered by the original manufacturer of these items,but • In no event will any warranty claims on these items be honored later than one(I)year after the Buyer's receipt of the goods.In the event of a defect In one of these items which is covered by warranty,the Buyer must assert his claim In writing.If covered by warranty,these Items will be • shipped and billed at replacement cost and a Return GoodsAuthorization will be issued for the defective items.Credits will be issued on return of the defective items to the Seller.The Invoice for the replacement Item Is payable within thirty(30)days unless the defective kern is returned • within this period of time. Induction lighting system components provided in any product are warranted by the original manufacturer of the Induction lighting system • components,and subject to the terms of the Induction lighting system components manufacturer's warranty. • All cartons should be inspected for freight damage on receipt.Instructions for filing freight claims may be found on the cartons.In the event 4111 of freight damage,replacement materials must be ordered and paid for and a claim filed by the consignee on the carrier for the amount of the replacement materials. Philips • Gardco will accept no responsibility for the installation of damaged material • • • • 1611 Clovis Barker Road,San Marcos,TX 78666 PHILIPS 1 • (800)227.0758 (512)753.1000 FAX:(512)753.7855 sitelighting.com • 2010 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product vi,thout i l • notification as part of the company's continuing product Improvement program. GARDCO • • • r • •, •( •; • • •; • • • •r • •,. • •i .( • •t • ••` bell Plaza Floodlights •. ••. Sc • __ • • •` • i, • • • • • • • • • • IP • •( •( 1 •111, Bronzelite 100 Craftway Drive•Littiestown,PA 17340•Phone:800 273-1569•Fax:717 359-9545•www.bronzelite.com • •' TL7012 LED Flood Light Long Lasting-Three Optics-Warm&Cool White •` The popular TL7000 Is now available In LED with three • optics,wide,medium and narrow.Each of these optics come ` in both warm and cool white color temperatures.The rugged, •i heavy-duty construction of the IL Series ensures tong-tasting and low maintenance operation. •' st: :" • ( . The TL7000 Series accent lights are rugged fixtures used to illuminate a wide variety of medium to large sized landscape and architectural elements.They are the largest member of • the TL Series designed for sources up to 300 watt PAR38 i �' - 9 P • 0 0' and R40 incandescent and quartz lamps;up to 150W PAR38, •l tR$ R40 and E17 lamps;and 18126/32 watt compact fluorescent. t The TL Series also Includes the TL5000 sized for MR16 and PAR/R20 lamps and the TL6000 sized for PAR/R30 and •( _ MR16 lamps. •r •j •, . •( •( •j Specifications •( Housing: Wiring: Die cast aluminum(copper free)with stainless steel fasteners High temperature#16 AWG. • and fully adjustable swivel arm with vibration proof locking teeth. Optional shrouds are available,specify shield for glare control. Finish: •(, Color thermoset polyester powdercoal.Standard finishes Include Lens: dark bronze and black.Verde finish Is hand-rubbed over a black 01 Clear tempered glass,part of shroud that is factory sealed to the thermoset polyester powdercoat. housing.Optional internal lenses are available and must be fao- •( tory Installed.Multi-directional spread lens(IMSLR),Internal linear Warranty: spread lens(ILSLR),Internal ice blue lens(IBLR)and internal Five year limited warranty. .1 honeycomb louver(ICGR). Certification: •( LEDs: ETL Listed to U.S.and Canadian safety standards for wet 12 watt LED,i3.7 walls consumed,(total fixture consumption). locations. •t 70 color rendering Index(CRI)and approximately 50,000 hours of operation(at 25C ambient temperature and 70%lumen mainte- •( nance). Internal Accessories: (Must Be Ordered with Fixture and Factory Installed) ( Wide(50°),Medium(301 and Narrow(101 optics are available In both warm(3000K)and cool(4000K)white. LEDADP: i • LEO Accessory Adapter Ring. Gaskets: High temperature silicone. IBLR: f,-"r' .. Internal ice Blue Lens. `i Of IMSLR: •( ; ,: Internal Multi-directional Spread Lens. Illk rf ILSLR: . • f� internal Linear Spread Lens. • • ICGR: LED Module Internal Honeycomb Louver. • 0 III Bronzelite is a Philips group brand Page 102 V 12-11 PHILIPS • • • I I . i f• • TL 0 01 2 LED Flood Light Project: City of Salina,Kansas • Fixture Type: X12,TL-7012/BTM3 I • • • I. • 8=1BLR • BLK=Black S=IMSLR • �E=Extender' C=Cool White DB=Dark Bronze U=120-277V L=ILSLR S=Shield IW=Warm While VRD=Verde (50/60hz H=lCGR . • Ordering Logic l • internal • LED Model No. Shroud Color Temp Finish Voltage Accessory Spot Optic TL7012S ( ) ( ) ( ) (U) ( ) • Narrow Flood Optic TL7012N ( ) ( ) ( ) (U) ( ) • Wide Flood Optic TL7012W ( ) ( ) ( ) (U) ( ) • Note:Smart Select Electronic Driver:120.277VAC 50160 Hz auto sensing.Operating temperature range-400 to+25C.Internal lenses require accessory • adapter.The shroud Is factory sealed to housing. 1 Extender provides a flat faceplate. ( • Model No, Shroud Color Temp Finish Voltage Internal Ace, ( • • • LED Color/Lumens ( • Optic Cool White 4000K Warm White 3000K I • Medium 569 Lumens 400 Lumens • Narrow 589 Lumens 404 Lumens t Wide 525 Lumens 342 Lumens ( • t' • Dimensions t • Project Notes: • • r d m mm „m • 1ldr'snm __I 118 mm •1 r Cl/ 48atm (�; Qa 3 37!mm .212-13/16, • • Approval: lvtecceu UUJ" 159 mm 7w axonal, • 1S1mm • • Any d me s ai on IA's aNat k lo Si assume.]a n:erenca d nans:an and usa] • for Worms:on purposes orii It ow not go.ern n anutakX a or knpail on rtfii re„..,.. Branzelite Score iumw?ts LseN.:revtr!cr H;>t Y.lensli d'sOrgept O)la,-ps • Ca Lu.ia ura arw-s Urotary.Soh!_rps re I:V.:4'Cu!;.3 P.nnax t-.]'dr ss'n Fa ssrt4lij•lows euicusnmow trustte 100 Crafiway Drive•Littlestown,PA 17340 d!fowl ofintaordascanrr lout rel..tren,s 3;trrma•.utre5ndn1 • 800 273-1569•Fax 717 359-9545 wvm.bronzetile.com wwreCycrrowasfrafluntar:.4es.aw Krt4c4 01 DiCea4el1 Kerr nU le ft.,ps fteltnn.us N V.Al.r:;hts msmed Dun to a prgram of con:nwus i'r frovemerl Sweet to 551.n•es Ne ty`t to • tironut:e is a rt;stsrzd oud,m $of fries Page 103 ( V12-11 make at,var,tonindasg,or constmron$,me S pmant desert:.] • • • r • • • • • • • • • • • • • •' • • ••i ••• • •� Exterior Restroom Fixtures • •• fik •� • • • •; •; •.. • • • •, • • •� • • , • r . • : •, • •, • • • . •` i • �Yq : •` • , • - o4P f 'a. + moo. 1 ,ter ag 4+ w#Eal @ 8 453 L i k t•1 Aft a P ddfi' -,r 1 i ,, - W. . i '• � Y ' .-J — q�0', ,t%i 3 f y org3• - ,J t i I 't y. Y v� of •` �► I( n i ve r s a{ •t •i Retrofit Kit •, •; Designed to reduce maintenance and energy consumption with ease • • • •i Ok City of Salina,Kansas PH I LIPS Type Y12,XTL-4L •` • •` • • • •I . t• t 4 Cl. applications constr•uction(finisli •Universal LED Retrofit Kit designed to reduce maintenance •Extruded aluminum heat sinks ; ( _ and energy consumption. s.,,6•Medium base socket standard ,-,' J •For use with wall packs,floodlights,step lights,sign lights, •Distributor provides adapter for mogul socket 4 1 walkway lights,or freezers. l •Quick disconnect components ( • •Use with enclosed outdoor,and open or enclosed indoor 1 1 t luminaires. •Uses existing socket to support and power LEDs general specifications • Driver is remote from LED extrusion t y provides year y • Rotatable heat sink aims LEDs,locks with set screw • 60,000 hours stem life rovides 1 S ear maintenance cycle, 1 ,.. r" i 1• •Uses 12Watts to provide 1400 lumens of light optics/electrical • Kit Includes LEDs,separate drive,and surge protector • LEDs provide up to 130 lumens perWatt f ,. •Wire driver to existing socket,screw LEDs into socket •Almable 120'degree beam of light •Temp sense circuit protects LEDs from overheating 'Class 2,low voltage operation • Standard white 4,200K LEDs have 70 CRI color. •Universal 120.277 electronic driver r' •-40°F starting tem • • No UV from LEDs helps to not attract Insects g peratw�e I " ( • Replaceable components allow easy maintenance or upgrade •Instant on after power outage �X. l- • Suitable for custodial installation •LED system Is UL 1598C listed ', ra // • 4-UP Program gives 90 day trial with return option •Consult factory for other voltages ( • •LEDs protected from overheating from adverse conditions • LM-80 certified CREE LEDs "�' • 5 year warranty product advantages ` • • Manufactured in the USA and meets ARRA requirements. •May reduce energy up to 90%for 1 to 3 year payback • �. •The CREE XML LED exceeds Energy Star LM-80 III requirements,dentonst ating 60,000 hour life with 30% (- • lumen depredation. // •Remote driver operates cooler for 60K life 4 • •"Temp Sense"circuit dims the LED lithe junction / temperature hits 100°C.This could happen if the luminaire is \. on In the daytime, dimensions l( • Lamp Type MOL Socket C • Retrofit 41 6.25° Med t .em t-4 i tr f a ( • 175 MH 8D17 5.44° lied t(1i _ ,4, a ti :' ti t2 i i)�� l ('1 • 175 MH ED28 8.31° Mog t 1 50 HPS 8E55 5.44" tied • 50 MPS E023.5 7.75° flog :cmroee o r 100 HPS 8017 SA4" Pied 1 (! 1 ILI' 1 J i• 100 HPS 8017 7.75" Mog `"' "" ( 1 ( • sample catalog number: XTL4L2 • X11 I, 0 f�EIOs ( • 4L-4 LEDs ( { S Fondly Voltage 1 XTL-Linnrontl LED i-way • Retrofit Kit 2-277V i, • PHILIPS ©2011 Philips Guth �LiII� • AU rights reserved. r t i '.1 fi (• • •1324 Washington Street,Suite 200 `( i i i3 //t PO Box 7079•Si.Louts,MO 63177 \ • • / p.314.533.3200•f.314.533.9127 Form No._ r Rev.0611 • I� wwwguth.com • { • („ • i • 1 ,t I• •